diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2016-01-26 22:53:06 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2016-01-26 22:53:06 +0000 |
| commit | 9144cd7fe8a83679a67b2739e85be044b997c4a7 (patch) | |
| tree | 1bdb3b0ad9936940a275eb7a44463157a85f9986 /Master | |
| parent | 8d88e6714a570bf2b598132718ae2beb4641c80b (diff) | |
glossaries (24jan15)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@39488 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master')
80 files changed, 14381 insertions, 13321 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES index 19382cc830b..2318a3e602d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES @@ -1,5 +1,26 @@ glossaries change log: +v4.21: + + * glossaries.sty: + + - Added warning if there's no default style. + + * glossary-longbooktabs.sty - new package + + * makeglossaries (2.18): + + - Added extra diagnostic if xindy's empty index key + warning/error occurs. + + - Added check for makeindex's multiple encap warning + and attempt to fix. + + * glossaries-user.tex: + + - Fixed typo: \DefineAcronymShortcuts should be + \DefineAcronymSynonyms + v4.20: * makeglossaries (2.17) bug fix diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README index 2c60264d3cd..da0f72ae9cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.20 +LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.21 -Last Modified : 2015-11-30 +Last Modified : 2016-01-24 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf Binary files differindex 25141661589..7c25436df2c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html index 97251bb9507..81a0b3d824c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.20</title> +<head><title></title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-11-30 12:19:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2016-01-24 16:29:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -40,6 +40,10 @@ .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmti-10{ font-style: italic;} +.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmr-9{font-size:90%;} .cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} @@ -50,10 +54,6 @@ .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} -.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} -.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} -.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} -.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} @@ -223,85 +223,140 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle </style> </head><body > - <div class="maketitle"><a +<!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> - - - -<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.20</h2> - <div class="author" ><span -class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span> -<br /> <a +</p><!--l. 396--><p class="indent" > + + +</p><!--l. 396--><p class="indent" > + + +</p> +<div class="center" +> +<!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.21</span> +</p> +<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col +id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-2-1" +class="td11"> <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span -class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br /> -<div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-11-30</span></div> - - - </div> +class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a> </td></tr></table> +</div> +<!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2016-01-24</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > -<!--l. 388--><p class="indent" > - - +<!--l. 398--><p class="indent" > + + </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 388--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 388--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 398--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 398--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div> -<!--l. 389--><p class="noindent" >The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that -can be referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a -href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be -generated either using <span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 399--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be +referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a +href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either +using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> or using a supplementary <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. -</p><!--l. 393--><p class="indent" > - - +</p><!--l. 404--><p class="indent" > Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added +to <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Any new versions of the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will be just bug +fixes. +</p><!--l. 409--><p class="indent" > + + </p> </div> -<!--l. 395--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant -language module. Each language module is called <span +<!--l. 411--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language +module. Each language module is called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language name. For example, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or -<span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will -automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root +language name. For example, <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language +module is required, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will automatically try to load it and will give +a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a href="#sec:languages"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 -</a><a -href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 404--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists -of terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is -determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They may just -have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical words -with complicated descriptions. The <span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further +details. +</p><!--l. 420--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to, +<span +class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a + id="dx1-2"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-3"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a + id="dx1-4"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a + id="dx1-5"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span +class="cmss-10">textcase</span><a + id="dx1-6"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a + id="dx1-7"></a>, +<span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a + id="dx1-8"></a> (part of the <span +class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a + id="dx1-9"></a> bundle) and <span +class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a + id="dx1-10"></a>. These packages are all available +in the latest <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and Mik<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. If any of them are missing, +please update your <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution using your update manager. (For help on this +see, for example, <a +href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution?</a> or <a +href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> on +Linux</a>.) +</p><!--l. 435--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of +terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this +is determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They +may just have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical +words with complicated descriptions. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a big manual. -</p><!--l. 414--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span -class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span> -(“The glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same -directory as this document or try <span -class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to -grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the -settings. </div> -</p><!--l. 420--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 422--><p class="noindent" >The <span +</p><!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span +class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The +glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this +document or try <span +class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to grips with +the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the settings. +</div> +</p><!--l. 451--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 453--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle comes with the following documentation: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="glossariesbegin.pdf" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd -class="description">If you are a complete beginner, start with <a -href="glossariesbegin.html" >“The glossaries +class="description">If you are a complete beginner, start with <a +href="glossariesbegin.html" >“The glossaries package: a guide for beginners”</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -309,42 +364,40 @@ href="glossary2glossaries.pdf" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">glossary2glossaries.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you are moving over from the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a - id="dx1-2"></a> - package, read <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries - package”</a>. + id="dx1-11"></a> package, + read <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">glossaries-user.pdf</span> </dt><dd class="description">This document is the main user guide for the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - package. +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="mfirstuc-manual.pdf" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">mfirstuc-manual.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The commands provided by the <span +class="description">The commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-3"></a> package are - briefly described in <a + id="dx1-12"></a> package are briefly + described in <a href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“mfirstuc.sty: uppercasing first letter”</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="glossaries-code.pdf" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner - workings of all the packages provided in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read - “Documented Code for glossaries v4.20”. This includes the documented - code for the <span +class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings + + + of all the packages provided in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read “Documented + Code for glossaries v4.21”. This includes the documented code for the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-4"></a> package. + id="dx1-13"></a> + package. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">INSTALL</span> </dt><dd class="description">Installation instructions. - - </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">CHANGES</span> </dt><dd @@ -354,54 +407,52 @@ class="description">Change log. class="cmbx-10">README</span> </dt><dd class="description">Package summary. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 458--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +<!--l. 489--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-5"></a> and <span + id="dx1-14"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-6"></a> <span + id="dx1-15"></a> <span class="cmti-10">first</span>. Similarly the <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-7"></a> -package must also be loaded before <span + id="dx1-16"></a> package +must also be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. (If <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-8"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for -the default main glossary are changed to <span + id="dx1-17"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for the default main +glossary are changed to <span class="cmtt-10">gls2</span><a - id="dx1-9"></a>, <span + id="dx1-18"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">glo2</span><a - id="dx1-10"></a> and <span + id="dx1-19"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span><a - id="dx1-11"></a> to avoid conflict with -<span + id="dx1-20"></a> to avoid conflict with <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-12"></a>’s changes glossary.)<a + id="dx1-21"></a>’s changes +glossary.)<a id="pdflatexnote"></a> -</p><!--l. 467--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 498--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-13"></a>, it’s best to use <span + id="dx1-22"></a>, it’s best to use <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a - id="dx1-14"></a> rather than <span + id="dx1-23"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a - id="dx1-15"></a> (DVI -format) as <span -class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, -you will encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in -subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not with <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. -</div> -</p><!--l. 473--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 475--><p class="indent" > Other documents that describe using the <span + id="dx1-24"></a> (DVI format) as +<span +class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will encounter +problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is +an issue with the DVI format not with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 504--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 506--><p class="indent" > Other documents that describe using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package include: <a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX -to Write a PhD Thesis</a> and <a -href="http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms" >Glossaries, Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and -Acronyms</a>. - - - - +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX to Write +a PhD Thesis</a> and <a +href="http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms" >Glossaries, Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and Acronyms</a>. + + + + </p> <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h2> <div class="tableofcontents"> @@ -477,8 +528,8 @@ href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-42">Homographs</a></span> href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-43">Loading Entries From a File</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.9 <a href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-44">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span> - - + + <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.10 <a href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-45">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.10.1 <a @@ -522,7 +573,7 @@ href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-64">Defining New Glossaries</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-65">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a -href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-67">Changing the Acronym Style</a></span> +href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-67">Changing the Abbreviation Style</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.1 <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-68">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.2 <a @@ -546,42 +597,43 @@ href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-79">Longtable Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.3 <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-80">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.4 <a -href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-81">Supertabular Styles</a></span> +href="#x1-7200015.1.4" id="QQ2-1-81">Longtable Styles (<span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.5 <a -href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-82">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> +href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-82">Supertabular Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.6 <a -href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-83">Tree-Like Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-83">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.7 <a -href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-84">Multicols Style</a></span> +href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-84">Tree-Like Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.8 <a -href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-86">In-Line Style</a></span> +href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-85">Multicols Style</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.9 <a +href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-87">In-Line Style</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >15.2 <a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-87">Defining your own glossary style</a></span> +href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-88">Defining your own glossary style</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >16 <a -href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-88">Utilities</a></span> +href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-89">Utilities</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.1 <a -href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-89">Loops</a></span> +href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-90">Loops</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.2 <a -href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-90">Conditionals</a></span> +href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-91">Conditionals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.3 <a -href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-91">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span> +href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-92">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >17 <a -href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-92">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> +href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-93">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >18 <a -href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-93">Accessibility Support</a></span> +href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-94">Accessibility Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >19 <a -href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-94">Troubleshooting</a></span> -<br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a -href="#index">Index</a></span> - - +href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-95">Troubleshooting</a></span> + + </div> - - - - - - + + + + + + <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a id="x1-2000"></a>List of Tables</h2><div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1 <a href="#tab:options">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2 <a @@ -599,15 +651,15 @@ effect of using xspace</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.1 <a href="#tab:styles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2 <a href="#tab:mcols">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br /> </div> - - - - + + + + <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > <a id="likesection.1"></a><a id="glossary"></a> - - + + </p> <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a id="x1-3000"></a>Glossary</h2><span @@ -621,35 +673,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span></td><td class="tabbing"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy,</span> </td></tr></table> -<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table +<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" class="tabbing"><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" class="tabbing"> </td><td class="tabbing"><span class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist,</span></td></tr></table> -<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table +<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" class="tabbing"><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" class="tabbing"></td><td class="tabbing"><span class="cmtt-10">toc,</span></td></tr></table> -<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table +<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" class="tabbing"><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" class="tabbing"></td><td class="tabbing"><span class="cmtt-10">nopostdot,</span></td></tr></table> -<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table +<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" class="tabbing"><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" class="tabbing"></td><td class="tabbing"><span class="cmtt-10">style=altlist,</span></td></tr></table> -<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table +<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" class="tabbing"><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" @@ -665,10 +717,10 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span></td></tr></table> id="glo:cli"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Command Line Interface (CLI)</span> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />An application that doesn’t have a graphical user interface. That is, an - application that doesn’t have any windows, buttons or menus and can be - run in <a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command prompt or terminal</a>. <br +class="newline" />An application that doesn’t have a graphical user interface. That is, an application + that doesn’t have any windows, buttons or menus and can be run in <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command + prompt or terminal</a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -676,8 +728,8 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">Entry location</span><a id="dx1-3001"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number - on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br +class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on + which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -689,8 +741,7 @@ class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a id="dx1-3003"></a>s</a> and <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3004"></a>s</a>. - <br + id="dx1-3004"></a>s</a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -700,10 +751,10 @@ class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Character</span><a class="description"><br class="newline" />A character that’s created by combining <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3006"></a>s</a> to form ligatures - (e.g. æ) or by applying diacritical marks to a Latin character<a - id="dx1-3007"></a> or characters - (e.g. á or ø). See also <a + id="dx1-3006"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g. æ) + or by applying diacritical marks to a Latin character<a + id="dx1-3007"></a> or characters (e.g. á or ø). + See also <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a id="dx1-3008"></a></a>. <br class="newline" /> @@ -713,26 +764,27 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">First use</span><a id="dx1-3009"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document - or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span +class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after + + + a reset) with one of the following commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-3010"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-3011"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-3012"></a>, - <span + id="dx1-3012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-3013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-3014"></a>, <span + id="dx1-3014"></a>, + <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a id="dx1-3015"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-3016"></a>. (See <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> & <a -href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.) - <br +href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.) <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -740,10 +792,10 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">First use flag</span><a id="dx1-3017"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used - according to the rules of <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this - conditional are described in <a +class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according + to the rules of <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described + in <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br @@ -754,42 +806,54 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">First use text</span><a id="dx1-3018"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span +class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-3019"></a> and + id="dx1-3019"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-3020"></a> keys of <span + id="dx1-3020"></a> keys of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-3021"></a>. (May be overridden by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-3022"></a> - or by <span + id="dx1-3022"></a> or by + <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a id="dx1-3023"></a>.) <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a + id="glo:glossaries-extra"></a><span +class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><br +class="newline" />A separate package that extends the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing new features + or improving existing features. If you want to use <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you must have + both the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package installed. <br +class="newline" /> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="glo:indexingapp"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Indexing application</span> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />An application (piece of software) separate from <span class="TEX">T<span +class="newline" />An application (piece of software) separate from <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>/<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> that - collates and sorts information that has an associated page reference. - Generally the information is an index entry but in this case the information - is a glossary entry. There are two main indexing applications that are used - with <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> that collates and + sorts information that has an associated page reference. Generally the information + is an index entry but in this case the information is a glossary entry. There are + two main indexing applications that are used with <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>: <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-3024"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-3025"></a></a>. These are both <a -href="#glo:cli">command line interface - (CLI)</a> applications. <br + id="dx1-3025"></a></a>. + These are both <a +href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> applications. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -797,11 +861,10 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">Latin Alphabet</span><a id="dx1-3026"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />The alphabet consisting of <a -href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3027"></a>s</a>. See also <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin - alphabet</a>. <br +class="newline" />The alphabet consisting of <a +href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a + id="dx1-3027"></a>s</a>. See also <a +href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -825,9 +888,11 @@ class="cmbx-10">Link text</span><a class="description"><br class="newline" />The text produced by commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-3031"></a>. It may or may not be a - hyperlink to the glossary. <br + id="dx1-3031"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink + to the glossary. <br class="newline" /> + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span @@ -840,8 +905,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-3033"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3034"></a></a> provided - with the <span + id="dx1-3034"></a></a> provided with + the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -853,8 +918,8 @@ class="description"><br class="newline" />A Java GUI alternative to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-3036"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic - tools. Available separately on CTAN. <br + id="dx1-3036"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools. + Available separately on CTAN. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -868,12 +933,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-3038"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3039"></a></a> provided - with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl - <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script - instead. <br + id="dx1-3039"></a></a> provided with + the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span> + script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -913,8 +977,8 @@ class="cmbx-10">Number list</span><a id="dx1-3046"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A list of <a -href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can - be suppressed using the <span +href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be + suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-3047"></a> package option. <br class="newline" /> @@ -924,25 +988,25 @@ class="newline" /> class="cmbx-10">Sanitize</span><a id="dx1-3048"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command - called, say, <span +class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called, + say, <span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>, is converted into the sequence of characters: <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">o</span>. - Depending on the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when - used in the main document text, so <span +class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on + the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main + document text, so <span class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: —foo. - <!--l. 228--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to - the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by - fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span + <!--l. 240--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files + used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. + + + Now, this is only used for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-3049"></a> key. <br class="newline" /> - - </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:latexexlatinchar"></a><span @@ -956,14 +1020,14 @@ class="cmbx-10">X</span></span></span><span class="cmbx-10"> Extended Latin Character</span><a id="dx1-3050"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />An <a -href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3051"></a></a> that can be created by a core - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> command, such as <span +class="newline" />An <a +href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a + id="dx1-3051"></a></a> that can be created by a core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> command, + such as <span class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(ø) or <span -class="cmtt-10">\’e </span>(é). That is, the character can - be produced without the need to load a particular package. <br +class="cmtt-10">\’e </span>(é). That is, the character can be produced without the + need to load a particular package. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -974,108 +1038,106 @@ class="description"><br class="newline" />A flexible <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. <br class="newline" /></dd></dl> - - -<!--l. 496--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a + + +<!--l. 527--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2> -</p><!--l. 499--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 530--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or -abbreviations (glossaries). It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to -customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports -glossary styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary +abbreviations (glossaries). It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize +the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary +styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary entries. There is provision for loading a database of glossary terms. Only those terms used<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x1" id="fn1x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-4001f1"></a> in the document will be added to the glossary. -</p><!--l. 512--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 543--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">This package replaces the </span><span class="cmssbx-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-4005"></a> <span -class="cmbx-10">package which is now obsolete. </span>Please -see the document <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for -assistance in upgrading. -</p><!--l. 516--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this -is the necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are +class="cmbx-10">package which is now obsolete. </span>Please see the +document <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for assistance in +upgrading. +</p><!--l. 547--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the +necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for beginners</a>. -</p><!--l. 522--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to -use the <span +</p><!--l. 553--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use +the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Perl is <span class="cmti-10">not </span>a requirement but it does increase the available options, particularly if you use an <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a <a href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 527--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 529--><p class="indent" > The basic idea behind the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries -(terms, symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your -document (like <span -class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also, optionally, display a list of the entries -you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part, displaying -the glossary, is the part that most new users find difficult. There are three -options: +</p><!--l. 558--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 560--><p class="indent" > The basic idea behind the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms, +symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span +class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or +<span +class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also, optionally, display a list of the entries you have referenced in your +document (the glossary). This last part, displaying the glossary, is the part that most new +users find difficult. There are three options: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="option1"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span>: - <!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it - doesn’t work well for <a + <!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn’t + work well for <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. - However, if you use the <span +href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if you + use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-4006"></a> package option (the default for - Option 1) then the <a + id="dx1-4006"></a> package option (the default for Option 1) then the + <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands</a> will be ignored, - so if an entry’s name is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry’s name is set + to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort will default to <span -class="cmtt-10">elite</span> - if <span +class="cmtt-10">elite </span>if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-4007"></a> is used and will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-4007"></a> is used and + will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\’elite</span></span></span> if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-4008"></a> - is used. - </p><!--l. 551--><p class="noindent" >This option works best with the <span + id="dx1-4008"></a> is used. + </p><!--l. 582--><p class="noindent" >This option works best with the <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-4009"></a> setting. For any other setting, - be prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of - entries defined. + id="dx1-4009"></a> setting. For any other setting, be + prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries + defined. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4011x1">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start - defining your entries, as described in <a + class="enumerate" id="x1-4011x1">Add <span +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining + your entries, as described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4013x2">Put - <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span></div><hr> - - - </p><!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a + + glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4015x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table - of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of + contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button in your editor.</li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -1084,47 +1146,46 @@ class="description"><a id="option2"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 2</span>: - <!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a + <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> application called <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4016"></a></a> - to sort the entries. This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, - but it’s hard-coded for the non-extended <a + id="dx1-4016"></a></a> to sort + the entries. This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s + hard-coded for the non-extended <a href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a - id="dx1-4017"></a></a>, so it doesn’t work well - for <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. This process involves - making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary file which - <a + id="dx1-4017"></a></a>, so it doesn’t work well for <a +href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended + Latin alphabets</a> or <a +href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write + the glossary information to a temporary file which <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4018"></a></a> reads. Then <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4019"></a></a> writes a new file containing the code - to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file in on the next - run. - </p><!--l. 583--><p class="noindent" >This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English - alphabet and you don’t want to install Perl. + id="dx1-4019"></a></a> + writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this + file in on the next run. + </p><!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" >This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and + you don’t want to install Perl. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4021x1">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining - your entries, as described in <a + class="enumerate" id="x1-4021x1">Add <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your + entries, as described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4023x2">Put - <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a @@ -1134,16 +1195,16 @@ href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4025x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span> - and <span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and + <span class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, - then you’ll have two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have + two extra files called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you - look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t - been created yet. +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your + document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created + yet. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4027x4">Run <a @@ -1151,46 +1212,44 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4028"></a></a> with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file - as the style so that it creates an output file with the extension - <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for - example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or - the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the +class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the style so + that it creates an output file with the extension <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a + terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for + Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 613--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 644--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid - spaces in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command - prompt, then you can probably access <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces + in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can + probably access <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4029"></a></a> via your text editor, - but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t - give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s - manual. - </p><!--l. 621--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want - letter ordering you need to add the <span + id="dx1-4029"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different + method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You will have to check + your editor’s manual. + </p><!--l. 652--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter + ordering you need to add the <span class="cmtt-10">-l </span>switch: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 627--><p class="nopar" > (See <a + <!--l. 658--><p class="nopar" > (See <a href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4030"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on - using <span + id="dx1-4030"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using + <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4031"></a> explicitly.) </p></li> @@ -1198,72 +1257,71 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-4033x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again.</li></ol> - <!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to - ensure the glossary files are created). + <!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to ensure + the glossary files are created). </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="option3"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span>: - <!--l. 640--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a + <!--l. 671--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4034"></a></a> to sort the entries. This - application is more flexible than <span + id="dx1-4034"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is + more flexible than <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin - alphabets</a> or <a +href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or + <a href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. The <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4035"></a></a> application comes with - <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-4035"></a></a> application comes with <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live but not with + MiK<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>. Since <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4036"></a></a> is a Perl script, if you are - using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> you will not only need to install <a + id="dx1-4036"></a></a> is a Perl script, if you are using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> you will not only + need to install <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4037"></a></a>, you will also - need to install Perl. In a similar way to <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>, this option involves - making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary file - which <a + id="dx1-4037"></a></a>, you will also need to install Perl. In a similar way to + <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>, this option involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to + a temporary file which <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4038"></a></a> reads. Then <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4039"></a></a> writes a new file containing the code - to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-4039"></a></a> writes a new file containing + the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file in on the next run. - </p><!--l. 652--><p class="noindent" >This is the best option if you want to sort according to a language other than - English or if you want non-standard location lists. + </p><!--l. 683--><p class="noindent" >This is the best option if you want to sort according to a language other than English or + if you want non-standard location lists. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4041x1">Add the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4042"></a> option to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option list: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 661--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 692--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4044x2">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your - entries, as described in <a +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as + described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). @@ -1271,16 +1329,16 @@ href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosent <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4046x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span> - and <span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and + <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, - then you’ll have two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have + two extra files called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you - look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t - been created yet. +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your + document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created + yet. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4048x4">Run <a @@ -1288,56 +1346,52 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4049"></a></a> with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as - a module so that it creates an output file with the extension <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You - also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you - have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the - MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for - Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one +class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a module so + that it creates an output file with the extension <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the + language name and input encoding. If you have access to a terminal or a command + prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the + bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one line): - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc  <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 684--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 715--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid - spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span -class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of - your language and <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces + in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span +class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of your language + and <span class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding, for example, <span -class="cmtt-10">-L german</span> - <span -class="cmtt-10">-C din5007-utf8</span>.) If you don’t know how to use the command - prompt, then you can probably access <a +class="cmtt-10">-L german -C din5007-utf8</span>.) If + you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4050"></a></a> via your text editor, - but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t - give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s + id="dx1-4050"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so + I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s manual. - </p><!--l. 695--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you - want letter ordering you need to add the <span + </p><!--l. 726--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter + ordering you need to add the <span class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a - id="dx1-4051"></a> package - option: - - + id="dx1-4051"></a> package option: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 701--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step.) See <a + <!--l. 732--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step.) See <a href="#sec:xindyapp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.3 </a><a href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4052"></a></a> explicitly - (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using <span + id="dx1-4052"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for + further details on using <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4053"></a> explicitly. </p></li> @@ -1347,92 +1401,91 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again. </li></ol> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 713--><p class="indent" > For Options <a +<!--l. 744--><p class="indent" > For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters -required for <a +href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required for +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4056"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4057"></a></a>, so the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a Perl -script called <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a Perl script called <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4058"></a></a> that reads the <span -class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what -settings you have used and will then run <a + id="dx1-4058"></a></a> +that reads the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used and will then run +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4059"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4060"></a></a>. Again, this -is a command line application and can be run in a terminal or command -prompt. For example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-4060"></a></a>. Again, this is a command line application and can be run in a terminal +or command prompt. For example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in the file <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then run: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> makeglossaries myDoc </div> -<!--l. 724--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span +<!--l. 755--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in -the file name.) This is described in more detail in <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the file +name.) This is described in more detail in <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated -Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>. -</p><!--l. 729--><p class="indent" > If you don’t have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead: - - +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary +Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>. +</p><!--l. 760--><p class="indent" > If you don’t have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc </div> -<!--l. 732--><p class="nopar" > This script doesn’t have the full functionality of the Perl script, but since modern +<!--l. 763--><p class="nopar" > This script doesn’t have the full functionality of the Perl script, but since modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua, you shouldn’t need to install anything extra to -make it run. Remember that since <a +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua, you shouldn’t need to install anything extra to make it +run. Remember that since <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4061"></a></a> is also a Perl script, if you want to use -<a + id="dx1-4061"></a></a> is also a Perl script, if you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4062"></a></a> you’ll need Perl installed anyway, so there’s no point using this Lua script if -you’re using <a + id="dx1-4062"></a></a> you’ll +need Perl installed anyway, so there’s no point using this Lua script if you’re using +<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4063"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 740--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span +</p><!--l. 771--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>are temporary files created to help build your document. You -should not edit or explicitly input them. However, you may need to delete them if -something goes wrong and you need to do a fresh build. </div> -</p><!--l. 745--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 747--><p class="indent" > An overview of these three options is given in <a +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>are temporary files created to help build your document. You should +not edit or explicitly input them. However, you may need to delete them if something goes +wrong and you need to do a fresh build. </div> +</p><!--l. 776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 778--><p class="indent" > An overview of these three options is given in <a href="#tab:options">table 1.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 750--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 781--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1.1: </span><span class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-40641 --> - - + + <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col @@ -1441,7 +1494,7 @@ id="TBL-2-2" /><col id="TBL-2-3" /><col id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 787--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" class="td11"> <a href="#option1"><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span @@ -1456,10 +1509,10 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >Requires +class="td11"> <!--l. 788--><p class="noindent" >Requires an external - application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" + application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1468,8 +1521,8 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 759--><p class="noindent" >Requires - Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 790--><p class="noindent" >Requires + Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1478,7 +1531,7 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 792--><p class="noindent" >Can sort <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended @@ -1487,7 +1540,7 @@ href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended or <a href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin - alphabets</a>? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" + alphabets</a>? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" @@ -1497,9 +1550,9 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >Efficient +class="td11"> <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >Efficient sort - algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" + algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1508,7 +1561,7 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 797--><p class="noindent" >Can use a different @@ -1516,7 +1569,7 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >Can method for each - glossary? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" + glossary? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1525,13 +1578,13 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 768--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 799--><p class="noindent" >Can form ranges in the location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" + lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1540,14 +1593,14 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >Can have non-standard locations in the location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2" + lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1556,18 +1609,18 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 772--><p class="noindent" >Maximum +class="td11"> <!--l. 803--><p class="noindent" >Maximum hierarchical - depth </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2" + depth </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2" class="td11"> Unlimited </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3" class="td11"> 3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4" class="td11"> Unlimited </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a id="dx1-4065"></a> - reliable? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2" + reliable? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1576,12 +1629,12 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 776--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-4066"></a> restricted to - preamble? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2" + preamble? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1590,10 +1643,10 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 778--><p class="noindent" >Requires +class="td11"> <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >Requires additional write - registers? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2" + registers? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1602,78 +1655,75 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 780--><p class="noindent" >Default +class="td11"> <!--l. 811--><p class="noindent" >Default value of <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a id="dx1-4067"></a> package - option </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2" + option </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-4" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">true </span></td> -</tr></table> - +</tr></table> + </div> -<!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +<!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents (that is, accents generated by core -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) so, for example, <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents (that is, accents generated by core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) so, +for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\AA</span><a id="dx1-4068"></a> is treated the same as A. - - + + </p> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 789--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the -PDF version of this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as -Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on the word “<a +<!--l. 820--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of +this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you +click on the word “<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4069"></a></a>” you’ll be taken -to the entry in the glossary where there’s a brief description of the term -“<span + id="dx1-4069"></a></a>” you’ll be taken to the entry in the glossary where there’s a brief +description of the term “<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4070"></a>”. -</p><!--l. 796--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p> +</p><!--l. 827--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><a href="#sec:samples"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.1 </a><a -href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this - package. +href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this package. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#sec:languages"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a -href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to - write in a language other than English. +href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a + language other than English. </li> <li class="itemize"><a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an - <a -href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document - (Options <a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing + application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>). </li></ul> -<!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h3> -<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These should be located in the <span -class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the -<span +class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) +of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory. This location varies according to your operating system and <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution. You can use <span @@ -1683,26 +1733,23 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span> -</p><!--l. 823--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with -their full pathnames. -</p><!--l. 827--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest +</p><!--l. 854--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with their +full pathnames. +</p><!--l. 858--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest CTAN mirror at <a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 831--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as -follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a +</p><!--l. 862--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-5001f2"></a>: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5002r1"></a> This document is a minimal working example. You can test your - installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do - the following steps: - - + installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do the + following steps: <ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5004x1">Run <span @@ -1710,29 +1757,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class=" class="E">E</span>X</span></span> either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text - editor or front-end. This will create the required associated files but you - will not see the glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> you will also - get warnings about non-existent references that look something - like: - - + + + <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or + front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the + glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> you will also get warnings about non-existent + references that look something like: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> pdfTeX warning (dest): name{glo:aca} has been  <br />referenced but does not exist,  <br />replaced by a fixed one </div> - <!--l. 854--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run. - </p><!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 885--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run. + </p><!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Missing</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it’s most likely that your version of <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a - id="dx1-5005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning of - that nature. If this is the case, you will need to update the <span + id="dx1-5005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning + of that nature. If this is the case, you will need to update the <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span> package. </p></li> @@ -1743,40 +1791,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-5008"></a></a> on the document (<a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated - Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary + Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> or by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - </p><!--l. 871--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If your system doesn’t recognise the command <span -class="cmtt-10">perl </span>then it’s likely you - don’t have Perl installed. In which case you will need to use <a +class="cmtt-10">perl </span>then it’s likely you don’t have + Perl installed. In which case you will need to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5009"></a></a> - directly. You can do this in a terminal by typing (all on one line): - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5009"></a></a> directly. You can do + this in a terminal by typing (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> (See <a href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5010"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on - using <span + id="dx1-5010"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using + <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-5011"></a> explicitly.) - </p><!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains + </p><!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with the double-quote character. </p></li> @@ -1784,10 +1830,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-5013x3">Run <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> again (as step 1)</li></ol> - <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in - the glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where - the entry was referenced. - </p><!--l. 892--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a + <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the + glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where the entry + was referenced. + </p><!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" >minimal working example</a>: <span class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span @@ -1798,66 +1844,65 @@ class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>. class="cmtt-10">sample-noidx.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5014r2"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package - - - without an external <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without an + external <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>). To create the complete - document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +href="#option1">Option 1</a>). To create the complete document, you need + to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span></span> - <!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-noidx-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5015r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the - <span + id="x1-5015r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5016"></a> package. To create the complete document, you need to do: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5016"></a> package. + To create the complete document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span></span> - <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5017r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries - have a symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete - document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5017r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries have a + symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete document, you + need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample4col</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span> - <!--l. 921--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> As before, if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5018"></a></a> - directly instead of using <a + id="dx1-5018"></a></a> directly + instead of using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5019"></a></a>. The vertical gap between entries is - the gap created at the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the - <span + id="dx1-5019"></a></a>. The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at + the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-5020"></a> package option. + id="dx1-5020"></a> package + option. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5021r5"></a> This document has some sample acronyms. It also adds the glossary - to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required to ensure - the document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5021r5"></a> This document has some sample acronyms. It also adds the glossary to the + table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required to ensure the document + is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span> <br /><span @@ -1866,40 +1911,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcr</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span></span> - <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5022r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the - acronyms have an associated description. As with the previous example, the - - - glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is - required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5022r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the acronyms + have an associated description. As with the previous example, the glossary is + added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5023r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the - acronyms using <span + id="x1-5023r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the acronyms + using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-5024"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-5025"></a>. As with the - previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run - through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5025"></a>. As with the previous example, the + glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span> <br /><span @@ -1908,14 +1953,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDesc</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5026r8"></a> This document has some sample acronyms with a custom - acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run - through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="x1-5026r8"></a> This document has some sample acronyms with a custom acronym + style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through + <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span> @@ -1925,7 +1970,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span></span> - <!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1935,10 +1980,9 @@ href="#x1-5022r6"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, except that it uses the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-5028"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to - the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5028"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table + of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span> <br /><span @@ -1947,36 +1991,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span></span> - - - <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5029r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the - description in a footnote on first use. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5029r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the description + in a footnote on first use. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-FnDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5030r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own - acronym style if the predefined styles don’t suit your requirements. - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5030r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own acronym + style if the predefined styles don’t suit your requirements. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span> - <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1989,27 +2032,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span></span> - <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1039--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5032r13"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the - glossary definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This - document has the <a + id="x1-5032r13"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary + definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This document has the + <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-5033"></a></a> suppressed and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a - id="dx1-5034"></a> to add all the - entries to the glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. To create the - document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5034"></a> to add all the entries to the + glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. To create the document do: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDB</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span> - <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span class="cmtt-10">database1.tex </span>and <span @@ -2021,8 +2064,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-5036"></a></a>: - - + + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5038x1">Create the main glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2030,7 +2073,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5040x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2038,36 +2081,36 @@ class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span> class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1064--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5041r14"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something - other than the page number. In this case, the <span -class="cmtt-10">equation </span>counter is used since all - glossary entries appear inside an <span + id="x1-5041r14"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something other + than the page number. In this case, the <span +class="cmtt-10">equation </span>counter is used since all glossary + entries appear inside an <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a id="dx1-5042"></a><a - id="dx1-5043"></a> environment. To create the document - do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5043"></a> environment. To create the document do: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEq</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span></span> - <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5044r15"></a> This is similar to the previous example, but the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-5045"></a>s</a> are a - mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds the - glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-5045"></a>s</a> + are a mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds + the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2078,36 +2121,36 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEqPg</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span></span> - <!--l. 1057--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1088--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5046r16"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to - something other than the page number. In this case, the <span -class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is - used. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5046r16"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to something + other than the page number. In this case, the <span +class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is used. This example + adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSec</span> - - + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span></span> - <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5047r17"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. - This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5047r17"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. This + example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span> <br /><span @@ -2116,12 +2159,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleNtn</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span></span> - <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5048"></a></a> twice - instead of a single call to <a + id="dx1-5048"></a></a> twice instead + of a single call to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-5049"></a></a>: @@ -2132,7 +2175,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 1088--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5053x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2140,19 +2183,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span> class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1123--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5054r18"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create - child entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the - glossary to the table of contents and it also uses <span + id="x1-5054r18"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child + entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to + the table of contents and it also uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-5055"></a>, so an extra - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5055"></a>, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is + required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span> <br /><span @@ -2161,7 +2204,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span></span> - <!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute <span class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a @@ -2175,10 +2218,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-5059"></a></a> explicitly, you will need to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">-l</span> - switch to indicate letter ordering.) - - +class="cmtt-10">-l </span>switch to + indicate letter ordering.) + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-inline.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -2186,139 +2229,138 @@ class="description"><a id="x1-5060r19"></a> This document is like <span class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span>, above, but uses the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-5061"></a> - glossary style to put the glossary in a footnote. + id="dx1-5061"></a> glossary + style to put the glossary in a footnote. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5062r20"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where - child entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create - the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5062r20"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where child + entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create the + document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampletree</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span></span> - <!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5063r21"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both - appears in the list of acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document - do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5063r21"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in + the list of acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document do: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-dual</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span></span> - <!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5064r22"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package - to create English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the - document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5064r22"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create + English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the document do: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span></span> - <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5065r23"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with - <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5066"></a></a> instead of <a + id="dx1-5066"></a></a> + instead of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5067"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the - <span + id="dx1-5067"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5068"></a> package). The encoding is picked up by <a + id="dx1-5068"></a> package). + The encoding is picked up by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5069"></a></a>. By default, - this document will create a <a + id="dx1-5069"></a></a>. By default, this document will + create a <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-5070"></a></a> style file called <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you - uncomment the lines - - +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the + lines + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}  <br />\noist  <br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> - <!--l. 1157--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an - additional letter group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use - <a + <!--l. 1188--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter + group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5071"></a></a>, you don’t need to supply any additional information. If you - don’t use <span + id="dx1-5071"></a></a>, you don’t + need to supply any additional information. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5072"></a>, you will need to specify the required information. - Note that if you set the style file to <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify + id="dx1-5072"></a>, you will + need to specify the required information. Note that if you set the style file to <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-5073"></a>, otherwise the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and - you will lose the “Mc” letter group. - </p><!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> + package will overwrite <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc” letter + group. + </p><!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5074"></a></a> explicitly instead of - using <a + id="dx1-5074"></a></a> explicitly instead of using + <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-5075"></a></a>. If you are using the default style file <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, - then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, then do (no line + breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o</span> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> otherwise, if you are using <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5076r24"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where - the location numbers don’t follow a standard format. This example will only - work with <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where the + location numbers don’t follow a standard format. This example will only work with + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-5077"></a></a>. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2328,19 +2370,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span> - <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1227--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you can’t use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5078"></a></a> then you need to do (all on one line): - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - - + id="dx1-5078"></a></a> then you need to do (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg</span> +class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">-o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span> + + + </p><!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> See <a href="#sec:xindyloc"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a @@ -2358,32 +2399,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-5081"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5082"></a></a> - can cope with <a + id="dx1-5082"></a></a> can + cope with <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-5083"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To - create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5083"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To create the + document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5084"></a></a> explicitly instead of - using <a + id="dx1-5084"></a></a> explicitly instead of using + <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-5085"></a></a> (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg</span> +class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">-o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - </p><!--l. 1220--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-5086"></a> option from <span class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2393,35 +2434,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> you will see that the entries that start with an <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-5087"></a></a> now - appear in the symbols group, and the word “manœuvre” is now after “manor” - instead of before it. If you are unable to use <a + id="dx1-5087"></a></a> now appear in + the symbols group, and the word “manœuvre” is now after “manor” instead of before it. + If you are unable to use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5088"></a></a>, the call to - <a + id="dx1-5088"></a></a>, the call to <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5089"></a></a> is as follows (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5089"></a></a> is as follows (no line + breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5090r26"></a> This document uses the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a - glossary and an index. This requires two <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a glossary and + an index. This requires two <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5091"></a></a> calls to ensure the - document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-5091"></a></a> calls to ensure the document is up to date: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span> <br /><span @@ -2430,60 +2471,57 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span></span> - <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5092r27"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys (using - <span + id="x1-5092r27"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5093r28"></a> This document illustrates how add custom storage keys - (using <span + id="x1-5093r28"></a> This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5094r29"></a> An extension of the previous example where the - user needs to provide a description. + id="x1-5094r29"></a> An extension of the previous example where the user + needs to provide a description. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5095r30"></a> This document illustrates how to add a custom - key using <span + id="x1-5095r30"></a> This document illustrates how to add a custom key using + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>and hook into the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and - <a +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> mechanism used to determine whether or not to hyperlink an - entry. +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> mechanism used to + determine whether or not to hyperlink an entry. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5096r31"></a> This document illustrates how to different fonts for - abbreviations within the style. + id="x1-5096r31"></a> This document illustrates how to different fonts for abbreviations + within the style. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-numberlist.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5097r32"></a> This document illustrates how to reference the <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number - list<a - id="dx1-5098"></a></a> in the document text. This requires an additional <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-5098"></a></a> in the + document text. This requires an additional <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span> <br /><span @@ -2492,15 +2530,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-numberlist</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span></span> - <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1304--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5099r33"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the - standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This - requires an additional run to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5099r33"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort + mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This requires an additional run to + ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span> <br /><span @@ -2509,16 +2546,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplePeople</span> class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span></span> - - - <!--l. 1284--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5100r34"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the - standard sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the table of - contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-5100r34"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard + sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is + up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span> <br /><span @@ -2527,13 +2564,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSort</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span></span> - <!--l. 1294--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5101r35"></a> This document illustrates how to selectively enable and - disable entry hyperlinks in <span + id="x1-5101r35"></a> This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable + entry hyperlinks in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-5102"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -2559,18 +2596,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-prefix</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span></span> - <!--l. 1310--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="x1-5106r38"></a> This document uses the experimental <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-5107"></a> package. - The symbol is set to the replacement text. Note that some PDF viewers don’t - use the accessibility support. Information about the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package - can be found in <a + id="dx1-5107"></a> package. The + symbol is set to the replacement text. Note that some PDF viewers don’t use the + accessibility support. Information about the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package can be found in + <a href="#sec:accsupp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>. @@ -2578,10 +2615,8 @@ href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>. <span class="cmtt-10">sample-ignored.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5108r39"></a> This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms - that don’t need a definition. - - + id="x1-5108r39"></a> This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms that + don’t need a definition. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -2590,31 +2625,32 @@ class="description"><a class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a id="dx1-5110"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-5111"></a> - (described in <a + id="dx1-5111"></a> (described + in <a href="#sec:enableentrycount"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14.1 </a><a -href="#sec:enableentrycount">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used - (First Use Flag Unset)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:enableentrycount --></a>) so that acronyms only used once don’t appear in the list - of acronyms.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1328--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 1328--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#sec:enableentrycount">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use + Flag Unset)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:enableentrycount --></a>) so that acronyms only used once don’t appear in the list of + acronyms.</dd></dl> + + +<!--l. 1359--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 1359--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a id="sec:lipsum"></a>Dummy Entries for Testing</h3> -<!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span +<!--l. 1362--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-6001"></a> also provides some -files containing lorum ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing -purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path (in <span -class="cmtt-10">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) -so they can be included via <span + id="dx1-6001"></a> also provides some files containing +lorum ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path +(in <span +class="cmtt-10">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) so they can be included via <span class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a - id="dx1-6002"></a> or <span + id="dx1-6002"></a> or +<span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a - id="dx1-6003"></a>. The files are as -follows: + id="dx1-6003"></a>. The files are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -2626,7 +2662,7 @@ class="description">These entries all have long descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph +class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -2639,13 +2675,13 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-images.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6005"></a> key to store the - name of an image file. (The images are provided by the <span + id="dx1-6005"></a> key to store the name + of an image file. (The images are provided by the <span class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a - id="dx1-6006"></a> package and - should be on <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to - help test for a missing key. + id="dx1-6006"></a> package and should be + on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to help test for + a missing key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -2653,31 +2689,29 @@ class="description">These entries are all acronyms. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries are all acronyms that - use the <span +class="description">These entries are all acronyms that use the + <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-6007"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries are all acronyms, - where some of them have a translation supplied in the <span +class="description">These entries are all acronyms, where some + of them have a translation supplied in the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a id="dx1-6008"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child - entries use the <span +class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries + use the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-6009"></a> key. - - </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These are hierarchical entries where - the child entries don’t use the <span +class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child + entries don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-6010"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -2685,32 +2719,33 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6011"></a> key to store a citation - key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in - <span -class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. - One entry doesn’t have an associated citation to help test for a missing - key. + id="dx1-6011"></a> key to store a citation key + (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in <span +class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, + which should be available on all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. One entry doesn’t + have an associated citation to help test for a missing key. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-url.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries use the <span +class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6012"></a> key to store an URL + id="dx1-6012"></a> key to store an URL associated with the entry.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1380--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span +<!--l. 1411--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span> directory uses all these files. See also <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 1385--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1385--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3> -<!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span +<!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a @@ -2725,18 +2760,18 @@ href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it is recommended that you use < class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7003"></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7004"></a> is hard-coded -for the non-extended <a + id="dx1-7004"></a> is hard-coded for the +non-extended <a href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a - id="dx1-7005"></a></a>. This means that you are not restricted to the A, -…, Z letter groups. If you want to use <span + id="dx1-7005"></a></a>. This means that you are not restricted to the A, …, Z letter +groups. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7006"></a>, remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7007"></a> package -option. For example: - - + id="dx1-7007"></a> package option. For +example: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> \documentclass[frenchb]{article} @@ -2745,23 +2780,22 @@ option. For example:  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1403--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a +<!--l. 1434--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1436--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character -in your tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause -expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX. -</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a + id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your +tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause expansion +problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This +issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX. +</p><!--l. 1443--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of -an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for -commands that convert the first letter to upper case (e.g. <span + id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry +name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the +first letter to upper case (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-7010"></a>). For example: -</p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-7010"></a>). For example: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry}{elite}{name={{</span></span><span @@ -2775,121 +2809,117 @@ class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span> </div> </div> </div> -<!--l. 1420--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" > (For further details, see the section <a href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“UTF-8”</a> in the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-7011"></a> user manual.) -</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-7012"></a> package, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7013"></a></a> will pick up the encoding from -the auxiliary file. If you use <a + id="dx1-7013"></a></a> will pick up the encoding from the +auxiliary file. If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7014"></a></a> explicitly instead of via <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7015"></a>, you may -need to specify the encoding using the <span + id="dx1-7015"></a>, you may need +to specify the encoding using the <span class="cmtt-10">-C </span>option. Read the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7016"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1431--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1 </span> <a id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4> -<!--l. 1434--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a -href="#tab:predefinednames">table 1.2</a>. If you aren’t -using a language package such as <span +<!--l. 1465--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a +href="#tab:predefinednames">table 1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a +language package such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can -just redefine these commands as appropriate. If you are using <span + id="dx1-8002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine +these commands as appropriate. If you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8003"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8004"></a>, you -need to use their caption hooks to change the defaults. See <a -href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words -babel uses</a> or read the <span + id="dx1-8004"></a>, you need to use their +caption hooks to change the defaults. See <a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8005"></a> or <span -class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8006"></a> documentation. If you have loaded + id="dx1-8005"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a + id="dx1-8006"></a> documentation. If you have loaded <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8007"></a>, then <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-8008"></a> will attempt to load <span -class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8009"></a>, unless you have used the + id="dx1-8008"></a> will attempt to load <span +class="cmss-10">translator</span><a + id="dx1-8009"></a>, unless you have used the <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a id="dx1-8010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a id="dx1-8011"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-8012"></a> package options. If the <span + id="dx1-8012"></a> package +options. If the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8013"></a> -package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files (for example, -<span + id="dx1-8013"></a> package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files +(for example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8014"></a> package for advice on - - -changing translations provided by <span + id="dx1-8014"></a> package for advice +on changing translations provided by <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8015"></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out how to -modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span + id="dx1-8015"></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out +how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8016"></a>’s interface using <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-8017"></a>: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1455--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span +<!--l. 1486--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language -options directly to <span + id="dx1-8018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options +directly to <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8019"></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise -passing the same options to <span + id="dx1-8019"></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same +options to <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8020"></a>, then <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8021"></a> won’t pick up the language -and no dictionaries will be loaded and <span + id="dx1-8021"></a> won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be +loaded and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used -instead. + id="dx1-8022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used instead. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 1463--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 1494--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1.2: </span><span class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-80232 --> - - + + <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col @@ -2899,34 +2929,34 @@ id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1" class="td01"><span class="cmbx-10">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1469--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Translator</span> <span class="cmbx-10">Key</span> <span -class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1470--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td> +class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a id="dx1-8024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1471--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1471--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td11"> <!--l. 1502--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1502--><p class="noindent" >Title of the main - glossary. </p></td> + glossary. </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a id="dx1-8025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td11"> <!--l. 1503--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1503--><p class="noindent" >Title of the list @@ -2939,17 +2969,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >Title option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-8026"></a>). </p></td> + id="dx1-8026"></a>). </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a id="dx1-8027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1474--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1505--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Notation</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1506--><p class="noindent" >Header for first column @@ -2965,17 +2995,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >Header glossaries that support - headers). </p></td> + headers). </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a id="dx1-8028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1508--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Description</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1509--><p class="noindent" >Header for second column @@ -2991,17 +3021,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" >Header glossaries that support - headers). </p></td> + headers). </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a id="dx1-8029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbol column @@ -3014,19 +3044,19 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >Header that support this - option. </p></td> + option. </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a id="dx1-8030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Page</span> <span class="cmtt-10">List</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1514--><p class="noindent" >Header for page list @@ -3039,17 +3069,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" >Header that support this - option. </p></td> + option. </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a id="dx1-8031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1516--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1486--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbols section @@ -3062,17 +3092,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1486--><p class="noindent" >Header that support this - option. </p></td> + option. </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a id="dx1-8032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" +class="td10"> <!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >Header for numbers section @@ -3085,158 +3115,157 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent" >Header that support this - option. </p></td> -</tr></table> - + option. </p></td> +</tr></table> + </div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 1494--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language -modules that need to be installed in addition to installing the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You -only need to install the modules for the languages that you require. If the language -module has an unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the maintenance -by contacting me at <a +<!--l. 1525--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that +need to be installed in addition to installing the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install +the modules for the languages that you require. If the language module has an +unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the maintenance by contacting me at +<a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html</span></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8033"></a> -dictionary files for <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are now provided by the appropriate language module. -For further details about information specific to a given language, please see the -documentation for that language module. -</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> + id="dx1-8033"></a> dictionary files for <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about +information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language +module. +</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8034"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8035"></a>: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1513--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 1544--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8036"></a> is automatically loaded). </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8037"></a>: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1521--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 1552--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-8038"></a> isn’t loaded). </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a id="dx1-8039"></a>: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{polyglossia}  <br />\setmainlanguage{english}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1530--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1561--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-8040"></a>: - - + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{ngerman}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1537--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1568--><p class="nopar" > </p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations -may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span +<!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not +be appropriate. If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8041"></a> package and the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package -option <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option +<span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-8042"></a>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a -href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the -words babel uses</a>. If you are using the <span +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words +babel uses</a>. If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8043"></a> package, then you can provide your -own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it -using <span + id="dx1-8043"></a> package, then you can provide your own +dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span +class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using +<span class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. -</p><!--l. 1550--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, -so it won’t have any effect if you put <span -class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be -put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the -<span + id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it +won’t have any effect if you put <span +class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your +personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8045"></a> documentation for further details. (Now with <span + id="dx1-8045"></a> documentation for +further details. (Now with <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.) -</div> -</p><!--l. 1557--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1559--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to -another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of -document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the -glossary labelled as “Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, -then you can create a file called, say, - - + id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.) </div> +</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another +language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For +example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as +“Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, then you can create a file +called, say, + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </div> -<!--l. 1567--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: - - +<!--l. 1598--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}  <br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}  <br />\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location} </div> -<!--l. 1573--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: - - +<!--l. 1604--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary} </div> -<!--l. 1577--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span -class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found -by <span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span +class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be +found by <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>. -</p><!--l. 1582--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 1613--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-8047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8048"></a> interface, you can use -the package option <span + id="dx1-8048"></a> interface, you can use the +package option <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-8049"></a>. For example: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \documentclass[british]{article} @@ -3247,8 +3276,8 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a  <br />    \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List of Acronyms}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1597--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +<!--l. 1626--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1628--><p class="indent" > Note that <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-8050"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a @@ -3267,34 +3296,34 @@ href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further </p> <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a id="x1-90001.3.1"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5> -<!--l. 1606--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1637--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language -modules need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should -first read the <span + id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language modules +need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the +<span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a id="dx1-9002"></a> documentation. -</p><!--l. 1611--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: -<span +</p><!--l. 1642--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span> +and <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.dict </span>where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ is the -root language name (for example, <span +class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ is the root language name (for +example, <span class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ is the language name used by -<span +class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ is the language name used by <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example, <span + id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example, +<span class="cmtt-10">English</span>). -</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \ProvidesDictionary{glossaries-dictionary}{English} @@ -3307,21 +3336,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:  <br />\providetranslation{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}  <br />\providetranslation{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers} </div> -<!--l. 1630--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span -class="cmtt-10">English</span> -to the <span +<!--l. 1661--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span +class="cmtt-10">English </span>to the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9004"></a> name for your language (so that it matches the file name -<span + id="dx1-9004"></a> name +for your language (so that it matches the file name <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each <span -class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change -the second argument to the appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) +and, for each <span +class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate +translation. +</p><!--l. 1669--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> \ProvidesGlossariesLang{english} @@ -3369,8 +3398,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:  <br />      \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%  <br />      {%  <br />        \glossariescaptionsenglish - - + +  <br />      }%  <br />    }%  <br />    {% @@ -3382,48 +3411,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 1696--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace -<span -class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span +<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span +class="cmtt-10">English </span>with +the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-9005"></a> language label ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ used for the dictionary file and -replace <span -class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the root language name ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩. Within the definition of -<span +class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ used for the dictionary file and replace <span +class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the +root language name ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩. Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩, replace the English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the -appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1705--><p class="indent" > <span -class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t -been specified are given by <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsupacrpluralsuffix </span>for acronyms where the suffix needs to be set using +class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩, replace the +English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the appropriate translation. +</p><!--l. 1736--><p class="indent" > <span +class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified +are given by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsupacrpluralsuffix </span>for +acronyms where the suffix needs to be set using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>to counteract the effects of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>to counteract the effects of <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other -acronym styles. These commands need to be set before the entry is defined and so the -definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism as that’s not switched on until -the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last -loaded language. -</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other acronym styles. These commands need to be +set before the entry is defined and so the definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism +as that’s not switched on until the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect +will be for the last loaded language. +</p><!--l. 1747--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">iso</span> <span -class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">iso country</span>⟩<span +class="cmti-10">country</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>⟩ is the ISO language code and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">iso country</span>⟩ is the -ISO country code. For example, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root -language file and make the appropriate changes, for example: - - +class="cmti-10">iso country</span>⟩ is the ISO country +code. For example, <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root language file and +make the appropriate changes, for example: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">  \ProvidesGlossariesLang{en-GB} @@ -3445,18 +3472,18 @@ language file and make the appropriate changes, for example:  <br />   }%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 1741--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a +<!--l. 1772--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code -that’s independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use -UTF-8, others may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users -won’t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a -UTF-8 version for XeLaTeX users. -</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s +independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others +may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate +you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a UTF-8 version for +XeLaTeX users. +</p><!--l. 1781--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows: - - + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \ProvidesGlossariesLang{irish} @@ -3494,23 +3521,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:  <br />  \glossariescaptionsirish  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1787--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span -class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label -and <span +<!--l. 1818--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span +class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and +<span class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-9007"></a> dictionary label.) -</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and -<span +</p><!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="indent" > These both define <span +</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" > These both define <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span -class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands: - - +class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent +commands: + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}% @@ -3539,249 +3565,268 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1823--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span +<!--l. 1854--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8 characters. -</p><!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3> -<!--l. 1831--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a +<!--l. 1862--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section if you have chosen <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1836--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run -<a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries +always remember to use the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-10001"></a> key if the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-10002"></a> contains any <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands. +</div> +</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10001"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-10003"></a></a> or +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a></a>, you can try using the <span + id="dx1-10004"></a></a>, you can try using the <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a - id="dx1-10003"></a> package -option, described in <a + id="dx1-10005"></a> package option, described in <a href="#sortingoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a -href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape -enabled. -</p><!--l. 1842--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a +href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, +but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape enabled. +</p><!--l. 1875--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-10004"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to -use an external <a -href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen - - -<a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>, which uses <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> to do the sorting). It is this application that creates the -file containing the code that typesets the glossary. <span -class="cmbx-10">If this step is omitted, the</span> -<span -class="cmbx-10">glossaries will not appear in your document. </span>The two indexing applications -that are most commonly used with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-10006"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an + + +external <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>, +which uses <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to do the sorting). It is this application that creates the file containing the +code that typesets the glossary. <span +class="cmbx-10">If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear</span> +<span +class="cmbx-10">in your document. </span>The two indexing applications that are most commonly used with +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> are <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10005"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-10007"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10006"></a></a>. As -from version 1.17, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with either of these -applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <span + id="dx1-10008"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be +used with either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be used +with <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10007"></a> only. -Note that <span + id="dx1-10009"></a> only. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10008"></a> has much better multi-lingual support than <span + id="dx1-10010"></a> has much better multi-lingual support than +<span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10009"></a>, -so <span + id="dx1-10011"></a>, so <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10010"></a> is recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands that -only have an effect when <span + id="dx1-10012"></a> is recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands +that only have an effect when <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10011"></a> is used are described in <a + id="dx1-10013"></a> is used are described in <a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>. -</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating +</p><!--l. 1891--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications such as <span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a - id="dx1-10012"></a> and <span + id="dx1-10014"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a - id="dx1-10013"></a>. See + id="dx1-10015"></a>. See <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span -class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more -information. </div> -</p><!--l. 1864--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more information. +</div> +</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1899--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10014"></a></a> which will run + id="dx1-10016"></a></a> which will run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10015"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-10017"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10016"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is -created by <span + id="dx1-10018"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created +by <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10017"></a>). See <a + id="dx1-10019"></a>). See <a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.1 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for -further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a -number of <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>-related applications. Most Unix-like operating systems come with -a Perl interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span +href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further +details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number +of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related applications. Most Unix-like operating systems come with a Perl +interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live also comes with a Perl interpreter. MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> doesn’t -come with a Perl interpreter so if you are a Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> doesn’t come +with a Perl interpreter so if you are a Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> user you will need to install Perl if you want to use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10018"></a></a>. Further information is available at + id="dx1-10020"></a></a>. Further information is available at <a href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)</a>. -</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span +</p><!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10019"></a>: </p> + id="dx1-10021"></a>: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">It automatically detects whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10020"></a> or <span + id="dx1-10022"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10021"></a> and sets the - relevant application switches. + id="dx1-10023"></a> and sets the relevant + application switches. </li> <li class="itemize">One call of <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10022"></a> will run <span + id="dx1-10024"></a> will run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10023"></a>/<span + id="dx1-10025"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10024"></a> for each glossary - type. + id="dx1-10026"></a> for each glossary type. </li> <li class="itemize">If things go wrong, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10025"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a + id="dx1-10027"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10026"></a></a> - or <a + id="dx1-10028"></a></a> or + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10027"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - package. This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If - it can’t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript - file and see if you can work it out from the <span + id="dx1-10029"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. + This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If it can’t diagnose + the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript file and see if you can + work it out from the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10028"></a> or <span + id="dx1-10030"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10029"></a> messages. + id="dx1-10031"></a> messages. + </li> + <li class="itemize">If <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-10032"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-10033"></a></a> will detect this + and attempt to correct the problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-10034f3"></a> + Since <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-10036"></a></a> doesn’t warn about this, this correction is only provided by + <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-10037"></a></a> when <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-10038"></a></a> is used. </li></ul> -<!--l. 1899--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a Lua script -called <a + + +<!--l. 1938--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a Lua script called +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10030"></a></a>. This is a <span -class="cmti-10">trimmed-down </span>alternative to -the <a + id="dx1-10039"></a></a>. This is a <span +class="cmti-10">trimmed-down </span>alternative to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10031"></a></a> Perl script. It doesn’t have some of the options that - - -the Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to diagnose any problems, but -since modern <span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-10040"></a></a> Perl +script. It doesn’t have some of the options that the Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to +diagnose any problems, but since modern <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> (and therefore have -a Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to use +class="E">E</span>X</span> (and +therefore have a Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10032"></a></a> so it’s an alternative to <a + id="dx1-10041"></a></a> so it’s an alternative to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10033"></a></a> if you want to -use <a + id="dx1-10042"></a></a> if you want to use +<a href="#option2">Option 2</a> (<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10034"></a></a>). -</p><!--l. 1909--><p class="indent" > There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a -href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-10035"></a></a>, distributed -separately, that has diagnostic tools. -</p><!--l. 1912--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a + id="dx1-10043"></a></a>). +</p><!--l. 1948--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10036"></a></a> Perl -script or the <a + id="dx1-10044"></a></a> Perl script or the +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10037"></a></a> script or the <a -href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-10038"></a></a> -Java application, it is possible to use the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without using -those applications. However, note that some commands and package options -have no effect if you explicitly run <a + id="dx1-10045"></a></a> Lua script, it is possible to use the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package +without using those applications. However, note that some commands and package +options have no effect if you explicitly run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10039"></a></a>/<a + id="dx1-10046"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10040"></a></a>. These are listed in + id="dx1-10047"></a></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span +</p><!--l. 1955--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10041"></a> because you don’t want to install -Perl, you will only be able to use <span + id="dx1-10048"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, +you will only be able to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10042"></a> as <span + id="dx1-10049"></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10043"></a> also requires Perl. -</div> -</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1926--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the -glossary, you will need to do an additional <a + id="dx1-10050"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl +scripts include <span +class="cmtt-10">epstopdf </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it’s well-worth the effort to install Perl.) +</div> +</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside +the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10044"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-10051"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10045"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-10052"></a></a> or +<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10046"></a></a> -run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following + id="dx1-10053"></a></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following entries:<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-10047f3"></a> - - +href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-10054f4"></a> + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> \newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus fruit}, @@ -3790,22 +3835,22 @@ href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a  <br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},  <br />description={an orange coloured fruit.}} </div> -<!--l. 1939--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference the -<span +<!--l. 1976--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference +the <span class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span -class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won’t appear in your glossary until you first -create the glossary and then do another run of <a +class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won’t appear in your glossary until you +first create the glossary and then do another run of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10049"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-10056"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10050"></a></a> or -<a + id="dx1-10057"></a></a> +or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10051"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span + id="dx1-10058"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -3818,82 +3863,88 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1953--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1955--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a +</p><!--l. 1990--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +(Note that if you use <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this will be done automatically for you if +the <span +class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs </span>feature is enabled. See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user guide for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10052"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-10059"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may be required if the -document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset -after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the -<a +document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the +table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may push +glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-10053"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating. -</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a + id="dx1-10060"></a>s</a> in the glossary +may need updating. +</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10054"></a></a>, -<a + id="dx1-10061"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10055"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-10062"></a></a> or +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10056"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt -which is usually accessed via the <span + id="dx1-10063"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually +accessed via the <span class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span class="cmss-10">All Programs </span>menu or <span class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span -class="cmss-10">All</span> -<span -class="cmss-10">Programs-</span><span +class="cmss-10">All Programs-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span -class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu. -</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will -call the required application. The article <a -href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols -and Acronyms”</a> in the <a +class="cmss-10">Accessories</span> +menu. +</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the +required application. The article <a +href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols and +Acronyms”</a> in the <a href="http://www.latex-community.org/" ><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> Know How section describes how to do -this for TeXnicCenter, and the thread <a -href="http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/edd83831b81b0759?hl=en" >“Executing Glossaries’ makeindex from a -WinEdt macro”</a> on the <span -class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup describes how to do it for WinEdt. -<a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" >Section 1.1 (Building Your Document)</a> of <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> Know How section describes how to do this for +TeXnicCenter, and the thread <a +href="http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/edd83831b81b0759?hl=en" >“Executing Glossaries’ makeindex from a WinEdt macro”</a> +on the <span +class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup describes how to do it for WinEdt. <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" >Section 1.1 +(Building Your Document)</a> of <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >“Using <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis”</a> -describes how to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for -further details. -</p><!--l. 1985--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis”</a> describes how +to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for further +details. +</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a - id="dx1-10057"></a> or <span + id="dx1-10064"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a - id="dx1-10058"></a>) -for messages. + id="dx1-10065"></a>) for +messages. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 1988--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1.3: </span><span class="content">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10060"></a></a> -or <a + id="dx1-10067"></a></a> or +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10061"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-100593 --> + id="dx1-10068"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-100663 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-4" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col @@ -3906,16 +3957,16 @@ class="cmbx-10">Command or Package Option </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10062"></a></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3" + id="dx1-10069"></a></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3" class="td10"> <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10063"></a></a> </td> + id="dx1-10070"></a></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a - id="dx1-10064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2" + id="dx1-10071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2" class="td11"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-l </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3" class="td10"> use <span @@ -3924,14 +3975,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder</span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a - id="dx1-10065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2" + id="dx1-10072"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2" class="td11"> default </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3" class="td10"> default </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10066"></a>=<span + id="dx1-10073"></a>=<span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmss-10">language=</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -3948,7 +3999,7 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-10067"></a><span + id="dx1-10074"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2" @@ -3960,7 +4011,7 @@ class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a - id="dx1-10068"></a><span + id="dx1-10075"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2" @@ -3969,85 +4020,84 @@ class="td10"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-C </span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ </td></tr></table> </div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 2011--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2052--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4> -<!--l. 2014--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary -(<span + id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a - id="dx1-11002"></a>) file and will either call <a + id="dx1-11002"></a>) file +and will either call <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-11003"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied -information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document’s name without the -extension to <span + id="dx1-11004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, +you only need to pass the document’s name without the extension to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11005"></a>. For example, if your document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, -type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11005"></a>. For +example, if your document is called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, type the following in your terminal: +<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2025--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2066--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> You may need to explicitly load <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2031--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and -provides <span +</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides +<span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a convenient wrapper for the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11007"></a></a> Perl -script. MiKTeX also provides a wrapper <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn’t -provide a Perl interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX’s -<span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MiKTeX you’ll need to install Perl. There’s more -information about this at <a + id="dx1-11007"></a></a> Perl script. +MiKTeX also provides a wrapper <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn’t provide a Perl +interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX’s <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so +with MiKTeX you’ll need to install Perl. There’s more information about this at +<a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862" class="url" ><span -class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the -TeX.SX site. Alternatively, there is a batch file called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>that -should be located in the same folder as the <a +class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the TeX.SX site. Alternatively, there +is a batch file called <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>that should be located in the same folder as the +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11008"></a></a> Perl script. This just -explicitly loads the script into Perl. If you’ve installed Perl but for some reason your -operating system can’t find <span -class="cmtt-10">perl.exe</span>, you can edit the <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>file to -include the full path to <span -class="cmtt-10">perl.exe </span>(but take care as this file will be overwritten next -time you update the <span + id="dx1-11008"></a></a> Perl script. This just explicitly loads the script into Perl. If you’ve installed +Perl but for some reason your operating system can’t find <span +class="cmtt-10">perl.exe</span>, you can edit the +<span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>file to include the full path to <span +class="cmtt-10">perl.exe </span>(but take care as this file will +be overwritten next time you update the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package). If you move the <span -class="cmtt-10">.bat </span>file to a new location, -you will also need to supply the full path to the <a +class="cmtt-10">.bat </span>file to a +new location, you will also need to supply the full path to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11009"></a></a> Perl script. -(Don’t also move the Perl script as well or you may miss out on updates to + id="dx1-11009"></a></a> Perl +script. (Don’t also move the Perl script as well or you may miss out on updates to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11010"></a></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2093--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11011"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a @@ -4056,169 +4106,207 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11012"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11013"></a></a> process using -<span + id="dx1-11013"></a></a> process +using <span class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">2>&1</span><span -class="cmtt-10"> |</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to help -diagnose problems. If this method fails <a +class="cmtt-10"> |</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to +help diagnose problems. If this method fails <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11014"></a></a> will print an “Unable to fork” -warning and will retry without redirection. If you run <a + id="dx1-11014"></a></a> will print an “Unable +to fork” warning and will retry without redirection. If you run <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11015"></a></a> on an -operating system that doesn’t support this form of redirection, then you can use the -<span + id="dx1-11015"></a></a> +on an operating system that doesn’t support this form of redirection, then you +can use the <span class="cmtt-10">-Q </span>switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span -class="cmtt-10">-k </span>switch to make -<a +class="cmtt-10">-k </span>switch to +make <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11016"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting the -redirection. Without this redirection, the <span + id="dx1-11016"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting +the redirection. Without this redirection, the <span class="cmtt-10">-q </span>(quiet) switch doesn’t work as well. -</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span +</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a id="dx1-11017"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a id="dx1-11018"></a> etc files are located using the <span -class="cmtt-10">-d</span> -switch. For example: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">-d </span>switch. +For example: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span> - - -</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> + + +</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-11019"></a> assumes by default that <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11020"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11021"></a> is on -your operating system’s path. If this isn’t the case, you can specify the full -pathname using <span -class="cmtt-10">-m </span>⟨<span + id="dx1-11021"></a> is on your operating +system’s path. If this isn’t the case, you can specify the full pathname using <span +class="cmtt-10">-m</span> +⟨<span class="cmti-10">path/to/makeindex</span>⟩ for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11022"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">-x </span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>⟩ for -<span +class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>⟩ for <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-11023"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > As from <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11024"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you -want, you can create a man page for <span + id="dx1-11024"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-11025"></a></a>, there’s a check for +<span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-11026"></a>’s multiple encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) +are used on the same location for the same entry. For example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage{glossaries} + <br />\makeglossaries + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}, \gls[format=textbf]{sample}. + <br />\printglossaries + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 2134--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-11027"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list +will be “1, <span +class="cmbx-10">1</span>”. That is, the page number will be repeated with each format. As +from v2.18, <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-11028"></a></a> will check for this warning and, if found, will attempt +to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying. There’s no +similar check for <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-11029"></a></a> as <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-11030"></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard +duplicates. +</p><!--l. 2143--><p class="indent" > The <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11025"></a> using <span + id="dx1-11031"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you +can create a man page for <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-11032"></a> using <span class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span><a - id="dx1-11026"></a> and -move the resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span> + id="dx1-11033"></a> and move the resulting file onto +the man path. Alternatively do <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help </span>for a list of all options or <span -class="cmtt-10">--help </span>for a list of all options or <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version -number. -</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version -of <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version number. +</p><!--l. 2150--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11027"></a></a>. The current version is ??. </div> -</p><!--l. 2088--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2090--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-11034"></a></a>. The current version is 2.18. </div> +</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2090--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script</h4> -<!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a +<!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12001"></a></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, -which should already be available if you have a modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution that -includes Lua<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>. Lua is a light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but -because it’s light-weight it doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting -languages, such as Perl. The <a + id="dx1-12001"></a></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, which +should already be available if you have a modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution that includes Lua<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. +Lua is a light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but because it’s light-weight it +doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting languages, such as Perl. The +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by -this and some of the options available to the <a + id="dx1-12002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the options +available to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12003"></a></a> Perl script aren’t -available here. (In particular the <span -class="cmtt-10">-d </span>option.) -</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > The <a + id="dx1-12003"></a></a> Perl script aren’t available here. (In particular the <span +class="cmtt-10">-d</span> +option.) +</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12004"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as -<a + id="dx1-12004"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12005"></a></a> but you need to remember the <span -class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension. For example, if your -document is called <span + id="dx1-12005"></a></a> +but you need to remember the <span +class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension. For example, if your document is called +<span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="indent" > <span + + +</p><!--l. 2175--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12006"></a></a> are also available -with <a + id="dx1-12006"></a></a> are also available with +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12007"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do -<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-12007"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua --help</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2116--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3 </span> <a id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4> -<!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a id="dx1-13001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>. However Mik<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> users can -install it. See <a +class="E">E</span>X</span> users can install it. +See <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>. - - -</p><!--l. 2129--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you -have used the <span + id="dx1-13002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used +the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-13003"></a> package option: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 2134--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a +<!--l. 2200--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-13004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s called @@ -4228,16 +4316,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-13005"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-13006"></a></a>. This -causes the glossary entries to be written in raw <span + id="dx1-13006"></a></a>. This causes the +glossary entries to be written in raw <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-13007"></a> format, so you need to use <span +class="cmtt-10">-I xindy </span><span +class="cmti-10">not </span><span class="cmtt-10">-I</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span -class="cmti-10">not </span><span -class="cmtt-10">-I tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > To run <a +class="cmtt-10">tex</span>. +</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > To run <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-13008"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -4250,48 +4338,47 @@ class="cmtt-10">-I xindy -M </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">-t </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">.glg -o</span> -⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">.glg -o </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span> +⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the required language name, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">encoding</span>⟩ is the encoding, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the -name of the document without the <span +class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of +the document without the <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a id="dx1-13009"></a> extension and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ is the name of -the <a +class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ is the name of the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13010"></a></a> style file without the <span + id="dx1-13010"></a></a> style file +without the <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-13011"></a> extension. The default name for this -style file is ⟨<span + id="dx1-13011"></a> extension. The default name for this style file is ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-13012"></a> but can be changed via <span + id="dx1-13012"></a> but can be +changed via <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a id="dx1-13013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You -may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working -directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using -double-quotes. -</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 -encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending +on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit +them using double-quotes. +</p><!--l. 2222--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in +English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2161--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of +</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-13014"></a> @@ -4310,52 +4397,51 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the -glossary with <span +</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary +with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-13019"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2176--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 2242--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13020"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to -<a + id="dx1-13020"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13021"></a></a> with just one call to <span + id="dx1-13021"></a></a> +with just one call to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-13022"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you -use <a +</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13023"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <span + id="dx1-13023"></a></a> explicitly +instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13024"></a>. These are listed in -<a + id="dx1-13024"></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. - - -</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2255--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><a + + +<!--l. 2255--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4 </span> <a id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4> -<!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used -the <span + id="dx1-14001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-14002"></a> package option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. -To run <span + id="dx1-14002"></a> +package option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. To run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14003"></a>, type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-14003"></a>, +type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style</span>⟩<span @@ -4366,91 +4452,89 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2265--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of your document without the <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a - id="dx1-14004"></a> extension and -⟨<span + id="dx1-14004"></a> extension and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-14005"></a> is the name of the <a + id="dx1-14005"></a> is the +name of the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-14006"></a></a> style file. By default, this is ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-14007"></a>, -but may be changed via <span + id="dx1-14007"></a>, but may be changed via +<span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a id="dx1-14008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that there are other -options, such as <span -class="cmtt-10">-l </span>(letter ordering). See the <span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that there are other options, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">-l </span>(letter ordering). See +the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14009"></a> manual for further -details. -</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span + id="dx1-14009"></a> manual for further details. +</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for -example, if you have used the <span +</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if +you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-14010"></a> package option) then you must call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14011"></a></a> -for each glossary, substituting <span + id="dx1-14011"></a></a> for each glossary, +substituting <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a id="dx1-14012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a id="dx1-14013"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a - id="dx1-14014"></a> with the relevant extensions. For -example, if you have used the <span + id="dx1-14014"></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used +the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-14015"></a> package option, then you need to type the -following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-14015"></a> package option, then you need to type the following in your terminal: +<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the -glossary with <span +</p><!--l. 2289--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary +with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-14016"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-14017"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to -<a + id="dx1-14017"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14018"></a></a> with just one call to <span + id="dx1-14018"></a></a> +with just one call to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-14019"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2232--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use -<span +</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14020"></a> explicitly instead of using <a + id="dx1-14020"></a> +explicitly instead of using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-14021"></a></a>. These are listed in -<a + id="dx1-14021"></a></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.5 </span> <a id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4> -<!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a +<!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-15001"></a></a> or <a @@ -4458,11 +4542,11 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-15002"></a></a> and the information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. This -information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries -where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the -auxiliary file. -</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by -</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where +appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary +file. +</p><!--l. 2315--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by +</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15003"></a> <span @@ -4475,42 +4559,41 @@ class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 2252--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ is the extension of the <a href="#glo:indexingapp"><span -class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span></a> input file (the output file -from the <span +class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span></a> input file (the output file from the +<span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s point of view), ⟨<span class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ is the extension of the <span -class="cmti-10">indexing</span> -<span -class="cmti-10">application’s </span>output file (the input file from the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s point of view) and -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">log</span>⟩ is the extension of the indexing application’s transcript file. The label for the -glossary is also given for information purposes only, but is not required by the -indexing applications. For example, the information for the default main glossary is -written as: - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> +class="cmti-10">indexing application’s</span> +output file (the input file from the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s point of view) and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">log</span>⟩ is the +extension of the indexing application’s transcript file. The label for the glossary + + +is also given for information purposes only, but is not required by the indexing +applications. For example, the information for the default main glossary is written +as: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo} </div> -<!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2267--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2331--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2333--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by -</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="noindent" > The file extension indicates whether to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a @@ -4521,29 +4604,29 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-15007"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-15008"></a>). Note -that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which + id="dx1-15008"></a>). +Note that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct one. -</p><!--l. 2277--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: -</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: +</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">order</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2280--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ can be either <span class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">letter</span>. -</p><!--l. 2283--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2349--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-15010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by -</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -4561,22 +4644,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ identifies the glossary, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language (e.g. <span -class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the encoding (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is +the encoding (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>). These commands are omitted if <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-15013"></a></a> should be used. -</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2360--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> has been used, the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain -</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4584,42 +4667,41 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2297--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="noindent" > for every time an entry has been referenced. - - + + </p> -<!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2366--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 2366--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2> -</p><!--l. 2303--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may -omit the <span -class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span +</p><!--l. 2369--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span +class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for +boolean options. (For example, <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-16001"></a> is equivalent to -<span + id="dx1-16001"></a> is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a id="dx1-16002"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ package options can’t be passed via the document class -options. (This includes options where the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ part may be omitted, such as -<span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ package options can’t be passed via the document class options. +(This includes options where the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ part may be omitted, such as <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-16003"></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options -that aren’t ⟨<span + id="dx1-16003"></a>.) +This is a general limitation not restricted to the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options that +aren’t ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ (such as <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-16004"></a>) may be passed via the document class -options. </div> -</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-16004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options. +</div> +</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a id="generaloptions"></a>General Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -4627,11 +4709,10 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla class="cmssbx-10">nowarn</span><a id="dx1-17001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don’t - use this option if you’re new to using <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are - designed to help detect common mistakes (such as forgetting to use - <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don’t use this + option if you’re new to using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are designed to help detect + common mistakes (such as forgetting to use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-17002"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -4639,14 +4720,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a class="cmssbx-10">noredefwarn</span><a id="dx1-17003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you load <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a class or another package that already - defines glossary related commands, by default <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that - it’s redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of - using <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that class or package and you don’t want to be warned - about it, use this option to suppress those warnings. Other warnings will - still be issued unless you use the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a class or another package that already defines + glossary related commands, by default <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that it’s redefining + those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that + class or package and you don’t want to be warned about it, use this option to + suppress those warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the + <span class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a id="dx1-17004"></a> option described above. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -4654,38 +4735,38 @@ class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a class="cmssbx-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-17005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span> - file, if unrequired. Note that if you use this option, you must create - another glossary in which to put all your entries (either via the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file, if + unrequired. Note that if you use this option, you must create another glossary in + which to put all your entries (either via the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-17006"></a> - (or <span + id="dx1-17006"></a> (or <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-17007"></a>) package option described in <a + id="dx1-17007"></a>) package option + described in <a href="#acronymoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a -href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the - <span +href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a id="dx1-17008"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a id="dx1-17009"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-17010"></a> options described in <a + id="dx1-17010"></a> options + described in <a href="#otheroptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a -href="#otheroptions">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via - <span +href="#otheroptions">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-17011"></a> described in <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a -href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>). - <!--l. 2344--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a +href="#sec:newglossary">Defining + New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>). + <!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17012"></a></a> - will produce the following warning: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-17012"></a></a> will + produce the following warning: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span @@ -4695,8 +4776,6 @@ class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span class="cmtt-10">.glo’</span><span class="cmtt-10"> is</span><span class="cmtt-10"> empty.</span> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">Have</span><span class="cmtt-10"> you</span><span @@ -4708,6 +4787,8 @@ class="cmtt-10"> in</span><span class="cmtt-10"> glossary</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">’main’?</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span class="cmtt-10"> to</span><span @@ -4726,88 +4807,87 @@ class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span class="cmtt-10"> main</span><span class="cmtt-10"> glossary.</span> </div> - </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, - check that you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as - <span + </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check that + you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17013"></a>. </div> - <!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-17013"></a>. + </div> + <!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a id="dx1-17014"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a - id="dx1-17015"></a></a> the - sort value when writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you - define an entry as follows: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> + id="dx1-17015"></a></a> the sort + value when writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you define an + entry as follows: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},  <br /> description={hash symbol}} </div> - <!--l. 2366--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, - otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the - other hand, you want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the - sanitization. For example, suppose you do: - - + <!--l. 2432--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise + <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you + want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the sanitization. For example, + suppose you do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> \newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{%  <br />  name={sample},  <br />  sort={\mysortvalue},  <br />  description={an example}} </div> - <!--l. 2378--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span -class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted - according to <span + <!--l. 2444--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span +class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according + to <span class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-17016"></a>. - </p><!--l. 2383--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a + </p><!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a> is <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-17017"></a>, and the default for - <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> is <span + id="dx1-17017"></a>, and the default for <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> is + <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-17018"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">savewrites</span><a id="dx1-17019"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by - the <span +class="description">This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the + <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">savewrites=false</span><a - id="dx1-17020"></a>.) There are only a - limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of - glossaries or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot - of external files, you may exceed the maximum number of available - registers. If <span + id="dx1-17020"></a>.) There are only a limited number of + write registers, and if you have a large number of glossaries or if you are using a class or + other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the maximum number + of available registers. If <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a - id="dx1-17021"></a> is set, the glossary information will be stored - in token registers until the end of the document when they will be + id="dx1-17021"></a> is set, the glossary information will be + stored in token registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external files. If you run out of token registers, you can use <span class="cmss-10">etex</span><a id="dx1-17022"></a>. - <!--l. 2397--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you - can use the <span + <!--l. 2463--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you can + use the <span class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a - id="dx1-17023"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this - option. </div> - </p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2403--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> or by - ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble. - </p><!--l. 2407--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-17023"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. + </div> + </p><!--l. 2467--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2469--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> or by ensuring you + define all your glossary entries in the preamble. + </p><!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a id="dx1-17024"></a> mechanism to call <a @@ -4816,8 +4896,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-17025"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-17026"></a></a> - from your document and use <span + id="dx1-17026"></a></a> from + your document and use <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a id="dx1-17027"></a>, you must create the external files with <span @@ -4828,19 +4908,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-17029"></a>. Also set <span class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to nothing or <span -class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. - For example: - - +class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. For + example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> \glswritefiles  <br />\write18{makeindex -s \istfilename\space  <br />-t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}  <br />\let\glswritefiles\relax </div> - <!--l. 2419--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 2420--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2485--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a @@ -4850,35 +4930,34 @@ class="description">This can take the following values: <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=true</span><a id="dx1-17031"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">If <span +class="description">If <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17032"></a> has been loaded and the <span + id="dx1-17032"></a> has been loaded and the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17033"></a> package is - installed, <span + id="dx1-17033"></a> package is installed, + <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17034"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided - by the <span + id="dx1-17034"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17035"></a> package interface. You can modify the translations by - providing your own dictionary. If the <span + id="dx1-17035"></a> + package interface. You can modify the translations by providing your own + dictionary. If the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17036"></a> package isn’t installed - and <span + id="dx1-17036"></a> package isn’t installed and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17037"></a> is loaded, the <span + id="dx1-17037"></a> is loaded, the + <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a - id="dx1-17038"></a> package will be loaded and the - translations will be provided using <span + id="dx1-17038"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided + using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\addto\caption</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ - mechanism. If <span +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ mechanism. If <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17039"></a> has been loaded, <span + id="dx1-17039"></a> has been + loaded, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17040"></a> will - be loaded. + id="dx1-17040"></a> will be loaded. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=false</span><a @@ -4887,46 +4966,44 @@ class="description">Don’t provide translations, even if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-17042"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17043"></a> has - been loaded. (Note that <span + id="dx1-17043"></a> has been + loaded. (Note that <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-17044"></a> provides the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a - id="dx1-17045"></a> - so that will still be translated if you have loaded <span + id="dx1-17045"></a> so that will + still be translated if you have loaded <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-17046"></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-17047"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Don’t load the <span +class="description">Don’t load the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17048"></a> package. Instead load - <span + id="dx1-17048"></a> package. Instead load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a id="dx1-17049"></a>. - <!--l. 2445--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span + <!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a id="dx1-17050"></a> if you have any problems with the - translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward - compatibility, if <span + translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if + <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-17051"></a> has been loaded the default is <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-17052"></a>. - </div> - </p><!--l. 2450--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-17052"></a>. </div> + </p><!--l. 2516--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> - <!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a id="dx1-17053"></a> is specified without a value, <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a id="dx1-17054"></a> is assumed. If <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a - id="dx1-17055"></a> - isn’t specified, <span + id="dx1-17055"></a> isn’t + specified, <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a id="dx1-17056"></a> is assumed if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a @@ -4934,70 +5011,69 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a id="dx1-17058"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17059"></a> have - been loaded. Otherwise <span + id="dx1-17059"></a> have been loaded. + Otherwise <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a id="dx1-17060"></a> is assumed. - - - </p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >See <a + </p><!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details. + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">notranslate</span><a id="dx1-17061"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-17062"></a> and may be passed via the document - class options. + id="dx1-17062"></a> and may be passed via the document class + options. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-17063"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to - suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of - this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span +class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the + entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should + be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17064"></a> etc - shouldn’t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces - if it contains any commas. Example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + id="dx1-17064"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks + by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas. + Example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]  <br />  {glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> - <!--l. 2476--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span + <!--l. 2542--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="cmbx-10">don’t </span>try <span class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-17065"></a>. - You may also use - </p><!--l. 2480--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-17065"></a>. You + may also use + </p><!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a id="dx1-17066"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" > instead or additionally. See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a -href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further - details. +href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyperfirst</span><a id="dx1-17067"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink - on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span +class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first + use</a>. The default is <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a id="dx1-17068"></a> (terms on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, - unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless + explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span><a id="dx1-17069"></a> or by identifying the glossary with <span @@ -5024,68 +5100,66 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-17076"></a>). - <!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-17077"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by - <span + id="dx1-17077"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-17078"></a> or defined with <span + id="dx1-17078"></a> or + defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-17079"></a>). It can be overridden on an - individual basis by explicitly setting the <span + id="dx1-17079"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by + explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-17080"></a> key when referencing - an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing - command). - </p><!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first - use explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries - (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use - <span + id="dx1-17080"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or + starred version of the referencing command). + </p><!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use + explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the + first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-17081"></a> and apply <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) - glossaries. For example: - - + id="dx1-17081"></a> + and apply <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries. For + example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">  \usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}  <br /> % acronym and glossary entry definitions  <br /> % at the end of the preamble  <br /> \glsunsetall[main] </div> - <!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2518--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook - </p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2582--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook + </p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2587--><p class="noindent" > which is used by the commands that check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17083"></a>. - Within the definition of this command, you can use <span + id="dx1-17083"></a>. Within the + definition of this command, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-17084"></a> to reference the - entry label and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a - id="dx1-17085"></a> to reference the glossary type. You can also use + id="dx1-17084"></a> to reference the entry label and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a + id="dx1-17085"></a> to reference the glossary type. You can also use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-17086"></a> to determine if the entry has been used. You can test if - an entry is an acronym by checking if it has the <span -class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-17087"></a> key set using + id="dx1-17086"></a> to determine if + the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is an acronym by checking if it has the <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-17087"></a> key set using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-17088"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use just for - acronyms: - - + id="dx1-17088"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use + just for acronyms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%  <br /> {% @@ -5093,15 +5167,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2537--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use - flag</a>, such as <span + <!--l. 2603--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such + as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-17089"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-17090"></a>, - which is used by both the <a + id="dx1-17090"></a>, which is used by both + the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span @@ -5110,25 +5184,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands.) <span class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a id="dx1-17091"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to - the external glossary file on <a +class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to the + external glossary file on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-17092"></a>, which will - add a line to the file every time one of the <a + id="dx1-17092"></a>, which will add a + line to the file every time one of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands - are used. Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands are + used. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a id="dx1-17093"></a> will always add information to the external glossary file<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-17094f1"></a> (since that’s the purpose of that command). - <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining - </p><!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2619--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining + </p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glswriteentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-17095"></a> <span @@ -5137,17 +5211,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ is the code that writes the entry’s information to the external file. The default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span> is: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%  <br />  \ifglsindexonlyfirst  <br />    \ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}% @@ -5156,33 +5230,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span>  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2568--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span + <!--l. 2634--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a id="dx1-17096"></a> package option (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) - and does ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does + ⟨<span class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ if this is <span class="cmss-10">false </span>otherwise it only does ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ of the entry - hasn’t been used. - </p><!--l. 2574--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the - <span -class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary and not in the <span +class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ of the entry hasn’t been + used. + </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span +class="cmtt-10">acronym</span> + glossary and not in the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%  <br /> \ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}  <br /> {\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%  <br /> {#2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2583--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span + <!--l. 2649--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span -class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully - expanded before the comparison is made. +class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded + before the comparison is made. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">savenumberlist</span><a @@ -5200,13 +5274,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a id="dx1-17101"></a> in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a -href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary - Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms + Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -5217,19 +5291,19 @@ class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an ex class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using - <!--l. 2603--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a @@ -5239,22 +5313,21 @@ class="cmss-10">toc</span><a id="dx1-18005"></a>, this will add <span class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span><a id="dx1-18006"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final - argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final argument of + <span class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span><a - id="dx1-18007"></a>. This will align the table of contents - entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no - effect if the <span + id="dx1-18007"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered + section titles. Note that this option has no effect if the <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a id="dx1-18008"></a> option is omitted. If <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-18009"></a> is used without <span + id="dx1-18009"></a> is + used without <span class="cmss-10">numberline</span><a - id="dx1-18010"></a>, the - title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than the section - titles. - - + id="dx1-18010"></a>, the title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than + the section titles. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">section</span><a @@ -5262,90 +5335,87 @@ class="cmssbx-10">section</span><a class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. Its value should be the name of a sectional unit - (e.g. chapter). This will make the glossaries appear in the named sectional - unit, otherwise each glossary will appear in a chapter, if chapters exist, - otherwise in a section. Unnumbered sectional units will be used by default. - Example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + (e.g. chapter). This will make the glossaries appear in the named sectional unit, + otherwise each glossary will appear in a chapter, if chapters exist, otherwise in a section. + Unnumbered sectional units will be used by default. Example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2627--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  - - + <!--l. 2693--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> \usepackage[section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to - - + <!--l. 2697--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2635--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using - </p><!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2701--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using + </p><!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2705--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the sectional unit. - </p><!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via - </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2708--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via + </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2711--><p class="noindent" > By default this uses <span class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x3" id="fn2x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-18014f2"></a> - but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right - header: - - + but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right header: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 2652--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: - - + <!--l. 2718--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{} </div> - <!--l. 2656--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span + <!--l. 2722--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the - <span +class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a - id="dx1-18017"></a> option described below. - </p><!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines - <span -class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank - page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining - <span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-18017"></a> + option described below. + </p><!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span +class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is + not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. + This can be fixed by redefining <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsclearpage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18018"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage} </div> - <!--l. 2666--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2732--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a @@ -5354,8 +5424,8 @@ class="description">This is a boolean option (default: <span class="cmss-10">ucmark=false</span><a id="dx1-18020"></a>, unless <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a - id="dx1-18021"></a> has been - loaded, in which case it defaults to <span + id="dx1-18021"></a> has been loaded, + in which case it defaults to <span class="cmss-10">ucmark=true</span><a id="dx1-18022"></a>). If set, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a @@ -5363,10 +5433,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a id="dx1-18024"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x3" id="fn3x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a id="x1-18025f3"></a>. You can test whether this option has been set or not using - <!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18030"></a> <span @@ -5375,12 +5445,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\else </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" > For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%  <br />  \ifglsucmark  <br />    \markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% @@ -5388,7 +5458,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>  <br />    \markright{#1}%  <br />  \fi} </div> - <!--l. 2690--><p class="nopar" > If <span + <!--l. 2756--><p class="nopar" > If <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a id="dx1-18031"></a> has been loaded and <span class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a @@ -5402,110 +5472,109 @@ class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span><a <span class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a id="dx1-18035"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, - but this can be changed using <span +class="description">The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but + this can be changed using <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-18036"></a>. This option can take one of the - following values: + id="dx1-18036"></a>. This option can take one of the following + values: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">false</span><a - id="dx1-18037"></a>: no number, i.e. use starred form of sectioning command - (e.g. <span -class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or <span + id="dx1-18037"></a>: + no number, i.e. use starred form of sectioning command (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or + <span class="cmtt-10">\section*</span>); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">nolabel</span><a - id="dx1-18038"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e. the unstarred form of sectioning + id="dx1-18038"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e. the unstarred form of sectioning command (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\section</span>), but the section not labelled; </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a - id="dx1-18039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses - the unstarred form of a sectioning command (e.g. <span -class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or - <span -class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span + id="dx1-18039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred + form of a sectioning command (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label + (via <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a - id="dx1-18040"></a>). The label is formed - from - <!--l. 2711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-18040"></a>). The label is formed from + <!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the label identifying that glossary. The default value - of <span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>is empty. For example, if you load <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - using: - - +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>using: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2721--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be - referenced using something like: - - + <!--l. 2787--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using + something like: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and  <br />the list of acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}. </div> - <!--l. 2727--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a + <!--l. 2793--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-18042"></a> which is set to <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>if - the <span +class="cmtt-10">main </span>if the + <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-18043"></a> option is not used and is set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-18044"></a> option - is used. For example: - - + id="dx1-18044"></a> option is used. For + example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2735--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in - your document. For example: - - + <!--l. 2801--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your + document. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:} </div> - <!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" > will add <span -class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for - example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows: - - + <!--l. 2807--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, + refer to the list of acronyms as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2747--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: - - + <!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2818--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a @@ -5518,57 +5587,56 @@ class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a id="dx1-18048"></a>). It’s designed for use with the <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a - id="dx1-18049"></a> - package. For example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + id="dx1-18049"></a> package. + For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \usepackage{nameref}  <br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2761--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with - the <span + <!--l. 2827--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the + <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a - prefix for the label.</p></li></ul> +class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for + the label.</p></li></ul> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2835--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2835--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="glossaryappearanceoptions"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a id="dx1-19001"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span +class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter=false</span><a - id="dx1-19002"></a>.) - If set, each main (level 0) glossary entry will be numbered when - using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter - <span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-19002"></a>.) If set, each main + (level 0) glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary styles. + This option creates the counter <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">glossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19003"></a><a id="dx1-19004"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>. - <!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document + <!--l. 2845--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using - </p><!--l. 2781--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label associated with that glossary entry. - </p><!--l. 2786--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span + </p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the - glossary files using <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the glossary files + using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-19006"></a></a>, <a @@ -5577,9 +5645,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-19007"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-19008"></a></a> to ensure the - cross-references are up-to-date. </div> - </p><!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-19008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are + up-to-date. </div> + </p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a @@ -5587,54 +5655,53 @@ class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the name of a counter. If - used, this option will automatically set <span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the name of a counter. If used, this + option will automatically set <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter=true</span><a id="dx1-19010"></a> and the <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19011"></a> - counter will be reset every time ⟨<span + id="dx1-19011"></a> counter will be + reset every time ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is incremented. - <!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span + <!--l. 2866--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, - except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by - <span + id="dx1-19012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except + when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-19013"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning - command. </div> - </p><!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" > - - - </p><!--l. 2807--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine + id="dx1-19013"></a> is the + same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div> + </p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a id="dx1-19014"></a> to use - </p><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + + </p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" > which sets <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-19016"></a> to zero: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span + <!--l. 2883--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a id="dx1-19017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as required. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> \setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />  The preamble text here for the list of acronyms. @@ -5644,26 +5711,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a  <br />  The preamble text here for the main glossary.  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2895--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-19018"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=false</span><a - id="dx1-19019"></a>.) If set, - each level 1 glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary + id="dx1-19019"></a>.) If set, each + level 1 glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">glossarysubentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19020"></a><a id="dx1-19021"></a><span -class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. The - counter is reset with each main (level 0) entry. Note that this package option is - independent of <span +class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. + The counter is reset with each main (level 0) entry. Note that this package + option is independent of <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-19022"></a>. You can reference the number within the document - using <span + id="dx1-19022"></a>. You can reference the number within the + document using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a id="dx1-19023"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -5679,23 +5746,23 @@ class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">style=list</span><a - id="dx1-19025"></a>.) Its value should be the name - of the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles defined in - <span + id="dx1-19025"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the + glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19026"></a>, <span + id="dx1-19026"></a>, + <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-19027"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a id="dx1-19028"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19029"></a>. Alternatively, you can - set the style using - <!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-19029"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style + using + <!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2916--><p class="noindent" > (See <a href="#sec:styles"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a @@ -5707,15 +5774,14 @@ class="cmssbx-10">nolong</span><a class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-19031"></a> - (which means that the <span + id="dx1-19031"></a> (which + means that the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-19032"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces - overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that - if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary - styles defined in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package (unless you explicitly load - <span + id="dx1-19032"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not + defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be + able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package (unless you + explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-19033"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5725,19 +5791,18 @@ class="cmssbx-10">nosuper</span><a class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-19035"></a> - (which means that the <span + id="dx1-19035"></a> (which + means that the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-19036"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces - overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that - if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary - styles defined in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you explicitly load - <span + id="dx1-19036"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by + not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t + be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you + explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a id="dx1-19037"></a>). - - + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nolist</span><a @@ -5745,19 +5810,19 @@ class="cmssbx-10">nolist</span><a class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19039"></a>. - This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this - option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the - <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span + id="dx1-19039"></a>. This + reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you + won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package + (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19040"></a>). Note that since the - default style is <span + id="dx1-19040"></a>). Note that since the default style is + <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-19041"></a>, you will also need to use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19042"></a> option to set the style to - something else. + id="dx1-19042"></a> option to set the style to something + else. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">notree</span><a @@ -5765,51 +5830,51 @@ class="cmssbx-10">notree</span><a class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19044"></a>. - This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this - option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the - <span -class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span + id="dx1-19044"></a>. This + reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you + won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package + (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-19045"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-19046"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this - option, you need to load a glossary style package (such as <span +class="description">This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you + need to load a glossary style package (such as <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-19047"></a>). Also if - you use this option, you can’t use the <span + id="dx1-19047"></a>). Also if you use + this option, you can’t use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19048"></a> package option. Instead you must - either use <span + id="dx1-19048"></a> package option. Instead you must either + use <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-19049"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>or the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19050"></a> key in the optional argument - to <span + id="dx1-19050"></a> key in the optional argument to + <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-19051"></a>. Example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree} </div> - <!--l. 2897--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2963--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-19052"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-19053"></a>s</a> in the glossaries - (see also <a + id="dx1-19053"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also + <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). @@ -5822,8 +5887,8 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-19055"></a>s</a> with <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-19056"></a>, described - above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by the - <span + above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by + the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-19057"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -5831,13 +5896,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a id="dx1-19059"></a>. If you use <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-19060"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-19060"></a>, + the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-19061"></a> - key will automatically implement <span + id="dx1-19061"></a> key will automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-19062"></a> for that entry. (Note this - doesn’t affect <span + id="dx1-19062"></a> for that entry. + (Note this doesn’t affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a href="#sec:crossref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a @@ -5864,10 +5929,10 @@ href="#sec:numberlists">Number class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a id="dx1-19066"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span -class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When - set to <span -class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default post description dot used by some - of the predefined styles. The default setting is <span +class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to + <span +class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default post description dot used by some of the + predefined styles. The default setting is <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a id="dx1-19067"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5875,113 +5940,109 @@ class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-19068"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span -class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When - set to <span -class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between - groups used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is +class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to <span +class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between groups used by some of + the predefined styles. The default setting is <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a id="dx1-19069"></a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sortingoptions"></a>Sorting Options</h3> - - + + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-20001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying - how to sort the glossaries. Only <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> allows you to specify sort methods - for individual glossaries via the <span +href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to + sort the glossaries. Only <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual + glossaries via the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20002"></a> key in the optional argument of - <span + id="dx1-20002"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-20003"></a>. If you have multiple glossaries in your document - and you are using <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>, only use the package options <span + id="dx1-20003"></a>. If + you have multiple glossaries in your document and you are using <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>, only + use the package options <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20004"></a> or - <span + id="dx1-20004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20005"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span + id="dx1-20005"></a> if you want to set this sort method + for <span class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries. - <!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ may be one of the following: - </p> +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ may be one of the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">standard</span><a id="dx1-20006"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20007"></a> key - used in <span + id="dx1-20007"></a> key used in + <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-20008"></a> (if present) or the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-20009"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20010"></a> key - is missing); + id="dx1-20010"></a> key is missing); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">def</span><a - id="dx1-20011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the - <span + id="dx1-20011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20012"></a> key in <span + id="dx1-20012"></a> key + in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">use</span><a - id="dx1-20013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used - in the document (the <span + id="dx1-20013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the + document (the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-20014"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored). - <!--l. 2961--><p class="noindent" >Both <span + <!--l. 3027--><p class="noindent" >Both <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-20015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number - via - </p><!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-20016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via + </p><!--l. 3029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2965--><p class="noindent" > - (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if - required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <span + </p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" > + (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required, + before the entries are defined (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20018"></a>) or before - the entries are used (in the case of <span + id="dx1-20018"></a>) or before the entries are + used (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-20019"></a>).</p></li></ul> - <!--l. 2971--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span + <!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a id="dx1-20020"></a>) are incompatible with the <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20021"></a> - and <span + id="dx1-20021"></a> and + <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-20022"></a> options. - </p><!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span + </p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a - id="dx1-20023"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can - hook into the sort mechanism by redefining: - </p><!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-20023"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into + the sort mechanism by redefining: + </p><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20024"></a> <span @@ -5991,131 +6052,128 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> - </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which - was either explicitly set via the <span +class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was + either explicitly set via the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-20025"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-20026"></a> key) - before any escaping of the <a + id="dx1-20026"></a> key) before any + escaping of the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-20027"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20028"></a></a> special characters is performed. By - default <span + id="dx1-20028"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does: - </p><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" > which <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a id="dx1-20030"></a>s</a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a - id="dx1-20031"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if - the package option <span + id="dx1-20031"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the + package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a id="dx1-20032"></a> is used). - - - </p><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span + </p><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, are the glossary type and the - entry label for the current entry. Note that ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ will always be a control - sequence, but ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ will be in the form used in the first argument of - <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, are the glossary type and the entry label for the + current entry. Note that ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ will always be a control sequence, but ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ will be in the + form used in the first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-20033"></a>. - </p><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already - been defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span + + + </p><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been + defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-20034"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-20035"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-20036r1"></a> - </p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" ><span + </p><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a id="x1-20037"></a> - </p><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span + </p><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose - I want the <span +class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose I want + the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the - <span -class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of definition. - </p><!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" >For <a +class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span +class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type + should be sorted in order of definition. + </p><!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >For <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, I just need to set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-20038"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a id="dx1-20039"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def] </div> - <!--l. 3017--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 3019--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a + <!--l. 3083--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span -class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can - be explicitly set via the package option <span +class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be + explicitly set via the package option <span class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a - id="dx1-20040"></a>), and I can either define all - my <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span + id="dx1-20040"></a>), and I can either define all my <span +class="cmtt-10">main</span> + and <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to set ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">sort</span> - <span -class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ to an incremented integer, and then define all my <span -class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries. - Alternatively, I can redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary - type and only modify ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ to an + incremented integer, and then define all my <span +class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries. Alternatively, I can + redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary type and only modify ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if + ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>. - </p><!--l. 3029--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: - - + </p><!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \newcounter{sortcount}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br />  \stepcounter{sortcount}%  <br />  \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3037--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: - - + <!--l. 3103--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \newcounter{sortcount}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br />  \ifdefstring{#2}{notation}% @@ -6128,74 +6186,74 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3052--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-20041"></a> package.) For a complete document, - see the sample file <a + id="dx1-20041"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the + sample file <a href="#x1-5100r34"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-20042r2"></a> - <!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span> <span class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a id="x1-20043"></a> - </p><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as - ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩ ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by + </p><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩ ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩. You can do this by defining a command called, say, - <span +class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩. You + can do this by defining a command called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">\name{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you can use in the <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you + can use in the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-20044"></a> key when you define - the entry, but hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine - <span -class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set. - </p><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: - - + id="dx1-20044"></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard + sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being + set. + </p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}  <br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2} </div> - <!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > and <span + <!--l. 3137--><p class="nopar" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> \let\name\textname </div> - <!--l. 3075--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span + <!--l. 3141--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span -class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to - <span -class="cmtt-10">\sortname </span>and expands the sort value, then sets <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span -class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so that - the person’s name appears as ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span> + and expands the sort value, then sets <span +class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span +class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so that the person’s name + appears as ⟨<span class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩ ⟨<span class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the text: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br /> \let\name\sortname  <br /> \edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}% @@ -6203,26 +6261,26 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the text:  <br /> \glsdosanitizesort  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3087--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span -class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile - commands, but care is still needed.) - </p><!--l. 3091--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: - - + <!--l. 3153--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span +class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands, + but care is still needed.) + </p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},  <br />  description={some information about Joe Bloggs}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},  <br />  description={some information about John Smith}} </div> - <!--l. 3098--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a + <!--l. 3164--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5099r33"><span class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3100--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3100--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a @@ -6232,70 +6290,70 @@ class="cmss-10">word</span><a id="dx1-20046"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">letter</span><a id="dx1-20047"></a>. The default is word ordering. - <!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span + <!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">order</span><a id="dx1-20048"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-20049"></a></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3109--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3111--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + </p><!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3177--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-20050"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the - optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the optional + argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a id="dx1-20051"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard] </div> - <!--l. 3116--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: - - + <!--l. 3182--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter] </div> - <!--l. 3121--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3187--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-20052"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be - written in <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in + <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-20053"></a></a> format. If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20054"></a></a>, it will automatically - detect that it needs to call <span + id="dx1-20054"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it + needs to call <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-20055"></a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20056"></a>, you - need to remember to use <span + id="dx1-20056"></a>, you need to remember + to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-20057"></a> not <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20058"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been - given a <span + id="dx1-20058"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-20059"></a> extension. - <!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a> as this is the - default. It’s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier - occurrence of <span + id="dx1-20059"></a> + extension. + <!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> as this is the default. It’s + available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20060"></a> in the package option list. + id="dx1-20060"></a> in the + package option list. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">xindy</span><a @@ -6313,8 +6371,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-20064"></a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20065"></a>, you need to remember to - use <span + id="dx1-20065"></a>, you need to remember + to use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-20066"></a> not <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span @@ -6323,38 +6381,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-20068"></a> extension. - <!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ - comma-separated list to override the language and codepage. For example: - - +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ comma-separated + list to override the language and codepage. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3148--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This - defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example: - - + <!--l. 3214--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to + true, but can be suppressed. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3153--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or - writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are - unchanged. See <a + <!--l. 3219--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See + <a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20069"></a></a> with the - <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. + id="dx1-20069"></a></a> with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> + package. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">xindygloss</span><a @@ -6363,16 +6421,16 @@ class="description">(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span> (that is, the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20071"></a> option - without any value supplied) and may be used as a document class option. - The language and code page can be set via <span + id="dx1-20071"></a> option without any + value supplied) and may be used as a document class option. The language and code + page can be set via <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-20072"></a> and - <span + id="dx1-20072"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a id="dx1-20073"></a> (see <a href="#sec:langenc"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.1 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.1 + </a><a href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -6380,77 +6438,76 @@ class="cmssbx-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a id="dx1-20074"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> - and may be used as a document class option. +class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may + be used as a document class option. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">automake</span><a id="dx1-20075"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean option (new to version 4.08) that will attempt to run - <a +class="description">This is a boolean option (new to version 4.08) that will attempt to run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20076"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-20076"></a></a> + or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-20077"></a></a> using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a - id="dx1-20078"></a> mechanism at the end of the - document. Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions - disable it completely, in which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this - option doesn’t appear to work, search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is - followed by “enabled” or “disabled”.) - <!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span -class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode - has a limited number of trusted applications, which usually includes - <a + id="dx1-20078"></a> mechanism at the end of the document. Since this + mechanism can be a security risk, some <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions disable it completely, in + which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear to work, + search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is followed by “enabled” or + “disabled”.) + <!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span +class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a limited + number of trusted applications, which usually includes <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20079"></a></a> but may not include <a + id="dx1-20079"></a></a> but may not include + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20080"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode - on, <span + id="dx1-20080"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode on, <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a id="dx1-20081"></a> should work with <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20082"></a> but may not work with - <a + id="dx1-20082"></a> + but may not work with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-20083"></a></a>. - </p><!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span + </p><!--l. 3251--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20084"></a> as - <span + id="dx1-20084"></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20085"></a> uses language names that don’t always correspond with <span + id="dx1-20085"></a> uses + language names that don’t always correspond with <span class="cmtt-10">\babel</span><a - id="dx1-20086"></a>’s - language names. (The <a + id="dx1-20086"></a>’s language names. (The + <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20087"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist you.) - Note that you still need at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to ensure the document is - up-to-date with this setting. - </p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a + id="dx1-20087"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist you.) Note that you still need + at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this + setting. + </p><!--l. 3258--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work - out how to incorporate the indexing application into their document build. The - default value for this option is <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work out + how to incorporate the indexing application into their document build. The default + value for this option is <span class="cmss-10">automake=false</span><a id="dx1-20088"></a>. </p> </dd></dl> - - -<!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" > + + +<!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="acronymoptions"></a>Acronym Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -6460,20 +6517,20 @@ class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a class="description">This creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent to: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> - <!--l. 3208--><p class="nopar" > It will also define - </p><!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3274--><p class="nopar" > It will also define + </p><!--l. 3276--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3212--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3278--><p class="noindent" > that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6483,11 +6540,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> - </div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document - or the package option <span + </div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document or the + package option <span class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a id="dx1-21004"></a> is used). - <!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a + <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6498,7 +6555,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of acronyms. - <!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + <!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-21006"></a> package option is used, <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -6506,31 +6563,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>otherwise it is set to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn4x3" id="fn4x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn4x2" id="fn4x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a id="x1-21008f4"></a> Entries that are defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-21014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose - label is given by <span + id="dx1-21014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is + given by <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-21015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly - specified. - </p><!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + id="dx1-21015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified. + </p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a id="dx1-21016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That is, you don’t intend to use the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.) </div> - </p><!--l. 3240--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3306--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a id="dx1-21017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a - id="dx1-21018"></a> and may be used in the document class - option list. + id="dx1-21018"></a> and may be used in the document class option + list. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronymlists</span><a @@ -6540,55 +6596,54 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of acronyms. If you have other lists of acronyms, you can specify them as a comma-separated list in the value of <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-21020"></a>. For example, if you use the - <span + id="dx1-21020"></a>. For example, if you use the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21021"></a> package option but you also want the <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a - list of acronyms, you can do: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> + id="dx1-21021"></a> + package option but you also want the <span +class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronyms, + you can do: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3254--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add + <!--l. 3320--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]  <br />  {glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%  <br />  {Statistical Acronyms} </div> - <!--l. 3262--><p class="nopar" > You can use - </p><!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > You can use + </p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" > instead of or in addition to the <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-21023"></a> option. This will add the - glossaries given in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ to the list of glossaries that are identified as - lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list - use: - </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-21023"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in + ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ to the list of glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of + acronym lists with a new list use: + </p><!--l. 3337--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3275--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms + </p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3341--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms using: - </p><!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3343--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21025"></a> <span @@ -6597,34 +6652,32 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">false</span> - <span -class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> + </div><hr> + </p><!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-21026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 - </a><a -href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can - use: - <!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span -class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymShortcuts</span><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and + Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use: + <!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21027"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymShortcuts </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1 </span> <a id="deprecatedacronymstyleoptions"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4> -<!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for +<!--l. 3358--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for backward-compatibility. Use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-22001"></a> instead. See <a @@ -6632,222 +6685,220 @@ href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. - - </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22002"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22003"></a> to allow a description. - This option may be replaced by - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> + id="dx1-22003"></a> to allow a description. This + option may be replaced by + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3302--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3368--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-22004"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3306--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3372--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-22005"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3310--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3376--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22006"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3314--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3380--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22007"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-22008"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3318--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3384--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22009"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-22010"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3322--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-22011"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3326--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3392--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-22012"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22013"></a> and the way that - acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> + id="dx1-22013"></a> and the way that acronyms are + displayed. This option may be replaced by: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} </div> - <!--l. 3333--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3399--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22014"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3337--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3403--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22016"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3341--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3407--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-22017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22018"></a> and the way that - acronyms are displayed. - <!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span + id="dx1-22018"></a> and the way that acronyms are + displayed. + <!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a - id="dx1-22019"></a> package or otherwise - define <span + id="dx1-22019"></a> package or otherwise define + <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-22020"></a> or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-22021"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3349--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" > This option may be replaced by: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short} </div> - <!--l. 3353--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3419--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22022"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3357--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3423--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22023"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22024"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3361--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3427--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-22025"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22026"></a> and the way that - acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> + id="dx1-22026"></a> and the way that acronyms are + displayed. This option may be replaced by: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \setacronymstyle{footnote} </div> - <!--l. 3368--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3434--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-22027"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc} </div> - <!--l. 3372--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3438--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-22028"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm} </div> - <!--l. 3376--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3442--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22029"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3380--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3446--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-22030"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22031"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3384--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3450--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a id="dx1-22032"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22033"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3454--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a @@ -6856,50 +6907,49 @@ class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-22035"></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may be replaced by: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \setacronymstyle{dua} </div> - <!--l. 3396--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 3462--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-22036"></a>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3400--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3466--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3404--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3470--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3404--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3470--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="otheroptions"></a>Other Options</h3> -<!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: +<!--l. 3473--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a id="dx1-23001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">symbols</span> - via - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> +class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>via + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3414--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3416--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3480--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3482--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3418--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3484--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6910,7 +6960,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3424--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3490--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6921,35 +6971,33 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of symbols. - <!--l. 3430--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in - using this <span + id="dx1-23005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + <span class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. - </div> - </p><!--l. 3434--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div> + </p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">numbers</span> - via - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> +class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>via + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3440--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3442--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3506--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3444--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3510--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6960,7 +7008,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3516--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -6971,27 +7019,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of numbers. - <!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in - using this <span + id="dx1-23010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + <span class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. - </div> - </p><!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div> + </p><!--l. 3526--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a id="dx1-23011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>via - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}% </div> - <!--l. 3466--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3468--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3532--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23012"></a> <span @@ -7000,7 +7047,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3470--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3536--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -7019,14 +7066,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> and - <!--l. 3477--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3479--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3545--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -7037,7 +7084,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3485--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 3551--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -7048,42 +7095,42 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display this glossary. - <!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using - this <span + id="dx1-23018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you - can’t mix this option with <span +class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you can’t mix this + option with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a id="dx1-23019"></a>. Either use <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use - a custom indexing package, such as <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a custom + indexing package, such as <span class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a id="dx1-23020"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-23021"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a - id="dx1-23022"></a>. (You can, of - course, load one of those packages and load <span + id="dx1-23022"></a>. (You can, of course, load + one of those packages and load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-23023"></a> package - option.) </div> - </p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" > - - - </p><!--l. 3502--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want - to disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option - <span + id="dx1-23023"></a> package option.) + </div> + </p><!--l. 3566--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p><!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to + disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a - id="dx1-23024"></a> or the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-23024"></a> or + the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a id="dx1-23025"></a><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> - </p><!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a + </p><!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a href="#x1-5090r26"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a @@ -7102,22 +7149,22 @@ class="cmssbx-10">compatible-3.07</span><a class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3520--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3520--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3> -<!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has -been loaded using -</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been +loaded using +</p><!--l. 3591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="noindent" > The following package options <span class="cmbx-10">can’t </span>be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span @@ -7141,110 +7188,110 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span><a class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-24010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-24011"></a>, -<span + id="dx1-24011"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a - id="dx1-24012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-24012"></a>, +<span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a id="dx1-24013"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a id="dx1-24014"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-24015"></a>. These options have to be set while the -package is loading, except for the <span + id="dx1-24015"></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading, +except for the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-24016"></a> sub-options which can be set using -commands like <span + id="dx1-24016"></a> sub-options which can be set using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-24017"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-24017"></a> +(see <a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a -href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further -details). -</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span +href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details). +</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For -example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as <span +otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you +try changing the acronym styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-24018"></a>) after you have -started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try -changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get -unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" > - - -</p> -<!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-24018"></a>) after you have started defining your +acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort +option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. +</div> +</p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p> +<!--l. 3615--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2> -</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a> -or <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> or +<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a document. </p> -<!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3> -<!--l. 3559--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3625--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> work. <span class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span><span -class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will</span> +class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will be</span> <span -class="cmbx-10">be displayed.</span> -</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmbx-10">displayed.</span> +</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3634--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3> -<!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-27002"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-27003"></a>) or -<a + id="dx1-27003"></a>) or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-27004"></a></a> (<span + id="dx1-27004"></a></a> +(<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-27005"></a>) style file (for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary -entries are written to the appropriate output files. <span +href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary entries are +written to the appropriate output files. <span class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span> -<span -class="cmbx-10">none of the glossary files will be created.</span> -</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be -used after <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style -file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate -an error. -</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span><span +class="cmbx-10">none of the</span> +<span +class="cmbx-10">glossary files will be created.</span> +</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used +after <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If +you attempt to use those commands after <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an +error. +</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a +</p><!--l. 3657--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-27006"></a></a> or <a @@ -7252,146 +7299,141 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-27007"></a></a> style file using -</p><!--l. 3595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" > That this command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span +</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-27009"></a> file created when using <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 -or below, you will need to use the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or +below, you will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a - id="dx1-27010"></a> package option with it. -</div> -</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="noindent" > - - -</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span + id="dx1-27010"></a> package option with it. </div> +</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a id="dx1-27011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-27012"></a> -(<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or <span + id="dx1-27012"></a> (<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or +<span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a id="dx1-27013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-27014"></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>). This name may be changed using: -</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 3675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this -command must not be used after <span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must +not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3616--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a +</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-27016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the -document where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page -number but this may be overridden using the <span + id="dx1-27016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document +where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may +be overridden using the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-27017"></a> package option. The default -form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your -location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this -using -</p><!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-27017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number +assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different +compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using +</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" > For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> \glsSetCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3629--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span +<!--l. 3695--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3632--><p class="indent" > If you use <a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting -with an upper case alphabetical character using: -</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with +an upper case alphabetical character using: +</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="noindent" > This command has no effect if you use <a href="#option2">Option 2</a>. For example, if you want <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number -list<a - id="dx1-27020"></a>s</a> containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do: - - +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-27020"></a>s</a> +containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3642--><p class="nopar" > See <a +<!--l. 3708--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-27021"></a>s</a>. - - + + </p> -<!--l. 3646--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3646--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to -define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such -as <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may only be used in the preamble. See <a +</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in +the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may +only be used in the preamble. See <a href="#sec:docdefs"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10 -</a><a -href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of -the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the -preamble. -</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10 </a><a +href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document +Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document +instead of in the preamble. +</p><!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-28001"></a>. -</div> -</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the -commands described in <a + id="dx1-28001"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the commands +described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a -href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the -Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a +href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without +Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a href="#sec:crossref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a -href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in -the glossary. See <a +href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. See <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the -glossary. -</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: -</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 +</a><a +href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary. +</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: +</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28002"></a> <span @@ -7400,35 +7442,34 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3737--><p class="noindent" > This is a short command, so values in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩ can’t contain any paragraph -breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, -use -</p><!--l. 3675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩ can’t contain any paragraph breaks. If you +have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use +</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">key=value</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">long</span> +<span +class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="noindent" > -instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of -unwanted spaces. <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the -description (via <span -class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would -interfere with commands like <span +</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" > +instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted +spaces. <span +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <span +class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) +but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like +<span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>). -</p><!--l. 3685--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been +</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been defined: -</p><!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28004"></a> <span @@ -7438,13 +7479,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3755--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3757--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28005"></a> -</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 3759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -7453,32 +7494,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3761--><p class="noindent" > (These are both preamble-only commands.) -</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, must be a unique label with -which to identify this entry. This can’t contain any non-expandable commands or -active characters. -</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a +</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, must be a unique label with which +to identify this entry. This can’t contain any non-expandable commands or active +characters. +</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a id="dx1-28006"></a></a> or other <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-28007"></a></a>, - - -such as é or ß, looks like a plain character in your <span -class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a macro -(an active character) and therefore can’t be used in the label. (This applies -to <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> rather than XeLaTeX.) Also be careful of <span + id="dx1-28007"></a></a>, such as é +or ß, looks like a plain character in your <span +class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a macro (an active character) +and therefore can’t be used in the label. (This applies to <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> rather than XeLaTeX.) +Also be careful of <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-28008"></a>’s options that -change certain punctuation characters (such as <span + id="dx1-28008"></a>’s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters. -</div> -</p><!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">-</span>) +to active characters. </div> + + +</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>⟩, is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list that supplies the relevant @@ -7486,185 +7526,193 @@ information about this entry. There are two required fields: <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-28009"></a> and either <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28010"></a> -or <span + id="dx1-28010"></a> or +<span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a id="dx1-28011"></a>. The description is set in the third argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span> -and <span -class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it’s set via the +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it’s set via the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28012"></a> key. Available fields are listed below: + id="dx1-28012"></a> key. As is +typical with ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ lists, values that contain a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in +braces. Available fields are listed below: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">name</span><a id="dx1-28013"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is - omitted and the <span +class="description">The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted + and the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-28014"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the - parent’s name. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-28014"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name. + <!--l. 3794--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-28015"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-28016"></a> key (described + below) if you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can’t be + sorted correctly. </div> + </p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28015"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this - value, you can use - <!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-28017"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, + you can use + <!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28016"></a> <span + id="dx1-28018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3730--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" > to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use - </p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28017"></a> <span + id="dx1-28019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3738--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" > or, better, use <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary - styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like - glossary styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use <span +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles + support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles + that permit multi-line descriptions, use <span class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a - id="dx1-28018"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you - want to force a line break. + id="dx1-28020"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you want to force a line + break. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-28019"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined - before its sub-entries. See <a + id="dx1-28021"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its + sub-entries. See <a href="#sec:subentries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.7 </a><a href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-28020"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value - is set to the same as the <span + id="dx1-28022"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to + the same as the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28021"></a> key. + id="dx1-28023"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28022"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How this entry will appear in the document text when using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28023"></a> (or one of its + id="dx1-28025"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28024"></a> key is + id="dx1-28026"></a> key is used. - - + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28025"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28026"></a> (or - one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of - the <span + id="dx1-28028"></a> (or one of its + upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28027"></a> key is used. Note that if you use <span + id="dx1-28029"></a> key is used. Note that + if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28028"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28030"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28029"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28031"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-28030"></a>, - <span + id="dx1-28032"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-28031"></a> before using <span + id="dx1-28033"></a> before using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28032"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-28034"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28033"></a> value won’t be used with - <span + id="dx1-28035"></a> value + won’t be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28034"></a>. + id="dx1-28036"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28035"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28037"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text when using <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28036"></a> (or one of - its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by + id="dx1-28038"></a> (or one + of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28037"></a> to the value of the <span + id="dx1-28039"></a> to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28038"></a> field. The default value of + id="dx1-28040"></a> field. The default value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28039"></a> is the letter “s”. + id="dx1-28041"></a> is the letter “s”. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28042"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28041"></a> - (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is - obtained from the <span + id="dx1-28043"></a> (or one + of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28042"></a> key, if the <span + id="dx1-28044"></a> + key, if the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28043"></a> key is omitted, or by appending - <span + id="dx1-28045"></a> key is omitted, or by appending <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28044"></a> to the value of the <span + id="dx1-28046"></a> to the value of + the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28045"></a> field, if the <span + id="dx1-28047"></a> field, if the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28046"></a> field is present. Note - that if you use <span + id="dx1-28048"></a> field is present. Note that if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28047"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28049"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-28048"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28050"></a>, + <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-28049"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28051"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>before using <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28050"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-28052"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28051"></a> - value won’t be used with <span + id="dx1-28053"></a> value won’t be used with + <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28052"></a>. - <!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-28054"></a>. + <!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28053"></a> was always - taken by appending “s” to the <span + id="dx1-28055"></a> was always taken by + appending “s” to the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28054"></a> key, which meant that you had - to specify both <span + id="dx1-28056"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28055"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28057"></a> and + <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28056"></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <span + id="dx1-28058"></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28057"></a> - key. + id="dx1-28059"></a> key. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-28058"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28060"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the @@ -7672,101 +7720,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-28059"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28061"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the plural form of the symbol (as passed to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span><a - id="dx1-28060"></a> and + id="dx1-28062"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a - id="dx1-28061"></a> by <span + id="dx1-28063"></a> by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28062"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28064"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28063"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28065"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-28064"></a>). If omitted, the value is set - to the same as the <span + id="dx1-28066"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the + same as the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-28065"></a> key. + id="dx1-28067"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28066"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This value indicates how this entry should be sorted. If omitted, the value is - given by the <span + id="dx1-28068"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This value indicates how this entry should be sorted. If omitted, the value is given by the + <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28067"></a> field unless one of the package options <span + id="dx1-28069"></a> field unless one of the package options <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-28068"></a> and - <span + id="dx1-28070"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-28069"></a> have been used. In general, it’s best to use the <span + id="dx1-28071"></a> have been + used. In general, it’s best to use the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28070"></a> key if the - <span + id="dx1-28072"></a> key if the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28071"></a> contains commands (e.g. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>). You can also - override the <span + id="dx1-28073"></a> contains commands + (e.g. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>). You can also override the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28072"></a> key by redefining <span + id="dx1-28074"></a> key by redefining + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span><a - id="dx1-28073"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-28075"></a> (see <a href="#sortingoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a -href="#sortingoptions">Sorting - Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). - <!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). + <!--l. 3878--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#option1">Option 1</a> by default strips the <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents</a> (that is, accents - generated by core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents</a> (that is, accents generated by + core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) from the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28074"></a> key when it sets the <span + id="dx1-28076"></a> key when it sets the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28075"></a> - key. So with <a + id="dx1-28077"></a> key. So with + <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3813--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: - - + <!--l. 3887--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people},  <br />  sort={elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3821--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span + <!--l. 3895--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28076"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent + id="dx1-28078"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people},  <br />  sort={\’elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3830--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts - with a symbol. - </p><!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span + <!--l. 3904--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a + symbol. + </p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-28077"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-28079"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span> @@ -7818,8 +7865,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div> Unless you use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28078"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent - to: <div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-28080"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: + <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span> @@ -7849,211 +7896,274 @@ class="cmtt-10">lite</span> class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div> Again, this will place the entry before the “A” group. - - - <!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a + + + <!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28079"></a> will either be set to the <span + id="dx1-28081"></a> will either be set to the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28080"></a> + id="dx1-28082"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28081"></a>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <span + id="dx1-28083"></a>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28082"></a> key (if + id="dx1-28084"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-28083"></a>). - </p><!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a + id="dx1-28085"></a>). + </p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-28084"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-28086"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28085"></a> value - they will be treated as the same entry. - </p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a + id="dx1-28087"></a> value they will + be treated as the same entry. If you use <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-28088"></a></a> and aren’t using the <span +class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort + methods, <span +class="cmbx-10">always </span>use the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-28089"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control + sequence (for example <span +class="cmtt-10">name=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span>). + </p><!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> and the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28086"></a> contains fragile commands. You will - either need to explicitly set the <span + id="dx1-28090"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either + need to explicitly set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28087"></a> key or use the <span + id="dx1-28091"></a> key or use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28088"></a> package - option (unless you use the <span + id="dx1-28092"></a> package option (unless you + use the <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div> - </p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-28089"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, - the default glossary is assumed unless <span + id="dx1-28093"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the + default glossary is assumed unless <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-28090"></a> is used (see <a + id="dx1-28094"></a> is used (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a -href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms - and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>). +href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other + Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-28091"></a><span + id="dx1-28095"></a><span class="cmbx-10">, </span><span class="cmbx-10">…, </span><span class="cmssbx-10">user6</span><a - id="dx1-28092"></a><a - id="dx1-28093"></a><a - id="dx1-28094"></a><a - id="dx1-28095"></a><a - id="dx1-28096"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want - to specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or - some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using - <span + id="dx1-28096"></a><a + id="dx1-28097"></a><a + id="dx1-28098"></a><a + id="dx1-28099"></a><a + id="dx1-28100"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to + specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other + grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a - id="dx1-28097"></a> or <span + id="dx1-28101"></a> or + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a - id="dx1-28098"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-28102"></a> (see <a href="#sec:addkey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a -href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). Other keys are - also provided by the <span +href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). Other keys are also provided by the + <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-28099"></a> (<a + id="dx1-28103"></a> (<a href="#sec:prefix"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>17 </a><a -href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and - <span +href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28100"></a> (<a + id="dx1-28104"></a> (<a href="#sec:accsupp"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. +href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility + Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28101"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28105"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A boolean key. If the value is missing or is <span -class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this will suppress the - <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-28102"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option - <span +class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this will suppress the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number + list<a + id="dx1-28106"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28103"></a>, you can activate the number list<a - id="dx1-28104"></a> just for this entry with - <span + id="dx1-28107"></a>, you + can activate the number list<a + id="dx1-28108"></a> just for this entry with <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-28105"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-28109"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) +href="#sec:numberlists">Number + lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28106"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28110"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Cross-reference another entry. Using the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28107"></a> key will automatically add this entry - to the glossary, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The - referenced entry should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to - override the “see” tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the - label. For example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-28111"></a> key will automatically add this entry to the + glossary, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry + should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override the “see” tag, + you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">see=[see</span><span class="cmtt-10"> also]{anotherlabel}</span></span></span>. <span -class="cmbx-10">Note that if</span> - <span -class="cmbx-10">you have suppressed the </span><a +class="cmbx-10">Note that if you have suppressed the </span><a href="#glo:numberlist"><span -class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a - id="dx1-28108"></a></a><span -class="cmbx-10">, the cross-referencing</span> +class="cmbx-10">number</span> <span -class="cmbx-10">information won’t appear in the glossary, as it forms part of</span> +class="cmbx-10">list</span><a + id="dx1-28112"></a></a><span +class="cmbx-10">, the cross-referencing information won’t appear in the glossary, as it</span> <span -class="cmbx-10">the number list</span><a - id="dx1-28109"></a><span -class="cmbx-10">. </span>You can override this for individual glossary entries - using <span +class="cmbx-10">forms part of the number list</span><a + id="dx1-28113"></a><span +class="cmbx-10">. </span>You can override this for individual glossary + entries using <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-28110"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the + id="dx1-28114"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28111"></a> package option. For further details, see <a + id="dx1-28115"></a> package option. For further details, see <a href="#sec:crossref"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. - <!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a + <!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt"> + + + <div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">xr-label</span><span +class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> + </div> after the entry has been defined. + <!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-28112"></a> must be used before any occurrence of + id="dx1-28116"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-28113"></a> that contains the <span + id="dx1-28117"></a> that contains the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28114"></a> key. </div> - </p><!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" > - - + id="dx1-28118"></a> key. This key has no effect for entries defined + in the <span +class="cmss-10">document</span><a + id="dx1-28119"></a><a + id="dx1-28120"></a> environment. </div> + </p><!--l. 3999--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-28121"></a> key, you may want to consider using the supplementary <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> + package. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span +<!--l. 4006--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-28115"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-28122"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>): <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-28116"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28123"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-28117"></a>, <span + id="dx1-28124"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-28118"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28125"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-28119"></a>. Additional keys are provided by -the <span + id="dx1-28126"></a>. Additional keys are provided by the +<span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-28120"></a> (<a + id="dx1-28127"></a> (<a href="#sec:prefix"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>17 </a><a href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28121"></a> (<a + id="dx1-28128"></a> (<a href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 -</a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a +href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility +Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 -</a><a -href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). -</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">Additional +Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). +</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a +href="#x1-450006.1"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a +href="#x1-460006.2"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands within the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-28129"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-28130"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-28131"></a> +or <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-28132"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through +those commands. (For example, the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-28133"></a> key if you intend to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) Otherwise +you end up with nested links, which can cause complications and they won’t work with the +case-changing commands. You can use them within the value of keys that won’t be accessed +through those commands. For example, the <span +class="cmss-10">description</span><a + id="dx1-28134"></a> key if you don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span>. +Additionally, they’ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-28122"></a></a>, you must group the + id="dx1-28135"></a></a>, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-28123"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28136"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28124"></a>. For + id="dx1-28137"></a>. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\’e}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 3934--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span +<!--l. 4036--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-28125"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-28138"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span></span><span @@ -8068,118 +8178,115 @@ class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span> </div> </div> (This doesn’t apply for XeLaTeX documents using the <span class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a - id="dx1-28126"></a> package. For further -details, see the section <a + id="dx1-28139"></a> package. For further details, +see the section <a href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“UTF-8”</a> in the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-28127"></a> user manual.) -<!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span + id="dx1-28140"></a> user manual.) +<!--l. 4048--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28128"></a> key -if you are using <a + id="dx1-28141"></a> key if you +are using <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> whereas <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-28129"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-28142"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) is usually able to sort <a -href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin -character<a - id="dx1-28130"></a>s</a> correctly. <a +href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a + id="dx1-28143"></a>s</a> +correctly. <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> discards accents from <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> extended Latin -character<a - id="dx1-28131"></a>s</a> unless you use the <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> extended Latin character<a + id="dx1-28144"></a>s</a> unless +you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28132"></a>. + id="dx1-28145"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you -define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending -</p><!--l. 3960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4059--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a +term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending +</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="noindent" > to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown  <br />female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 3968--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, -if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, -in which case you would have to do: - - +<!--l. 4070--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you +are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case +you would have to do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,  <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 3976--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) -then use the <span +<!--l. 4078--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use +the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-29002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other -plural form. For example: - - + id="dx1-29002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For +example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{%  <br />  name=cow,%  <br />  description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal  <br />               (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},%  <br />  user1={kine}} </div> -<!--l. 3988--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to -produce “kine”. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For -example: - - +class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. +You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri </div> -<!--l. 3994--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. +<!--l. 4096--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-29003"></a>, described in <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 -</a><a -href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a -different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span> -as required. However, this must be done <span -class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For -languages that don’t form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural -forms must be specified using the <span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">Additional +Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. +</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or +sequence of letters, you can redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be +done <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For languages that don’t form plurals by simply +appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-29004"></a> key (and the <span + id="dx1-29004"></a> key (and the +<span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-29005"></a> key where -necessary). -</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-29005"></a> key where necessary). +</p><!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3> -<!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For -example: - - +<!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \let\glsing\glsuseri  <br />\let\glsd\glsuserii  <br />\newcommand*{\ingkey}{user1} @@ -8193,70 +8300,70 @@ example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4027--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: - - +<!--l. 4129--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \newword{play}{to take part in activities for enjoyment}  <br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using  <br />the legs} </div> -<!--l. 4033--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: - - +<!--l. 4135--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> Peter is \glsing{play} in the park today.  <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.  <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week. </div> -<!--l. 4041--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span +<!--l. 4143--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a - id="dx1-30001"></a>, described below in -<a + id="dx1-30001"></a>, described below in <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 +</a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3> -<!--l. 4049--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this -section. There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to -store information used behind the scenes by other commands. -</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for -a term, you might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in <a +<!--l. 4151--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. +There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information +used behind the scenes by other commands. +</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you +might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in +<a href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.4 </a><a -href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. If, on the other hand, you want to add -a key to indicate to a glossary style or acronym style that this entry should be -formatted differently to other entries, then you can use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>described -in <a +href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. If, on the other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to +a glossary style or acronym style that this entry should be formatted differently +to other entries, then you can use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>described in <a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.5 </a><a -href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ will be defined that can be used to access -the value of this key (analogous to commands such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be -used in an expandable context (provided any fragile commands stored in the key -have been protected). The new keys must be added using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary entries are defined. -</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 4069--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage +Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>. +</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ will be defined that can be used to access the +value of this key (analogous to commands such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an +expandable context (provided any fragile commands stored in the key have been protected). +The new keys must be added using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary +entries are defined. +</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 4171--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a id="sec:glsaddkey"></a>Document Keys</h3> -<!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using: -</p><!--l. 4073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4174--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using: +</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32001"></a> <span @@ -8267,9 +8374,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">default value</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">no link</span> +class="cmitt-10">no link ucfirst</span> <span -class="cmitt-10">ucfirst cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -8277,39 +8384,38 @@ class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4081--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4183--><p class="noindent" > where: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">key</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the new key to use in <span +class="description">is the new key to use in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-32002"></a> (or similar commands such as + id="dx1-32002"></a> (or similar commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-32003"></a>); - - + + </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">default value</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the default value to use if this key isn’t used in an entry - definition (this may reference the current entry label via <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>, but - you will have to switch on expansion via the starred version of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span> - and protect fragile commands); +class="description">is the default value to use if this key isn’t used in an entry definition + (this may reference the current entry label via <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>, but you will have to + switch on expansion via the starred version of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>and protect fragile + commands); </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like - <span +class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-32004"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like +class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-32005"></a>; @@ -8322,35 +8428,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">link ucfirst cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like - <span +class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a id="dx1-32007"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd -class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like - <span +class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a id="dx1-32008"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4102--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred -version doesn’t override the current expansion setting. +<!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version +doesn’t override the current expansion setting. <a id="x1-32009r3"></a> -</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Keys)</span><a id="x1-32010"></a> -</p><!--l. 4107--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span +</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text -followed by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in -both cases, so I need to use the starred form: - - +class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed +by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I +need to use the starred form: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">  % Define "ed" key:  <br /> \glsaddkey*  <br />  {ed}% key @@ -8370,11 +8474,11 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:  <br />  {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext  <br />  {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext </div> -<!--l. 4131--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: - - +<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">  % No need to override defaults for this entry:  <br /> \newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}  <br /> % Need to override defaults on these entries: @@ -8387,31 +8491,30 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:  <br />   ing={waddling},%  <br />   description={}} </div> -<!--l. 4149--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: - - +<!--l. 4251--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.  <br />The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.  <br />The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck. </div> -<!--l. 4158--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 4260--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5092r27"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4262--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"></a>Storage Keys</h3> -<!--l. 4165--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined -using: -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using: +</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddstoragekey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33001"></a> <span @@ -8423,54 +8526,55 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4169--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" > where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above -in <a +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in <a href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.4 +</a><a href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the -additional commands. You can access or update the value of your new field -using the commands described in <a +</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the additional +commands. You can access or update the value of your new field using the commands +described in <a href="#sec:fetchset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>16.3 </a><a -href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a -Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>. +href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>. <a id="x1-33002r4"></a> -</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4280--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Initialisms))</span><a id="x1-33003"></a> -</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as -initialisms, but I want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first -use to be displayed with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but -the opposite way round for other forms of abbreviations. -</p><!--l. 4185--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an -acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key -<span +</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I +want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the +short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of +abbreviations.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-33004f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym +rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>(since <span -class="cmtt-10">type </span>already exists): - - +class="cmtt-10">type</span> +already exists): + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> \glsaddstoragekey  <br /> {abbrtype}% key/field name  <br /> {word}% default value if not explicitly set  <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required </div> -<!--l. 4194--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4196--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how -to display the full form: - - +<!--l. 4297--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to +display the full form: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> \newacronymstyle  <br /> {mystyle}% style name  <br /> {% Use the generic display @@ -8517,8 +8621,8 @@ to display the full form:  <br />    }%  <br />  }%  <br />  % plural and first letter upper case - - + +  <br />  \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />    \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}  <br />    {% is a proper acronym @@ -8542,31 +8646,31 @@ to display the full form:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 4267--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms: - - +<!--l. 4370--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \setacronymstyle{mystyle} </div> -<!--l. 4272--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span +<!--l. 4375--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-33004"></a> for something that’s not technically -an acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms: - - + id="dx1-33005"></a> for something that’s not technically an +acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> \newcommand*{\newinitialism}[4][]{%  <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4281--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined: - - +<!--l. 4384--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> \newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio detecting and ranging}  <br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated  <br />emission of radiation} @@ -8575,153 +8679,151 @@ an acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms:  <br />\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}  <br />\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine} </div> -<!--l. 4291--><p class="nopar" > On <a +<!--l. 4394--><p class="nopar" > On <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce “radar (radio detecting and ranging)” but -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span> will produce “DSP (digital signal processing)”. -</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce “radar (radio detecting and ranging)” but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span> +will produce “DSP (digital signal processing)”. +</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5093r28"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. -</p> +class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of -through <span +<!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through +<span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the <span -class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of -“word” but the <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style will be false -(since the <span +class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of “word” but the +<span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style will be false (since the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-33005"></a> key hasn’t been set) so the display style will switch to that -given by <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they’ll be no test performed on the <span -class="cmtt-10">abbrtype</span> -field. + id="dx1-33006"></a> key hasn’t been +set) so the display style will switch to that given by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they’ll be no test +performed on the <span +class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field. <a - id="x1-33006r5"></a> -</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-33007r5"></a> +</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Non-Acronyms with Descriptions))</span><a - id="x1-33007"></a> -</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span + id="x1-33008"></a> +</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33008"></a> also needs to be provided. -Here I’ve changed “word” to “acronym”: - - + id="dx1-33009"></a> also needs to be provided. Here +I’ve changed “word” to “acronym”: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> \glsaddstoragekey  <br /> {abbrtype}% key/field name  <br /> {acronym}% default value if not explicitly set  <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required </div> -<!--l. 4318--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span +<!--l. 4421--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span> directly, but <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-33009"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the -value of this new <span + id="dx1-33010"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value +of this new <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field. -</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a +</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the previous example, the line: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">    \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 4328--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to: - - +<!--l. 4431--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">    \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 4332--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span +<!--l. 4435--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all instances of - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">     \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word} </div> -<!--l. 4337--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to: - - +<!--l. 4440--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">     \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym} </div> -<!--l. 4341--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the -optional argument to set the description: - - +<!--l. 4444--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional +argument to set the description: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \newacronym[description={system for detecting the position and  <br />speed of aircraft, ships, etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio detecting  <br />and ranging} </div> -<!--l. 4349--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span +<!--l. 4452--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional argument is required to set the description: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \newinitialism[description={mathematical manipulation of an  <br />information signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing} </div> -<!--l. 4356--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms: - - +<!--l. 4459--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \newcommand*{\newcontraction}[4][]{%  <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4364--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command: - - +<!--l. 4467--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \newcontraction[description={front part of a ship below the  <br />deck}]{focsle}{fo’c’s’le}{forecastle} </div> -<!--l. 4369--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span +<!--l. 4472--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4474--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>is <span -class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the -contractions will be treated the same as the initialisms, but the style could be -modified by a further test of the <span +class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will +be treated the same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the +<span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if required. -</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word: - - +</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a fruit}} </div> -<!--l. 4380--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in +<!--l. 4483--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4485--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in addition to the description): - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \newglossarystyle  <br /> {mystyle}% style name  <br /> {% base it on the "list" style @@ -8734,57 +8836,56 @@ addition to the description):  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 4396--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span +<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-33010"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If -it has an abbreviation, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span -class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined -by <span + id="dx1-33011"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has +an abbreviation, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span +class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to indicate the type of abbreviation. -</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span -class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary -as +</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span +class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary as </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">apple</span> </dt><dd class="description">a fruit.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4408--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form +<!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">laser</span> </dt><dd -class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device - that creates a narrow beam of intense light.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or +class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that + creates a narrow beam of intense light.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">DSP</span> </dt><dd -class="description">(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an +class="description">(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an information signal.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or +<!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">fo’c’s’le</span> </dt><dd class="description">(contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4424--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions). -</p><!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 4527--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions). +</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5094r29"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 4430--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4430--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6 </span> <a id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3> -<!--l. 4433--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for -the <span +<!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-34001"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34001"></a>, +<span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-34002"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a @@ -8794,40 +8895,40 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a id="dx1-34005"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34006"></a> keys (these keys -all have expansion suppressed via <span + id="dx1-34006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion +suppressed via <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>). -</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using -</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4542--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using +</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" > respectively, where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is -the same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a +class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the +same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 4554--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 4.1: </span><span class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-340091 --> @@ -8925,48 +9026,46 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">shortpl </span></td></tr></table> </div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 4472--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span> -or <span +<!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or +<span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by -</p><!--l. 4474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4476--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off -expansion via <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the -entries.) +</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4585--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.) </p> -<!--l. 4486--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7 </span> <a id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3> -<!--l. 4489--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to -order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a -different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different -definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the -same name as the parent entry. Note that not all glossary styles support -hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a flat format. Of the styles -that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry’s name whilst others -don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable style. (See <a +<!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the +glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent +entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which +case the sub-entries will have the same name as the parent entry. Note that not all +glossary styles support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a +flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry’s +name whilst others don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable +style. (See <a href="#sec:styles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 -</a><a -href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined styles.) As from version 3.0, level 1 -sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if you use the +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a +href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined styles.) As from version 3.0, +level 1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if you use the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-35001"></a> package option (see <a @@ -8974,57 +9073,57 @@ href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its -child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the -document, it will not have a <a +</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child +entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will +not have a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-35002"></a></a>. Note also that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-35003"></a></a> has a restriction -on the maximum sub-entry depth. -</p><!--l. 4510--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-35003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum +sub-entry depth. +</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4510--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7.1 </span> <a id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4> -<!--l. 4513--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category -and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the -<span +<!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and +then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-36001"></a> key. + id="dx1-36001"></a> +key. <a id="x1-36002r6"></a> -</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman</span> - - +class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman Mathematical</span> <span -class="cmbx-12">Mathematical Symbols)</span><a +class="cmbx-12">Symbols)</span><a id="x1-36003"></a> -</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek -letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows: - - +</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters + + +and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> \newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}} </div> -<!--l. 4529--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have -set the descriptions to <span +<!--l. 4632--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the +descriptions to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-36004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the -description terminator. -</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: - - + id="dx1-36004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description +terminator. +</p><!--l. 4639--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \newglossaryentry{pi}{name={\ensuremath{\pi}},sort={pi},  <br />description={ratio of the circumference of a circle to  <br />the diameter}, @@ -9033,41 +9132,41 @@ description terminator.  <br />description={Euler’s constant},  <br />parent=romanletter} </div> -<!--l. 4546--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 4649--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5062r20"><span class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4548--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4548--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4550--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4550--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7.2 </span> <a id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4> -<!--l. 4553--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span +<!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the +<span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-37001"></a> -key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a + id="dx1-37001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is “glossaries”. So first define the parent entry: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> \newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,  <br />description={\nopostdesc},  <br />plural={glossaries}} </div> -<!--l. 4562--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be +<!--l. 4665--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-37002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: - - +</p><!--l. 4669--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{  <br />description={list of technical words},  <br />sort={1}, @@ -9077,39 +9176,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a  <br />sort={2},  <br />parent={glossary}} </div> -<!--l. 4577--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s -<a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-37003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added -to the child entry’s number list. Note also that since the sub-entries have the same -name, the <span +<!--l. 4680--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number +list<a + id="dx1-37003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child +entry’s number list. Note also that since the sub-entries have the same name, the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-37004"></a> key is required unless you are using the <span + id="dx1-37004"></a> key is +required unless you are using the <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-37005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-37006"></a> package -options (see <a + id="dx1-37006"></a> package options (see <a href="#sortingoptions"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 +</a><a href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). You can use the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-37007"></a> package option to -automatically number the first-level child entries. See <a + id="dx1-37007"></a> package option to automatically +number the first-level child entries. See <a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a -href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance -Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as -the parent entry, so the <span +href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further +details. +</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the +parent entry, so the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-37008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, -if the sub-entries have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For -example: - - + id="dx1-37008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the +sub-entries have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> \newglossaryentry{bravo}{name={bravo},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{description={cry of approval @@ -9123,14 +9221,14 @@ example:  <br />plural={bravoes},  <br />parent=bravo} </div> -<!--l. 4608--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4711--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8 </span> <a id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3> -<!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: -</p><!--l. 4616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: +</p><!--l. 4719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38001"></a> <span @@ -9139,7 +9237,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ is the name of the file containing all the <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -9147,60 +9245,59 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-38003"></a> commands. The optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the name of the -glossary to which those entries should belong, for those entries where the <span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary +to which those entries should belong, for those entries where the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-38004"></a> key has -been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries whose type has been -specified by <span + id="dx1-38004"></a> key has been omitted +(or, more specifically, for those entries whose type has been specified by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-38005"></a>, which is what <span + id="dx1-38005"></a>, +which is what <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38006"></a> uses by -default). -</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span + id="dx1-38006"></a> uses by default). +</p><!--l. 4731--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a - id="dx1-38007"></a> to load the file but -don’t use <span + id="dx1-38007"></a> to load the file but don’t use +<span class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a id="dx1-38008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span +</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a id="dx1-38009"></a> to <span -class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at -the start of the document, add the <span +class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the +start of the document, add the <span class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument </span>command <span -class="cmti-10">before </span>you load the -<span +class="cmti-10">before </span>you load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-38010"></a> package (and <span + id="dx1-38010"></a> +package (and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-38011"></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the -<span -class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file and any associated problems that are caused by defining commands in -the <span + id="dx1-38011"></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file and +any associated problems that are caused by defining commands in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-38012"></a><a - id="dx1-38013"></a> environment. (See <a + id="dx1-38013"></a> +environment. (See <a href="#sec:docdefs"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10 </a><a -href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the -Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" > +href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) +</div> +</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-38014r7"></a> - - -</p><!--l. 4642--><p class="noindent" ><span + + +</p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a id="x1-38015"></a> -</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span +</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> \newglossaryentry{perl}{type=main,  <br />name={Perl},  <br />description={A scripting language}} @@ -9210,51 +9307,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:  <br />name={html},  <br />description={A mark up language}} </div> -<!--l. 4655--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: - - +<!--l. 4758--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries} </div> -<!--l. 4659--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span +<!--l. 4762--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span class="cmtt-10">languages</span>, but the entry <span -class="cmtt-10">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly -sets the type to <span +class="cmtt-10">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly sets the +type to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4769--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-38016"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a -href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the -type is set as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my -file <span +href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is +set as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my file +<span class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>contains: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} </div> -<!--l. 4672--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span +<!--l. 4775--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>) - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> -<!--l. 4677--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +<!--l. 4780--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a @@ -9265,92 +9362,88 @@ class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>, if the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-38018"></a> is not specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-38019f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span +href="#fn2x4" id="fn2x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-38019f2"></a> +</p><!--l. 4788--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to -this problem: + id="dx1-38023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this +problem: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-38025x1">Change <span class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a  <br />contrived acronym} </div> - <!--l. 4693--><p class="nopar" > and do: - - + <!--l. 4796--><p class="nopar" > and do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> - <!--l. 4697--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4800--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-38027x2">Temporarily change <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> \let\orgacronymtype\acronymtype  <br />\renewcommand{\acronymtype}{altacronym}  <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}  <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype </div> - <!--l. 4705--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the -relevant glossaries. Note also that <span -class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the -preamble. -</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span + <!--l. 4808--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 4811--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant +glossaries. Note also that <span +class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble. +</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38028"></a> rather than -<span + id="dx1-38028"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38029"></a>. Suppose you want to maintain a large database of acronyms or -terms that you’re likely to use in your documents, but you may want to use a modified -version of some of those entries. (Suppose, for example, one document may -require a more detailed description.) Then if you define the entries using -<span -class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry </span>in your database file, you can override the definition by -simply using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>before loading the file. For example, suppose your -file (called, say, <span + id="dx1-38029"></a>. +Suppose you want to maintain a large database of acronyms or terms that you’re likely to use +in your documents, but you may want to use a modified version of some of those entries. +(Suppose, for example, one document may require a more detailed description.) Then if you +define the entries using <span +class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry </span>in your database file, you can override the +definition by simply using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>before loading the file. For example, suppose +your file (called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> \provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,  <br /> description={a type of duck}} </div> -<!--l. 4726--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can -do: - - +<!--l. 4829--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries  <br />\newglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,  <br /> description={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}  <br />\loadglsentries{terms} </div> -<!--l. 4737--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span +<!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored. -</p><!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.9 </span> <a id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 4744--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another -using: -</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: +</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39001"></a> <span @@ -9359,192 +9452,271 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the required entry and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>⟩ -is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. -</p><!--l. 4753--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. -If you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span +class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>⟩ is the +unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. +</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If +you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-39002"></a>, then -define an ignored glossary with <span + id="dx1-39002"></a>, +then define an ignored glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a id="dx1-39003"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 4759--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from -its parent or children. </div> -</p><!--l. 4762--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4862--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its +parent or children. </div> +</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4764--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10 </span> <a id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3> -<!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span +<!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-40001"></a> (and <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-40002"></a>) could only be used in the -preamble. I reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues -with defining commands in the <span + id="dx1-40002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I +reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining +commands in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-40003"></a><a - id="dx1-40004"></a> environment instead of the preamble, which -is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also -reimposed for <span + id="dx1-40004"></a> environment instead of the preamble, which is why the +restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed for +<span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>by the new <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>. - - -</p><!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" > +href="#option1">Option 1</a>. (The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> automatically reimposes this +restriction for Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a> but provides a package option to allow document +definitions.) + + +</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10.1 </span> <a id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4> -<!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4883--><p class="noindent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-41002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently - shuffle sections around, you could end up using an entry before it has been - defined. + class="enumerate" id="x1-41002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle + sections around, you could end up using an entry before it has been defined. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-41004x2">Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs - at the start of the document, but the entries aren’t defined until later, then - the entry details are being looked up before the entry has been defined. + class="enumerate" id="x1-41004x2">Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs at the + start of the document, but the entries aren’t defined until later, then the entry + details are being looked up before the entry has been defined. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-41006x3">If you use a package, such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-41007"></a>, that makes certain characters active - at the start of the <span + id="dx1-41007"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start + of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-41008"></a><a - id="dx1-41009"></a> environment, there will be a problem if those - characters have a special significance when defining glossary entries. These - characters include the double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-41009"></a> environment, there will be a problem if those characters have + a special significance when defining glossary entries. These characters include the + double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> character, the exclamation mark <span -class="cmtt-10">!</span> - character, the question mark <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">! </span>character, the question mark + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> character, and the pipe <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They - must not be active when defining a glossary entry where they occur in the - <span +class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They must not be active when defining + a glossary entry where they occur in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-41010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in the label if they may be active at - any point in the document). Additionally, the comma <span -class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the - equals <span -class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using commands that have - ⟨<span + id="dx1-41010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in + the label if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the + comma <span +class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the equals <span +class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using + commands that have ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ arguments. </li></ol> -<!--l. 4803--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies -the definition of <span +<!--l. 4909--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the +definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-41011"></a><a - id="dx1-41012"></a> environment -so that the definitions are written to an external file (<span + id="dx1-41012"></a> environment so that the +definitions are written to an external file (<span class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glsdefs</span><a - id="dx1-41013"></a>) which is -then read in at the start of the document on the next run. The entry will then only be -defined in the <span + id="dx1-41013"></a>) which is then read in at the +start of the document on the next run. The entry will then only be defined in the +<span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-41014"></a><a - id="dx1-41015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the -entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the -beginning of the document. -</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you -need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra -<span -class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion -issues could occur; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected line -breaks have been written to the temporary file causing spurious spaces (or, -even worse, a command name could get split across a line causing an error -message). -</p><!--l. 4822--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-41016"></a> has the preamble-only restriction, -which I don’t intend to lift. -</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" > - - -</p> -<!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-41015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now +be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the +document. +</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a +second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span +class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, +which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could occur; the +<span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-41016"></a> key isn’t stored, which means it can’t be added to the <span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a + id="dx1-41017"></a> file when it’s +created at the end of the document (and therefore won’t be present on subsequent +runs). +</p><!--l. 4927--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 4927--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10.2 </span> <a id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4> -<!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have -compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing -practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span +<!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation +errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main +reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-42001"></a><a - id="dx1-42002"></a> -environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definition as -they type in their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of -writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for -factual documents. -</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an -article for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you -plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that -your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your -entry definitions. If, while you’re writing your document, you remember another term -you need, then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most text editors -have the ability to have more than one file open at a time. The other advantage -to this approach is that if you forget the label, you can look it up in the -definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the + id="dx1-42002"></a> environment + + +rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definition as they type in +their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing +that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual +documents. +</p><!--l. 4939--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article +for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in +advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your +document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your +entry definitions. If, while you’re writing your document, you remember another +term you need, then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most +text editors have the ability to have more than one file open at a time. The other +advantage to this approach is that if you forget the label, you can look it up in +the definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the definition. - - + + </p> -<!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2> -</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a +</p><!--l. 4955--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43001"></a></a>. By default, these -numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the -commands described in <a + id="dx1-43001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer +to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 +</a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a -href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the -Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list can be suppressed using the -<span +href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). +The number list can be suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-43002"></a> package option, or an alternative counter can be set as the default using -the <span + id="dx1-43002"></a> package option, or an alternative +counter can be set as the default using the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-43003"></a> package option. The number list is also referred to as the location -list<a + id="dx1-43003"></a> package option. The number list is also +referred to as the location list<a id="dx1-43004"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4862--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine (see, for example, -<a -href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if you’re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span -class="cmtt-10">page </span>counter (represented internally -as <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>) can be unreliable. This can cause problems when glossary entries are -referenced in a paragraph that spans a page break. To compensate, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -package has to make some adjustments to ensure the location number is correct for -this situation. By default, the adjustments only affect the counter styles: <span -class="cmtt-10">roman</span>, +</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="indent" > Each location in the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-43005"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command. (The <span +class="cmti-10">encap</span><a + id="dx1-43006"></a> value.) By +default this is the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a + id="dx1-43007"></a> command, but may be overridden using the <span +class="cmss-10">format</span><a + id="dx1-43008"></a> key +in the optional argument to commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. (See <a +href="#sec:glslink"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For +example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a term +or symbol. Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. +For example, suppose on page 10 you have both the default <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\textbf </span>encaps. While it may seem apparent that <span +class="cmtt-10">\textbf </span>should override <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat </span>in this situation, neither <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-43009"></a></a> nor <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-43010"></a></a> know this. In +the case of <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-43011"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap and discards the other for identical +locations. The encap it chooses to keep may not necessarily be the one you want. In the +case of <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-43012"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns +about it. This leads to a <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-43013"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different +fonts. +</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="indent" > This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the +<a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-43014"></a></a> Perl script it will detect <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-43015"></a></a>’s warning and attempt to fix the +problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-43016f1"></a> +Since <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-43018"></a></a> doesn’t generate a warning, <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-43019"></a></a> won’t do anything about it if you +are using <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-43020"></a></a>. With <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-43021"></a></a>, <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-43022"></a></a> will let the encaps override each other, +similar to <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-43023"></a></a>, except that the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat </span>encap will always have the least +precedence. Other conflicting encaps will have the last one override earlier ones for the same +location. +</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine (see, for example, <a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if +you’re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span +class="cmtt-10">page </span>counter (represented internally as <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>) can +be unreliable. This can cause problems when glossary entries are referenced in a paragraph +that spans a page break. To compensate, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has to make some adjustments +to ensure the location number is correct for this situation. By default, the adjustments only +affect the counter styles: <span +class="cmtt-10">roman</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">Roman</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">alph</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">Alph </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic</span>. If you have a different numbering system -where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">arabic</span>. If you have a different +numbering system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -9552,40 +9724,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>you need to use: -</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43005"></a> <span + id="dx1-43024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4878--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span -class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as -follows: - - +</p><!--l. 5009--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span +class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">  \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%  <br />   \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4887--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure -the location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to -do: - - +<!--l. 5018--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the +location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 4893--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span +<!--l. 5024--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, -you don’t need to worry about this.) -</p><!--l. 4898--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t +need to worry about this.) +</p><!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩) contains non-expandable commands then you may need to redefine <span @@ -9595,26 +9765,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">page </span>after using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This command doesn’t take any -arguments as the location is assumed to be given by <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>. For example, suppose -now my page counter format uses small caps Roman numerals: - - +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This command doesn’t take any arguments as +the location is assumed to be given by <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>. For example, suppose now my page counter +format uses small caps Roman numerals: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">  \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%  <br />  \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4908--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: - - +<!--l. 5039--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 4912--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span +<!--l. 5043--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span @@ -9622,62 +9792,60 @@ class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="cmtt-10"> {i}</span></span></span> (for page 1), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span class="cmtt-10"> </span><span -class="cmtt-10"> {ii}</span></span></span> (for page 2), etc. This format may cause -a problem for the <a +class="cmtt-10"> {ii}</span></span></span> (for page 2), etc. This format may cause a +problem for the <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (particularly for <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43006"></a></a>). To compensate -for this, the <span + id="dx1-43025"></a></a>). To compensate for this, +the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">page </span>command may be redefined so that -it expands to a format that’s acceptable to the indexing application. For -example: - - +class="cmtt-10">page </span>command may be redefined so that it expands to a format +that’s acceptable to the indexing application. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page} </div> -<!--l. 4922--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t -exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman -numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method will at least work -correctly for both <a +<!--l. 5053--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t exactly match the +format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap +Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43007"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-43026"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43008"></a></a>. If you are using <a + id="dx1-43027"></a></a>. If +you are using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43009"></a></a>, the following -definition: - - + id="dx1-43028"></a></a>, the following definition: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">  \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%  <br />   \glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}} </div> -<!--l. 4932--><p class="nopar" > combined with - - +<!--l. 5063--><p class="nopar" > combined with + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"  <br /> "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 4937--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause +<!--l. 5068--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause problems if your locations should be hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a +</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43010"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-43029"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43011"></a></a> is to redefine + id="dx1-43030"></a></a> is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span @@ -9685,150 +9853,148 @@ class="cmtt-10">page </span>(<span class="cmtt-10">\gls@samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to the decimal page number and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a - id="dx1-43012"></a> to change the displayed + id="dx1-43031"></a> to change the displayed format: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">   \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page}  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4950--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span +<!--l. 5081--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is -expanded when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a -robust command.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4957--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > Both <a +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is expanded +when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a robust command.) +</div> +</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > Both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43013"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-43032"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43014"></a></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-43033"></a></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a -sequence of 3 or more consecutive pages into a range. With <span +href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a sequence of 3 or more +consecutive pages into a range. With <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43015"></a> -(<a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence length using -<span + id="dx1-43034"></a> (<a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence +length using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><a - id="dx1-43016"></a><span + id="dx1-43035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is either an integer or the keyword <span -class="cmtt-10">none</span> -which indicates that there should be no range formation. -</p><!--l. 4967--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is either an integer or the keyword +<span +class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation. +</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43017"></a> -and has no effect if <span + id="dx1-43036"></a> and has +no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-43018"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > With both <a + id="dx1-43037"></a> is used. </div> +</p><!--l. 5100--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > With both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43019"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-43038"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43020"></a></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-43039"></a></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the -separator and the closing number in the range using: -</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and +the closing number in the range using: +</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43021"></a> <span + id="dx1-43040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43022"></a> <span + id="dx1-43041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4979--><p class="noindent" > -where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter -specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: - - +</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="noindent" > +where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies +the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \glsSetSuffixF{f.}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.} </div> -<!--l. 4986--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a +<!--l. 5116--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43023"></a></a> (<a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range -length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: - - + id="dx1-43042"></a></a> (<a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length +to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1} </div> -<!--l. 4992--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span +<!--l. 5122--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-43024"></a> package, you will need to use <span + id="dx1-43043"></a> package, you will need to use <span class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a - id="dx1-43025"></a> in the -suffix to ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example: - - + id="dx1-43044"></a> in the suffix to +ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}} </div> -<!--l. 4999--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 5129--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before -<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43026"></a> and have no effect if <span + id="dx1-43045"></a> +and have no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-43027"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" > <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an -entry’s <a + id="dx1-43046"></a> is used. </div> +</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s +<a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43028"></a></a> using: -</p><!--l. 5009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-43047"></a></a> using: +</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43029"></a> <span + id="dx1-43048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">xr handler</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>⟩ is a handler control sequence of the form: -</p><!--l. 5016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span @@ -9839,69 +10005,68 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-43030"></a> prefix, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used for the -location, ⟨<span + id="dx1-43049"></a> prefix, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used for the location, +⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ is the format used to display the location (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ -is the location. The third argument is the control sequence to use for any -cross-references in the list. This handler should have the syntax: -</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ is the location. +The third argument is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This +handler should have the syntax: +</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5156--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the cross-referenced text (e.g. “see”) and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated -list of labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used -with <a +class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of +labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with +<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>.) -</p><!--l. 5031--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used - - +</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> \gls[format=textbf]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 5035--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used - - +<!--l. 5165--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \gls[format=emph]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 5039--><p class="nopar" > then - - +<!--l. 5169--><p class="nopar" > then + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> \glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler} </div> -<!--l. 5043--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: - - +<!--l. 5173--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%  <br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}% </div> -<!--l. 5048--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a +<!--l. 5178--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43031"></a></a> in the -glossary: -</p><!--l. 5051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-43050"></a></a> in the glossary: +</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43032"></a> <span + id="dx1-43051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -9912,9 +10077,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" > The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is: -</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -9922,72 +10087,83 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="noindent" > which is described in <a href="#sec:customxr"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>8.1 </a><a href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>. -</p><!--l. 5060--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="noindent" > - - +</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="noindent" > + + </p> -<!--l. 5064--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span +</p><!--l. 5197--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-44001"></a> or -<span + id="dx1-44001"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-44002"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-44002"></a> (see +<a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a -href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you can refer to -that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in <a +href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you can refer to that entry in the document using +one of the commands listed in <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a -href="#x1-450006.1">The -<span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or <a +href="#x1-450006.1">The <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or +<a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a href="#x1-460006.2">The <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like -Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at that point in -the document when using one of these commands is referred to as the <a -href="#glo:linktext">link -text<a - id="dx1-44003"></a></a> (even if there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to -an external file that is used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. -This information includes an associated location that is added to the <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number -list<a - id="dx1-44004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to the page number. For -further information on number lists, see <a +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at +that point in the document when using one of these commands is referred to as the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-44003"></a></a> +(even if there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to an external file that is +used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information includes an associated +location that is added to the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-44004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to the +page number. For further information on number lists, see <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These external files -need to be post-processed by <a +href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These +external files need to be post-processed by <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-44005"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44006"></a></a> unless you have chosen -<a + id="dx1-44006"></a></a> unless you have +chosen <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-44007"></a> these external files won’t be created. -</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in -the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a -moving argument. -</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested +</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-44008"></a></a> to +become quite long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case, +you can use the non-indexing commands described in <a +href="#sec:glsnolink"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms +Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> or you can use the supplemental <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which +provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in this +chapter. +</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the +arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving +argument. +</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span @@ -9997,120 +10173,122 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever). </div> -</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -package in conjunction with the <span +</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in +conjunction with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44008"></a> package. Instead, use one of the -<span -class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in <a + id="dx1-44009"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span +class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in +<a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a -href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such -as <span +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-44009"></a> <span -class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable case changing versions like -<span + id="dx1-44010"></a> <span +class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable +case changing versions like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-44010"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the optional argument to -the sectioning/caption command or use <span + id="dx1-44011"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the +optional argument to the sectioning/caption command or use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44011"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-44012"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a - id="dx1-44012"></a>. Examples: - - + id="dx1-44013"></a>. +Examples: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \chapter{An overview of \glsentrytext{perl}}  <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}}  <br />\chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}} </div> -<!--l. 5108--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a +<!--l. 5246--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for +example, if you are using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which provides commands for this purpose. +</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details -in the glossary, you should load the <span + id="dx1-44014"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the +glossary, you should load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44014"></a> package <span + id="dx1-44015"></a> package <span class="cmti-10">before </span>the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -That’s what I’ve done in this document, so if you see a hyperlinked term, such as <a -href="#glo:linktext">link -text<a - id="dx1-44015"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in -this document’s glossary. -</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That’s what I’ve +done in this document, so if you see a hyperlinked term, such as <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-44016"></a></a>, you can click on +the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s +glossary. +</p><!--l. 5261--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44016"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span + id="dx1-44017"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a - id="dx1-44017"></a> rather -than <span + id="dx1-44018"></a> rather than +<span class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a - id="dx1-44018"></a> to compile your document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> has -limitations with the hyperlinks that can cause a problem when used with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -package. Firstly, the DVI format can’t break a hyperlink across a line whereas -PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can. This means that long glossary entries (for example, the full form -of an acronym) won’t be able to break across a line with the DVI format. -Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or -superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a + id="dx1-44019"></a> to compile your document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> has limitations with +the hyperlinks that can cause a problem when used with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Firstly, the +DVI format can’t break a hyperlink across a line whereas PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can. This means that +long glossary entries (for example, the full form of an acronym) won’t be able to break across +a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t correctly size hyperlinks in +subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct size. -</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span +</p><!--l. 5275--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-44019"></a> package. -</div> -</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5136--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but -not for other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span + id="dx1-44020"></a> package. </div> +</p><!--l. 5277--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for +other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-44020"></a> to -identify the glossary lists that shouldn’t have hyperlinked <a + id="dx1-44021"></a> to identify the +glossary lists that shouldn’t have hyperlinked <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44021"></a></a>. See <a + id="dx1-44022"></a></a>. See <a href="#generaloptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a -href="#generaloptions">General -Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="indent" > The way the <a +href="#generaloptions">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further +details. +</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" > The way the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44022"></a></a> is displayed depends on -</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-44023"></a></a> is displayed depends on +</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44023"></a> <span + id="dx1-44024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" > For example, to make all <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44024"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: - - + id="dx1-44025"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5150--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span +<!--l. 5293--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-44025"></a> or by redefining -<span + id="dx1-44026"></a> or by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-44026"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-44027"></a>. See +<a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further -details. -</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of -the commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use -it to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the +href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details. +</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the +commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it +to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands and are described in <a @@ -10126,176 +10304,188 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands and are described in <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a href="#x1-460006.2">The <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands -(First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use +Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a -href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> -for commands that unset or reset the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> without referencing the -entries. -</p><!--l. 5166--><p class="indent" > The <a +href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset +(mark the entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use +flag</a> without referencing the entries. +</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands all take a first optional argument -that is a comma-separated list of ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands all take a first optional argument that is a +comma-separated list of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options, described below. They also have -a star-variant, which inserts <span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>at the start of the list of options and a -plus-variant, which inserts <span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>at the start of the list of options. For example -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls*{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options, described below. They also have a star-variant, +which inserts <span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>at the start of the list of options and a plus-variant, which +inserts <span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>at the start of the list of options. For example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls*{sample}</span></span></span> +is the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sample}</span></span></span> is -the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span>, whereas just <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the -default hyperlink setting which depends on a number of factors (such as -whether the entry is in a glossary that has been identified in the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the default hyperlink +setting which depends on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that +has been identified in the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-44027"></a> -list). You can override the <span + id="dx1-44028"></a> list). You can override the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-44028"></a> key in the variant’s optional argument, for -example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best -avoided. -</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument: + id="dx1-44029"></a> key in the variant’s +optional argument, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy +and is best avoided. The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the option to add a third custom +variant. +</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, these means that you should avoid using +any of these commands within the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-44030"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-44031"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-44032"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-44033"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or +any other key that you plan to access through these commands. (For example, the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-44034"></a> key +if you intend to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) </div> +</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-44029"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/disable the hyperlink - to the relevant entry in the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is - determined by current settings, as indicated above. For example, when used - with a <a + id="dx1-44035"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/disable the hyperlink + to the relevant entry in the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is + determined by current settings, as indicated above. For example, when used with + a <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> command, if this is the first use and the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> command, if this is the first use and the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-44030"></a> - package option has been used, then the default value is <span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>. The - hyperlink can be forced on using <span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have - been suppressed using <span + id="dx1-44036"></a> package + option has been used, then the default value is <span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>. The hyperlink + can be forced on using <span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have been suppressed + using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-44031"></a>. You must load the <span + id="dx1-44037"></a>. You must load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44032"></a> - package before the <span + id="dx1-44038"></a> package before the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-44033"></a> package to ensure the hyperlinks work. + id="dx1-44039"></a> + package to ensure the hyperlinks work. </dd><dt class="description"> + + <span class="cmssbx-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44034"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in - the glossary. This value is equivalent to the <a + id="dx1-44040"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in the + glossary. This value is equivalent to the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-44035"></a></a> encap value, and (as with - <span + id="dx1-44041"></a></a> encap value, and (as with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44036"></a>) the value needs to be the name of a command <span -class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial - backslash. As with <span + id="dx1-44042"></a>) + the value needs to be the name of a command <span +class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial backslash. As with + <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44037"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-44043"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to - specify the beginning and ending of a number range. Again as with - <span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify the beginning and + ending of a number range. Again as with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44038"></a>, the command should be the name of a command which takes an - - - argument (which will be the associated location). Be careful not to use - a declaration (such as <span -class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a text block command - (such as <span -class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the effect is not guaranteed to be localised. If you - want to apply more than one style to a given entry (e.g. <span -class="cmbx-10">bold </span>and - <span + id="dx1-44044"></a>, the command should be the + name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the associated + location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a + text block command (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the effect is not guaranteed to be + localised. If you want to apply more than one style to a given entry (e.g. <span +class="cmbx-10">bold</span> + and <span class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies both formats, e.g.  - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 5211--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. - </p><!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block - commands such as <span + <!--l. 5368--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. + </p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such + as <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a - id="dx1-44039"></a> or <span + id="dx1-44045"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a - id="dx1-44040"></a> or any of the commands listed in - <a + id="dx1-44046"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a + </p><!--l. 5375--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44041"></a></a> instead of <a + id="dx1-44047"></a></a> instead of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-44042"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard formats + id="dx1-44048"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard formats that you want to use with the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44043"></a> key using <span + id="dx1-44049"></a> key using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><a - id="dx1-44044"></a><span + id="dx1-44050"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. - So if you use <span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. So if you + use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44045"></a> with the above example, you would need to add: - - + id="dx1-44051"></a> with the above example, you would need to add: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem} </div> - <!--l. 5226--><p class="nopar" > See <a + <!--l. 5383--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div> - </p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5230--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span -class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44046"></a>, you can’t have anything following the command name, - such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to cross-reference another entry, - either use the <span -class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-44047"></a> key when you define the entry or use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a - id="dx1-44048"></a> (described in <a -href="#sec:crossref"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 - </a><a -href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>). - </p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked - location, don’t use <span + </p><!--l. 5385--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, + don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a - id="dx1-44049"></a> (provided by the <span + id="dx1-44052"></a> (provided by the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44050"></a> package) as the - locations may not refer to a page number. Instead, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package - provides number formats listed in <a + id="dx1-44053"></a> package) as the locations may not refer + to a page number. Instead, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in + <a href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - <!--l. 5243--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 5393--><p class="noindent" ><a id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 6.1: </span><span -class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-440511 --> +class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-440541 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-6" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col @@ -10304,181 +10494,192 @@ id="TBL-6-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a - id="dx1-44052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" + id="dx1-44055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" class="td11"> serif hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersf</span><a - id="dx1-44053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" + id="dx1-44056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" class="td11"> sans-serif hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypertt</span><a - id="dx1-44054"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" + id="dx1-44057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" class="td11"> monospaced hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a - id="dx1-44055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" + id="dx1-44058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" class="td11"> bold hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypermd</span><a - id="dx1-44056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" + id="dx1-44059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" class="td11"> medium weight hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperit</span><a - id="dx1-44057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" + id="dx1-44060"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" class="td11"> italic hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersl</span><a - id="dx1-44058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" + id="dx1-44061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" class="td11"> slanted hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperup</span><a - id="dx1-44059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" + id="dx1-44062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" class="td11"> upright hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersc</span><a - id="dx1-44060"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" + id="dx1-44063"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" class="td11"> small caps hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperemph</span><a - id="dx1-44061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" + id="dx1-44064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> - <!--l. 5263--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span + <!--l. 5413--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-44062"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span + id="dx1-44065"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">xx</span>⟩ formats - are equivalent to the analogous <span +class="cmti-10">xx</span>⟩ formats are + equivalent to the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">text</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xx</span>⟩ font commands (and <span -class="cmtt-10">hyperemph </span>is - equivalent to <span -class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new format, you will need to define a - command which takes one argument and use that. For example, if you want the - location number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command - called, say, <span +class="cmtt-10">hyperemph </span>is equivalent to + <span +class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new format, you will need to define a command + which takes one argument and use that. For example, if you want the location + number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say, + <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a - id="dx1-44063"></a>: - - + id="dx1-44066"></a>: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 5273--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span + <!--l. 5423--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44064"></a> key. (See also “Displaying - the glossary” in the documented code, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) Remember - that if you use <a + id="dx1-44067"></a> key. (See also “Displaying the + glossary” in the documented code, <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) Remember that if you use + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44065"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location - attributes: - - + id="dx1-44068"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location attributes: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} </div> - <!--l. 5281--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5431--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-44066"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the - default counter used by this entry. (See also <a + id="dx1-44069"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default + counter used by this entry. (See also <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">local</span><a - id="dx1-44067"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with - <a + id="dx1-44070"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands that change the entry’s <a +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands + that change the entry’s <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If <span -class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the - change to the first use flag will be localised to the current scope. The default is - <span +class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the change to the first use flag will + be localised to the current scope. The default is <span class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5295--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5444--><p class="noindent" >The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an additional key. Please see the <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual +for further details. +</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-44071"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default. Any unscoped declarations in the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-44072"></a></a> may +affect subsequent text. </div> +</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 5453--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="x1-450006.1"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> on completion, and -in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be -displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) -and a plus-variant (<span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a -⟨<span +<!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> on +completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to +be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and +a plus-variant (<span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list. -</p><!--l. 5305--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ +list. +</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-45001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-45002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see -<a + id="dx1-45002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 +</a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-45003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span -class="cmti-10">final</span> -optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically -generated text. -</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want -to display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional -argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening -square bracket to prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For -example: - - +class="cmti-10">final </span>optional +argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated +text. +</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to +display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is +absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening square bracket to +prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> \gls{sample} {}[Editor’s comment] </div> -<!--l. 5322--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a +<!--l. 5480--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ -argument. </div> -</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ argument. +</div> +</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45004"></a> <span @@ -10489,31 +10690,30 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" > This command typically determines the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-45005"></a></a> from the values of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-45006"></a> or -<span + id="dx1-45006"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-45007"></a> keys supplied when the entry was defined using <span + id="dx1-45007"></a> keys +supplied when the entry was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-45008"></a>. -However, if the entry was defined using <span + id="dx1-45008"></a>. However, if the entry was +defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-45009"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-45010"></a> was -used, then the link text<a - id="dx1-45011"></a> will usually be determined from the <span + id="dx1-45010"></a> was used, then the link text<a + id="dx1-45011"></a> will usually +be determined from the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-45012"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-45013"></a> -keys. -</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-45013"></a> keys. +</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45014"></a> <span @@ -10524,9 +10724,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45015"></a> <span @@ -10537,20 +10737,273 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" > -which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, -respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by -<span +</p><!--l. 5503--><p class="noindent" > +which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the +former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45016"></a>. For further details, including its limitations, see the <span + id="dx1-45016"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span +class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken +into account if you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to +uppercase. </div> +</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" > +The upper casing is performed as follows: </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45017"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is + performed on the first object of the group. For example, if an entry has been defined + as + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> + \newglossaryentry{sample}{ +  <br /> name={\emph{sample} phrase}, +  <br /> sort={sample phrase}, +  <br /> description={an example}} +</div> + <!--l. 5524--><p class="nopar" > Then <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45018"></a></a> + to<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-45019f1"></a> + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> + \emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase +</div> + <!--l. 5530--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span +class="cmti-10">Sample </span>phrase. + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45020"></a></a> isn’t a command or is a command but isn’t followed by + a group, then the upper casing will be performed on that first thing. For example, if an + entry has been defined as: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> + \newglossaryentry{sample}{ +  <br />  name={\oe-ligature}, +  <br />  sort={oe-ligature}, +  <br />  description={an example} +  <br />} +</div> + <!--l. 5543--><p class="nopar" > Then <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45021"></a></a> to + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> + \MakeUppercase \oe-ligature +</div> + <!--l. 5547--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature. + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">If you have <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45017"></a> user -manual. -</p><!--l. 5351--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: -</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-45022"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span +class="cmtt-10">\protect</span> + it will be discarded and the above rules will then be tried. + </li></ul> +<!--l. 5555--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-45023"></a> key in the above examples.) +</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> packages that altogether define thousands of commands +with various syntax and it’s impossible for <span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-45024"></a> to take them all into account. The above +rules are quite simplistic and are designed for <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45025"></a></a> that starts with a text-block +command (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\emph</span>) or a command that produces a character (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\oe</span>). This means +that if your <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45026"></a></a> starts with something that doesn’t adhere to <span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-45027"></a>’s assumptions then +things are likely to go wrong. +</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + <br />  name={$a$}, + <br />  sort={a}, + <br />  description={an example} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 5573--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case 2 above, so the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45028"></a></a> will be set to + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> +\MakeUppercase $a$ +</div> +<!--l. 5577--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it’s not +appropriate to perform any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span> +programmatically without checking if the text contains any maths. In this case, the simplest +solution is to insert an empty brace at the start: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + <br />  name={{}$a$}, + <br />  sort={a}, + <br />  description={an example} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 5590--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45029"></a></a> will be set to + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> +\MakeUppercase{}$a$ +</div> +<!--l. 5594--><p class="nopar" > and the <span +class="cmtt-10">\uppercase </span>becomes harmless. +</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45030"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument +(case 1) but the argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn’t have a +case-change. A common example is when the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45031"></a></a> starts with one of the commands +described in this chapter. (But you haven’t done that, have you? What with the warning not +to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) Or when the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45032"></a></a> starts with one of the +non-linking commands described in <a +href="#sec:glsnolink"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. For +example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{ + <br />   name={\glsentrytext{sample} two}, + <br />   sort={sample two}, + <br />   description={another example} + <br /> } +</div> +<!--l. 5612--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45033"></a></a> will be set to: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> +\glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase sample} two +</div> +<!--l. 5616--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> sample</span></span></span>. The best solution here is to write the term out in the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-45034"></a> field and +use the command in the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-45035"></a> field. If you don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>anywhere in your document, +you can use <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-45036"></a> field: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{ + <br />   name={\gls{sample} two}, + <br />   sort={sample two}, + <br />   text={sample two}, + <br />   description={another example} + <br /> } +</div> +<!--l. 5630--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="indent" > If the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45037"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple +arguments where the actual text isn’t in the first argument, then <span +class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>will also fail. +For example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + <br /> name={\textcolor{blue}{sample} phrase}, + <br /> sort={sample phrase}, + <br /> description={an example}} +</div> +<!--l. 5641--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-45038"></a></a> will be set to: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> +\textcolor{\MakeUppercase blue}{sample} phrase +</div> +<!--l. 5645--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> blue</span></span></span> isn’t a recognised colour name. In this case +you will have to define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For +example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + <br />\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} + <br /> name={\blue{sample} phrase}, + <br /> sort={sample phrase}, + <br /> description={an example}} +</div> +<!--l. 5655--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is the separation of content and style, it’s +better to use a semantic command. For example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + <br />\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} + <br /> name={\keyword{sample} phrase}, + <br /> sort={sample phrase}, + <br /> description={an example}} +</div> +<!--l. 5665--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-45039"></a> user manual. +</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>: +</p><!--l. 5669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45018"></a> <span + id="dx1-45040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10558,11 +11011,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5671--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45019"></a> <span + id="dx1-45041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10570,11 +11023,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5357--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45020"></a> <span + id="dx1-45042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10582,62 +11035,61 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5677--><p class="noindent" > These typically determine the link text from the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-45021"></a> or <span + id="dx1-45043"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-45022"></a> keys supplied -when the entry was defined using <span + id="dx1-45044"></a> keys supplied when the +entry was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-45023"></a> or, if the entry is an -acronym and <span + id="dx1-45045"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and +<span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>was used, from the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-45024"></a> or <span + id="dx1-45046"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-45025"></a> -keys. -</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using -<span + id="dx1-45047"></a> keys. +</p><!--l. 5684--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-45026"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, -suppose you have defined the following entry: - - + id="dx1-45048"></a> +as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have +defined the following entry: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},  <br />description=sample} </div> -<!--l. 5375--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: - - +<!--l. 5692--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> $\gls{Falpha}^2$ </div> -<!--l. 5379--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span +<!--l. 5696--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span class="cmmi-7">α</span></sub><sup><span class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span class="cmmi-7">α</span></sub><sup><span -class="cmr-7">2</span></sup>. In this situation it’s best to bring the -superscript into the hyperlink using the final ⟨<span +class="cmr-7">2</span></sup>. In this situation it’s best to bring the superscript into +the hyperlink using the final ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$ </div> -<!--l. 5385--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5702--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45027"></a> <span + id="dx1-45049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10645,46 +11097,46 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5707--><p class="noindent" > This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ is -explicitly set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be -added to the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument. -</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a +class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ is explicitly +set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ +argument. +</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ -argument of <span +class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument of +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5718--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="x1-460006.2"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. -As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a -plus-variant (<span -class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a ⟨<span +<!--l. 5721--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use +flag</a>. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) +and a plus-variant (<span +class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a +⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ -list. These commands also don’t use <span +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list. These commands also don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-46001"></a> or the equivalent definition -provided by <span + id="dx1-46001"></a> or the equivalent +definition provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-46002"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 5729--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-46003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span class="cmti-10">final</span> @@ -10696,7 +11148,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#x1-450006.1">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. -</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46004"></a> <span @@ -10707,22 +11159,25 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="noindent" > This command explicitly sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-46005"></a></a> as given in the final argument. -</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a +</p><!--l. 5740--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the argument of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. By extension, this means that you can’t use them in the value of fields that are +used to form <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-46006"></a></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46006"></a> <span + id="dx1-46007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10730,17 +11185,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46007"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46008"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46008"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46009"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5753--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: + + +</p><!--l. 5754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46009"></a> <span + id="dx1-46010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10748,13 +11205,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46010"></a> <span + id="dx1-46011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10762,12 +11217,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="noindent" > -These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. -</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="noindent" > +These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note +on <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper +case. +</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46011"></a> <span + id="dx1-46012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10775,17 +11233,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-46012"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46013"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46013"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46014"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46014"></a> <span + id="dx1-46015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10793,11 +11251,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5773--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46015"></a> <span + id="dx1-46016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10805,11 +11263,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-46017"></a> key (and <span +class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a + id="dx1-46018"></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the text produced +by <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a + id="dx1-46019"></a> (or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a + id="dx1-46020"></a>) on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> as the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-46021"></a></a> used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a + id="dx1-46022"></a> may be modified +through commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a + id="dx1-46023"></a>. (Similarly, the value of the <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-46024"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">plural</span><a + id="dx1-46025"></a> keys +don’t necessarily match the link text<a + id="dx1-46026"></a> used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>on subsequent use.) +</div> +</p><!--l. 5786--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46016"></a> <span + id="dx1-46027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10817,17 +11303,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5460--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-46017"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46028"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46018"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5464--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46029"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5794--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46019"></a> <span + id="dx1-46030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10835,11 +11321,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46020"></a> <span + id="dx1-46031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10847,11 +11333,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46021"></a> <span + id="dx1-46032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10859,17 +11345,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5804--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-46022"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46033"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46023"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46034"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5808--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46024"></a> <span + id="dx1-46035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10877,11 +11363,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5481--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5811--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46025"></a> <span + id="dx1-46036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10889,11 +11375,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46026"></a> <span + id="dx1-46037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10901,26 +11387,28 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-46027"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46038"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46028"></a></a>. Note that this -may be different from the values of the <span + id="dx1-46039"></a></a>. Note that this may be +different from the values of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46029"></a> or <span + id="dx1-46040"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-46030"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use + id="dx1-46041"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>. -</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5824--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46031"></a> <span + id="dx1-46042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10928,11 +11416,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46032"></a> <span + id="dx1-46043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10940,20 +11428,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using +</p><!--l. 5830--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span +class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46033"></a> <span + id="dx1-46044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10961,17 +11447,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5839--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-46034"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46045"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46035"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46046"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46036"></a> <span + id="dx1-46047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10979,11 +11465,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46037"></a> <span + id="dx1-46048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10991,11 +11477,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46038"></a> <span + id="dx1-46049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11003,17 +11489,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-46039"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46050"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46040"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46051"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46041"></a> <span + id="dx1-46052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11021,11 +11507,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5530--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5860--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46042"></a> <span + id="dx1-46053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11033,11 +11519,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5863--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46043"></a> <span + id="dx1-46054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11045,17 +11531,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-46044"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46055"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46045"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46056"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5871--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46046"></a> <span + id="dx1-46057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11063,11 +11549,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46047"></a> <span + id="dx1-46058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11075,11 +11561,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46048"></a> <span + id="dx1-46059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11087,17 +11573,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 5881--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a - id="dx1-46049"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46060"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46050"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5555--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46061"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46051"></a> <span + id="dx1-46062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11105,11 +11593,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46052"></a> <span + id="dx1-46063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11117,13 +11605,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5561--><p class="noindent" > - - -</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46053"></a> <span + id="dx1-46064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11131,17 +11617,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5895--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user3</span><a - id="dx1-46054"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46065"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46055"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46066"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46056"></a> <span + id="dx1-46067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11149,11 +11635,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46057"></a> <span + id="dx1-46068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11161,11 +11647,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5575--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46058"></a> <span + id="dx1-46069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11173,17 +11659,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user4</span><a - id="dx1-46059"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46070"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46060"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46071"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5913--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46061"></a> <span + id="dx1-46072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11191,11 +11677,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5586--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46062"></a> <span + id="dx1-46073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11203,11 +11689,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46063"></a> <span + id="dx1-46074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11215,17 +11701,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user5</span><a - id="dx1-46064"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46075"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46065"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46076"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46066"></a> <span + id="dx1-46077"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11233,11 +11719,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46067"></a> <span + id="dx1-46078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11245,11 +11731,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5933--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46068"></a> <span + id="dx1-46079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11257,17 +11743,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user6</span><a - id="dx1-46069"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-46080"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46070"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 5612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-46081"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46071"></a> <span + id="dx1-46082"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11275,11 +11761,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 5945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46072"></a> <span + id="dx1-46083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11287,31 +11775,29 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5949--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3> - - -<!--l. 5622--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a +<!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-47001"></a></a> for the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands is governed by<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x7" id="fn1x7-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-47002f1"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-47002f2"></a>: +</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" > -This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given -glossary, then you need to use -</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" > +This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given glossary, +then you need to use +</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\defglsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47007"></a> <span @@ -11320,88 +11806,89 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5963--><p class="noindent" > instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary -type. This defaults to <span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary type. +This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-47008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry -format definition. -</p><!--l. 5639--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display -format has been changed for an individual glossary using <span + id="dx1-47008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format +definition. +</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display format +has been changed for an individual glossary using <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47009"></a>, -redefining <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>won’t have an effect on that glossary, you must instead -use <span -class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>again. Note that glossaries that have been identified -as lists of acronyms (via the package option <span -class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-47010"></a> or the command + id="dx1-47009"></a>, redefining <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>won’t have an effect on that glossary, you must instead use <span +class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span> +again. Note that glossaries that have been identified as lists of acronyms (via the package +option <span +class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a + id="dx1-47010"></a> or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a id="dx1-47011"></a>, see <a href="#acronymoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a -href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use <span -class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their -display style. </div> -</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5651--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span +href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their display style. </div> +</p><!--l. 5979--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 5655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5657--><p class="noindent" > -This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also -access the glossary entry type using: -</p><!--l. 5660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" > +This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also access the +glossary entry type using: +</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstype</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5662--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5992--><p class="noindent" > This is defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a - id="dx1-47014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather -than <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-47014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 5666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscustomtext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="noindent" > This is the custom text supplied in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It’s always empty for <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-47016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-47017"></a> and -their upper case variants. (You can use <span + id="dx1-47017"></a> and their +upper case variants. (You can use <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a id="dx1-47018"></a>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.) -</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is +empty.) +</p><!--l. 6004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinsert</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" > The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their -upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their upper case + + +variants. +</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47020"></a> <span @@ -11410,15 +11897,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">true text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>was used, this command does ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true text</span>⟩ otherwise it does -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">true text</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscapscase</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47021"></a> <span @@ -11429,22 +11917,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">first uc</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5688--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>were used, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">no case</span>⟩. If <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>were - - -used, this does ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>were used, this +does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">first uc</span>⟩. If <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">all caps</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 5693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifhyperon</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47022"></a> <span @@ -11453,10 +11939,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">hyper true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>⟩ if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it -will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>⟩ if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it will +do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hyper false</span>⟩. The hyperlink may be off even if it wasn’t explicitly switched off with the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a @@ -11470,14 +11956,13 @@ because the entry is in a glossary type that’s had the hyperlinks switched <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-47026"></a>) or because it’s the <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on -first use. -</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on first +use. +</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a - id="dx1-47027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command -used to reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can -use: -</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-47027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command used to +reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can use: +</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkvar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47028"></a> <span @@ -11488,18 +11973,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">star</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">plus</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6041--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>⟩ if the unmodified version was used, or will do ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">star</span>⟩ if the -starred version was used, or will do ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">plus</span>⟩ if the plus version was used. Note that this -doesn’t take into account if the <span +class="cmti-10">star</span>⟩ if the starred +version was used, or will do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">plus</span>⟩ if the plus version was used. Note that this doesn’t +take into account if the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-47029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so -this command shouldn’t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for this + id="dx1-47029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so this +command shouldn’t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for this reference. -</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 6050--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-47030"></a> within the definition of <span @@ -11507,7 +11992,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" > The commands <span +</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="indent" > The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a id="dx1-47031"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a @@ -11515,326 +12000,350 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a id="dx1-47033"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a - id="dx1-47034"></a>, + id="dx1-47034"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a + id="dx1-47035"></a> and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtex</span><a - id="dx1-47035"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span><a - id="dx1-47036"></a> are typically updated at the start of the -<a + id="dx1-47036"></a> are typically updated at the start of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands so they can usually be accessed in the hook -user commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands +so they can usually be accessed in the hook user commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-47037"></a> and <span + id="dx1-47037"></a> and +<span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a id="dx1-47038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5729--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can -use -</p><!--l. 5731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a + id="dx1-47039"></a> within the fields that are accessed using the +<a +href="#x1-450006.1"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a +href="#x1-460006.2"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands (such as the <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-47040"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-47041"></a>, <span +class="cmss-10">long</span><a + id="dx1-47042"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">short</span><a + id="dx1-47043"></a> keys) will cause a +problem. The entry formatting performed by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>and related commands isn’t +scoped (otherwise if would cause problems for <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>which may need to look +ahead as well as look behind). This means that any nested commands will, at the very least, +change the label stored in <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use +</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47039"></a> <span + id="dx1-47044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" > This uses the above commands to display just the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47040"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47045"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-47041"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47046"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-47042"></a> or <span + id="dx1-47047"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47043"></a> keys -(or the custom text) with the insert text appended. -</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms (defined via + id="dx1-47048"></a> keys (or the +custom text) with the insert text appended. + + +</p><!--l. 6080--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-47044"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 5740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-47049"></a>) you can use: +</p><!--l. 6082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenacfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47045"></a> <span + id="dx1-47050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5742--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6084--><p class="noindent" > This uses the values from the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-47046"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47051"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-47047"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47052"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-47048"></a> and <span + id="dx1-47053"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-47049"></a> keys, rather than + id="dx1-47054"></a> keys, rather than using the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-47050"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47055"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-47051"></a>, <span + id="dx1-47056"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47052"></a> and <span + id="dx1-47057"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47053"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained + id="dx1-47058"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47054"></a> <span + id="dx1-47059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6091--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47055"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 5752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-47060"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via: +</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47056"></a> <span + id="dx1-47061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5754--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47057"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span + id="dx1-47062"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is -the insert text provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the +insert text provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47058"></a>. The - - -default behaviour is to do the long form (or plural long form) followed by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ and -a space and the short form (or plural short form) in parentheses, where the short form + id="dx1-47063"></a>. The default +behaviour is to do the long form (or plural long form) followed by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ and a space +and the short form (or plural short form) in parentheses, where the short form is in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-47059"></a>. There are also first letter upper case + id="dx1-47064"></a>. There are also first letter upper case versions: -</p><!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47060"></a> <span + id="dx1-47065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47061"></a> <span + id="dx1-47066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" > -By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents -and then use <span +</p><!--l. 6111--><p class="noindent" > +By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents and then +use <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-47062"></a> to convert the first character to upper case. If there are -issues caused by this expansion, you will need to redefine those commands to explicitly + id="dx1-47067"></a> to convert the first character to upper case. If there are issues +caused by this expansion, you will need to redefine those commands to explicitly use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-47063"></a> (which is what the predefined acronym styles, such -as <span + id="dx1-47068"></a> (which is what the predefined acronym styles, +such as <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-47064"></a>, do). Otherwise, you only need to redefine <span + id="dx1-47069"></a>, do). Otherwise, you only need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-47065"></a> and -<span + id="dx1-47070"></a> +and <span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-47066"></a> to change the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-47071"></a> to change the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47067"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-47072"></a>. See <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of acronyms. -</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is not used by the <a +</p><!--l. 6123--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(or the formatting given by <span +class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>) is not used by +the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. -</div> -</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. </div> +</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands -use -</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands use +</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47068"></a> <span + id="dx1-47073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5789--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" > after the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. -(For example, to switch off the hyperlink under certain conditions.) This version also +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. (For +example, to switch off the hyperlink under certain conditions.) This version also introduces -</p><!--l. 5793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostlinkhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47069"></a> <span + id="dx1-47074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" > which is done after the link text has been displayed and also <span class="cmti-10">after </span>the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use -flag</a> has been unset (see example <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been +unset (see example <a href="#x1-62077r24">24<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:dotabbr --></a>). <a - id="x1-47070r8"></a> -</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-47075r8"></a> + + +</p><!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a - id="x1-47071"></a> -</p><!--l. 5801--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span + id="x1-47076"></a> +</p><!--l. 6144--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-47072"></a> -key to store the unit: - - + id="dx1-47077"></a> key to +store the unit: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> \newglossaryentry{distance}{name=distance,  <br />description={The length between two points},  <br />symbol={km}} </div> -<!--l. 5807--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6150--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, -then you can redefine <span +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, then +you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47073"></a> as follows: - - + id="dx1-47078"></a> as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span +<!--l. 6159--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6161--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a - id="dx1-47074"></a> rather than <span + id="dx1-47079"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a - id="dx1-47075"></a> to avoid nested + id="dx1-47080"></a> to avoid nested hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 5821--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a +</p><!--l. 6164--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-47076"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span + id="dx1-47081"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-47077"></a> + id="dx1-47082"></a> (described earlier). So if you do, say: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> \renewcommand{\glstextformat}[1]{\textbf{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5829--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6172--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>”. -</p><!--l. 5832--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +</p><!--l. 6175--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-5103r36"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. -</p> +class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5833--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5833--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6176--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6176--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-47078r9"></a> -<!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-47083r9"></a> +<!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-47079"></a> -</p><!--l. 5836--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span + id="x1-47084"></a> +</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> so that it includes the symbol, you can do: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> \defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}} </div> -<!--l. 5843--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: - - +<!--l. 6186--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> \newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,  <br />  name=set,  <br />  description={A collection of objects},  <br />  symbol={$S$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5851--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 6194--><p class="nopar" > The <a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span -class="cmmi-10">S</span>)” -(assuming <span +class="cmmi-10">S</span>)” (assuming +<span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47080"></a> was used). -</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can + id="dx1-47085"></a> was used). +</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can do: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> \defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted $\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}} </div> -<!--l. 5861--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: - - +<!--l. 6204--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> \newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,  <br />  name=set,  <br />  description={A collection of objects},  <br />  symbol={S}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5869--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 6212--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5870--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5870--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5872--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span +<!--l. 6213--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6213--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-47081"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that -displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. -</p><!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-47086"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays +the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. +</p><!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3> -<!--l. 5879--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +<!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-48001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">html</span><a @@ -11844,178 +12353,169 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands will automatically have hyperlinks to the -relevant glossary entry, unless the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands will automatically have hyperlinks to the relevant +glossary entry, unless the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-48003"></a> option has been switched off (either -explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <span + id="dx1-48003"></a> option has been switched off (either explicitly or through +implicit means, such as via the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-48004"></a> package -option). -</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: -</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-48004"></a> package option). +</p><!--l. 6229--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: +</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5889--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" > -respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a -group. Note that you should only use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands -<span +</p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" > +respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that +you should only use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a id="dx1-48007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span><a - id="dx1-48008"></a> have been defined (for example, by the <span + id="dx1-48008"></a> have +been defined (for example, by the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-48009"></a> -package). -</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a + id="dx1-48009"></a> package). +</p><!--l. 6242--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-48010"></a>. -Note that this option only affects the <a + id="dx1-48010"></a>. Note +that this option only affects the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands that recognise the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a id="x1-48011r10"></a> -</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6246--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote</span> - - -<span -class="cmbx-12">Description)</span><a +class="cmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a id="x1-48012"></a> -</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote -instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the -hyperlinks on first use via the package option <span +</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of +hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on +first use via the package option <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a id="dx1-48013"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5910--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span +<!--l. 6253--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-48014"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>): - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> \renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5918--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5920--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a -footnote. See the sample file <a +<!--l. 6261--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the +sample file <a href="#x1-5029r10"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. -</p> +class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6268--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-48015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you -only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for glossaries that have a different form -on first use. This can be achieved by noting that since the entries that require -hyperlinking for all instances have identical first and subsequent text, they can be -unset via <span + id="dx1-48015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only +want to disable the hyperlinks on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for glossaries that have a different form on first use. +This can be achieved by noting that since the entries that require hyperlinking for all +instances have identical first and subsequent text, they can be unset via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><a - id="dx1-48016"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-48016"></a> (see +<a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a -href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the -<span +href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-48017"></a> option doesn’t get applied. + id="dx1-48017"></a> option doesn’t get +applied. <a id="x1-48018r11"></a> -</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a id="x1-48019"></a> -</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for -entries in the main glossary. I can load the <span +</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in +the main glossary. I can load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5941--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: - - +<!--l. 6284--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> \glsunsetall[main] </div> -<!--l. 5945--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 6288--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5949--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks -via <span +<!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6292--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-48020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition -of <span + id="dx1-48020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-48021"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) via <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-48022"></a> -(see <a + id="dx1-48022"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 +</a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). <a id="x1-48023r12"></a> -</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math</span> -<span -class="cmbx-12">Mode)</span><a +class="cmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode)</span><a id="x1-48024"></a> -</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the +</p><!--l. 6300--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math -mode. I can do this by adding the glossary to the list of nohypertypes and redefining +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math mode. +I can do this by adding the glossary to the list of nohypertypes and redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-48025"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> \GlsDeclareNoHyperList{main}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \ifmmode @@ -12027,66 +12527,62 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5974--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a +<!--l. 6317--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, which will have the -hyperlinks off unless they’re forced on using the plus variant. -</p><!--l. 5979--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, which will have the hyperlinks off +unless they’re forced on using the plus variant. +</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a href="#x1-5101r35"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. -</p> +class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5981--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-48026r13"></a> -<!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter)</span><a id="x1-48027"></a> -</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first -time an entry is used per chapter. This doesn’t involve resetting the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use -flag</a>. Instead it adds a new key using <span +</p><!--l. 6327--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an +entry is used per chapter. This doesn’t involve resetting the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Instead it adds +a new key using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a id="dx1-48028"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.5 </a><a -href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage -Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>) that keeps track of the chapter number that the entry was last used -in: - - +href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>) that keeps track of the chapter +number that the entry was last used in: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> \glsaddstoragekey{chapter}{0}{\glschapnum} </div> -<!--l. 5991--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span -class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum </span>that’s analogous to -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. The default value for this key is 0. I then define my glossary entries -as usual. -</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span +<!--l. 6334--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span +class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum </span>that’s analogous to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. +The default value for this key is 0. I then define my glossary entries as usual. +</p><!--l. 6339--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a id="dx1-48029"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of -the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) so that it determines the current chapter number (which is stored in -<span -class="cmtt-10">\currentchap </span>using <span -class="cmtt-10">\edef</span>). This value is then compared with the value of the -entry’s <span -class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>key that I defined earlier. If they’re the same, this entry -has already been used in this chapter so the hyperlink is switched off using -<span +href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link +text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) so that it determines the current chapter number (which is stored in <span +class="cmtt-10">\currentchap</span> +using <span +class="cmtt-10">\edef</span>). This value is then compared with the value of the entry’s <span +class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>key that I +defined earlier. If they’re the same, this entry has already been used in this chapter so the +hyperlink is switched off using <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a id="dx1-48030"></a>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\setkeys </span>command. If the chapter number isn’t the same, then this -entry hasn’t been used in the current chapter. The <span -class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>field is updated -using <span +class="cmtt-10">\setkeys </span>command. If the chapter number isn’t the +same, then this entry hasn’t been used in the current chapter. The <span +class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>field is +updated using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a id="dx1-48031"></a> (<a href="#sec:fetchset"><span @@ -12095,10 +12591,10 @@ href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: s provided the user hasn’t switched off the hyperlink. (This test is performed using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span>. - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> \renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%  <br /> \edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%  <br /> \ifnum\currentchap=\glschapnum{\glslabel}\relax @@ -12108,27 +12604,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span>.  <br /> \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6017--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc when the chapter counter is 0. -(That is, before the first <span +<!--l. 6360--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc when the chapter counter is 0. (That is, +before the first <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>.) -</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a +</p><!--l. 6364--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a href="#x1-5095r30"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6023--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6366--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 6368--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2> -</p><!--l. 6028--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that -point in the document using: -</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6371--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in +the document using: +</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49001"></a> <span @@ -12137,121 +12633,118 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="noindent" > This is similar to the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, only it doesn’t produce any text (so therefore, there is no <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a id="dx1-49002"></a> key available in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ but all the other options that can -be used with <a +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ but all the other options that can be +used with <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands can be passed to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>). For example, to add a page range to the glossary number list for the entry whose label is given by <span class="cmtt-10">set</span>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> \glsadd[format=(]{set}  <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.  <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set} </div> -<!--l. 6043--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6045--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: -</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6386--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6388--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: +</p><!--l. 6389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6048--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument is the same as for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span class="cmss-10">types</span><a - id="dx1-49004"></a> -which can be used to specify which glossaries to use. This should be a comma -separated list. For example, if you only want to add all the entries belonging -to the list of acronyms (specified by the glossary type <span + id="dx1-49004"></a> which can +be used to specify which glossaries to use. This should be a comma separated list. For +example, if you only want to add all the entries belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by +the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-49005"></a>) and -a list of notation (specified by the glossary type <span -class="cmtt-10">notation</span>) then you can -do: - - + id="dx1-49005"></a>) and a list of notation (specified by the glossary type +<span +class="cmtt-10">notation</span>) then you can do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}] </div> -<!--l. 6059--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6061--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 6402--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-49006"></a></a>. -In the case of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, all entries in the glossary will have the same location in -the number list. If you want to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, it’s best to suppress the -number list with the <span + id="dx1-49006"></a></a>. In the +case of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, all entries in the glossary will have the same location in the number list. +If you want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, it’s best to suppress the number list with the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-49007"></a> package option. (See sections <a + id="dx1-49007"></a> +package option. (See sections <a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a -href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) -</div> -</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already -been used: -</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div> +</p><!--l. 6411--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already been +used: +</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddallunused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="noindent" > This command uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the -number list. The optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If -omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries. -</p><!--l. 6080--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it’s best to place the command at the end -of the document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the number +list. The optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it +defaults to the list of all defined glossaries. +</p><!--l. 6423--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it’s best to place the command at the end of the +document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious comma or dash in the location list. <a id="x1-49009r14"></a> -</p><!--l. 6085--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Dual Entries)</span><a id="x1-49010"></a> -</p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > The example file <a +</p><!--l. 6429--><p class="indent" > The example file <a href="#x1-5063r21"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for -an entry that should appear both in the main glossary and in the list of -acronyms. This example sets up the list of acronyms using the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for an entry that +should appear both in the main glossary and in the list of acronyms. This example sets up the +list of acronyms using the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-49011"></a> package -option: - - + id="dx1-49011"></a> package option: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6092--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: - - +<!--l. 6435--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> \newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%  <br />  \newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%  <br />  text={#3\glsadd{#2}},% @@ -12261,7 +12754,7 @@ option:  <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6104--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 6447--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a @@ -12279,29 +12772,29 @@ class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> You can then define a new dual entry: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> \newdualentry{svm}% label  <br />  {SVM}% abbreviation  <br />  {support vector machine}% long form  <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description </div> -<!--l. 6115--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in -the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6458--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the +main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 6120--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 6463--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6463--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 6123--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 6466--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50001"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a @@ -12310,42 +12803,40 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50002"></a> (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) <span -class="cmti-10">before </span>defining any terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms -that you have cross-referenced don’t appear in the glossary, check that you have -put <span +class="cmti-10">before </span>defining any terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms that +you have cross-referenced don’t appear in the glossary, check that you have put +<span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. -</div> -</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6132--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div> +</p><!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-50004x1">You can use commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-50005"></a> in the entries description. For - example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> + id="dx1-50005"></a> in the entries description. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 6141--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the - main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a + <!--l. 6484--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part + of the document, you will need two runs of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-50006"></a></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> latex filename  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename </div> - <!--l. 6151--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6494--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-50008x2">As described in <a @@ -12353,64 +12844,62 @@ href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50009"></a> key when you - define the entry. For example: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> + id="dx1-50009"></a> key when you define + the entry. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin  <br />series},  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 6160--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span + <!--l. 6503--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50010"></a> key will automatically be added to - the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure - that you use the cross-referenced term with the commands described in <a + id="dx1-50010"></a> key will automatically be added to the + glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure that you + use the cross-referenced term with the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a -href="#sec:glslink">Links - to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a +href="#sec:glslink">Links to + Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>. - </p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span + </p><!--l. 6510--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-50011"></a>, but can be overridden in - specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span + id="dx1-50011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances + using square brackets at the start of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50012"></a> value. For - example: - - + id="dx1-50012"></a> value. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin  <br />series},  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as - <span + <!--l. 6518--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-50013"></a> or <span + id="dx1-50013"></a> + or <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-50014"></a> as the value will need to be grouped. For - example: - - + id="dx1-50014"></a> as the value will need to be grouped. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> \newterm{seal}  <br />\newterm[see={[see also]seal}]{sea lion} </div> - <!--l. 6182--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: - - + <!--l. 6525--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> \glossaryentry{lemon}{  <br />  name={lemon},  <br />  description={Yellow citrus fruit} @@ -12427,11 +12916,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a  <br />  see={lemon,lime}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 6200--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6543--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-50016x3">After you have defined the entry, use - <!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssee</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50017"></a> <span @@ -12442,39 +12931,37 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be - cross-referenced, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the entry doing the cross-referencing - and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the “see” tag. (The default value of ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be cross-referenced, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ + is the label of the entry doing the cross-referencing and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the “see” tag. (The + default value of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-50018"></a>.) For - example: - - + id="dx1-50018"></a>.) For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> \glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem} </div> - <!--l. 6213--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ to the glossary but - doesn’t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by ⟨<span + <!--l. 6556--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ to the glossary + but doesn’t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩) to the glossary.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 6219--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the -<a +<!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-50019"></a></a>, whereas in case 1, the cross-referenced information appears -in the description. (See the <a + id="dx1-50019"></a></a>, +whereas in case 1, the cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the +<a href="#x1-5031r12"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span></a> example file that comes -with this package.) This means that in cases 2 and 3, the cross-referencing -information won’t appear if you have suppressed the number list<a - id="dx1-50020"></a>. In this -case, you will need to activate the number list<a +class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span></a> example file that comes with this package.) This means that in +cases 2 and 3, the cross-referencing information won’t appear if you have suppressed the +number list<a + id="dx1-50020"></a>. In this case, you will need to activate the number list<a id="dx1-50021"></a> for the given entries using <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a @@ -12489,15 +12976,15 @@ class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-50026"></a> package option. </p> -<!--l. 6231--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3> -<!--l. 6234--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span +<!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a id="dx1-51001"></a> key or the command <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing -information will be typeset in the glossary according to: -</p><!--l. 6237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information +will be typeset in the glossary according to: +</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51002"></a> <span @@ -12508,7 +12995,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6582--><p class="noindent" > The default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -12518,354 +13005,359 @@ class="cmtt-10">} \glsseelist{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label-list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -Note that the location is always -ignored.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a +Note that the location is always ignored.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x8" id="fn1x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-51003f1"></a> For example, if you want the tag to appear in bold, you can do:<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn2x8" id="fn2x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-51005f2"></a> - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}  <br /> \glsseelist{#2}} </div> -<!--l. 6255--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span +<!--l. 6598--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by -</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseesep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6606--><p class="noindent" > or (for the last pair) -</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6608--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseelastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6610--><p class="noindent" > These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a id="dx1-51010"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry -text is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 6271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is +displayed using: +</p><!--l. 6614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-51011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6273--><p class="noindent" > -This defaults to -<span +</p><!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" > +This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-51012"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x9" id="fn3x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn3x8" id="fn3x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><a id="x1-51013f3"></a> For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%  <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 6281--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6283--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span +<!--l. 6624--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6626--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a id="dx1-51016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a - id="dx1-51017"></a> in the main body of the text, but -they won’t automatically add the cross-referenced entries to the glossary. If you want -them added with that location, you can do: - - + id="dx1-51017"></a> in the main body of the text, but they +won’t automatically add the cross-referenced entries to the glossary. If you want them added +with that location, you can do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> Some information (see also  <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%  <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}). </div> -<!--l. 6292--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" > - - +<!--l. 6635--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" > + + </p> -<!--l. 6295--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6638--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2> -</p><!--l. 6298--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any +</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any information to the glossary. They don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-52001"></a>, they don’t have -any optional arguments, they don’t affect the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from -<span + id="dx1-52001"></a>, they don’t have any optional +arguments, they don’t affect the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-52002"></a>, they don’t produce hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will -need to provide an alternative via <span + id="dx1-52002"></a>, they don’t +produce hyperlinks. +</p><!--l. 6647--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need +to provide an alternative via <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-52003"></a>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>if you want to use -them in sectioning commands. (This isn’t specific to the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.) See the -<span +class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>if you want to use them in +sectioning commands. (This isn’t specific to the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.) See the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52004"></a> documentation for further details. All the commands that convert the -first letter to upper case aren’t expandable. The other commands depend -on whether their corresponding keys were assigned non-expandable values. -</div> -</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="indent" > If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use -<span + id="dx1-52004"></a> +documentation for further details. All the commands that convert the first letter to upper +case aren’t expandable. The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys +were assigned non-expandable values. </div> +</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6658--><p class="indent" > If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords</span><a id="dx1-52005"></a>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ defined by the <span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ +defined by the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-52006"></a> package, but make sure you use one of -the expandable commands within ⟨<span + id="dx1-52006"></a> package, but make sure you use one of the expandable commands +within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> \ecaptialisewords{\glsentrytext{somelabel}} </div> -<!--l. 6321--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords </span>is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6664--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords </span>is not expandable. Note that this command has the same +limitations as <span +class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>which is used by commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>to +upper-case the first letter (see the notes about <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>in <a +href="#x1-450006.1"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +href="#x1-450006.1">The <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First +Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>). +</p><!--l. 6670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6675--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by -the <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the +<span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-52009"></a> key. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>makes the first letter upper case. Neither of these -commands check for the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>makes the first letter upper case. Neither of these commands check +for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The first form <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>is -expandable (unless the name contains unexpandable commands). Note that this may -be different from the values of the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>is expandable (unless the name +contains unexpandable commands). Note that this may be different from the values of the +<span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-52010"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-52011"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use -<span + id="dx1-52011"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>. -</p><!--l. 6340--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider -using <span +</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using +<span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span -class="cmsy-10">} </span>but also checks for the -existence of ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined -glossary styles, so if you want to change the way the name is formatted in -the glossary, you can redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>to use the required fonts. For -example: - - +class="cmsy-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. +This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles, so if you want to +change the way the name is formatted in the glossary, you can redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>to use +the required fonts. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}} </div> -<!--l. 6356--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6702--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6705--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper -case. -</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper case. +</p><!--l. 6709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6712--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="noindent" > -These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span +</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="noindent" > +These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as +specified by the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-52016"></a> key. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext </span>makes the first letter upper -case. The first form is expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable -commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of -⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is +expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not +expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="noindent" > -These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span +</p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" > +These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, +as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a id="dx1-52019"></a> key. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural </span>makes the first letter upper -case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. +The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6738--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6741--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as -specified by the <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, +as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-52022"></a> key. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst </span>makes the first letter upper case. The -first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst </span>makes the first letter upper case. +The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural form of the <a -href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry - - -given by ⟨<span +href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by +⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-52025"></a> key. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural </span>makes the -first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key -contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither -checks for the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural </span>makes the first letter upper +case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable + + +commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of +⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span> +makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key +contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for +the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -<span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless -the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not -expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -12873,64 +13365,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the description. -</p><!--l. 6436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6438--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This -command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 6442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not +expandable. +</p><!--l. 6788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6444--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6790--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable -(unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is -not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless +the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. +Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6807--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span> +makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key +contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for +the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -<span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable -(unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is -not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsletentryfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52034"></a> <span @@ -12941,177 +13433,176 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" > -This command doesn’t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with -the given field (where the available field names are listed in <a -href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and stores the -result in the control sequence ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩. For example, to store the description for the entry -whose label is “apple” in the control sequence <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="noindent" > +This command doesn’t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with the given +field (where the available field names are listed in <a +href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and stores the result in the +control sequence ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩. For example, to store the description for the entry whose label is “apple” +in the control sequence <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\tmp</span></span></span>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> \glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc} </div> -<!--l. 6480--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6826--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This -command is not expandable. It’s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to -display the symbol. -</p><!--l. 6489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command +is not expandable. It’s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to display the +symbol. +</p><!--l. 6835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This -command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 6495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is +not expandable. +</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is -expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The -second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable +(unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not +expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6513--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6516--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6871--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 6531--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6534--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6537--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" > -These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry -given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the -key contains unexpandable commands). The commands beginning with an -upper case letter convert the first letter of the required value to upper case -and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the existence of -⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="noindent" > +These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The +lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the key contains unexpandable +commands). The commands beginning with an upper case letter convert the first letter of the +required value to upper case and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the +existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshyperlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52051"></a> <span @@ -13120,7 +13611,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" > This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ <span class="cmbx-10">but does not add</span> @@ -13132,7 +13623,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-52053f1"></a>, but can be overridden using the optional argument. Note that the hyperlink will be suppressed if you have used <span @@ -13141,48 +13632,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-52058"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 6565--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been -added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a +</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to +the glossary using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a -href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary -Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a +href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a -href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise -you will end up with an undefined link. </div> -</p><!--l. 6570--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6572--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> or with the -<span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 +</a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an +undefined link. </div> +</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> or with the <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-52059"></a> package option: -</p><!--l. 6574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-52059"></a> +package option: +</p><!--l. 6920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" > Both display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-52062"></a></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. When used with <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> -a rerun is required to ensure this list is up-to-date, when used with Options <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> a rerun +is required to ensure this list is up-to-date, when used with Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a> a -run of <a +href="#option3">3</a> a run of +<a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-52063"></a></a> (or <a @@ -13191,61 +13682,60 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-52064"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-52065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required. -</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, -<span + id="dx1-52065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is +required. +</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The +second command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using: - - -</p><!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="noindent" > as the separator between all but the last two elements and -</p><!--l. 6593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6595--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" > between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 6599--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, but for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a> it only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when -the <span +href="#option3">3</a> it only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when the +<span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-52068"></a> key is set to <span -class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>). This command will only work -with <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>). This command will only work with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52069"></a> if you choose <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you try using this command with -Options <a + id="dx1-52069"></a> if you +choose <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you try using this command with Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52070"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. -</div> -</p><!--l. 6607--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6609--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information -to the glossary” in the documented code (<span + id="dx1-52070"></a>, +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div> +</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6955--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the +glossary” in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). - - + + </p> -<!--l. 6613--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6613--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6959--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2> </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -13255,12 +13745,12 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6620--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6966--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53002"></a> in the preamble.) @@ -13276,47 +13766,55 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-53004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were -defined. Note that, in the case of Options <a +<!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. +Note that, in the case of Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you -have either used the Perl script <a +href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you have either used +the Perl script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53005"></a></a> or have directly used <a + id="dx1-53005"></a></a> or Lua script <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a + id="dx1-53006"></a></a> or have directly +used <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-53006"></a></a> or -<a + id="dx1-53007"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-53007"></a></a> (as described in <a + id="dx1-53008"></a></a> (as described in <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). If the -glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). +(While the external files are missing, these commands will just do <span +class="cmtt-10">\null </span>for each missing +glossary to assist dictionary style documents that just use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>without inserting any +text.) +</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> your document, check the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-53008"></a>/<span + id="dx1-53009"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-53009"></a> log files to see if there is a problem. With <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you just need -two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to make the glossaries appear, but you may need further runs to -make the <a + id="dx1-53010"></a> log files to see if there is a problem. With <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you just need two +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to make the glossaries appear, but you may need further runs to make the +<a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-53010"></a>s</a> up-to-date. -</p><!--l. 6640--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: + id="dx1-53011"></a>s</a> up-to-date. +</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -13324,17 +13822,17 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6995--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53011"></a> <span + id="dx1-53012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6997--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53012"></a> in the preamble.) + id="dx1-53013"></a> in the preamble.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span @@ -13347,151 +13845,154 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53013"></a> <span + id="dx1-53014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7003--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53014"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span + id="dx1-53015"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 7006--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span -class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list of options. The following keys are available: +class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list of options. (Again, when the associated external file is missing, +<span +class="cmtt-10">\null </span>is inserted into the document.) +</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-53015"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If omitted, the default - glossary is assumed. For example, to print the list of acronyms: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> + id="dx1-53016"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If omitted, the default glossary is + assumed. For example, to print the list of acronyms: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] </div> - <!--l. 6662--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span + <!--l. 7017--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-53016"></a> to the - name of a glossary that was defined using <span + id="dx1-53017"></a> to the name of + a glossary that was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-53017"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-53018"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 - </a><a -href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) +class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a +href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New + Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-53018"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-53019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the glossary’s title (overriding the title specified when the glossary was defined). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">toctitle</span><a - id="dx1-53019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-53020"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the title to use for the table of contents (if the <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-53020"></a> package option has - been used). It may also be used for the page header, depending on the page - style. If omitted, the value of <span + id="dx1-53021"></a> package option has been + used). It may also be used for the page header, depending on the page style. If omitted, + the value of <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-53021"></a> is used. + id="dx1-53022"></a> is used. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-53022"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This specifies which glossary style to use for this glossary, overriding the effect of - the <span + id="dx1-53023"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This specifies which glossary style to use for this glossary, overriding the effect of the + <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-53023"></a> package option or <span + id="dx1-53024"></a> package option or <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-53024"></a>. + id="dx1-53025"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53025"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-53026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies whether to use a numbered section for this glossary, overriding the effect of the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53026"></a> package option. This key has the - same syntax as the <span + id="dx1-53027"></a> package option. This key has the same + syntax as the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53027"></a> package option, described in <a + id="dx1-53028"></a> package option, described in <a href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a -href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions">Sectioning, - Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. +href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions">Sectioning, Headings + and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-53028"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-53029"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. If true (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) - the numberlist is suppressed for this glossary. If false - (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary. +class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) the numberlist is + suppressed for this glossary. If false (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed + for this glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-53029"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the vertical gap between groups is - suppressed for this glossary. + id="dx1-53030"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the vertical gap between groups is suppressed for + this glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a - id="dx1-53030"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the full stop after the description is - suppressed for this glossary. + id="dx1-53031"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the full stop after the description is suppressed for + this glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53031"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same - name. The corresponding package option must be used to make <span + id="dx1-53032"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. + The corresponding package option must be used to make <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-53032"></a> - work correctly. + id="dx1-53033"></a> work + correctly. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53033"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the - same name. If you want to set both <span + id="dx1-53034"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same + name. If you want to set both <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53034"></a> and <span + id="dx1-53035"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53035"></a>, make sure - - - you specify <span + id="dx1-53036"></a>, make sure you specify + + + <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53036"></a> first. The corresponding package option must be used to - make <span + id="dx1-53037"></a> first. The corresponding package option must be used to make + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-53037"></a> work correctly. + id="dx1-53038"></a> work correctly. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-53038"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-53039"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This key is only available for <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. Possible values are: <span -class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word order), - <span -class="cmtt-10">letter </span>(letter order), <span +class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word order), <span +class="cmtt-10">letter</span> + (letter order), <span class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(word or letter ordering taken from the <span class="cmss-10">order</span><a - id="dx1-53039"></a> - package option), <span + id="dx1-53040"></a> package option), + <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>(order of use), <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>(order of definition) <span -class="cmtt-10">nocase</span> - (case-insensitive) or <span -class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive). - <!--l. 6721--><p class="noindent" >The +class="cmtt-10">nocase </span>(case-insensitive) or <span +class="cmtt-10">case</span> + (case-sensitive). + <!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >The word and letter @@ -13501,14 +14002,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive). use <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53040"></a>’s + id="dx1-53041"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlwordindexcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53041"></a> + id="dx1-53042"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53042"></a> + id="dx1-53043"></a> handlers. The case-insensitive @@ -13517,10 +14018,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span><a uses <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53043"></a>’s + id="dx1-53044"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span><a - id="dx1-53044"></a> + id="dx1-53045"></a> handler. The case-sensitive @@ -13529,136 +14030,135 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span><a uses <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53045"></a>’s + id="dx1-53046"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53046"></a> + id="dx1-53047"></a> handler. See the <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53047"></a> + id="dx1-53048"></a> documentation for further details. - </p><!--l. 6730--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span + </p><!--l. 7085--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error - with one of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the - - - <span +class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error with one + of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-53048"></a> package option or make sure none of the entries have fragile - commands in their <span + id="dx1-53049"></a> package + + + option or make sure none of the entries have fragile commands in their <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-53049"></a> field.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 6737--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span + id="dx1-53050"></a> + field.</p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a - id="dx1-53050"></a> or by <span + id="dx1-53051"></a> or by <span class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a - id="dx1-53051"></a>, depending on + id="dx1-53052"></a>, depending on whether or not <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span><a - id="dx1-53052"></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <span + id="dx1-53053"></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">section</span><a - id="dx1-53053"></a> package option or the -<span + id="dx1-53054"></a> package option or +the <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-53054"></a> command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using the -<span + id="dx1-53055"></a> command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using +the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53055"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the + id="dx1-53056"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the command -</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53056"></a> <span + id="dx1-53057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a - id="dx1-53057"></a><span + id="dx1-53058"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6745--><p class="noindent" > -If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you -will need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="noindent" > +If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need +to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a - id="dx1-53058"></a>. Further information about these options and -commands is given in <a + id="dx1-53059"></a>. Further information about these options and commands is +given in <a href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the -main body of the glossary) by redefining -</p><!--l. 6753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7106--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main +body of the glossary) by redefining +</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53059"></a> <span + id="dx1-53060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6755--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" > For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 6760--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use -</p><!--l. 6764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7115--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. +</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use +</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53060"></a> <span + id="dx1-53061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. -</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > For example: - - +</p><!--l. 7124--><p class="indent" > For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> \setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 6773--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any -preamble text for any other glossaries. -</p><!--l. 6777--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span +<!--l. 7128--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text +for any other glossaries. +</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called -</p><!--l. 6778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypostamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53061"></a> <span + id="dx1-53062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7135--><p class="noindent" > which is placed at the end of each glossary. <a - id="x1-53062r15"></a> -</p><!--l. 6783--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-53063r15"></a> +</p><!--l. 7138--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-53063"></a> -</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span + id="x1-53064"></a> +</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-53064"></a> + id="dx1-53065"></a> style<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-53065f1"></a>, -and you want the glossary to be in two columns, but after the glossary you want to -switch back to one column mode, you could do: - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> +href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-53066f1"></a>, +and you want the glossary to be in two columns, but after the glossary you want to switch +back to one column mode, you could do: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{%  <br />  \twocolumn[{\chapter*{#2}}]%  <br />  \setlength\glsdescwidth{0.6\linewidth}% @@ -13666,167 +14166,167 @@ switch back to one column mode, you could do:  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn} </div> -<!--l. 6798--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 7153--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6802--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53069"></a> <span + id="dx1-53070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6805--><p class="noindent" > -which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of -the glossary style. By default, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever -the surrounding font happens to be. This means that in the list-like glossary styles -(defined in the <span +</p><!--l. 7160--><p class="noindent" > +which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the +glossary style. By default, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever the +surrounding font happens to be. This means that in the list-like glossary styles (defined in +the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-53070"></a> style file) the name will appear in bold, since the name is -placed in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-53071"></a> style file) the name will appear in bold, since the name is placed +in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>, whereas in the tabular styles (defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-53071"></a> and <span + id="dx1-53072"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-53072"></a> style files) the name will appear in the normal font. -The hierarchical glossary styles (defined in the <span + id="dx1-53073"></a> style files) the name will appear in the normal font. The +hierarchical glossary styles (defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-53073"></a> style file) also set the -name in bold. + id="dx1-53074"></a> style file) also set the name in +bold. <a - id="x1-53074r16"></a> -</p><!--l. 6819--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-53075r16"></a> +</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names</span> +class="cmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the</span> <span -class="cmbx-12">in the Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-53075"></a> -</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in -your glossaries, then you can do: - - +class="cmbx-12">Glossary)</span><a + id="x1-53076"></a> +</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your +glossaries, then you can do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}} </div> -<!--l. 6824--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7179--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 6827--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6827--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2> -</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54002"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6834--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span +<!--l. 7189--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54003"></a> syntax. -</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" > <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external -<a -href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. This section covers the commands provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -package that allow you to adjust the <a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing +application</a>. This section covers the commands provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that allow +you to adjust the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54004"></a></a> style file (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-54005"></a>) and parameters. -</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a +</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54006"></a></a> style file, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides -the following commands: -</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the +following commands: +</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsopenbrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7203--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsclosebrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" > which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don’t -expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a -percent character using: -</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to +a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent character +using: +</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspercentchar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="noindent" > and a tilde character using: -</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstildechar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" > For example, a newline character is specified in a <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54011"></a></a> style file using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">~n</span></span></span> so you can -use <span +class="cmtt-10">~n</span></span></span> so you can use +<span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash -can be written to a file using -</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash can be +written to a file using +</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsbackslash</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6871--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character -active (e.g. <span +</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7226--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. +<span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-54013"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsquote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" > which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>. Alternatively, you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the -double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has -not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the double-quote +character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, +so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for clarity. -</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a +</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54015"></a></a> style file than is available through the @@ -13844,29 +14344,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54018"></a>, read the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54019"></a> documentation. I’m sorry I can’t provide any assistance with writing <span + id="dx1-54019"></a> documentation. I’m sorry I can’t provide any assistance with writing +<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54020"></a> -style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <span + id="dx1-54020"></a> style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-54021"></a> mailing list (<a href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span></a>). - - + + </p> -<!--l. 6892--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3> -<!--l. 6895--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a +<!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-55001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you have written your own custom <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55002"></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet and -sort rules). If you use <a + id="dx1-55002"></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet +and sort rules). If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-55003"></a></a>, this information is obtained from the @@ -13881,7 +14381,7 @@ language given your document settings, but in the event that it gets it wrong or class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-55006"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language using: -</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55007"></a> <span @@ -13889,69 +14389,67 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">language</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7261--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you -have multiple glossaries in different languages. If ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩ is omitted, it will be -applied to all glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the -glossary given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have +multiple glossaries in different languages. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩ is omitted, it will be applied to all +glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the glossary given by +⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 7269--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-55008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the -value of <span + id="dx1-55008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of +<span class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a - id="dx1-55009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding -using: -</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-55009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: +</p><!--l. 7272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7274--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the name of the encoding. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8} </div> -<!--l. 6923--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option +<!--l. 7278--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7280--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,codepage=</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6931--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a +<!--l. 7286--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, -you need to set the language to nothing: - - + id="dx1-55011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need +to set the language to nothing: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> -<!--l. 6938--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span +<!--l. 7293--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-55012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). -</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don’t use <a @@ -13962,134 +14460,133 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-55014"></a></a> without <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55015"></a> you need -to remember to set the language and encoding using the <span + id="dx1-55015"></a> you +need to remember to set the language and encoding using the <span class="cmtt-10">-L </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">-C </span>switches. </div> -</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3> -<!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span +<!--l. 7308--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-56001"></a>, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using -in the <a +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using in the +<a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-56002"></a></a> in order to correctly format the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56003"></a></a> style file. Counters specified -using the <span + id="dx1-56003"></a></a> style file. Counters specified using the +<span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-56004"></a> package option or the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ option of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-56005"></a> are -automatically taken care of, but if you plan to use a different counter in the <span + id="dx1-56005"></a> are automatically taken +care of, but if you plan to use a different counter in the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-56006"></a> -key for commands like <span + id="dx1-56006"></a> key for commands +like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-56007"></a>, then you need to identify these counters <span -class="cmti-10">before</span> -<span +class="cmti-10">before </span><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56008"></a> using: -</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56008"></a> +using: +</p><!--l. 7316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of counter names. -</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span +</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-56010"></a> key (<span class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a id="dx1-56011"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a - id="dx1-56012"></a> etc) are -automatically added to the <a + id="dx1-56012"></a> etc) are automatically +added to the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, -you need to add it using: -</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it +using: +</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a id="dx1-56015"></a> key. <a id="x1-56016r17"></a> -</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a id="x1-56017"></a> -</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a -command that will do this: - - +</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that +will do this: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 6981--><p class="nopar" > but with <a +<!--l. 7336--><p class="nopar" > but with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-56018"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} </div> -<!--l. 6986--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span +<!--l. 7341--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-56019"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry. </div> -<!--l. 6991--><p class="nopar" > (where <span +<!--l. 7346--><p class="nopar" > (where <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6993--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6993--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 7348--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7348--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7350--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56020"></a> is used or if -<span + id="dx1-56020"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56021"></a> is omitted. <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>must be used before -<span + id="dx1-56021"></a> is +omitted. <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56022"></a>. Additionally, <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before + id="dx1-56022"></a>. Additionally, <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a -location style in the appropriate format using -</p><!--l. 7005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location +style in the appropriate format using +</p><!--l. 7360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56023"></a> <span @@ -14101,167 +14598,164 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7007--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the format and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56024"></a></a> -definition. The optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">prefix-location</span>⟩ is needed if -<span + id="dx1-56024"></a></a> definition. The optional +argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">prefix-location</span>⟩ is needed if <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ either isn’t defined or is different from <span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ either isn’t defined or is different +from <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. (See also -<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. (See also <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><a id="dx1-56025"></a> described in <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +href="#sec:numberlists">Number +lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) +</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56026"></a> is used or if -<span + id="dx1-56026"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56027"></a> is omitted. <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before -<span + id="dx1-56027"></a> is +omitted. <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-56028"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-56029r18"></a> -</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a id="x1-56030"></a> -</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where -I redefine <span +</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I +redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}} </div> -<!--l. 7026--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the -counter will be used as a location number: - - +<!--l. 7381--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter +will be used as a location number: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> \GlsAddXdyCounters{section} </div> -<!--l. 7032--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span +<!--l. 7387--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>): - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{section}{:sep "[" "arabic-numbers" :sep "]"  <br />  "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7039--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span +<!--l. 7394--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-56031"></a> package and want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\theHsection </span>as: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}  <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}} </div> -<!--l. 7045--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span +<!--l. 7400--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7051--><p class="nopar" > Since <span +<!--l. 7406--><p class="nopar" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a - id="dx1-56032"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to -add an extra location to catch this: - - + id="dx1-56032"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an +extra location to catch this: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep "["  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7058--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a +<!--l. 7413--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a href="#x1-5076r24"><span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7061--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-56033r19"></a> -<!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a id="x1-56034"></a> -</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use -the <span +</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the +<span class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a id="dx1-56035"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a id="dx1-56036"></a> as follows: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} </div> -<!--l. 7069--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7424--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \Numberstringnum</span><span class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the Arabic -page number. This means that I need to define a new location that has that -form: - - +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the Arabic page +number. This means that I need to define a new location that has that form: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space  <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 7077--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear -in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 7432--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format, +since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56037"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control -sequences. -</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" > Note that <span + id="dx1-56037"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences. +</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the form: -</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>⟨<span @@ -14271,21 +14765,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="noindent" > for each counter that has been identified either by the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-56038"></a> package option, the -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ option for <span + id="dx1-56038"></a> package option, the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ +option for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-56039"></a> or in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a id="dx1-56040"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩ is only relevant when used with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-56041"></a> package -and indicates that <span + id="dx1-56041"></a> package and +indicates that <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hcounter</span>⟩ is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\Hprefix</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -14297,27 +14791,27 @@ href="#x1-5065r23"><span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a>, which comes with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, uses the default <span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-56042"></a> -counter for locations, and it uses the default <span + id="dx1-56042"></a> counter for +locations, and it uses the default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a - id="dx1-56043"></a> and a custom -<span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>format. A new <a + id="dx1-56043"></a> and a custom <span +class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>format. A +new <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-56044"></a></a> location called <span -class="cmtt-10">Numberstring</span>, as illustrated above, -is defined to make the page numbers appear as “One”, “Two”, etc. In order for the -location numbers to hyperlink to the relevant pages, I need to redefine the necessary -<span +class="cmtt-10">Numberstring</span>, as illustrated above, is defined to make the +page numbers appear as “One”, “Two”, etc. In order for the location numbers to +hyperlink to the relevant pages, I need to redefine the necessary <span class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ commands: - - +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ +commands: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> \renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%  <br /> \linkpagenumber#2%  <br />} @@ -14326,53 +14820,52 @@ class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ commands:  <br />}  <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} </div> -<!--l. 7112--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7467--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7115--><p class="indent" > In the <a +<!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7470--><p class="indent" > In the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-56045"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default ordering is: -<span + id="dx1-56045"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default +ordering is: <span class="cmtt-10">roman-page-numbers </span>(e.g. i), <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic-page-numbers </span>(e.g. 1), <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic-section-numbers</span> -(e.g. 1.1 if the compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a +class="cmtt-10">arabic-page-numbers </span>(e.g. 1), +<span +class="cmtt-10">arabic-section-numbers </span>(e.g. 1.1 if the compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x12" id="fn1x12-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-56046f1"></a>), <span class="cmtt-10">alpha-page-numbers </span>(e.g. a), <span -class="cmtt-10">Roman-page-numbers </span>(e.g. I), +class="cmtt-10">Roman-page-numbers </span>(e.g. I), <span +class="cmtt-10">Alpha-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A), <span -class="cmtt-10">Alpha-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A), <span -class="cmtt-10">Appendix-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A.1 if the -Alpha compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a -hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x12" id="fn2x12-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><a +class="cmtt-10">Appendix-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A.1 if the Alpha compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor +is a hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x11" id="fn2x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-56048f2"></a>), user defined location names (as specified by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a - id="dx1-56050"></a> in the order in -which they were defined), <span + id="dx1-56050"></a> in the order in which +they were defined), <span class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7486--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56051"></a> -</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location names</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="noindent" > -where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white -space. For example: - - +</p><!--l. 7489--><p class="noindent" > +where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. +For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> \GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{  <br />  "arabic-page-numbers"  <br />  "arabic-section-numbers" @@ -14384,8 +14877,8 @@ space. For example:  <br />  "see"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7148--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 7503--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7505--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-56052"></a> is used or if @@ -14396,38 +14889,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-56054"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > If a <a +</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7512--><p class="indent" > If a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-56055"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be -concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation -defaults to 2, but can be changed using: - - -</p><!--l. 7162--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to +2, but can be changed using: + + +</p><!--l. 7517--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56056"></a> -</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="noindent" > For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3} </div> -<!--l. 7169--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span -class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should -be no range formations. See the <a +<!--l. 7524--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span +class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range +formations. See the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56057"></a></a> manual for further details on range -formations. -</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span + id="dx1-56057"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. +</p><!--l. 7529--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a id="dx1-56058"></a> is used or if @@ -14438,63 +14930,62 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-56060"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 7534--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details. </p> -<!--l. 7183--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7538--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3> -<!--l. 7186--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the -<span +<!--l. 7541--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-57001"></a> package option. For example: - - + id="dx1-57001"></a> package +option. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 7192--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in -the default group. -</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” -letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this -using: -</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7547--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the +default group. +</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter +group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using: +</p><!--l. 7555--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57002"></a> -</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">letter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7203--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7560--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-57003"></a> is used or -if <span + id="dx1-57003"></a> is used or if +<span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-57004"></a> is omitted. <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>must be used -before <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>must be used before +<span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-57005"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" > - - +</p><!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" > + + </p> -<!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7567--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7567--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2> -</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: -</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7570--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: +</p><!--l. 7571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58001"></a> <span @@ -14506,30 +14997,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ -specify the extensions to give to the input and output files for that glossary, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the -default title for this new glossary and the final optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ -specifies which counter to use for the associated <a +class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ specify +the extensions to give to the input and output files for that glossary, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the default title +for this new glossary and the final optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ specifies which counter to use +for the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-58002"></a>s</a> (see also <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 -</a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument specifies the extension for the -<a +class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument +specifies the extension for the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-58003"></a></a> (<a @@ -14537,8 +15027,8 @@ href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-58004"></a></a> (<a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>) transcript file (this information -is only used by <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>) transcript file (this +information is only used by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-58005"></a></a> which picks up the information from the @@ -14548,16 +15038,16 @@ class="cmti-10">log-ext</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ arguments are ignored. -</p><!--l. 7232--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ must not contain any active characters. It’s generally -best to stick with just characters that have category code 11 (typically the -non-extended <a -href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a +</p><!--l. 7587--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ must not contain any active characters. It’s generally best to +stick with just characters that have category code 11 (typically the non-extended <a +href="#glo:latinchar">Latin +character<a id="dx1-58006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>). </div> -</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): -</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7594--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): +</p><!--l. 7595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58007"></a> <span @@ -14568,7 +15058,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7597--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -14591,7 +15081,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> or you can also use: -<!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\altnewglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58008"></a> <span @@ -14603,9 +15093,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7605--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -14628,35 +15117,34 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 7256--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common -that they don’t need to be listed. In this case, you can define a special type -of glossary that doesn’t create any associated files. This is referred to as -an “ignored glossary” and it’s ignored by commands that iterate over all -the glossaries, such as <span +<!--l. 7611--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed. +In this case, you can define a special type of glossary that doesn’t create any associated files. +This is referred to as an “ignored glossary” and it’s ignored by commands that iterate +over all the glossaries, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-58009"></a>. To define an ignored glossary, use - - -</p><!--l. 7262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will -automatically be added to the <span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will automatically be + + +added to the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-58011"></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the -entries in an ignored glossary. (The sample file <a + id="dx1-58011"></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the entries in +an ignored glossary. (The sample file <a href="#x1-5103r36"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an -ignored glossary.) -</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: -</p><!--l. 7272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored +glossary.) +</p><!--l. 7626--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: +</p><!--l. 7627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-58012"></a> <span @@ -14667,33 +15155,32 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does -⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: - - +</p><!--l. 7633--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname} </div> -<!--l. 7281--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 7636--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-58013"></a> package option is used). -Using the <span + id="dx1-58013"></a> package option is used). Using +the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-58014"></a> package option is equivalent to: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 7287--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 7642--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-58015"></a> @@ -14705,53 +15192,51 @@ class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>which is set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-58017"></a> option has been -used, otherwise it is set to <span -class="cmtt-10">main</span>. Note that if you are using the main glossary as your -list of acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option + id="dx1-58017"></a> option has been used, +otherwise it is set to <span +class="cmtt-10">main</span>. Note that if you are using the main glossary as your list of +acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-58018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7298--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 7653--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a id="dx1-58019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">symbols</span> -using: - - +class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>using: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 7302--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 7657--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a id="dx1-58020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">numbers</span> -using: - - +class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>using: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 7307--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 7662--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a id="dx1-58021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>using: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname} </div> -<!--l. 7312--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7314--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a +<!--l. 7667--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7669--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-58022"></a> to -ensure that the relevant output files are opened. -</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="indent" > See <a + id="dx1-58022"></a> to ensure that +the relevant output files are opened. +</p><!--l. 7673--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span @@ -14761,50 +15246,55 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-58023"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a id="dx1-58024"></a>. (Similarly for <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span> -and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname </span>and +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span>.) If you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span><a - id="dx1-58025"></a>, just follow the -advice in <a -href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How to change LaTeX’s “fixed names”</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" > - - -</p> -<!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-58025"></a>, just follow the advice in <a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How +to change LaTeX’s “fixed names”</a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 7680--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p> +<!--l. 7682--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7682--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the -commands described here for abbreviations or contractions (as in the case of some of -the examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it +</p><!--l. 7685--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the +commands described here for initialisms or contractions (as in the case of some of the +examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it should be “Abbreviations” rather than “Acronyms”) then you can change the title either by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a id="dx1-59001"></a> (see <a href="#sec:languages"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a -href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a>) or by using -the <span +href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a>) or by using the +<span class="cmss-10">title</span><a id="dx1-59002"></a> in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-59003"></a> (or <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59004"></a>). -</div> -</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7342--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a + id="dx1-59004"></a>). You may +prefer to use the <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which defines <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>and treats +acronyms (e.g. “laser”) differently from other forms of abbreviations (e.g. “html”). +</div> +</p><!--l. 7698--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7700--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new -entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the term is <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the -document. This provides a useful means to define acronyms. For convenience, the -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package defines the command: -</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new entry, +you can specify alternate text to use when the term is <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This +provides a useful means to define abbreviations. For convenience, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package +defines the command: +</p><!--l. 7705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-59005"></a> <span @@ -14816,80 +15306,79 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > This uses <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7709--><p class="indent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-59006"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the -glossary given by <span + id="dx1-59006"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given +by <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-59007"></a>. You can specify a different glossary using the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-59008"></a> -key within the optional argument. The <span + id="dx1-59008"></a> key within the optional +argument. The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>command also uses the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-59009"></a>, -<span + id="dx1-59009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-59010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a id="dx1-59011"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59012"></a> keys in <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and -abbreviated forms and their plurals. -</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the -package option <span + id="dx1-59012"></a> +keys in <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and abbreviated forms and their +plurals. +</p><!--l. 7717--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via +the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-59013"></a> or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a id="dx1-59014"></a>, see <a href="#acronymoptions"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a -href="#acronymoptions">Acronym -Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) <span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 +</a><a +href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>will add it to the list and <span -class="cmti-10">reset the display style </span>for that -glossary via <span +class="cmti-10">reset the display style</span> +for that glossary via <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59015"></a>. If you have a mixture of acronyms and regular entries -within the same glossary, care is needed if you want to change the display -style: you must first identify that glossary as a list of acronyms and then use -<span + id="dx1-59015"></a>. If you have a mixture of acronyms and +regular entries within the same glossary, care is needed if you want to change the +display style: you must first identify that glossary as a list of acronyms and then +use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-59016"></a> (not redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-59017"></a>) before defining your entries. </div> -</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7730--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify keys such as <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-59018"></a> -(when used with one of the styles that require a description, described in <a + id="dx1-59018"></a> (when +used with one of the styles that require a description, described in <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 -</a><a -href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) or you can override plural forms of ⟨<span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 </a><a +href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the +Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) or you can override plural forms of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩ or ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ using -the <span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59019"></a> or <span + id="dx1-59019"></a> or +<span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a id="dx1-59020"></a> keys. For example: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]%  <br />  {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} </div> -<!--l. 7382--><p class="nopar" > If the <a +<!--l. 7740--><p class="nopar" > If the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). If you want to use the <span @@ -14899,19 +15388,19 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-59022"></a> keys, I recommend you use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-59023"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version -4.02 acronym styles. -</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" > Since <span + id="dx1-59023"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version 4.02 +acronym styles. +</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-59024"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-59025"></a>, you can use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-59026"></a> -and <span + id="dx1-59026"></a> and +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a id="dx1-59027"></a> as with any other glossary entry. -</p><!--l. 7393--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span +</p><!--l. 7751--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing acronym definitions using <span @@ -14921,47 +15410,47 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>, the optional -argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ will not have an effect unless you explicitly set the type as -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">type=\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span> in the optional argument to <span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>, the optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ +will not have an effect unless you explicitly set the type as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">type=\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span> +in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-59029"></a>. See <a href="#sec:loadglsentries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a -href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading -Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7400--><p class="noindent" > +href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 7758--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-59030r20"></a> -</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7760--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining an Abbreviation)</span><a id="x1-59031"></a> -</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN: - - +</p><!--l. 7761--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 7406--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7764--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and “IDN” on -subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in -<a +subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 </a><a -href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>, you need to use lower case characters for the -shortened form: - - +class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 +</a><a +href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>, you need to use lower case characters for the shortened +form: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 7414--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7772--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">i</span><span @@ -14975,39 +15464,101 @@ class="small-caps">n</span></span>” on subsequent uses. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7420--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a +<!--l. 7776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7776--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7778--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a +href="#sec:newglosentry"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that you should avoid using the +<a +href="#x1-450006.1"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in -that they don’t modify the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. However, their display is governed by +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands within the value of keys like <span +class="cmss-10">text</span><a + id="dx1-59032"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">first</span><a + id="dx1-59033"></a> due to +complications arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations defined using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. +</p><!--l. 7785--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> +\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes} + <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language} +</div> +<!--l. 7789--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> +\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} +</div> +<!--l. 7793--><p class="nopar" > <span +class="cmbx-10">Don’t! </span>This will break the case-changing commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a + id="dx1-59034"></a>, it will cause +inconsistencies on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, and, if hyperlinks are enabled, will cause nested hyperlinks. It will +also confuse the commands used by the entry formatting (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a + id="dx1-59035"></a>). +</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> +\newacronym + <br /> [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}] + <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} +</div> +<!--l. 7805--><p class="nopar" > or + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> +\newacronym + <br /> [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}] + <br /> {shtml}{SHTML} + <br /> {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language} +</div> +<!--l. 7812--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a +href="#x1-460006.2"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. +</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a +href="#x1-460006.2"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in that they +don’t modify the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. However, their display is governed by <span class="cmtt-10">\defentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59032"></a> with <span + id="dx1-59036"></a> with +<span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a - id="dx1-59033"></a> set as appropriate. All caveats that -apply to the <a + id="dx1-59037"></a> set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands also apply to the following commands. +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands +also apply to the following commands. (Including the warning immediately above this box.) </div> -</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a +</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7824--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, -and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. As -with the <a +and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. +As with the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59034"></a></a> is placed in the argument of + id="dx1-59038"></a></a> is placed in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-59035"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-59039"></a>. +</p><!--l. 7829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59036"></a> <span + id="dx1-59040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15015,24 +15566,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59037"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span + id="dx1-59041"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-59038"></a>) for -the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-59042"></a>) for the entry +given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The short form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-59039"></a> key, which -<span + id="dx1-59043"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59040"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 7442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-59044"></a> implicitly +sets. +</p><!--l. 7837--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 7838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59041"></a> <span + id="dx1-59045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15040,11 +15591,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7444--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7840--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59042"></a> <span + id="dx1-59046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15052,12 +15603,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" > There are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 7449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59043"></a> <span + id="dx1-59047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15065,11 +15616,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7847--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59044"></a> <span + id="dx1-59048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15077,11 +15628,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59045"></a> <span + id="dx1-59049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15089,17 +15640,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="noindent" > The short plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59046"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-59050"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59047"></a> -implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 7461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-59051"></a> implicitly +sets. +</p><!--l. 7857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59048"></a> <span + id="dx1-59052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15107,23 +15658,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 7463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7859--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59049"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The long form is -as supplied by the <span + id="dx1-59053"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The long form is as +supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-59050"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-59054"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59051"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-59055"></a> implicitly sets. + + +</p><!--l. 7864--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59052"></a> <span + id="dx1-59056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15131,11 +15682,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7471--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59053"></a> <span + id="dx1-59057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15143,12 +15694,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7870--><p class="noindent" > Again there are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59054"></a> <span + id="dx1-59058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15156,11 +15707,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59055"></a> <span + id="dx1-59059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15168,11 +15719,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7481--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59056"></a> <span + id="dx1-59060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15180,26 +15731,25 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7880--><p class="noindent" > The long plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-59057"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-59061"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59058"></a> -implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that -this isn’t necessarily the same as the form used on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form -commands are shortcuts that use the above commands, rather than creating -the <a + id="dx1-59062"></a> implicitly +sets. +</p><!--l. 7884--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t +necessarily the same as the form used on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form commands are shortcuts +that use the above commands, rather than creating the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59059"></a></a> from the complete full form. These full-form commands have -star and plus variants and optional arguments that are passed to the above -commands. -</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-59063"></a></a> from the complete full form. +These full-form commands have star and plus variants and optional arguments that are +passed to the above commands. +</p><!--l. 7891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59060"></a> <span + id="dx1-59064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15207,12 +15757,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="noindent" > This is a shortcut for -</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59061"></a> <span + id="dx1-59065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -15220,7 +15770,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="noindent" > which by default does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15247,26 +15797,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where -<!--l. 7509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59062"></a> <span + id="dx1-59066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" > by default does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). (For further details of these format commands see the documented code, <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7517--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 7518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59063"></a> <span + id="dx1-59067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15274,13 +15824,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59064"></a> <span + id="dx1-59068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15288,12 +15836,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="noindent" > and plural versions: -</p><!--l. 7525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59065"></a> <span + id="dx1-59069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15301,11 +15851,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7527--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59066"></a> <span + id="dx1-59070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15313,11 +15863,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7530--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59067"></a> <span + id="dx1-59071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15325,26 +15875,25 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the -<span +</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7931--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-59068"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed in -<a + id="dx1-59072"></a> +package option to activate the shorter command names listed in <a href="#tab:shortcuts">table 13.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 7539--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 7935--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 13.1: </span><span class="content">Synonyms provided by the package option <span -class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-590691 --> +class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-590731 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-7" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col @@ -15359,328 +15908,334 @@ class="cmbx-10">Equivalent Command </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a - id="dx1-59070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2" + id="dx1-59074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-59071"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59075"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a - id="dx1-59072"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2" + id="dx1-59076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-59073"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59077"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a - id="dx1-59074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2" + id="dx1-59078"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-59075"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59079"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a - id="dx1-59076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2" + id="dx1-59080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-59077"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59081"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a - id="dx1-59078"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2" + id="dx1-59082"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-59079"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59083"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a - id="dx1-59080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2" + id="dx1-59084"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-59081"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59085"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a - id="dx1-59082"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2" + id="dx1-59086"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-59083"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59087"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a - id="dx1-59084"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2" + id="dx1-59088"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-59085"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59089"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a - id="dx1-59086"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2" + id="dx1-59090"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-59087"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59091"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a - id="dx1-59088"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2" + id="dx1-59092"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-59089"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59093"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a - id="dx1-59090"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2" + id="dx1-59094"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-59091"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59095"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a - id="dx1-59092"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2" + id="dx1-59096"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-59093"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59097"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a - id="dx1-59094"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2" + id="dx1-59098"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-59095"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59099"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a - id="dx1-59096"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2" + id="dx1-59100"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-59097"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59101"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a - id="dx1-59098"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-2" + id="dx1-59102"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-59099"></a> </td> + id="dx1-59103"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a - id="dx1-59100"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-2" + id="dx1-59104"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-59101"></a> </td></tr></table> + id="dx1-59105"></a> </td></tr></table> </div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 7565--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to -the glossary using commands analogous to <span +<!--l. 7961--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the +glossary using commands analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-59102"></a> (described in <a + id="dx1-59106"></a> (described in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a -href="#sec:glsnolink">Using -Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). -</p><!--l. 7569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same -caveats as those for analogous commands like <span +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms +Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). +</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as +those for analogous commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-59103"></a> (non-expandable, -can’t be used in PDF bookmarks, care needs to be taken if the first letter is -an accented character etc). See <a + id="dx1-59107"></a> (non-expandable, can’t be used in PDF +bookmarks, care needs to be taken if the first letter is an accented character etc). See <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a -href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. -</div> -</p><!--l. 7575--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7577--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: -</p><!--l. 7578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 +</a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 7971--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7973--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: +</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59104"></a> <span + id="dx1-59108"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59105"></a> <span + id="dx1-59109"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7584--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7980--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 7586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59106"></a> <span + id="dx1-59110"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7588--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59107"></a> <span + id="dx1-59111"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7591--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7593--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: -</p><!--l. 7594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7987--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: +</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59108"></a> <span + id="dx1-59112"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7596--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7992--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 7598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59109"></a> <span + id="dx1-59113"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7996--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 7602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59110"></a> <span + id="dx1-59114"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7604--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8000--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59111"></a> <span + id="dx1-59115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7609--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: -</p><!--l. 7610--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8005--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: +</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59112"></a> <span + id="dx1-59116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7612--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59113"></a> <span + id="dx1-59117"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7615--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59114"></a> <span + id="dx1-59118"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 7618--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59115"></a> <span + id="dx1-59119"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7621--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" > These again use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-59116"></a> by default, but the format may be redefined by the + id="dx1-59120"></a> by default, but the format may be redefined by the acronym style. </p> -<!--l. 7625--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8021--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a - id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Acronym Style</h3> -<!--l. 7628--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can -switch to another styles using -</p><!--l. 7630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Abbreviation Style</h3> +<!--l. 8024--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch +to another styles using +</p><!--l. 8026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the required style. -</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 8031--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span -class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with +class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If +you have multiple glossaries representing lists of acronyms, you must use <span +class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If you have multiple glossaries representing lists of acronyms, you must -use <span -class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span class="cmti-10">after </span>using <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7640--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7642--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used -via <span +</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8038--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has the restriction that only one style may be in use that +applies to all entries defined with <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If you need multiple abbreviation +styles, then try using the <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which has better abbreviation +management. +</p><!--l. 8044--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used via +<span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a id="dx1-60002"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-60003"></a> keys, but instead they use -<span + id="dx1-60003"></a> keys, but instead they use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-60004"></a> to set a custom format that uses the <span + id="dx1-60004"></a> to +set a custom format that uses the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a id="dx1-60005"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-60006"></a> keys (or their -plural equivalents). This means that these styles cope better with plurals that aren’t -formed by simply appending the singular form with the letter “s”. In fact, most of the -predefined styles use <span + id="dx1-60006"></a> keys (or their plural equivalents). This +means that these styles cope better with plurals that aren’t formed by simply appending the +singular form with the letter “s”. In fact, most of the predefined styles use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-60007"></a> and modify the definitions of commands like -<span + id="dx1-60007"></a> and +modify the definitions of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-60008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7652--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span +</p><!--l. 8054--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-60009"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 7654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7656--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8058--><p class="noindent" > and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-60011"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 7658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60012"></a> <span @@ -15689,39 +16244,38 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" > -These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them -again after the style has been set but before you use <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected -expansion is performed on <span +</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" > +These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them again +after the style has been set but before you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected expansion is +performed on <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is defined. -</p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4> -<!--l. 7669--><p class="noindent" >The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a number of predefined styles. These styles -apply -</p><!--l. 7671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8071--><p class="noindent" >The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a number of predefined styles. These styles apply + + +</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\firstacronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-61001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 7673--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8075--><p class="noindent" > to the short form on first use and -</p><!--l. 7675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-61002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7677--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but <span @@ -15737,77 +16291,76 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-61005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you want the short -form displayed differently on first use, you can redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you want the short form +displayed differently on first use, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61006"></a> -independently of the acronym style. -</p><!--l. 7687--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span + id="dx1-61006"></a> independently of the +acronym style. +</p><!--l. 8089--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-61007"></a>) -redefine <span + id="dx1-61007"></a>) redefine +<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-61008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be -specified in lower case. -</p><!--l. 7693--><p class="indent" > <a + id="dx1-61008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower +case. +</p><!--l. 8095--><p class="indent" > <a id="boldsc"></a> -</p><!--l. 7694--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine -<span +</p><!--l. 8096--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-61009"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-61009"></a> (see +<a href="#sec:printglossary"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium weight if you are -using a glossary style that displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an -acronym style that uses <span +href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium weight if you are using a glossary style that +displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an acronym style that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-61010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7700--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7702--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span + id="dx1-61010"></a>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 8102--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a - id="dx1-61011"></a>) -redefine <span + id="dx1-61011"></a>) redefine +<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-61012"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7706--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 8108--><p class="indent" > <a id="smaller"></a> -</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +</p><!--l. 8109--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t define or load any package that defines <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-61013"></a>. If you use one of the acronym styles that set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61014"></a> to -<span -class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller </span>you must explicitly load the <span + id="dx1-61014"></a> to <span +class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span> +you must explicitly load the <span class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a - id="dx1-61015"></a> package or otherwise define -<span + id="dx1-61015"></a> package or otherwise define <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7713--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7715--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 8115--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8117--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its -argument ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its argument +⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7718--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span +</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-61016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-61017"></a> (and -their plural and upper case variants) to reflect the style. The only exceptions to this -are the <span + id="dx1-61017"></a> (and their +plural and upper case variants) to reflect the style. The only exceptions to this are the <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-61018"></a> and <span + id="dx1-61018"></a> +and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-61019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div> -</p><!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7725--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span +</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span @@ -15819,68 +16372,67 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-61022"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-61023"></a>: - <!--l. 7731--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form - </p><!--l. 7733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span + <!--l. 8133--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form + </p><!--l. 8135--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a id="dx1-61024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7734--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8136--><p class="noindent" > on first use and - </p><!--l. 7737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 8139--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-61025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - </p><!--l. 7738--><p class="noindent" > + + + </p><!--l. 8140--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. They also set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>to just - ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩. This means that the acronyms are sorted according to their short - form. In addition, <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>to just ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩. This + means that the acronyms are sorted according to their short form. In addition, + <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>is set to just the short form - (enclosed in <span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>) and the <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>is set to just the short form (enclosed in <span +class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>) and the + <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61026"></a> key is set to the long - form. - </p><!--l. 7746--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="dx1-61026"></a> key is set to the long form. + </p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a id="dx1-61027"></a> style was introduced in version 4.16 and uses - </p><!--l. 7748--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 8150--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-61028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7750--><p class="noindent" > - for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to a non-breakable - space (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + </p><!--l. 8152--><p class="noindent" > + for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to a non-breakable space + (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) if (<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>) is less than 3em, otherwise it uses a normal - space. This may be redefined as required. For example, to always use - a non-breakable space: - - +class="cmtt-10">}</span>) is less than 3em, otherwise it uses a normal space. This + may be redefined as required. For example, to always use a non-breakable + space: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> \renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{~} </div> - <!--l. 7758--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 8160--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a @@ -15889,9 +16441,9 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a id="dx1-61030"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a id="dx1-61031"></a>: - <!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display - order is swapped to - </p><!--l. 7766--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 8165--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is + swapped to + </p><!--l. 8168--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a id="dx1-61032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -15899,15 +16451,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8169--><p class="noindent" > on first use. - </p><!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span + </p><!--l. 8172--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a id="dx1-61033"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-61034"></a> are the same as for the - ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span + id="dx1-61034"></a> are the same as for the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ + (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles above, so the acronyms are still sorted according to the short form. </p></li> @@ -15920,7 +16472,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-61037"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a id="dx1-61038"></a>: - <!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span + <!--l. 8179--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a id="dx1-61039"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a @@ -15928,11 +16480,11 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a id="dx1-61041"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-61042"></a> styles - described above, except that the <span + id="dx1-61042"></a> + styles described above, except that the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61043"></a> key must be supplied in the optional - argument of <span + id="dx1-61043"></a> key must be supplied in the + optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-61044"></a>. They also redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a @@ -15951,14 +16503,13 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>to just ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. - This means that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form, and - in the list of acronyms the name field has the long form followed by - the short form in parentheses. I recommend you use a glossary style - such as <span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. This + means that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form, and in the list of + acronyms the name field has the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. + I recommend you use a glossary style such as <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-61047"></a> with these acronym styles to allow for the long name - field. + id="dx1-61047"></a> with these acronym styles to allow + for the long name field. </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a @@ -15967,15 +16518,15 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-61049"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a id="dx1-61050"></a>: - <!--l. 7792--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display - style is: - </p><!--l. 7795--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style + is: + </p><!--l. 8197--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7796--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8198--><p class="noindent" > The definitions of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for @@ -15988,37 +16539,36 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a id="dx1-61052"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a id="dx1-61053"></a>: - - - <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a + + + <!--l. 8204--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands always display the long form - regardless of whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands always display the long form regardless of + whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-61054"></a> and - <span + id="dx1-61054"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-61055"></a> will display ⟨<span + id="dx1-61055"></a> will + display ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>). In the case of <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-61056"></a>, the - <span + id="dx1-61056"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-61057"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61058"></a> keys are set to the short form and the description is set to the - long form. In the case of <span + id="dx1-61058"></a> keys are set + to the short form and the description is set to the long form. In the case of <span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61059"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-61059"></a>, the + <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-61060"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61061"></a> keys are set to the - long form and the description is supplied in the optional argument of - <span + id="dx1-61061"></a> keys are set to the long form and the description is supplied in the + optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-61062"></a>. </p></li> @@ -16029,10 +16579,10 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a id="dx1-61064"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a id="dx1-61065"></a>: - <!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a + <!--l. 8216--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands display: - </p><!--l. 7816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 8218--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a @@ -16040,7 +16590,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7817--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8219--><p class="noindent" > However, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a id="dx1-61067"></a> and <span @@ -16049,27 +16599,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). - On subsequent use the display is: - </p><!--l. 7821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). On + subsequent use the display is: + </p><!--l. 8223--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8224--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a id="dx1-61069"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-61070"></a> keys are set to the short form, and the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61071"></a> is set to the - long form. - </p><!--l. 7827--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the footnote styles - automatically implement <span + id="dx1-61071"></a> is set to the long + form. + </p><!--l. 8229--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the footnote styles automatically + implement <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a id="dx1-61072"></a> for the acronym lists. </div> - </p><!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8233--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a @@ -16078,20 +16628,20 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-61074"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a id="dx1-61075"></a>: - <!--l. 7836--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description + <!--l. 8238--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description has to be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-61076"></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61077"></a> key is - set to the long form followed by the short form in parentheses and the <span + id="dx1-61077"></a> key + is set to the long form followed by the short form in parentheses and the + <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61078"></a> key is - set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted according to - the long form. In addition, since the <span + id="dx1-61078"></a> key is set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted + according to the long form. In addition, since the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61079"></a> will typically be quite wide it’s - best to choose a glossary style that can accommodate this, such as + id="dx1-61079"></a> will typically be quite + wide it’s best to choose a glossary style that can accommodate this, such as <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-61080"></a>. @@ -16099,73 +16649,71 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a </li></ul> <a id="x1-61081r21"></a> -<!--l. 7847--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 8249--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a id="x1-61082"></a> -</p><!--l. 7848--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span +</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a id="dx1-61083"></a> style, but I want the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61084"></a> -key set to the short form followed by the long form in parentheses and the -<span + id="dx1-61084"></a> key set to the short +form followed by the long form in parentheses and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61085"></a> key set to the short form. Then I need to specify the <span + id="dx1-61085"></a> key set to the short form. Then I +need to specify the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61086"></a> -style: - - + id="dx1-61086"></a> style: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> -<!--l. 7854--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span +<!--l. 8256--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a id="dx1-61087"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a id="dx1-61088"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{#1}% sort by short form  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%  <br />  \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space (\glsentrylong{#1})}% </div> -<!--l. 7860--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span -class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space -instead.) -</p><!--l. 7864--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also -going to redefine <span +<!--l. 8262--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.) +</p><!--l. 8266--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to +redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61089"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure -the smallcaps setting is used: - - + id="dx1-61089"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the smallcaps +setting is used: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape #1}} </div> -<!--l. 7870--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. -</p><!--l. 7873--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 8272--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. +</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5027r9"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7875--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8279--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8279--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4> -<!--l. 7880--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span +<!--l. 8282--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62001"></a> <span @@ -16177,17 +16725,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩, is equivalent to the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62002"></a>. -You can simply use <span + id="dx1-62002"></a>. You can +simply use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62003"></a> or you can customize the display using commands -like <span + id="dx1-62003"></a> or you can customize the display using commands like +<span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-62004"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a @@ -16196,46 +16744,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a id="dx1-62006"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of -the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.) If the style is likely to be used with a mixed +href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format +of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.) If the style is likely to be used with a mixed glossary (that is entries in that glossary are defined both with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-62007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-62008"></a>) then you can test if the entry is an acronym and use -<span + id="dx1-62008"></a>) then you can test if the entry is an acronym and use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62009"></a> if it is or <span + id="dx1-62009"></a> if it +is or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-62010"></a> if it isn’t. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62011"></a> style -sets ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ as - - + id="dx1-62011"></a> style sets ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ +as + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 7900--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span +<!--l. 8302--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a id="dx1-62012"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-62013"></a> to test if the entry is an -acronym if you prefer.) -</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩, can be used to redefine the commands that affect -the display style, such as <span + id="dx1-62013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if +you prefer.) +</p><!--l. 8306--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the +display style, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-62014"></a> or, if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>, -<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-62015"></a> and its variants. -</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="indent" > Note that <span + id="dx1-62015"></a> +and its variants. +</p><!--l. 8311--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-62016"></a> redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a @@ -16244,33 +16792,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a id="dx1-62018"></a> to use <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-62019"></a> (and similarly for the plural and upper case variants). If this -isn’t appropriate for the style (as in the case of styles like <span + id="dx1-62019"></a> (and similarly for the plural and upper case variants). If this isn’t +appropriate for the style (as in the case of styles like <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a id="dx1-62020"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-62021"></a>) -<span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>should redefine these commands within ⟨<span + id="dx1-62021"></a>) <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span> +should redefine these commands within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="indent" > Within <span +</p><!--l. 8319--><p class="indent" > Within <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>’s ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ argument you can also redefine -</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GenericAcronymFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8323--><p class="noindent" > This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-62023"></a>. You can use the -following token registers to access the entry label, long form and short form: -<span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-62023"></a>. You can use the following token +registers to access the entry label, long form and short form: <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62024"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span>, <span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span>, +<span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62025"></a><span @@ -16278,75 +16826,75 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span>and <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62026"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span>. -As with all <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> registers, you can access their values by preceding the register with -<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span>. As with all <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> registers, you +can access their values by preceding the register with <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a id="dx1-62027"></a>. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62028"></a> style does: - - + id="dx1-62028"></a> style +does: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />   description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 7932--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span +<!--l. 8334--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-62029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the -<span + id="dx1-62029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-62030"></a> style does: - - + id="dx1-62030"></a> +style does: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 7937--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. -</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing -style. Within ⟨<span +<!--l. 8339--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. +</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style. +Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8345--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62031"></a> -</p><!--l. 7945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ definition from the style given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ -you can use -</p><!--l. 7949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ you can +use +</p><!--l. 8351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ from the style given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. For example, the -<span +class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-62033"></a> acronym style is based on the <span + id="dx1-62033"></a> +acronym style is based on the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62034"></a> style with minor modifications -(remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-62034"></a> style with minor modifications (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> +instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span> within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩): - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> \newacronymstyle{long-sc-short}%  <br />{% use the same display as "long-short"  <br />  \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}% @@ -16358,27 +16906,27 @@ class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩):  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7968--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8370--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>is used to cancel the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62036"></a>. This defaults to -<span + id="dx1-62036"></a>. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textulc</span><a - id="dx1-62037"></a>, if defined, otherwise <span + id="dx1-62037"></a>, +if defined, otherwise <span class="cmtt-10">\textup</span><a id="dx1-62038"></a>. For example, the plural of <span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">s</span><span class="small-caps">v</span><span -class="small-caps">m</span> </span>should be -rendered as <span +class="small-caps">m</span> </span>should be rendered as <span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">s</span><span class="small-caps">v</span><span -class="small-caps">m</span></span>s rather than <span +class="small-caps">m</span></span>s +rather than <span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">s</span><span class="small-caps">v</span><span @@ -16386,17 +16934,16 @@ class="small-caps">m</span><span class="small-caps">s</span></span>.) <a id="x1-62039r22"></a> -</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a id="x1-62040"></a> -</p><!--l. 7975--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the -long form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the -short form to be put in small caps in the main body of the document, but I -want it in normal capitals in the list of acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I -want the long form as the name with the short form in brackets followed -by the description. That is, in the text I want <span +</p><!--l. 8377--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long +form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in +small caps in the main body of the document, but I want it in normal capitals in the list of +acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I want the long form as the name with the short form in +brackets followed by the description. That is, in the text I want <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-62041"></a> on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to display: @@ -16426,17 +16973,17 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 7996--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the -second argument of <span +</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second +argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a id="dx1-62044"></a> using: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 8000--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 8402--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-62045"></a> if the entry isn’t an acronym, otherwise it will use <span @@ -16444,19 +16991,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a id="dx1-62046"></a>. The third argument (⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩) of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-62047"></a> needs to -redefine <span + id="dx1-62047"></a> needs to redefine +<span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a id="dx1-62048"></a> etc so that the <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> displays the short form in the -text with the long form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done as -follows (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> displays the short form in the text with the long +form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done as follows (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> +instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>): - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">  % No case change, singular first use:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2% @@ -16478,12 +17025,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>):  <br />   \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8029--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a -sentence you can change the above to: - - +<!--l. 8431--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence +you can change the above to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">  % No case change, singular first use:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2% @@ -16497,22 +17044,22 @@ sentence you can change the above to:  <br /> \let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat  <br /> \let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat </div> -<!--l. 8045--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span +<!--l. 8447--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-62049"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a - id="dx1-62050"></a> in the footnote -instead of <span + id="dx1-62050"></a> in the footnote instead of +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-62051"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a id="dx1-62052"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8050--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a id="dx1-62053"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-62054"></a> shouldn’t -use a footnote, but instead use the format: ⟨<span + id="dx1-62054"></a> shouldn’t use +a footnote, but instead use the format: ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). This means that the style needs to redefine <span @@ -16520,11 +17067,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a id="dx1-62055"></a> and their plural and upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: - - +</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">   \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%  <br />    \glsentrylong{##1}\space  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})% @@ -16542,11 +17089,11 @@ variants.  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8075--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: - - +<!--l. 8477--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">   \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%  <br />    \glslink[##1]{##2}{%  <br />     \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space @@ -16588,105 +17135,103 @@ variants.  <br />    }%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8118--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the -definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside the argument of -<span +<!--l. 8520--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that, +for example, only the short form is inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-62056"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 8123--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 8525--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a - id="dx1-62057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted -according to the long form: - - + id="dx1-62057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according +to the long form: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}% </div> -<!--l. 8127--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above +<!--l. 8529--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above to: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}% </div> -<!--l. 8132--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span +<!--l. 8534--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that -the “s” suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to smallcaps: - - + id="dx1-62058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the “s” +suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to smallcaps: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">   \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}% </div> -<!--l. 8139--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The -simplest way is to redefine <span +<!--l. 8541--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest +way is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-62059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case -short form in parentheses: - - + id="dx1-62059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in +parentheses: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%  <br />   \Glsentrylong{##1}\space  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}% </div> -<!--l. 8147--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +<!--l. 8549--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-62060"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-62061"></a> to capitalise the name in the glossary.) -</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span +</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-62062"></a> to just the long form and -redefine <span + id="dx1-62062"></a> to just the long form and redefine +<span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-62063"></a> to set the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-62064"></a> key to the short form and use a -glossary style that displays the symbol in parentheses after the <span + id="dx1-62064"></a> key to the short form and use a glossary style +that displays the symbol in parentheses after the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-62065"></a> (such as the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-62066"></a> -style) like this: - - + id="dx1-62066"></a> style) like +this: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\Glsentrylong{##1}}%  <br /> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />    symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}% </div> -<!--l. 8160--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span +<!--l. 8562--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a - id="dx1-62067"></a> to do -nothing: - - + id="dx1-62067"></a> to do nothing: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">  \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 8165--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8167--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested +<!--l. 8567--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested links: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">  \glshyperfirstfalse </div> -<!--l. 8171--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: - - +<!--l. 8573--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> \newacronymstyle{custom-fn}% new style name  <br />{%  <br />  \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% @@ -16733,8 +17278,8 @@ links:  <br />    }%  <br />  }%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{% - - + +  <br />    \glslink[##1]{##2}{%  <br />     \Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})% @@ -16776,30 +17321,29 @@ links:  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8260--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8262--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: - - +<!--l. 8662--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8664--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> \setacronymstyle{custom-fn} </div> -<!--l. 8265--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example -<span +<!--l. 8667--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-62068"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> \setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> -<!--l. 8270--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: - - +<!--l. 8672--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8674--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> \newacronym[description={set of tags for use in  <br />developing hypertext documents}]{html}{html}{Hyper  <br />Text Markup Language} @@ -16807,100 +17351,97 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a  <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}  <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet} </div> -<!--l. 8281--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 8683--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8685--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5030r11"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. -</p> +class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8687--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8687--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-62069r23"></a> -<!--l. 8287--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 8689--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Italic and Upright Abbreviations)</span><a id="x1-62070"></a> -</p><!--l. 8288--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the +</p><!--l. 8690--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the surrounding font. Hard-coding this into the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>can cause complications. -</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span +</p><!--l. 8694--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a - id="dx1-62071"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to -store the formatting declaration (such as <span + id="dx1-62071"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the +formatting declaration (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\em</span>). - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> \glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont} </div> -<!--l. 8296--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span -class="cmtt-10">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it’s not -explicitly set. This also defines a command called <span -class="cmtt-10">\entryfont </span>that’s analogous to -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. A new style is then created to format abbreviations that access this -field. -</p><!--l. 8302--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t -use <span +<!--l. 8698--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span +class="cmtt-10">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it’s not explicitly set. +This also defines a command called <span +class="cmtt-10">\entryfont </span>that’s analogous to <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. A new +style is then created to format abbreviations that access this field. +</p><!--l. 8704--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62072"></a> but instead provides a modified version that doesn’t use -<span + id="dx1-62072"></a> +but instead provides a modified version that doesn’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>but instead uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>but instead +uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">\entryfont</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. The full -format given by commands such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat </span>need to be similarly adjusted. -For example: - - +class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. The full format given by commands such as +<span +class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat </span>need to be similarly adjusted. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">   \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space  <br />   ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8314--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span +<!--l. 8716--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-62073"></a> but not commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-62074"></a> which still -use <span + id="dx1-62074"></a> which still use +<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-62075"></a>. Another approach is to redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to look up the -required font declaration. Since <span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>doesn’t take the entry label as an -argument, the following will only work if <span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>is used in a context where -the label is provided by <span +class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to look up the required font +declaration. Since <span +class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>doesn’t take the entry label as an argument, the following +will only work if <span +class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>is used in a context where the label is provided by +<span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a id="dx1-62076"></a>. This is true in <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span>. -The redefinition is now: - - +class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span>. The redefinition is +now: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}#1}}% </div> -<!--l. 8325--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as: - - +<!--l. 8727--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> \newacronymstyle{long-font-short}  <br />{%  <br />  \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}% @@ -16927,24 +17468,24 @@ The redefinition is now:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{{\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8353--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries: - - +<!--l. 8755--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> \setacronymstyle{long-font-short} </div> -<!--l. 8357--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8359--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a +<!--l. 8759--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a href="#x1-5096r31"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8363--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from -upper case initials but may still retain them for lower case abbreviations, while others +<!--l. 8763--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8765--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper +case initials but may still retain them for lower case abbreviations, while others may still use them for both upper and lower case. This can cause complications. Chapter 12 of <span class="cmti-10">The </span><span class="TEX"><span @@ -16952,146 +17493,149 @@ class="cmti-10">T</span><span class="E"><span class="cmti-10">E</span></span><span class="cmti-10">X</span></span><span -class="cmti-10">book </span>discusses the spacing between words but, briefly, the -default behaviour of <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> is to assume that an upper case character followed by a full -stop and space is an abbreviation, so the space is the default inter-word space whereas -a lower case character followed by a full stop and space is a word occurring at the end -of a sentence. In the event that this isn’t true, you need to make a manual +class="cmti-10">book </span>discusses the spacing between words but, briefly, the default +behaviour of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> is to assume that an upper case character followed by a full stop +and space is an abbreviation, so the space is the default inter-word space whereas +a lower case character followed by a full stop and space is a word occurring at the +end of a sentence. In the event that this isn’t true, you need to make a manual adjustment using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">␣</span></span></span> (back slash space) in place of just a space character for an inter-word mid-sentence space and use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span> before the full stop to indicate the end of -the sentence. -</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="indent" > For example: - - +class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span> before the full stop to indicate the end of the +sentence. +</p><!--l. 8780--><p class="indent" > For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 8381--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +<!--l. 8783--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> \ttfamily  <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 8390--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +<!--l. 8792--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> The lower case letter at the end of “B.Sc.” is confusing <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> into thinking that the -full stop after it marks the end of the sentence. Whereas the upper case letter at the -end of “Ph.D.” has confused <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> into thinking that the following full stop is just -part of the abbreviation. These can be corrected: - - +class="E">E</span>X</span> into thinking that the full stop +after it marks the end of the sentence. Whereas the upper case letter at the end of “Ph.D.” +has confused <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> into thinking that the following full stop is just part of the abbreviation. +These can be corrected: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> I was awarded a B.Sc.\ and a Ph.D\@. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 8402--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The full stops can form part of the -⟨<span +<!--l. 8804--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8806--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The full stops can form part of +the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>and the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">B.Sc.\␣</span></span></span> part can be dealt with by remembering to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}\␣</span></span></span>) but the end of sentence case is -more troublesome as you need to omit the sentence terminating full stop (to avoid two -dots) which can make the source code look a little strange but you also need to -adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting <span +more troublesome as you need to omit the sentence terminating full stop (to avoid +two dots) which can make the source code look a little strange but you also need +to adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting <span class="cmtt-10">\@ </span>before the full stop. -</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. +</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a much simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to +use.) <a id="x1-62077r24"></a> -</p><!--l. 8416--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 8820--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods))</span><a id="x1-62078"></a> -</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span +</p><!--l. 8821--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-62079"></a>) that’s called at the -very end of the <a + id="dx1-62079"></a>) that’s called at the very +end of the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. This can be redefined to -check if the following character is a full stop. The <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. This can be redefined to check if the +following character is a full stop. The <span class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a - id="dx1-62080"></a> package (which -is automatically loaded by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) provides an internal command called + id="dx1-62080"></a> package (which is automatically loaded by <span -class="cmtt-10">\new@ifnextchar </span>that can be used to determine if the given character appears next. -(For more information see the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) provides an internal command called <span +class="cmtt-10">\new@ifnextchar </span>that can be used to +determine if the given character appears next. (For more information see the <span class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a - id="dx1-62081"></a> documentation.) -</p><!--l. 8426--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so -I need some way to differentiate between them. Here I’m going to use the same -method as in example <a -href="#x1-33002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of -abbreviation: - - + id="dx1-62081"></a> +documentation.) +</p><!--l. 8830--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I need +some way to differentiate between them. Here I’m going to use the same method as in +example <a +href="#x1-33002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of abbreviation: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> \glsaddstoragekey{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}  <br />\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[abbrtype=initials,#1]} </div> -<!--l. 8435--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span +<!--l. 8839--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-62082"></a> for the acronyms, for example, - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> \newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated  <br />emission of radiation} </div> -<!--l. 8440--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span +<!--l. 8844--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbr </span>for initials, for example, - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> \newabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}  <br />\newabbr{ie}{i.e.}{id est}  <br />\newabbr{bsc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor of Science}  <br />\newabbr{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor of Arts}  <br />\newabbr{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual general meeting} </div> -<!--l. 8448--><p class="nopar" > Within <span +<!--l. 8852--><p class="nopar" > Within <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>the entry’s label can be accessed using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a id="dx1-62083"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a id="dx1-62084"></a> can be used to determine if the current entry has the new <span -class="cmtt-10">abbrtype</span> -field set to “initials”. If it doesn’t, then nothing needs to happen, but if it does, -a check is performed to see if the next character is a full stop. If it is, this signals the -end of a sentence otherwise it’s mid-sentence. -</p><!--l. 8457--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in -a class or package) need to be placed between <span +class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set +to “initials”. If it doesn’t, then nothing needs to happen, but if it does, a check is performed +to see if the next character is a full stop. If it is, this signals the end of a sentence otherwise +it’s mid-sentence. +</p><!--l. 8861--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or +package) need to be placed between <span class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span><a id="dx1-62085"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span><a id="dx1-62086"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> \makeatletter  <br />\renewcommand{\glspostlinkhook}{%  <br /> \ifglsfieldeq{\glslabel}{abbrtype}{initials}% @@ -17100,20 +17644,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span><a  <br />}  <br />\makeatother </div> -<!--l. 8468--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span -class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>is performed but it will be -followed by the full stop, which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <span -class="cmtt-10">\doendword </span>will be -done but it won’t be followed by a full stop so there’s nothing to discard. The -definitions for these commands are: - - +<!--l. 8872--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span +class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>is performed but it will be followed by +the full stop, which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <span +class="cmtt-10">\doendword </span>will be done but it won’t be +followed by a full stop so there’s nothing to discard. The definitions for these commands +are: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> \newcommand{\doendsentence}[1]{\spacefactor=10000{}}  <br />\newcommand{\doendword}{\spacefactor=1000{}} </div> -<!--l. 8477--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8881--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}</span></span></span> mid-sentence and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{phd}.</span></span></span> at the end of the sentence. The terminating full stop will be discarded in the latter case, but it won’t be @@ -17121,46 +17665,45 @@ discarded in, say, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{laser}.</span></span></span> as that doesn’t have the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to “initials”. -</p><!--l. 8484--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8888--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles -but it will fail with the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles but it +will fail with the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) styles as in this case the terminating full stop -shouldn’t be discarded. Since <span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) styles as in this case the terminating full stop shouldn’t be +discarded. Since <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a id="dx1-62087"></a> is used after the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use -flag</a> has been unset for the entry, this can’t be fixed by simply checking with -<span +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been unset for the +entry, this can’t be fixed by simply checking with <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-62088"></a>. One possible solution to this is to redefine <span + id="dx1-62088"></a>. One possible solution to this is +to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-62089"></a> -to check for the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and define a macro that can then be used in -<span + id="dx1-62089"></a> to check for the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and define a macro that can +then be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a id="dx1-62090"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8494--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check -for plural use within <span +</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for +plural use within <span class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>(using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a - id="dx1-62091"></a>) and put the full stop -back if the plural has been used. -</p><!--l. 8499--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <span + id="dx1-62091"></a>) and put the full stop back if the +plural has been used. +</p><!--l. 8903--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <span class="cmbx-10">??</span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8501--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8501--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8503--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 8905--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8905--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8907--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8503--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8907--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3> -<!--l. 8506--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its -own using: +<!--l. 8910--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own +using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -17178,8 +17721,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - - + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span @@ -17202,7 +17745,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 8519--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span + <!--l. 8923--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a id="dx1-63005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -17229,8 +17772,7 @@ href="#acronymoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.) </dd></dl> -<!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries -using: +<!--l. 8935--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -17254,38 +17796,38 @@ class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-63010"></a></dd></dl> -<!--l. 8539--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your -acronym style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a +<!--l. 8943--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym +style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining -your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). - - -</p><!--l. 8544--><p class="noindent" > +href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own +glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). +</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8544--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8948--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3> -<!--l. 8547--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span +<!--l. 8951--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-64001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In addition, the old -<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In addition, the +old <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-64002"></a> package created the command <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩ when defining the acronym ⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span + + +</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x14" id="fn1x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x13" id="fn1x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-64003f1"></a> provides the command: -</p><!--l. 8556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\oldacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64004"></a> <span @@ -17297,9 +17839,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same syntax as the <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-64005"></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is @@ -17337,91 +17878,89 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is omitted, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩ -is used. Since commands names must consist only of alphabetical characters, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ -must also only consist of alphabetical characters. Note that <span +class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩ is used. +Since commands names must consist only of alphabetical characters, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must also only +consist of alphabetical characters. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t allow you to -use the first optional argument of <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t allow you to use the first optional +argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-64010"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-64011"></a> — you will need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64012"></a> -or <span + id="dx1-64012"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-64013"></a> to change the settings. -</p><!--l. 8575--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names -consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span + id="dx1-64013"></a> to change the +settings. +</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of +alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ unless you -additionally load the <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ unless you additionally load the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64014"></a> package, but be aware that there are some issues with -using <span + id="dx1-64014"></a> +package, but be aware that there are some issues with using <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a id="dx1-64015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x14" id="fn2x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div> -</p><!--l. 8581--><p class="noindent" > +href="#fn2x13" id="fn2x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div> +</p><!--l. 8985--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-64016f2"></a> -</p><!--l. 8585--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8989--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64017"></a> package since there are both -advantages and disadvantages to using <span + id="dx1-64017"></a> package since there are both advantages +and disadvantages to using <span class="cmtt-10">\xspace</span><a id="dx1-64018"></a> in <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If you don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64019"></a> -package you need to explicitly force a space using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) however you -can follow <span + id="dx1-64019"></a> package +you need to explicitly force a space using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) however you can +follow <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ with additional text in square brackets (the final optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-64020"></a>). If you use the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64021"></a> package you don’t need to escape the spaces but you -can’t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use + id="dx1-64021"></a> package you don’t need to escape the spaces but +you can’t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-64022"></a>). -</p><!--l. 8596--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: - - +</p><!--l. 9000--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> \oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{} </div> -<!--l. 8600--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span +<!--l. 9004--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a -href="#tab:xspace">Table 13.2</a> -illustrates the effect of <span -class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>(on subsequent use) according to whether or not -the <span +href="#tab:xspace">Table 13.2</a> illustrates the +effect of <span +class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>(on subsequent use) according to whether or not the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64023"></a> package has been loaded. As can be seen from the final row in -the table, the <span + id="dx1-64023"></a> package has been +loaded. As can be seen from the final row in the table, the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64024"></a> package prevents the optional argument from being -recognised. + id="dx1-64024"></a> package prevents the +optional argument from being recognised. </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 8608--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 9012--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 13.2: </span><span class="content">The effect of using <span @@ -17477,17 +18016,17 @@ class="cmtt-10"> xyz</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:no class="td11"> abc [’s] xyz </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-3" class="td11"> abc’s xyz </td></tr></table> </div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> - - -<!--l. 8626--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8626--><p class="noindent" ><a + + +<!--l. 9030--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2> -</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands it is possible that you may want to use the value given by the <span @@ -17499,87 +18038,86 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a id="dx1-65002"></a> key, even though you haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 8635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8637--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9041--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8640--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" > while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 8642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9048--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8647--><p class="noindent" > -You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries -using: -</p><!--l. 8650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9051--><p class="noindent" > +You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using: +</p><!--l. 9054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8652--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9056--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8655--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9059--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8658--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined -glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries -in the main glossary and the list of acronyms: - - +glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries in the +main glossary and the list of acronyms: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> \glsresetall[main,acronym] </div> -<!--l. 8669--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8671--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a +<!--l. 9073--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9075--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using: -</p><!--l. 8672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65011"></a> <span @@ -17590,33 +18128,32 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8674--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9078--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ will -be done, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ will be +done, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ will be done. -</p><!--l. 8679--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a +</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands within an environment or -command argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted -side-effects when the first use displayed text is different from subsequent use. -</div> -</p><!--l. 8684--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8686--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands within an environment or command +argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the +first use displayed text is different from subsequent use. </div> +</p><!--l. 9088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">frame</span><a id="dx1-65012"></a><a id="dx1-65013"></a> environment in <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-65014"></a> processes its argument for each -overlay. This means that the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and -subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form. -</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: - - + id="dx1-65014"></a> processes its argument for each overlay. +This means that the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays +will use the non-first use form. +</p><!--l. 9095--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> \documentclass{beamer}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} @@ -17630,22 +18167,22 @@ subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form.  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8711--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8713--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces “support vector machine (SVM)” and -then unsets the <a +<!--l. 9115--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces “support vector machine (SVM)” and then +unsets the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now -produces “SVM”, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway -around this and I can only offer two suggestions. -</p><!--l. 8719--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use -<span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now produces +“SVM”, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway around this and I can +only offer two suggestions. +</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-65015"></a> when you want the full version to be displayed: - - + id="dx1-65015"></a> when +you want the full version to be displayed: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> \documentclass{beamer}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} @@ -17660,12 +18197,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8741--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8743--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: - - +<!--l. 9145--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9147--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> \begin{frame}  <br /> \frametitle{Frame 1}  <br /> \begin{itemize} @@ -17674,113 +18211,115 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a  <br /> \end{itemize}  <br />\end{frame} </div> -<!--l. 8753--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span +<!--l. 9157--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-65016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide a -programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some + id="dx1-65016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide +a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-65017"></a><a id="dx1-65018"></a>-like environments (but not <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a id="dx1-65019"></a><a - id="dx1-65020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order to -work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual + id="dx1-65020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order +to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual typesetting. -</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9165--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a id="dx1-65021"></a> environments, such as <span class="cmss-10">align</span><a id="dx1-65022"></a><a - id="dx1-65023"></a>, also process their contents multiple -times, but the <span + id="dx1-65023"></a>, also process their contents multiple times, but +the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now checks for this. </p> -<!--l. 8766--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9170--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1 </span> <a id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</h3> -<!--l. 8769--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is -used. That is, how many times the <a -href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. -</p><!--l. 8773--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document -build time and also switches <span +<!--l. 9173--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. +That is, how many times the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. Note that the supplemental +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package improves this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn’t +available with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. +</p><!--l. 9179--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time +and also switches <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-66001"></a> (and therefore <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-66002"></a>) into -a preamble-only command. </div> -</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8780--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use -</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-66002"></a>) into a preamble-only +command. </div> +</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9186--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use +</p><!--l. 9187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="noindent" > before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span -class="cmtt-10">currcount</span> -and <span +class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>and +<span class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>. -</p><!--l. 8787--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9193--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the document. A local unset (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>) performs a local rather than global increment to <span class="cmtt-10">currcount</span>. Remember that not all commands use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>. -Only the <a +class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>. Only the +<a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands do this. The reset commands <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this field back to zero (where <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a local -change). -</p><!--l. 8795--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this +field back to zero (where <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a local change). +</p><!--l. 9201--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span -class="cmti-10">from the previous</span> -<span -class="cmti-10">run</span>. This value is read from the <span +class="cmti-10">from the previous run</span>. +This value is read from the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a id="dx1-66004"></a><a - id="dx1-66005"></a> -environment. -</p><!--l. 8800--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using -</p><!--l. 8801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-66005"></a> environment. +</p><!--l. 9206--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using +</p><!--l. 9207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 9209--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and -</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9213--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field. <span class="cmbx-10">These commands are only defined if you have used</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmbx-10">.</span> -</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="indent" > For example: - - +</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="indent" > For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -17793,35 +18332,34 @@ class="cmbx-10">.</span>  <br />Number of times apple has been used: \glsentrycurrcount{apple}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8829--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 9235--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 0. At the end of -the document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 4. This is because the -only commands that have incremented the entry count are those that use -<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 0. At the end of the +document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 4. This is because the only commands +that have incremented the entry count are those that use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>. That is: <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>. The other commands used -in the above example, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>. The other commands used in the above example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>, don’t use +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>, don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>so they don’t increment the entry count. On the <span -class="cmti-10">next </span><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmti-10">next</span> +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> now produces 4 as that was the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous run. -</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable -the following commands: -</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9248--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable the +following commands: +</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66008"></a> <span @@ -17832,9 +18370,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9252--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, singular) -</p><!--l. 8848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66009"></a> <span @@ -17845,9 +18383,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8850--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9256--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, plural) -</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66010"></a> <span @@ -17858,9 +18396,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" > (first letter uppercase, singular), and -</p><!--l. 8856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66011"></a> <span @@ -17871,31 +18409,31 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8858--><p class="noindent" > -(first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the -analogous <span +</p><!--l. 9264--><p class="noindent" > +(first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous +<span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 8863--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 9269--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, -<span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>, respectively, only there will be a warning that you - - -haven’t enabled entry counting. If you have enabled entry counting with -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>then these commands test if <span +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>, respectively, only there will be a warning that you haven’t enabled entry +counting. If you have enabled entry counting with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>then these + + +commands test if <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -equals 1. If it doesn’t then the analogous <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc will be used. If it does, then the -first optional argument will be ignored and </p><div class="alltt"> +class="cmtt-10">} </span>equals 1. If it doesn’t then the analogous <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> +etc will be used. If it does, then the first optional argument will be ignored and +</p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span><span @@ -17909,14 +18447,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> will be performed, where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">cs format</span>⟩ is a command that takes two arguments. The -command used depends whether you have used <span +class="cmti-10">cs format</span>⟩ is a command that takes two arguments. The command +used depends whether you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or -<span +class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>. -<!--l. 8878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66012"></a> <span @@ -17925,7 +18462,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -17945,7 +18482,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66013"></a> <span @@ -17954,7 +18491,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8894--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -17974,7 +18511,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66014"></a> <span @@ -17983,11 +18520,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> - - + + <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span @@ -18005,7 +18542,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66015"></a> <span @@ -18014,7 +18551,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -18034,38 +18571,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 8932--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t -be hyperlinked with the <span -class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won’t add a line to the -external glossary file. If you haven’t used any of the other commands that add -information to glossary file (such as <span +<!--l. 9338--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be +hyperlinked with the <span +class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won’t add a line to the external glossary +file. If you haven’t used any of the other commands that add information to glossary file (such +as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or the <a href="#x1-460006.2"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands) then -the entry won’t appear in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you -need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice to ensure they work correctly. The document -build order is now (at least): <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands) then the entry won’t appear in the +glossary. +</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you need to run +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice to ensure they work correctly. The document build order is now (at least): +<span class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, -<span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>. <a id="x1-66016r25"></a> -</p><!--l. 8944--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Don’t index entries that are only used once)</span><a id="x1-66017"></a> -</p><!--l. 8945--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous -run) only have their long form shown with <span +</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run) +only have their long form shown with <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>. - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} @@ -18086,7 +18622,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 8973--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span +<!--l. 9379--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span @@ -18096,27 +18632,27 @@ RDBMS and XML only have their long forms displayed and don’t have a  </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8981--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span +<!--l. 9385--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9387--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For example - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> \let\ac\cgls </div> -<!--l. 8985--><p class="nopar" > - - +<!--l. 9391--><p class="nopar" > + + </p> -<!--l. 8987--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8987--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 8990--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to -lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms +</p><!--l. 9396--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists +of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that fits every type of glossary. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a @@ -18130,7 +18666,7 @@ href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>). -</p><!--l. 9001--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-67001"></a> key in the optional argument to <span @@ -18140,89 +18676,88 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-67003"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>) or using -the command: -</p><!--l. 9004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#option3">3</a>) or using the +command: +</p><!--l. 9410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9006--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9412--><p class="noindent" > (before the glossary is displayed). -</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-67005"></a> package -option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by -the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 9013--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the -<span -class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>files (described in <a + id="dx1-67005"></a> package option, it +depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +package. +</p><!--l. 9419--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the <span +class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span> +files (described in <a href="#sec:lipsum"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a -href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to -test the different styles. +href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to test the different styles. </p> -<!--l. 9017--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9423--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3> -<!--l. 9020--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. +<!--l. 9426--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a id="dx1-68001"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a id="dx1-68002"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-68003"></a> described in -<a + id="dx1-68003"></a> described +in <a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>. There is a summary of available styles in <a href="#tab:styles">table 15.1</a>. -</p><!--l. 9027--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span +</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-68004"></a>) will have unexpected results if used -with the <span + id="dx1-68004"></a>) will have unexpected results if used with the +<span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-68005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-68006"></a> options. </div> -</p><!--l. 9031--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="noindent" > </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 9439--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 15.1: </span><span -class="content">Glossary Styles. An asterisk in the style name indicates anything -that matches that doesn’t match any previously listed style (e.g. <span -class="cmtt-10">long3col*</span> -matches <span +class="content">Glossary Styles. An asterisk in the style name indicates anything that +matches that doesn’t match any previously listed style (e.g. <span +class="cmtt-10">long3col* </span>matches +<span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-68008"></a>, <span + id="dx1-68008"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-68009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-68009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-68010"></a> and <span + id="dx1-68010"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-68011"></a>). A -maximum level of 0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries are displayed in the -same way as main entries). Where the maximum level is given as — there is no -limit, but note that <a + id="dx1-68011"></a>). A maximum level of +0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries are displayed in the same way as main entries). +Where the maximum level is given as — there is no limit, but note that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-68012"></a></a> (<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the -homograph column is checked, then the name is not displayed for sub-entries. If -the symbol column is checked, then the symbol will be displayed.</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-680071 --> + id="dx1-68012"></a></a> +(<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the homograph column is checked, then +the name is not displayed for sub-entries. If the symbol column is checked, then the +symbol will be displayed.</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-680071 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-9" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col @@ -18377,43 +18912,43 @@ class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✓ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-18-4" class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div> - - + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 9073--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the -length <span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length +<span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdescwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-68013"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>to set the width of the description column and -the length <span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>to set the width of the description column and the +length <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspagelistwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-68014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>to set the width of the page list column.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x16" id="fn1x16-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn1x15" id="fn1x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-68015f1"></a> These will need to be changed using <span -class="cmtt-10">\setlength </span>if the glossary is too wide. Note that -the <span +class="cmtt-10">\setlength </span>if the glossary is too wide. Note that the +<span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a id="dx1-68019"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-68020"></a> styles (and their header and border variations) don’t use -these lengths as they are designed for single line entries. Instead you should use the -analogous <span + id="dx1-68020"></a> styles (and their header and border variations) don’t use these lengths +as they are designed for single line entries. Instead you should use the analogous +<span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a id="dx1-68021"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-68022"></a> styles. If you want to explicitly create a -line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it’s better to use -<span + id="dx1-68022"></a> styles. If you want to explicitly create a line-break within a +multi-line description in a tabular-like style it’s better to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a - id="dx1-68023"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-68023"></a> instead of +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 9091--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span +</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a id="dx1-68024"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a @@ -18423,32 +18958,32 @@ href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-68026"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>), it will override any previous style -settings for the given glossary, so if, for example, you do - - +href="#option3">3</a>), it will override any previous style settings +for the given glossary, so if, for example, you do + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\printglossary[style=long] </div> -<!--l. 9099--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span +<!--l. 9505--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a id="dx1-68027"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>is redefined by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">style=long</span></span></span>. Likewise, <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-68028"></a> will also -override any previous style definitions, so, again - - + id="dx1-68028"></a> will also override +any previous style definitions, so, again + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long} </div> -<!--l. 9107--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span +<!--l. 9513--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span class="cmss-10">long</span><a @@ -18459,54 +18994,52 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-68031"></a>, e.g.: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> \setglossarystyle{long}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> -<!--l. 9116--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span +<!--l. 9522--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-68032"></a> to -suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining -<span + id="dx1-68032"></a> to suppress the gap +between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>. -</p><!--l. 9121--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span +</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-68033"></a> style -use the command -</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-68033"></a> style use the +command +</p><!--l. 9529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-68034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9125--><p class="noindent" > -after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this -full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to -redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>before the glossary is displayed. Alternatively, -you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span +</p><!--l. 9531--><p class="noindent" > +after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full +stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>before the glossary is displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for +a given entry by placing <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-68035"></a> in the entry’s -description. -</p><!--l. 9132--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span + id="dx1-68035"></a> in the entry’s description. +</p><!--l. 9538--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a - id="dx1-68036"></a> to suppress -this full stop. + id="dx1-68036"></a> to suppress this full +stop. </p> -<!--l. 9135--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9541--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4> -<!--l. 9138--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 9544--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a id="dx1-69001"></a>. Since they all use the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-69002"></a><a - id="dx1-69003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as -that environment. These styles all ignore the entry’s symbol. Note that these styles -will automatically be available unless you use the <span + id="dx1-69003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters +as that environment. These styles all ignore the entry’s symbol. Note that these +styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a id="dx1-69004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a @@ -18520,16 +19053,16 @@ class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-69006"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-69007"></a><a - id="dx1-69008"></a> environment. The entry name is placed in - the optional argument of the <span + id="dx1-69008"></a> environment. The entry name is placed in the + optional argument of the <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a - id="dx1-69009"></a> command (so it will usually appear in - bold by default). The description follows, and then the associated <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number - list<a - id="dx1-69010"></a></a> for that entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child entries, the - description and number list follows (but not the name) for each child entry. - Groups are separated using <span + id="dx1-69009"></a> command (so it will usually appear in bold by + default). The description follows, and then the associated <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-69010"></a></a> for that + entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child entries, the description and + number list follows (but not the name) for each child entry. Groups are separated + using <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a id="dx1-69011"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -18547,39 +19080,38 @@ class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a id="dx1-69014"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69015"></a> but has a navigation line at - the start of the glossary with links to each group that is present in the glossary. - This requires an additional run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-69015"></a> but has a navigation line + at the start of the glossary with links to each group that is present in the + glossary. This requires an additional run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group - - information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated by - <!--l. 9163--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + + <!--l. 9569--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshypernavsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-69016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 9165--><p class="noindent" > - which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to - simply have a space separating each group, do: - - + </p><!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" > + which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have + a space separating each group, do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space} </div> - <!--l. 9170--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 9172--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the - optional argument to <span + <!--l. 9576--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 9578--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional + argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a - id="dx1-69017"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious - space at the start. This can be changed by redefining <span + id="dx1-69017"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can + be changed by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-69018"></a>, - but note that this needs to be done <span -class="cmti-10">after </span>the glossary style has been - set. + id="dx1-69018"></a>, but note that this needs to be done <span +class="cmti-10">after</span> + the glossary style has been set. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlist</span> </dt><dd @@ -18587,11 +19119,11 @@ class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a id="dx1-69019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69020"></a> but the description starts on the line following the - name. (As with the <span + id="dx1-69020"></a> but the description starts on the line following the name. + (As with the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69021"></a> style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a - new line, but as with the <span + id="dx1-69021"></a> style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a new + line, but as with the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a id="dx1-69022"></a> style, the name associated with each child entry is ignored. @@ -18602,8 +19134,7 @@ class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a id="dx1-69023"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-69024"></a> but the glossary groups have - headings. + id="dx1-69024"></a> but the glossary groups have headings. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlisthypergroup</span> </dt><dd @@ -18611,1092 +19142,1242 @@ class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlisthypergroup</span><a id="dx1-69025"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69026"></a> but has a set of links - to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span + id="dx1-69026"></a> but has a set of links to the + glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-69027"></a>, - described above. + id="dx1-69027"></a>, described + above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">listdotted</span> </dt><dd -class="description">This style uses the <span +class="description">This style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-69028"></a><a id="dx1-69029"></a> environment.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x16" id="fn2x16-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><a +href="#fn2x15" id="fn2x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-69030f2"></a> Each entry starts with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name followed by a dotted line, followed by the description. Note that this style ignores both the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-69031"></a></a> - and the symbol. The length - <!--l. 9197--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-69031"></a></a> and the + symbol. The length + <!--l. 9603--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a id="dx1-69032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 9199--><p class="noindent" > - governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries - are formatted in the same way as the parent entries. + </p><!--l. 9605--><p class="noindent" > + governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are + formatted in the same way as the parent entries. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sublistdotted</span> </dt><dd class="description">This is a variation on the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-69033"></a> style designed for hierarchical - glossaries. The main entries have just the name displayed. The sub entries are - displayed in the same manner as <span + id="dx1-69033"></a> style designed for hierarchical glossaries. + The main entries have just the name displayed. The sub entries are displayed in the + same manner as <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-69034"></a>.</dd></dl> - - -<!--l. 9210--><p class="noindent" > + + +<!--l. 9616--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9210--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9616--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4> -<!--l. 9213--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 9619--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-70001"></a>. Since -they all use the <span + id="dx1-70001"></a>. Since they all +use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-70002"></a><a - id="dx1-70003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters -as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available -unless you use the <span + id="dx1-70003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that +environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the +<span class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a id="dx1-70004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-70005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify -the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting -instead, use the analogous styles described in <a + id="dx1-70005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and page +list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles +described in <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a -href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged -Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>. +href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>. If you want to incorporate rules +from the <span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-70006"></a> package, try the styles described in <a +href="#x1-7200015.1.4"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a +href="#x1-7200015.1.4">Longtable Styles +(<span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70006"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-70007"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-70007"></a><a - id="dx1-70008"></a> environment (defined by the <span + id="dx1-70008"></a><a + id="dx1-70009"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-70009"></a> - package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name - and the second column contains the description followed by the <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number - list<a - id="dx1-70010"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank - row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in - that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length - <span + id="dx1-70010"></a> package). + It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the second + column contains the description followed by the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-70011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is + ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column + is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column + is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70011"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries - except that their name is suppressed. + id="dx1-70012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to + the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longborder</span><a - id="dx1-70012"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70013"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70013"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines - around it. + id="dx1-70014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around + it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-70014"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70015"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-70016"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70016"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-70017"></a> but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-70018"></a> but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70018"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70019"></a> but has three columns. The first column - contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description - and the third column contains the <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-70020"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is - ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in - that column, the width of the second column is governed by the length - <span + id="dx1-70020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains + the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the third column + contains the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-70021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first + column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second + column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70021"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the - length <span + id="dx1-70022"></a>, and the width of the third + column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70022"></a>. + id="dx1-70023"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70023"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-70024"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70024"></a> style but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-70025"></a> style but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70025"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70026"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70026"></a> but has a header row. - - + id="dx1-70027"></a> but has a header row. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70027"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70028"></a> - but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-70029"></a> but has + horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70029"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70030"></a> but has an additional column in - which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is used for brief - single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest - entry in the given column. Use <span + id="dx1-70031"></a> but has an additional column in which + the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is used for brief single line + descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in the given + column. Use <span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a - id="dx1-70031"></a> for multi-line descriptions. + id="dx1-70032"></a> for multi-line descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70032"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-70033"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70033"></a> style but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-70034"></a> style but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70034"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70035"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70035"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-70036"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70036"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70037"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70037"></a> - but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-70038"></a> but has + horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4col</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a - id="dx1-70038"></a> - style is like <span + id="dx1-70039"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70039"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The - width of the description column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-70040"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions + and page lists. The width of the description column is governed by the length + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70040"></a> - and the width of the page list column is governed by the length + id="dx1-70041"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70041"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are - governed by the widest entry in the given column. + id="dx1-70042"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed + by the widest entry in the given column. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70042"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-70043"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70043"></a> but - allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. + id="dx1-70044"></a> but allows + multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70044"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-70045"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70045"></a> but allows + id="dx1-70046"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70046"></a> style is like + id="dx1-70047"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70047"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-70048"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 9713--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9713--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.3 </span> <a id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 9716--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71001"></a>. -These styles are analogous to those defined in <span + id="dx1-71001"></a>. These +styles are analogous to those defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-71002"></a> but the multiline -columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the - - -<span + id="dx1-71002"></a> but the multiline columns are left +justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a id="dx1-71003"></a><a - id="dx1-71004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that -environment. The <span + id="dx1-71004"></a> environment, they are +governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71005"></a> package additionally requires the <span + id="dx1-71005"></a> package + + +additionally requires the <span class="cmss-10">array</span><a - id="dx1-71006"></a> -package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load -<span + id="dx1-71006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you +explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a id="dx1-71007"></a>: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} </div> -<!--l. 9321--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 9728--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-71008"></a> package option since the styles -aren’t defined until after the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. + id="dx1-71008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t +defined until after the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. If you want to incorporate rules +from the <span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-71009"></a> package, try the styles described in <a +href="#x1-7200015.1.4"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a +href="#x1-7200015.1.4">Longtable Styles +(<span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71009"></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the - entry’s name and the second column contains the (left-justified) description - followed by the <a + id="dx1-71010"></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s + name and the second column contains the (left-justified) description followed by + the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-71010"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups - are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed - by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is - governed by the length <span + id="dx1-71011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a + blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that + column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71011"></a>. Child entries have a similar format - to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. + id="dx1-71012"></a>. + Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name + is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longraggedborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedborder</span><a - id="dx1-71012"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-71013"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71013"></a> but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71014"></a> but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longraggedheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-71014"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-71015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71015"></a> but has a - header row. + id="dx1-71016"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longraggedheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71016"></a> style is like - <span + id="dx1-71017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-71017"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71018"></a> + but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3col</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71018"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-71019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71019"></a> but has three - columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column - contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the - (left justified) <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-71020"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of - the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width - of the second column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-71020"></a> but has three columns. + The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left + justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number + list<a + id="dx1-71021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by + the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed by + the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71021"></a>, and the - width of the third column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-71022"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the + length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71022"></a>. + id="dx1-71023"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-71023"></a> style is like the - <span + id="dx1-71024"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71024"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71025"></a> style + but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71025"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-71026"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71026"></a> - but has a header row. - - + id="dx1-71027"></a> but has + a header row. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71027"></a> style is like + id="dx1-71028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71028"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4col</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71029"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-71030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71030"></a> but has - an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The - width of the description column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-71031"></a> but has an + additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The width of + the description column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71031"></a> - and the width of the page list column is governed by the length - <span + id="dx1-71032"></a> and the width of + the page list column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71032"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are - governed by the widest entry in the given column. + id="dx1-71033"></a>. The widths + of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given + column. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-71033"></a> style is like the + id="dx1-71034"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71034"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71035"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71035"></a> style is like - <span + id="dx1-71036"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71036"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-71037"></a> + but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71037"></a> style is - like <span + id="dx1-71038"></a> style is like + <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71038"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-71039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 9393--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 9801--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9393--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9801--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.4 </span> <a + id="x1-7200015.1.4"></a>Longtable Styles (<span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</h4> +<!--l. 9804--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72001"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span +class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a + id="dx1-72002"></a><a + id="dx1-72003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same +parameters as that environment. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72004"></a> package automatically loads the +<span +class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a + id="dx1-72005"></a> (<a +href="#sec:longstyles"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.2 </a><a +href="#sec:longstyles">Longtable Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longstyles --></a>) and <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a + id="dx1-72006"></a> (<a +href="#sec:longraggedstyles"><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles +(Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>) packages. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load +<span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72007"></a>: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> +\usepackage{glossaries} + <br />\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs} +</div> +<!--l. 9818--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +class="cmss-10">style</span><a + id="dx1-72008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t +defined until after the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. +</p><!--l. 9823--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the “header” styles in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a + id="dx1-72009"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged</span><a + id="dx1-72010"></a> +packages, but they add the rules provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72011"></a> package, <span +class="cmtt-10">\toprule</span><a + id="dx1-72012"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span><a + id="dx1-72013"></a> and +<span +class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span><a + id="dx1-72014"></a>. Additionally these styles patch the <span +class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a + id="dx1-72015"></a><a + id="dx1-72016"></a> environment to check for instances +of the group skip occurring at a page break. If you don’t want this patch to affect any other +use of <span +class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a + id="dx1-72017"></a><a + id="dx1-72018"></a> in your document, you can scope the effect by only setting the style through +the <span +class="cmss-10">style</span><a + id="dx1-72019"></a> key in the optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>. (The <span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a + id="dx1-72020"></a> package option +is checked by these styles.) +</p><!--l. 9836--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span +class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a + id="dx1-72021"></a><a + id="dx1-72022"></a> behaviour with: +</p><!--l. 9838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-9">\glsrestoreLToutput</span><span +class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a + id="dx1-72023"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="noindent" > +For more information about the patch, see the documented code (<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). + </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">long-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72024"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a + id="dx1-72025"></a> style but adds rules above and + below the header (<span +class="cmtt-10">\toprule </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span>) and inserts a rule at the bottom of + the table (<span +class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span>). + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">long3col-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72026"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a + id="dx1-72027"></a> style but adds rules as + per <span +class="cmss-10">long-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72028"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">long4col-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72029"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a + id="dx1-72030"></a> style but adds rules as + above. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72031"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a + id="dx1-72032"></a> style but adds rules + as above. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72033"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a + id="dx1-72034"></a> style but adds rules + as above. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72035"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a + id="dx1-72036"></a> style but + adds rules as above. + + + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span><a + id="dx1-72037"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This style is similar to the <span +class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a + id="dx1-72038"></a> style + but adds rules as above. + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 9871--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 9871--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5 </span> <a id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4> -<!--l. 9396--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 9874--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-72001"></a>. Since -they all use the <span + id="dx1-73001"></a>. +Since they all use the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-72002"></a><a - id="dx1-72003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters -as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless -you use the <span + id="dx1-73002"></a><a + id="dx1-73003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same +parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available +unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a - id="dx1-72004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-73004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-72005"></a> package options. In general, the <span + id="dx1-73005"></a> package options. In general, the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-72006"></a><a - id="dx1-72007"></a> + id="dx1-73006"></a><a + id="dx1-73007"></a> environment is better, but there are some circumstances where it is better to use <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-72008"></a><a - id="dx1-72009"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x16" id="fn3x16-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-72010f3"></a> -These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged -right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a + id="dx1-73008"></a><a + id="dx1-73009"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x15" id="fn3x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-73010f3"></a> +These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right +formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.5 </a><a -href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular -Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>. +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.6 </a><a +href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular Styles (Ragged +Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-72012"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-73012"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-72013"></a><a - id="dx1-72014"></a> environment (defined by the - <span + id="dx1-73013"></a><a + id="dx1-73014"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-72015"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the - entry’s name and the second column contains the description followed by - the <a + id="dx1-73015"></a> + package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the + second column contains the description followed by the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-72016"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated - with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest - entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the - - - length <span + id="dx1-73016"></a></a>. The entry’s + symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the + first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the + second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-72017"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent - entries except that their name is suppressed. + id="dx1-73017"></a>. Child entries have a + similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superborder</span><a - id="dx1-72018"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73018"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-72019"></a> but has horizontal and vertical - lines around it. + id="dx1-73019"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines + around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a - id="dx1-72020"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73020"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-72021"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-73021"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-72022"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73022"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a - id="dx1-72023"></a> but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-73023"></a> but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3col</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-72024"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73024"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-72025"></a> but has three columns. The - first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the - description and the third column contains the <a + id="dx1-73025"></a> but has three columns. The first column + contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the + third column contains the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-72026"></a></a>. The entry’s - symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest - entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the - length <span + id="dx1-73026"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width + of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of + the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-72027"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the - length <span + id="dx1-73027"></a>. The width of the + third column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-72028"></a>. + id="dx1-73028"></a>. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-72029"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-73029"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-72030"></a> style but has + id="dx1-73030"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72031"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73031"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-72032"></a> but has a header - row. + id="dx1-73032"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-72033"></a> style is like the - <span + id="dx1-73033"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-73034"></a> + style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-72035"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73035"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-72036"></a> but has an additional column - in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is designed for - entries with brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed - by the widest entry in the given column. Use <span + id="dx1-73036"></a> but has an additional column in which + the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is designed for entries with brief + single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in + the given column. Use <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-72037"></a> for multi-line - descriptions. + id="dx1-73037"></a> for multi-line descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-72038"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-73038"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-72039"></a> style but has + id="dx1-73039"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72040"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73040"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-72041"></a> but has a header - row. - - + id="dx1-73041"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-72042"></a> style is like the - <span + id="dx1-73042"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72043"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-73043"></a> + style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4col</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-72044"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73044"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-72045"></a> but allows multi-line - descriptions and page lists. The width of the description column is governed - by the length <span + id="dx1-73045"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions + and page lists. The width of the description column is governed by the length + <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-72046"></a> and the width of the page list column is - governed by the length <span + id="dx1-73046"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length + <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-72047"></a>. The width of the name and - symbol columns is governed by the widest entry in the given column. + id="dx1-73047"></a>. The width of the name and symbol columns is governed by + the widest entry in the given column. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-72048"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-73048"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-72049"></a> - style but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. + id="dx1-73049"></a> style but + allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72050"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-73050"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72051"></a> but - allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. + id="dx1-73051"></a> but allows + multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-72052"></a> style is like + id="dx1-73052"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-72053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 9492--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-73053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> + + +<!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9492--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6 </span> <a id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 9495--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 9973--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73001"></a>. -These styles are analogous to those defined in <span + id="dx1-74001"></a>. These +styles are analogous to those defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-73002"></a> but the multiline -columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the -<span + id="dx1-74002"></a> but the multiline columns are left +justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73003"></a><a - id="dx1-73004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that -environment. The <span + id="dx1-74003"></a><a + id="dx1-74004"></a> environment, they +are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73005"></a> package additionally requires the <span + id="dx1-74005"></a> package +additionally requires the <span class="cmss-10">array</span><a - id="dx1-73006"></a> -package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load -<span + id="dx1-74006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you +explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73007"></a>: - - + id="dx1-74007"></a>: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged} </div> -<!--l. 9507--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 9985--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-73008"></a> package option since the styles -aren’t defined until after the <span + id="dx1-74008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t +defined until after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73009"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-74009"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73010"></a><a - id="dx1-73011"></a> environment (defined - by the <span + id="dx1-74010"></a><a + id="dx1-74011"></a> environment (defined by the + <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73012"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains - the entry’s name and the second column contains the (left justified) - description followed by the <a + id="dx1-74012"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s + name and the second column contains the (left justified) description followed by + the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-73013"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub - groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is - governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second - column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-74013"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a + blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that + column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73014"></a>. Child entries have a - similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. + id="dx1-74014"></a>. + Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name + is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superraggedborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedborder</span><a - id="dx1-73015"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-74015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73016"></a> but has - horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-74016"></a> but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superraggedheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-73017"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-74017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73018"></a> but has a - header row. + id="dx1-74018"></a> but has a header + row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superraggedheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73019"></a> - style is like <span + id="dx1-74019"></a> style is like + <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-73020"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around - it. + id="dx1-74020"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-73021"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-74021"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-73022"></a> but has three - columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column - contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the - (left justified) <a + id="dx1-74022"></a> but has three columns. + The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left + justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-73023"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the - first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of - the second column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-74023"></a></a>. + The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the + widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the + length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73024"></a>. The width - of the third column is governed by the length <span + id="dx1-74024"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length + <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73025"></a>. + id="dx1-74025"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73026"></a> style is like the - <span + id="dx1-74026"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-73027"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-74027"></a> + style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73028"></a> style is like - <span + id="dx1-74028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-73029"></a> but has a header row. - - + id="dx1-74029"></a> but + has a header row. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span -class="cmss-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73030"></a> style is like +class="description">The <span +class="cmss-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span><a + id="dx1-74030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73031"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-74031"></a> but has horizontal + and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-73032"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-74032"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-73033"></a> but has - an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The - column widths for the name and symbol column are governed by the widest - entry in the given column. + id="dx1-74033"></a> but has an + additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The column + widths for the name and symbol column are governed by the widest entry in the + given column. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73034"></a> style is like the + id="dx1-74034"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-73035"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-74035"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73036"></a> style is like + id="dx1-74036"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-73037"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-74037"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73038"></a> style - is like <span + id="dx1-74038"></a> style is like + <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around - it. + id="dx1-74039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 9580--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 10058--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9580--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6 </span> <a +<!--l. 10058--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7 </span> <a id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4> -<!--l. 9583--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 10061--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-74001"></a>. These -styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries -that don’t have sub-entries. These styles will display the entry’s symbol if it -exists. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the -<span + id="dx1-75001"></a>. These styles +are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don’t have +sub-entries. These styles will display the entry’s symbol if it exists. Note that these styles will +automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">notree</span><a - id="dx1-74002"></a> or <span + id="dx1-75002"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-74003"></a> package options. These styles all format the entry name -using: -</p><!--l. 9590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-75003"></a> package options. These styles +all format the entry name using: +</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-74004"></a> <span + id="dx1-75004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ includes <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-74005"></a> so the -bold setting in <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefont </span>may be counteracted by another font change in -<span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>(or in <span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>). The tree-like styles that also display the header -use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>to format the heading. + id="dx1-75005"></a> so the bold +setting in <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefont </span>may be counteracted by another font change in <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span> +(or in <span +class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>). The tree-like styles that also display the header use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span> +to format the heading. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">index</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-74006"></a> style is similar to the way indices are usually formatted in that - it has a hierarchical structure up to three levels (the main level plus two - sub-levels). The name is typeset in bold, and if the symbol is present it is - set in parentheses after the name and before the description. Sub-entries - - - are indented and also include the name, the symbol in brackets (if present) - and the description. Groups are separated using <span + id="dx1-75006"></a> style is similar to the way indices are usually formatted in that it has + a hierarchical structure up to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels). The + name is typeset in bold, and if the symbol is present it is set in parentheses after + the name and before the description. Sub-entries are indented and also include + the name, the symbol in brackets (if present) and the description. Groups are + separated using <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-74007"></a>. + id="dx1-75007"></a>. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">indexgroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-74008"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-75008"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-74009"></a> style except that each - group has a heading. + id="dx1-75009"></a> style except that each group + has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">indexhypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74010"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-75010"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-74011"></a> but has a set of - links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for - <span + id="dx1-75011"></a> but has a set of links + to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74012"></a>, described above. + id="dx1-75012"></a>, + described above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">tree</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-74013"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-75013"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-74014"></a> style except that it can have arbitrary - levels. (Note that <a + id="dx1-75014"></a> style except that it can have arbitrary + levels. (Note that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-74015"></a></a> is limited to three levels, so you will need to + id="dx1-75015"></a></a> is limited to three levels, so you will need to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-74016"></a></a> if you want more than three levels.) Each sub-level is indented by + id="dx1-75016"></a></a> if you want more than three levels.) Each sub-level is indented by <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreeindent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-74017"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span>. Note that the name, symbol (if present) - and description are placed in the same paragraph block. If you want the - name to be apart from the description, use the <span + id="dx1-75017"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span>. Note that the name, symbol (if present) and + description are placed in the same paragraph block. If you want the name to be + apart from the description, use the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-74018"></a> style instead. (See - below.) + id="dx1-75018"></a> style instead. (See below.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74019"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-75019"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-74020"></a> style except that each group - has a heading. + id="dx1-75020"></a> style except that each group has a + heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treehypergroup</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74021"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-75021"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74022"></a> but has a set of - links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for - <span + id="dx1-75022"></a> but has a set of links to + the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74023"></a>, described above. + id="dx1-75023"></a>, + described above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treenoname</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-74024"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-75024"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-74025"></a> style except that the name - for each sub-entry is ignored. + id="dx1-75025"></a> style except that the name for each + sub-entry is ignored. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treenonamegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74026"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-75026"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-74027"></a> style - except that each group has a heading. + id="dx1-75027"></a> style except + that each group has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treenonamehypergroup</span> </dt><dd -class="description">The <span +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74028"></a> style - is like <span + id="dx1-75028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74029"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The - navigation line is the same as that for <span + id="dx1-75029"></a> but + has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that + for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74030"></a>, described above. + id="dx1-75030"></a>, described above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">alttree</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-74031"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-75031"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-74032"></a> style except that the indentation for - each level is determined by the width of the text specified by - <!--l. 9651--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-75032"></a> style except that the indentation for each level + is determined by the width of the text specified by + <!--l. 10129--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-74033"></a> <span + id="dx1-75033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - </p><!--l. 9653--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most - level, 1 indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span -class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn’t been - used for a given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is - omitted, 0 is assumed. - </p><!--l. 9660--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing - the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed - in parentheses before the description. +class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1 + indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span +class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn’t been used for a + given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is omitted, 0 is + assumed. + + + </p><!--l. 10138--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the + symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in + parentheses before the description. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">alttreegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74034"></a> is like the <span + id="dx1-75034"></a> is like the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-74035"></a> style except that each group has a + id="dx1-75035"></a> style except that each group has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">alttreehypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74036"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-75036"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-74037"></a> but has a set of - links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for - <span + id="dx1-75037"></a> but has a set of links to + the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-74038"></a>, described above. + id="dx1-75038"></a>, described + above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 9675--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9675--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7 </span> <a +<!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8 </span> <a id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4> -<!--l. 9678--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 10156--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-75001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span + id="dx1-76001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-75002"></a><a - id="dx1-75003"></a> -environment (defined by the <span + id="dx1-76002"></a><a + id="dx1-76003"></a> environment +(defined by the <span class="cmss-10">multicol</span><a - id="dx1-75004"></a> package). The style names are as their analogous -tree styles (as defined in <a + id="dx1-76004"></a> package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as +defined in <a href="#sec:treestyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.6 </a><a -href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but are prefixed with “mcol”. For -example, the <span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.7 </a><a +href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but are prefixed with “mcol”. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a - id="dx1-75005"></a> style is essentially the <span + id="dx1-76005"></a> +style is essentially the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75006"></a> style but put in a <span + id="dx1-76006"></a> style but put in a <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-75007"></a><a - id="dx1-75008"></a> -environment. For the complete list, see <a + id="dx1-76007"></a><a + id="dx1-76008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see +<a href="#tab:mcols">table 15.2</a>. -</p><!--l. 9687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 10165--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-75009"></a> is not loaded by <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use -any of the multicol styles in that package you need to load it explicitly with -<span -class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style using <span + id="dx1-76009"></a> is not loaded by <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use any of the multicol +styles in that package you need to load it explicitly with <span +class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required +glossary style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-75010"></a>. -</div> -</p><!--l. 9692--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9694--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining -</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-76010"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 10170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining +</p><!--l. 10173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmcols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75011"></a> <span + id="dx1-76011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10175--><p class="noindent" > to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> \usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> -<!--l. 9703--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 10181--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="table"> - - -<!--l. 9705--><p class="indent" > <a + + +<!--l. 10183--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - - + + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 15.2: </span><span -class="content">Multicolumn Styles</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-750122 --> +class="content">Multicolumn Styles</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-760122 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-10" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col @@ -19705,7 +20386,7 @@ id="TBL-10-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmssbx-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-75013"></a> <span + id="dx1-76013"></a> <span class="cmbx-10">Style </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmbx-10">Analogous Tree Style </span></td> @@ -19713,498 +20394,493 @@ class="cmbx-10">Analogous Tree Style </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a - id="dx1-75014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" + id="dx1-76014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75015"></a> </td></tr><tr + id="dx1-76015"></a> </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-75016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2" + id="dx1-76016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-75017"></a></td> + id="dx1-76017"></a></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2" + id="dx1-76018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75019"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76019"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltree</span><a - id="dx1-75020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2" + id="dx1-76020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75021"></a> </td></tr><tr + id="dx1-76021"></a> </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" + id="dx1-76022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75023"></a></td> + id="dx1-76023"></a></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-2" + id="dx1-76024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75025"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76025"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenoname</span><a - id="dx1-75026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-2" + id="dx1-76026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-75027"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76027"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-2" + id="dx1-76028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75029"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76029"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2" + id="dx1-76030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75031"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76031"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttree</span><a - id="dx1-75032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-2" + id="dx1-76032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75033"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76033"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-2" + id="dx1-76034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75035"></a> </td> + id="dx1-76035"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75036"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-2" + id="dx1-76036"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75037"></a> </td></tr></table></div> - - + id="dx1-76037"></a> </td></tr></table></div> + + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 9729--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8 </span> <a +<!--l. 10207--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.9 </span> <a id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4> -<!--l. 9732--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span +<!--l. 10210--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a - id="dx1-76001"></a> package that supplies the <span + id="dx1-77001"></a> package that supplies the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-76002"></a> style. This is a -style that is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or -tables). This style doesn’t display the <a + id="dx1-77002"></a> style. This is a style that +is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or tables). This style +doesn’t display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-76003"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span + id="dx1-77003"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 10215--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-76004"></a> with this style. For -example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a -footnote, you can do: - - + id="dx1-77004"></a> with this style. For example, +suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a footnote, you can +do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">  \usepackage{glossary-inline}  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }  <br /> \setglossarystyle{inline} </div> -<!--l. 9745--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span +<!--l. 10223--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a - id="dx1-76005"></a> with <span -class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it’s not -automatically included by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using -<span + id="dx1-77005"></a> with <span +class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it’s not automatically +included by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-76006"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9752--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9754--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: - - + id="dx1-77006"></a>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 10230--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300"> \footnote{\printglossaries} </div> -<!--l. 9757--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 10235--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10237--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-76007"></a> style is governed by the following: -</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-77007"></a> style is governed by the following: +</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-76008"></a> <span + id="dx1-77008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a - id="dx1-76009"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-77009"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10240--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries. -</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-76010"></a> <span + id="dx1-77010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a - id="dx1-76011"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-77011"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 9770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-76012"></a> <span + id="dx1-77012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a - id="dx1-76013"></a> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9772--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-77013"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10250--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span -class="cmtt-10">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first -sub-entry. -</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry. +</p><!--l. 10253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostinline</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-76014"></a> <span + id="dx1-77014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a - id="dx1-76015"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-77015"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10255--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 9781--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9781--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3> -<!--l. 9784--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style +<!--l. 10262--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 9786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77001"></a> <span + id="dx1-78001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9788--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10266--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span -class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). -The second argument ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). The +second argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ needs to redefine all of the following: -</p><!--l. 9793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">theglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77002"></a><a - id="dx1-77003"></a> <span + id="dx1-78002"></a><a + id="dx1-78003"></a> <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-77004"></a><a - id="dx1-77005"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9795--><p class="noindent" > -This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note -that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by -<span + id="dx1-78004"></a><a + id="dx1-78005"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="noindent" > +This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this +does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-77006"></a>) or the glossary postamble (defined by <span + id="dx1-78006"></a>) +or the glossary postamble (defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><a - id="dx1-77007"></a>). -For example, the <span + id="dx1-78007"></a>). For example, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77008"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-78008"></a> style uses +the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-77009"></a><a - id="dx1-77010"></a> environment, so the <span + id="dx1-78009"></a><a + id="dx1-78010"></a> environment, so the <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-77011"></a><a - id="dx1-77012"></a> -environment is simply redefined to begin and end the <span + id="dx1-78011"></a><a + id="dx1-78012"></a> environment is simply redefined to begin and +end the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-77013"></a><a - id="dx1-77014"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 9804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-78013"></a><a + id="dx1-78014"></a> environment. +</p><!--l. 10282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossaryheader</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77015"></a> <span + id="dx1-78015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9806--><p class="noindent" > -This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note -that this is not the same as <span +</p><!--l. 10284--><p class="noindent" > +This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this +is not the same as <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-77016"></a>, which should not be affected by -changes in the glossary style. The <span + id="dx1-78016"></a>, which should not be affected by changes in the +glossary style. The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77017"></a> glossary style redefines <span + id="dx1-78017"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-77018"></a> to do - - -nothing, whereas the <span + id="dx1-78018"></a> to do nothing, +whereas the <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-77019"></a> glossary style redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a -header row. -</p><!--l. 9814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-78019"></a> glossary style redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header +row. + + +</p><!--l. 10292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupheading</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77020"></a> <span + id="dx1-78020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="noindent" > -This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main -body of the glossary. If you use <a +</p><!--l. 10294--><p class="noindent" > +This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of +the glossary. If you use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-77021"></a></a> the glossary is sub-divided into a -maximum of twenty-eight logical blocks that are determined by the first character of -the <span + id="dx1-78021"></a></a> the glossary is sub-divided into a maximum of +twenty-eight logical blocks that are determined by the first character of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-77022"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-78022"></a> key (or +<span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-77023"></a> key if the <span + id="dx1-78023"></a> key if the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-77024"></a> key is omitted). The sub-divisions are in the -following order: symbols, numbers, A, …, Z. If you use <a + id="dx1-78024"></a> key is omitted). The sub-divisions are in the following order: +symbols, numbers, A, …, Z. If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-77025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend -on the language settings. -</p><!--l. 9827--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span + id="dx1-78025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language +settings. +</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span -class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The -group title can be obtained via -</p><!--l. 9830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The group +title can be obtained via +</p><!--l. 10308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77026"></a> <span + id="dx1-78026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9832--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10310--><p class="noindent" > This obtains the title as follows: if ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ consists of a single non-active character or -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is equal to <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ consists of a single non-active character or ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is +equal to <span class="cmtt-10">glssymbols </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists, -this is taken to be the title, otherwise the title is just ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (The “symbols” -group has the label <span -class="cmtt-10">glssymbols</span>, so the command <span +class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists, this is taken to be the title, +otherwise the title is just ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (The “symbols” group has the label <span +class="cmtt-10">glssymbols</span>, so the +command <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a - id="dx1-77027"></a> is -used, and the “numbers” group has the label <span -class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers</span>, so the command + id="dx1-78027"></a> is used, and the “numbers” group has the label <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers</span>, so the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgrouptitle</span><a - id="dx1-77028"></a> is used.) If you are using <a + id="dx1-78028"></a> is used.) If you are using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-77029"></a></a>, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ may be an -active character (for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just + id="dx1-78029"></a></a>, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ may be an active character (for example ø), in which case the title will be set +to just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your document. -</p><!--l. 9846--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using -</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10324--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using +</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77030"></a> <span + id="dx1-78030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10327--><p class="noindent" > For further details about <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). -</p><!--l. 9854--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply -ignore its argument. The <span +</p><!--l. 10332--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply ignore its +argument. The <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-77031"></a> style redefines <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>as -follows: - - + id="dx1-78031"></a> style redefines <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%  <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]} </div> -<!--l. 9860--><p class="nopar" > See also <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within -<span +<!--l. 10338--><p class="nopar" > See also <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-77032"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-78032"></a> +must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.) -</p><!--l. 9864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupskip</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77033"></a> <span + id="dx1-78033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9866--><p class="noindent" > -This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for -the next logical group. The <span +</p><!--l. 10344--><p class="noindent" > +This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the +next logical group. The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77034"></a> glossary style simply redefines <span + id="dx1-78034"></a> glossary style simply redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to be <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-77035"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a -blank row. -</p><!--l. 9873--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span + id="dx1-78035"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank +row. +</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-77036"></a> can be used to suppress this -default gap for the predefined styles. -</p><!--l. 9876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-78036"></a> can be used to suppress this default +gap for the predefined styles. +</p><!--l. 10354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77037"></a> <span + id="dx1-78037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="noindent" > -This macro indicates what to do for each level 0 glossary entry. The entry label is -given by ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10356--><p class="noindent" > +This macro indicates what to do for each level 0 glossary entry. The entry label is given +by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-77038"></a></a> is given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩. You -can redefine <span + id="dx1-78038"></a></a> is given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩. You can redefine +<span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-77039"></a> to use commands like <span + id="dx1-78039"></a> to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-77040"></a><span + id="dx1-78040"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>, -<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-77041"></a><span + id="dx1-78041"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>and +<span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a - id="dx1-77042"></a><span + id="dx1-78042"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>to display the name, -description and symbol fields, or to access other fields, use commands like -<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>to display the name, description and symbol fields, or +to access other fields, use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><a - id="dx1-77043"></a><span + id="dx1-78043"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. (See <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a -href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further -details.) You can also use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#sec:glsnolink">Using +Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following +commands: +</p><!--l. 10367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77044"></a> <span + id="dx1-78044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9891--><p class="noindent" > -This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) -entries if the <span +</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="noindent" > +This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if +the <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77045"></a> or <span + id="dx1-78045"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-77046"></a> package options have been used. This macro -is typically called by <span + id="dx1-78046"></a> package options have been used. This macro is typically +called by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is -controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 9897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the +macro +</p><!--l. 10375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77047"></a> <span + id="dx1-78047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9899--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are -enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must -therefore redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done -using -</p><!--l. 9906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10377--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the +relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to +set the appropriate target. This is done using +</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77048"></a> <span + id="dx1-78048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10386--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. Note that you don’t need to worry about whether the -<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. Note that you don’t need to worry about whether the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-77049"></a> package has been loaded, as <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if -<span -class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span + id="dx1-78049"></a> +package has been loaded, as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span +class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been +defined. +</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77050"></a> style defines <span + id="dx1-78050"></a> style defines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">   \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%  <br />    \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%  <br />          \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2} </div> -<!--l. 9920--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9922--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span +<!--l. 10398--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10400--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩ will always be of the form -</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 10402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-77051"></a><span + id="dx1-78051"></a><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span><br class="newline" /><span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77052"></a><span + id="dx1-78052"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20214,19 +20890,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">format cmd</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span -class="cmsy-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩ may contain <span class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a - id="dx1-77053"></a> (to delimit individual numbers) and/or + id="dx1-78053"></a> (to delimit individual numbers) and/or <span class="cmtt-10">\delimR</span><a - id="dx1-77054"></a> (to indicate a range of numbers). There may be multiple occurrences -of <span + id="dx1-78054"></a> (to indicate a range of numbers). There may be multiple occurrences of +<span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77055"></a><span + id="dx1-78055"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20235,29 +20910,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">format cmd</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span>, -but note that the entire number list is enclosed within the argument of -<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that the +entire number list is enclosed within the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-77056"></a>. The user can redefine this to change the way the entire -number list is formatted, regardless of the glossary style. However the most common -use of <span + id="dx1-78056"></a>. The user can +redefine this to change the way the entire number list is formatted, regardless of the glossary +style. However the most common use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-77057"></a> is to provide a means of suppressing the number list -altogether. (In fact, the <span + id="dx1-78057"></a> is to provide a means of +suppressing the number list altogether. (In fact, the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-77058"></a> option redefines <span + id="dx1-78058"></a> option redefines +<span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-77059"></a> to -ignore its argument.) Therefore, when you define a new glossary style, you don’t -need to worry about whether the user has specified the <span + id="dx1-78059"></a> to ignore its argument.) Therefore, when you define a new glossary +style, you don’t need to worry about whether the user has specified the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-77060"></a> package + id="dx1-78060"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\subglossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77061"></a> <span + id="dx1-78061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20265,93 +20939,92 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10423--><p class="noindent" > This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩, indicates the -sub-entry level. This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. -The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span +class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩, indicates the sub-entry level. +This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The remaining arguments are +analogous to those for <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-77062"></a> described -above. -</p><!--l. 9952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-78062"></a> described above. +</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77063"></a> <span + id="dx1-78063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9954--><p class="noindent" > -This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if -the <span +</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="noindent" > +This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the +<span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77064"></a> package option has been used. This macro is typically called by + id="dx1-78064"></a> package option has been used. This macro is typically called by <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a - id="dx1-77065"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the + id="dx1-78065"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77066"></a> <span + id="dx1-78066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9964--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-77067"></a> (which <span + id="dx1-78067"></a> (which <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-77068"></a> calls) sets -</p><!--l. 9966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-78068"></a> calls) sets +</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\currentglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77069"></a> <span + id="dx1-78069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" > -to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies -according to the glossary type. - - -</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the -documented code (<span +</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="noindent" > +to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to +the glossary type. +</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented +code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). <a - id="x1-77070r26"></a> -</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-78070r26"></a> + + +</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a completely new style)</span><a - id="x1-77071"></a> -</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands -and the environment listed above. -</p><!--l. 9981--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means -that the glossary should be placed in the <span + id="x1-78071"></a> +</p><!--l. 10456--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the +environment listed above. +</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This +means that the glossary should be placed in the <span class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a - id="dx1-77072"></a><a - id="dx1-77073"></a> environment, so <span + id="dx1-78072"></a><a + id="dx1-78073"></a> environment, so <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-77074"></a><a - id="dx1-77075"></a> should -start and end that environment. Let’s also suppose that you don’t want anything -between the glossary groups (so <span + id="dx1-78074"></a><a + id="dx1-78075"></a> +should start and end that environment. Let’s also suppose that you don’t want +anything between the glossary groups (so <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a - id="dx1-77076"></a> and <span + id="dx1-78076"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-77077"></a> should do -nothing) and suppose you don’t want anything to appear immediately after -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-78077"></a> +should do nothing) and suppose you don’t want anything to appear immediately +after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}</span></span></span> (so <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-77078"></a> should do nothing). In addition, let’s -suppose the symbol should appear in brackets after the name, followed by the + id="dx1-78078"></a> should do nothing). In addition, +let’s suppose the symbol should appear in brackets after the name, followed by the description and last of all the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-77079"></a></a> should appear within square brackets at the -end. Then you can create this new glossary style, called, say, <span + id="dx1-78079"></a></a> should appear within square brackets +at the end. Then you can create this new glossary style, called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">mylist</span>, as follows: - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">  \newglossarystyle{mylist}{%  <br /> % put the glossary in the itemize environment:  <br /> \renewenvironment{theglossary}% @@ -20374,40 +21047,40 @@ follows:  <br />   \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 10015--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly -the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span +<!--l. 10493--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the +same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a - id="dx1-77080"></a> or -<span + id="dx1-78080"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><a - id="dx1-77081"></a> so it won’t be affected by the <span + id="dx1-78081"></a> so +it won’t be affected by the <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77082"></a>, <span + id="dx1-78082"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-77083"></a> or -<span + id="dx1-78083"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-77084"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> + id="dx1-78084"></a> package +options. +</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-77085"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-78085"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-77086"></a>. + id="dx1-78086"></a>. </li> - <li class="itemize">You might want to check if the symbol hasn’t been set and omit the parentheses - if the symbol is absent. In this case you can use <span + <li class="itemize">You might want to check if the symbol hasn’t been set and omit the parentheses if + the symbol is absent. In this case you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><a - id="dx1-77087"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-78087"></a> (see <a href="#sec:utilities"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>16 </a><a href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>): - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304">  \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%  <br /> \item % bullet point  <br /> \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}% the entry name @@ -20420,82 +21093,82 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):  <br /> \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets  <br /> }% </div> - <!--l. 10042--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> + <!--l. 10520--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10044--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10044--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 10522--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10522--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-77088r27"></a> -<!--l. 10047--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-78088r27"></a> +<!--l. 10525--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 27</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a new glossary style based on an existing</span> <span class="cmbx-12">style)</span><a - id="x1-77089"></a> -</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an -existing style, you can use <span + id="x1-78089"></a> +</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, +you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-77090"></a> within the second argument of -<span + id="dx1-78090"></a> within the second argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-77091"></a> followed by whatever alterations you require. For example, -suppose you want a style like the <span + id="dx1-78091"></a> followed +by whatever alterations you require. For example, suppose you want a style like +the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77092"></a> style but you don’t want the extra vertical space -created by <span + id="dx1-78092"></a> style but you don’t want the extra vertical space created by <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-77093"></a> between groups, then you can create a new glossary style -called, say, <span -class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as follows: - - + id="dx1-78093"></a> +between groups, then you can create a new glossary style called, say, <span +class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as +follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305"> \newglossarystyle{mylist}{%  <br />\setglossarystyle{list}% base this style on the list style  <br />\renewcommand{\glsgroupskip}{}% make nothing happen  <br />                              % between groups  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10063--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span +<!--l. 10541--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-77094"></a> style in -combination with the package option <span + id="dx1-78094"></a> style in combination with +the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-77095"></a>.) </p> + id="dx1-78095"></a>.) </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10067--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 10545--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10545--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-77096r28"></a> -<!--l. 10071--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-78096r28"></a> +<!--l. 10549--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 28</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses the</span> -<span +class="cmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses the </span><span class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user1</span><a - id="dx1-77097"></a><span -class="cmbx-12">, </span><span + id="dx1-78097"></a><span +class="cmbx-12">,</span> +<span class="cmbx-12">…, </span><span class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a - id="dx1-77098"></a> <span + id="dx1-78098"></a> <span class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a - id="x1-77099"></a> -</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in -<span + id="x1-78099"></a> +</p><!--l. 10551--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-77100"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span + id="dx1-78100"></a>) and +dimension (stored in <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a - id="dx1-77101"></a>). Then you can define a glossary style that -displays each entry in a <span + id="dx1-78101"></a>). Then you can define a glossary style that displays each entry in a +<span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-77102"></a><a - id="dx1-77103"></a> as follows: - - + id="dx1-78102"></a><a + id="dx1-78103"></a> as follows: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306"> \newglossarystyle{long6col}{%  <br /> % put the glossary in a longtable environment:  <br /> \renewenvironment{theglossary}% @@ -20534,33 +21207,37 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10115--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 10593--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10116--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10116--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 10118--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10118--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10594--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 10596--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10596--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2> -</p><!--l. 10121--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found -in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). +</p><!--l. 10599--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the +documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). </p> -<!--l. 10124--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.1 </span> <a id="sec:loops"></a>Loops</h3> -<!--l. 10127--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. -As with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 10605--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted -spaces in it as they don’t get stripped. </div> -</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10133--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted spaces in it as +they don’t get stripped. (Discussed in more detail in <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists" ><span +class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7.2 of “<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> for Administrative +Work”</a>.) </div> +</p><!--l. 10612--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-79001"></a> <span + id="dx1-80001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20568,7 +21245,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10616--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration ⟨<span @@ -20578,31 +21255,30 @@ class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored ones). -</p><!--l. 10143--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-79002"></a> <span + id="dx1-80002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10626--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have previously been declared using <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a - id="dx1-79003"></a> or the <span + id="dx1-80003"></a> or the <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-79004"></a> package -option). This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to -explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of -<span + id="dx1-80004"></a> package option). +This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to +iterate over, just use the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10634--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-79005"></a> <span + id="dx1-80005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20610,21 +21286,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩. At each -iteration ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (which must be a control sequence) is set to the entry label for the current -iteration and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩. At each iteration ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ +(which must be a control sequence) is set to the entry label for the current iteration and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ +is performed. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-79006"></a> -(usually the main glossary) is used. -</p><!--l. 10162--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-80006"></a> (usually the main glossary) is +used. +</p><!--l. 10643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-79007"></a> <span + id="dx1-80007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -20632,214 +21308,209 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10164--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10645--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ (a comma-separated -list of glossary labels). If ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is the list of all defined -glossaries (except the ignored ones). At each iteration ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is set to the entry label -and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. (The current glossary label can be obtained using -<span +class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ (a comma-separated list of +glossary labels). If ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is the list of all defined glossaries +(except the ignored ones). At each iteration ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is set to the entry label and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is +performed. (The current glossary label can be obtained using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>within ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>within +⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩.) -</p><!--l. 10173--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10654--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10173--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10654--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.2 </span> <a id="sec:conditionals"></a>Conditionals</h3> -<!--l. 10176--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10657--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglossaryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80001"></a> <span + id="dx1-81001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, -otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise +⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsentryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80002"></a> <span + id="dx1-81002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. (Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists </span>will always be true after the -containing glossary has been displayed via <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists </span>will always be true after the containing +glossary has been displayed via <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-80003"></a> or <span + id="dx1-81003"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-80004"></a> -even if the entry is explicitly defined later in the document. This is because the entry -has to be defined before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a + id="dx1-81004"></a> even if the entry is +explicitly defined later in the document. This is because the entry has to be defined +before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a href="#sec:techissues"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10.1 </a><a -href="#sec:techissues">Technical -Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 10196--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 10677--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80005"></a> <span + id="dx1-81005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10198--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10679--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. -(This command uses <span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. (This +command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 10203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80006"></a> <span + id="dx1-81006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10205--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="noindent" > Does the reverse of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 10209--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10690--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80007"></a> <span + id="dx1-81007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 10215--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsordo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80008"></a> <span + id="dx1-81008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10217--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">else</span> <span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80009"></a> <span + id="dx1-81009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10223--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist otherwise generate an error and do -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">else code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">else</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 10708--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80010"></a> <span + id="dx1-81010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10230--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. -</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10714--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaschildren</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80011"></a> <span + id="dx1-81011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10236--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has any sub-entries. If it does, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true</span> -<span -class="cmti-10">part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is +performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10722--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasparent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80012"></a> <span + id="dx1-81012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10244--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent entry. If it does, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ -is performed, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is +performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10249--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10730--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshassymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80013"></a> <span + id="dx1-81013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10251--><p class="noindent" > - - +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 10732--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-80014"></a> field set. If it has, -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span + id="dx1-81014"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ +is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80015"></a> <span + id="dx1-81015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20847,24 +21518,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10258--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 10739--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-80016"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true</span> + id="dx1-81016"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is +performed, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span -class="cmti-10">part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that -has been defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-80017"></a>. There is no check for the existence of -⟨<span + id="dx1-81017"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10265--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10746--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80018"></a> <span + id="dx1-81018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20872,23 +21543,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10267--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10748--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-80019"></a> field set. If it has, -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that -has been defined via <span + id="dx1-81019"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ +is performed, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via +<span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-80020"></a>. There is no check for the existence of -⟨<span + id="dx1-81020"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10274--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80021"></a> <span + id="dx1-81021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20896,18 +21566,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10276--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-80022"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span + id="dx1-81022"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ +is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. Compare with: -</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80023"></a> <span + id="dx1-81023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20916,20 +21586,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10282--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-80024"></a> field has been set to just <span + id="dx1-81024"></a> field has been set to just <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-80025"></a> for the entry given -by ⟨<span + id="dx1-81025"></a> for the entry given by +⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. There is no check for -the existence of ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. There is no check for the existence +of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10288--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use: -</p><!--l. 10290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 10769--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use: +</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20939,23 +21609,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10292--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ for the entry identified by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is empty. If it is, -⟨<span -class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. If the field supplied is unrecognised ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">false</span> -<span -class="cmti-10">part</span>⟩ is performed and a warning is issued. Unlike the above commands, such as +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is empty. If it is, ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">true</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error occurs if the entry is undefined. -</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using: -</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. If the field supplied is unrecognised ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is +performed and a warning is issued. Unlike the above commands, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an +error occurs if the entry is undefined. +</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using: +</p><!--l. 10784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldeq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80026"></a> <span + id="dx1-81026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -20968,24 +21638,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10786--><p class="noindent" > In this case the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the field name not the key (see <a -href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>). If the field -isn’t recognised, an error will occur. This command internally uses <span +href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>). If the +field isn’t recognised, an error will occur. This command internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-80027"></a>’s + id="dx1-81027"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstring </span>to perform the comparison. <span class="cmti-10">The string is not expanded during the</span> <span class="cmti-10">test.</span> -</p><!--l. 10312--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given -field (when the entry was defined). For example: - - +</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field +(when the entry was defined). For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -20998,26 +21668,25 @@ field (when the entry was defined). For example:  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10331--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span -class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>was -expanded to “FOO” when <span -class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>was defined. If the tests are changed -to: - - +<!--l. 10812--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span +class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>was expanded to +“FOO” when <span +class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>was defined. If the tests are changed to: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308"> \ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}. </div> -<!--l. 10339--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off -for the <span +<!--l. 10820--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the +<span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-80028"></a> key: - - + id="dx1-81028"></a> key: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -21031,14 +21700,14 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10361--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and +<!--l. 10842--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and “FALSE” for the second case (comparing “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “FOO”). -</p><!--l. 10366--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following: - - +</p><!--l. 10847--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -21052,17 +21721,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “FOO”).  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10386--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span +<!--l. 10867--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) and “TRUE” for the second case (comparing “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”). -</p><!--l. 10391--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command +</p><!--l. 10872--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command using: -</p><!--l. 10393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfielddefeq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80029"></a> <span + id="dx1-81029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21075,18 +21744,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10876--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-80030"></a>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal </span>command to perform the comparison. -The argument ⟨<span + id="dx1-81030"></a>’s <span +class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal </span>command to perform the comparison. The +argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">command</span>⟩ must be a macro. -</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="indent" > For example: - - +</p><!--l. 10880--><p class="indent" > For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -21100,32 +21769,32 @@ class="cmti-10">command</span>⟩ must be a macro.  <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 10419--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span -class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“FOO”) is -the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span -class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). We have the result +<!--l. 10900--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span +class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“FOO”) is the same +as the replacement text (definition) of <span +class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). We have the result “<span +class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>” is equal to “<span -class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>” is equal to “<span class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”. -</p><!--l. 10425--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span -class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is -not the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span -class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). No expansion has -been performed on the value of the <span +class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is not the +same as the replacement text (definition) of <span +class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). No expansion has been +performed on the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field. We have the result “<span -class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is not equal -to “<span +class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is not equal to +“<span class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”. -</p><!--l. 10431--><p class="indent" > If we add: - - +</p><!--l. 10912--><p class="indent" > If we add: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312"> \newcommand{\FOO}{\foo}  <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}. </div> -<!--l. 10435--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span +<!--l. 10916--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span @@ -21134,12 +21803,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”). We have the result “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is equal to “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”. -</p><!--l. 10441--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the -leading backslash) instead of the actual control sequence: -</p><!--l. 10443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10922--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading +backslash) instead of the actual control sequence: +</p><!--l. 10924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldcseq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80031"></a> <span + id="dx1-81031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21152,23 +21821,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10445--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10926--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-80032"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-81032"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstrequal </span>command instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal</span>. -</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10449--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10930--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.3 </span> <a id="sec:fetchset"></a>Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</h3> -<!--l. 10452--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence -using: -</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10933--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using: +</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldfetch</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81001"></a> <span + id="dx1-82001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21176,7 +21844,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10937--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the glossary entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see @@ -21184,33 +21852,32 @@ class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the control sequence in which to store the value. Remember that ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the internal label and is not necessarily the same as the key used to set that -field in the argument of <span +class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the internal label and is not necessarily the same as the key used to set +that field in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 10465--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. -Note that these commands only change the value of the given field. They have no -affect on any related field. For example, if you change the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 10946--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that +these commands only change the value of the given field. They have no affect on any related +field. For example, if you change the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-81002"></a> field, it -won’t modify the value given by the <span + id="dx1-82002"></a> field, it won’t modify the value given by +the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-81003"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82003"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-81004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82004"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-81005"></a> or any other related -key. -</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span + id="dx1-82005"></a> or any other related key. +</p><!--l. 10952--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ are as above and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ -is the new value of the field. -</p><!--l. 10475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the +new value of the field. +</p><!--l. 10956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfielddef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81006"></a> <span + id="dx1-82006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21218,14 +21885,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10477--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10958--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\def </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any -grouping). -</p><!--l. 10481--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\def </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). +</p><!--l. 10962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldedef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81007"></a> <span + id="dx1-82007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21233,18 +21899,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10483--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10964--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\edef </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by -any grouping). Any fragile commands contained in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be -protected. - - -</p><!--l. 10488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-10">\edef </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). Any +fragile commands contained in the ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be protected. +</p><!--l. 10969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldgdef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81008"></a> <span + id="dx1-82008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21252,13 +21915,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10971--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\gdef </span>to change the value of the field. -</p><!--l. 10493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 10974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldxdef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81009"></a> <span + id="dx1-82009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21266,150 +21931,150 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10495--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\xdef </span>to change the value of the field. Any fragile commands contained in -the ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">\xdef </span>to change the value of the field. Any fragile commands contained in the +⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be protected. - - + + </p> -<!--l. 10500--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10981--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10981--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2> -</p><!--l. 10502--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10983--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82001"></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. -For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as “a”, “an” or “the”). The -<span + id="dx1-83001"></a> package that comes with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional +keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as +“a”, “an” or “the”). The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and has the same -package options. -</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package +and has the same package options. +</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-82002"></a> are as follows: + id="dx1-83002"></a> are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82003"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-83003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-82004"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. + id="dx1-83004"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-83005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-82006"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. + id="dx1-83006"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-82007"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-83007"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-82008"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to - the value of the <span + id="dx1-83008"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value + of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82009"></a> key. + id="dx1-83009"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82010"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-83010"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82011"></a> key. If omitted, this - defaults to the value of the <span + id="dx1-83011"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults + to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82012"></a> key.</dd></dl> + id="dx1-83012"></a> key.</dd></dl> <a - id="x1-82013r29"></a> -<!--l. 10526--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-83013r29"></a> +<!--l. 11008--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 29</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Determiners)</span><a - id="x1-82014"></a> -</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: - - + id="x1-83014"></a> +</p><!--l. 11009--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313"> documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix} </div> -<!--l. 10533--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous -sample documents with <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample -definition<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x18" id="fn1x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-82015f1"></a>: - - +<!--l. 11015--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a +sample definition<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x17" id="fn1x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-83015f1"></a>: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},%  <br />  description={an example},%  <br />  prefix={a~},%  <br />  prefixplural={the\space}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10545--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the -possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: - - +<!--l. 11027--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility +of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-315"> \newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},  <br />  plural={yeux},  <br />  description={eye},  <br />  prefix={l’},  <br />  prefixplural={les\space}} </div> -<!--l. 10555--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, -such as <span +<!--l. 11037--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as +<span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming -performed in ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in +⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options. -</p><!--l. 10561--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: - - +</p><!--l. 11043--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-316"> \newacronym  <br /> [%  <br />   prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%  <br /> ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 10567--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 11049--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10568--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10568--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 10570--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 11052--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes -with commands such as <span + id="dx1-83017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with +commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-82018"></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a -href="#glo:linktext">link -text<a - id="dx1-82019"></a></a>, so it’s not included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). The options -and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the <a + id="dx1-83018"></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a +href="#glo:linktext">link text<a + id="dx1-83019"></a></a>, so it’s +not included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). The options and any star or +plus modifier are passed on to the <a href="#x1-450006.1"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> command. (See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a -href="#sec:glslink">Links -to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 10577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for +further details.) +</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82020"></a> <span + id="dx1-83020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21417,12 +22082,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10579--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82021"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-83021"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-82022"></a> key, on <a + id="dx1-83022"></a> key, on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>⟨<span @@ -21432,10 +22097,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 10584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82023"></a> <span + id="dx1-83023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Pgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21443,24 +22108,23 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10586--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82024"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-83024"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-82025"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the -value of that key with the first letter converted to upper case followed by -<span + id="dx1-83025"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that key +with the first letter converted to upper case followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn’t been set, this is equivalent to -<span +class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that +key hasn’t been set, this is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-82026"></a><span + id="dx1-83026"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21468,10 +22132,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82027"></a> <span + id="dx1-83027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\PGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21479,17 +22143,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10596--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11078--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-82028"></a> instead of -<span + id="dx1-83028"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 10600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82029"></a> <span + id="dx1-83029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21497,14 +22160,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11084--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82030"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-83030"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82031"></a> key, on <a -href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in -front of <span + id="dx1-83031"></a> key, on <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of +<span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21512,10 +22175,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 10607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82032"></a> <span + id="dx1-83032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21523,13 +22186,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10609--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11091--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82033"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-83033"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82034"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the -value of that key with the first letter converted to upper case followed by + id="dx1-83034"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays +the value of that key with the first letter converted to upper case followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -21540,7 +22203,7 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn’t been set, this is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-82035"></a><span + id="dx1-83035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21548,10 +22211,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 10617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82036"></a> <span + id="dx1-83036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21559,110 +22222,106 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-82037"></a> instead of -<span + id="dx1-83037"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. - - + + <a - id="x1-82038r30"></a> -</p><!--l. 10623--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-83038r30"></a> +</p><!--l. 11105--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 30</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Using Prefixes)</span><a - id="x1-82039"></a> -</p><!--l. 10624--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a -href="#x1-82013r29">29<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in -the text via the above commands: - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> + id="x1-83039"></a> +</p><!--l. 11106--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a +href="#x1-83013r29">29<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text +via the above commands: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-317"> First use: \pgls{svm}. Next use: \pgls{svm}.  <br />Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.  <br />Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}. </div> -<!--l. 10630--><p class="nopar" > which produces: +<!--l. 11112--><p class="nopar" > which produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 10633--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. - Singular: a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div> -<!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a + <!--l. 11115--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: + a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div> +<!--l. 11119--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a href="#x1-5104r37"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 10640--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform -any check to determine the entry’s existence. -</p><!--l. 10643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 11120--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11120--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 11122--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any +check to determine the entry’s existence. +</p><!--l. 11125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82040"></a> <span + id="dx1-83040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10645--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82041"></a> + id="dx1-83041"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 10649--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 10650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: +</p><!--l. 11132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82042"></a> <span + id="dx1-83042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">false</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10652--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11134--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82043"></a> + id="dx1-83043"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 10656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82044"></a> <span + id="dx1-83044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">false</span> -<span -class="cmitt-10">part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10658--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11140--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-82045"></a> + id="dx1-83045"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 10662--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11144--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82046"></a> -</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-83046"></a> +</p><!--l. 11146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21670,123 +22329,123 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11147--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the -<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82047"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 10669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-83047"></a> +key. +</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82048"></a> <span + id="dx1-83048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10671--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11153--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-83049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82050"></a> <span + id="dx1-83050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - -</p><!--l. 10677--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11159--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-82051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-83051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + + +</p><!--l. 11163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82052"></a> <span + id="dx1-83052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10683--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11165--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-82053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is -performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 10688--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-83053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed +to determine if the entry exists.) +</p><!--l. 11170--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82054"></a> -</p><!--l. 10690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-83054"></a> +</p><!--l. 11172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10691--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11173--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-82055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-83055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 10696--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper +</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper case<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x18" id="fn2x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-82056f2"></a>: -</p><!--l. 10699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#fn2x17" id="fn2x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-83056f2"></a>: +</p><!--l. 11181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82057"></a> <span + id="dx1-83057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10701--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11183--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82058"></a> <span + id="dx1-83058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82059"></a> <span + id="dx1-83059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10707--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82060"></a> -</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-83060"></a> +</p><!--l. 11193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10714--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 11194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11196--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-82061"></a>, these commands aren’t + id="dx1-83061"></a>, these commands aren’t expandable so can’t be used in PDF bookmarks. </div> -</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-82062r31"></a> -</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-83062r31"></a> +</p><!--l. 11201--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 31</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a - id="x1-82063"></a> -</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the -determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span + id="x1-83063"></a> +</p><!--l. 11202--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. +For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-82064"></a> style -that inserts the prefix before the name: - - + id="dx1-83064"></a> style that inserts the prefix +before the name: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318"> \newglossarystyle{plist}{%  <br />  \setglossarystyle{list}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{% @@ -21796,164 +22455,163 @@ that inserts the prefix before the name:  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 10733--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 11215--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 10734--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> - - -<!--l. 10736--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> + + +<!--l. 11218--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span +</p><!--l. 11220--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-83001"></a> -package, but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span + id="dx1-84001"></a> package, +but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-83002"></a> -package which is also listed as experimental. This package defines additional keys that -may be used when defining glossary entries. The keys are as follows: + id="dx1-84002"></a> package which is also +listed as experimental. This package defines additional keys that may be used when defining +glossary entries. The keys are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">access</span><a - id="dx1-83003"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-83004"></a> key. + id="dx1-84004"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">textaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-83006"></a> key. + id="dx1-84006"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83007"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84007"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-83008"></a> key. + id="dx1-84008"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">pluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84009"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-83010"></a> key. + id="dx1-84010"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83011"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83012"></a> key. + id="dx1-84012"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83013"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84013"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-83014"></a> key. + id="dx1-84014"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83015"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-83016"></a> key. + id="dx1-84016"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-83018"></a> key. + id="dx1-84018"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83019"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the - <span + id="dx1-84019"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-83020"></a> key. + id="dx1-84020"></a> + key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83021"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span + id="dx1-84021"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-83022"></a> key (used by - <span + id="dx1-84022"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-83023"></a>). + id="dx1-84023"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83024"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span + id="dx1-84024"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-83025"></a> key (used by + id="dx1-84025"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-83026"></a>). + id="dx1-84026"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83027"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-84027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-83028"></a> key (used - by <span + id="dx1-84028"></a> key (used by + <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-83029"></a>). + id="dx1-84029"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-83030"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span + id="dx1-84030"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-83031"></a> key - (used by <span + id="dx1-84031"></a> key (used by + <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-83032"></a>). + id="dx1-84032"></a>). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" >For example: - - +<!--l. 11267--><p class="noindent" >For example: + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319"> \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document  <br />preparation language},access={TeX}} </div> -<!--l. 10789--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 11271--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to - - + + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320"> \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{} </div> -<!--l. 10793--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 11275--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a href="#x1-5106r38"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-83033"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It is -recommended that you also read the <span + id="dx1-84033"></a> package. +</p><!--l. 11279--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. I recommend that +you also read the <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-83034"></a> documentation. - - + id="dx1-84034"></a> documentation. + + </p> -<!--l. 10801--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 10801--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11283--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 11283--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> -</p><!--l. 10804--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 11286--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with some minimal example files, <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span>, <span @@ -21963,17 +22621,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>, which can be used for testing. These should be located in the <span class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -documentation directory. The location varies according to your operating -system and <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can be -found in <span -class="cmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2014/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. -Further information on debugging <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at -<a +documentation directory. The location varies according to your operating system +and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can be found in +<span +class="cmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2014/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. Further information on +debugging <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 10816--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a +</p><!--l. 11298--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn’t help, try posting your query to somewhere like the <span @@ -21982,21 +22639,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup, the href="http://www.latex-community.org/" ><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community Forum</a> or <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>. Bug reports can be -submitted via <a +class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>. Bug reports can be submitted via +<a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html" >my package bug report form</a>. - - -</p><!--l. 10825--><p class="indent" > <a - id="likesection.2"></a><a - id="index"></a> - - + + </p> <!--l. 2--><p class="indent" > </div> </p><!--l. 2--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-8500019"></a>Index</h2> <span + id="x1-8600019"></a>Index</h2> <span class="cmbx-10">Symbols</span> <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@codepage</span></span></span>  <a @@ -22018,4677 +22670,3866 @@ class="cmti-10">4</span></a> <br /></span> class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15011" ><span class="cmti-10">5</span></a> <br /></span> -<p class="theindex"> <span +<p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">A</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\AA</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4068" >6</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59096" >7</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ac</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59094" >8</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83002" >9</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83034" >10</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59088" >11</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59086" >12</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59092" >13</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59090" >14</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59080" >15</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59078" >16</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59084" >17</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59082" >18</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59100" >19</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59098" >20</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84002" >6</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84034" >7</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59064" ><span -class="cmti-10">21</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59068" ><span +class="cmti-10">8</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59063" ><span -class="cmti-10">22</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59089" >23</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59067" ><span +class="cmti-10">9</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59060" ><span -class="cmti-10">24</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59087" >25</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61016" >26</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61054" >27</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61067" >28</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62054" >29</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65015" >30</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59064" ><span +class="cmti-10">10</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59061" ><span -class="cmti-10">31</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62018" >32</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62055" >33</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59065" ><span +class="cmti-10">11</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59062" ><span -class="cmti-10">34</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59116" >35</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59066" ><span +class="cmti-10">12</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59067" ><span -class="cmti-10">36</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59071" ><span +class="cmti-10">13</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59066" ><span -class="cmti-10">37</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59093" >38</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59070" ><span +class="cmti-10">14</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59065" ><span -class="cmti-10">39</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59091" >40</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59069" ><span +class="cmti-10">15</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59053" ><span -class="cmti-10">41</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59057" ><span +class="cmti-10">16</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59052" ><span -class="cmti-10">42</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59081" >43</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59056" ><span +class="cmti-10">17</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59048" ><span -class="cmti-10">44</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59079" >45</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59052" ><span +class="cmti-10">18</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59056" ><span -class="cmti-10">46</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59060" ><span +class="cmti-10">19</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59055" ><span -class="cmti-10">47</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59085" >48</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59059" ><span +class="cmti-10">20</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59054" ><span -class="cmti-10">49</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59083" >50</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59058" ><span +class="cmti-10">21</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">acronym styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61018" >51</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61052" >52</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61056" >53</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62021" >54</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61018" >22</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61052" >23</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61056" >24</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62021" >25</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61053" >55</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61059" >56</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61053" >26</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61059" >27</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61019" >57</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61063" >58</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62020" >59</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61019" >28</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61063" >29</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62020" >30</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61073" >60</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61073" >31</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61064" >61</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61064" >32</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5028" >62</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61074" >63</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61083" >64</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61086" >65</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5028" >33</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61074" >34</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61083" >35</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61086" >36</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61065" >66</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61065" >37</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61075" >67</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61075" >38</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61007" >68</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61021" >69</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61040" >70</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62033" >71</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61007" >39</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61021" >40</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61040" >41</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62033" >42</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61036" >72</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61036" >43</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47064" >73</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61020" >74</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61039" >75</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62011" >76</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62028" >77</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62034" >78</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47069" >44</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61020" >45</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61039" >46</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62011" >47</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62028" >48</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62034" >49</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61035" >79</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61051" >80</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62030" >81</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61035" >50</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61051" >51</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62030" >52</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61011" >82</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61022" >83</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61041" >84</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61011" >53</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61022" >54</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61041" >55</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61037" >85</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61037" >56</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61023" >86</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61027" >87</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61042" >88</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61023" >57</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61027" >58</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61042" >59</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61038" >89</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61038" >60</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61030" >90</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61030" >61</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61049" >91</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61049" >62</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61029" >92</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61029" >63</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61048" >93</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61048" >64</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61031" >94</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61031" >65</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61050" >95</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61050" >66</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60010" ><span -class="cmti-10">96</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61034" >97</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61045" >98</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61088" >99</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62059" >100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62062" >101</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">67</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22021" >102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59038" >103</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61002" ><span -class="cmti-10">104</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61005" >105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61014" >106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61025" >107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61089" >108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62014" >109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62075" >110</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8025" >111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59001" >112</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">68</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60012" ><span -class="cmti-10">113</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61033" >114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61046" >115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61087" >116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62057" >117</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">69</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17065" >118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18042" >119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21007" >120</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21015" >121</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49005" >122</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58016" ><span -class="cmti-10">123</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59007" >124</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63002" >125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63004" >126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63008" >127</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21009" >128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38020" >129</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">70</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59042" ><span -class="cmti-10">130</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59046" ><span +class="cmti-10">71</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59041" ><span -class="cmti-10">131</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59073" >132</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59045" ><span +class="cmti-10">72</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59036" ><span -class="cmti-10">133</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59071" >134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62074" >135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4004" >136</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59040" ><span +class="cmti-10">73</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59045" ><span -class="cmti-10">137</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59049" ><span +class="cmti-10">74</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59044" ><span -class="cmti-10">138</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59077" >139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59048" ><span +class="cmti-10">75</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59043" ><span -class="cmti-10">140</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59075" >141</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59072" >142</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59070" >143</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59076" >144</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59074" >145</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18007" >146</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">align </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65022" >147</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59047" ><span +class="cmti-10">76</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\altnewglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58008" ><span -class="cmti-10">148</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">77</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62080" >149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62081" >150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10" >78</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62080" >79</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62081" >80</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65021" >151</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\andname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51010" >152</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65021" >81</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">arara</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10013" >153</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10015" >82</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">array </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71006" >154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73006" >155</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38009" >156</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71006" >83</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74006" >84</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">B</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\babel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20086" >157</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8001" >158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8003" >159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8007" >161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8016" >162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8018" >163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8019" >164</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8022" >165</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8034" >166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8037" >167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8041" >168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8047" >169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17032" >170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17037" >171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17042" >172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17044" >173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17046" >174</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17051" >175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17057" >176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28008" >177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38011" >178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41007" >179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58023" >180</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8001" >85</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8003" >86</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >87</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8007" >88</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8016" >89</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8018" >90</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8019" >91</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8022" >92</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8034" >93</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8037" >94</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8041" >95</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8047" >96</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17032" >97</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17037" >98</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17042" >99</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17044" >100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17046" >101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17051" >102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17057" >103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28008" >104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38011" >105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41007" >106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58023" >107</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">beamer </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65014" >181</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65016" >182</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65014" >108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65016" >109</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">beamer </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8046" >183</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8046" >110</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">booktabs </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70006" >111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71009" >112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72011" >113</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">C</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGls</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66010" ><span -class="cmti-10">184</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">114</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5111" >185</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66008" ><span -class="cmti-10">186</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">115</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66014" ><span -class="cmti-10">187</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">116</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66012" ><span -class="cmti-10">188</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">117</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66011" ><span -class="cmti-10">189</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">118</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66009" ><span -class="cmti-10">190</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">119</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66015" ><span -class="cmti-10">191</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">120</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66013" ><span -class="cmti-10">192</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53052" >193</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18047" >194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53050" >195</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">121</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77069" ><span -class="cmti-10">196</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78069" ><span +class="cmti-10">122</span></a> <br /></span> + + +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">D</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53040" >197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53043" >198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53045" >199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53047" >200</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9" >123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53041" >124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53044" >125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53046" >126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53048" >127</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8" >128</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21022" ><span -class="cmti-10">201</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47011" >202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59014" >203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79003" >204</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\defentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59032" >205</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3023" >206</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">129</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44025" >207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45002" >208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46002" >209</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47007" ><span -class="cmti-10">210</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47009" >211</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59015" >212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59016" >213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60004" >214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62002" >215</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymShortcuts</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21027" ><span -class="cmti-10">216</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77053" >217</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">130</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\delimR</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77054" >218</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">description </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69002" >219</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69007" >220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69028" >221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77009" >222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77013" >223</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8028" >224</a> <br /></span> +class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21027" ><span +class="cmti-10">131</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">doc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7" >225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8" >226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12" >227</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">document </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38012" >228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40003" >229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41008" >230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41011" >231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41014" >232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42001" >233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66004" >234</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\dtlcompare</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53046" >235</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53044" >236</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53042" >237</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\dtlwordindexcompare</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53041" >238</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16" >132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17" >133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21" >134</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">E</span> - - -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52005" >239</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\edef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47014" >240</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\emph</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44040" >241</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item">encap  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43006" >135</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">entry location  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3001" ><span -class="cmbx-10">242</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8027" >243</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">136</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">environments:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">align</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65023" >244</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69003" >245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69008" >246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69029" >247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77010" >248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77014" >249</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">document</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38013" >250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40004" >251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41009" >252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41012" >253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41015" >254</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42002" >255</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66005" >256</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">equation</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5043" >257</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">frame</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65013" >258</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">itemize</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77073" >259</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">longtable</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70003" >260</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70008" >261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71004" >262</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72007" >263</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77103" >264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53068" >265</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">multicols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75003" >266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75008" >267</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">supertabular</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72003" >268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72009" >269</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72014" >270</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73004" >271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73011" >272</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span -class="cmtt-10">tabular</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65018" >273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65020" >274</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">theglossary</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77003" ><span -class="cmti-10">275</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77005" >276</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77012" >277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77075" >278</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5042" >279</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78003" ><span +class="cmti-10">137</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etex </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17022" >280</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17022" >138</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20041" >281</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47018" >282</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80027" >283</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80030" >284</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80032" >285</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4" >139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20041" >140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47018" >141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81027" >142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81030" >143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81032" >144</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Extended Latin Alphabet  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3002" ><span -class="cmbx-10">286</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">145</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">extended Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3004" >287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3004" >146</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3005" ><span -class="cmbx-10">288</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3029" >289</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3044" >290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3051" >291</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5087" >292</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28006" >293</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +class="cmbx-10">147</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3029" >148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3044" >149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3051" >150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5087" >151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28006" >152</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">F</span> <span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.alg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10058" >294</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10065" >153</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >295</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11017" >296</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55004" >297</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >154</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11017" >155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55004" >156</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10057" >298</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13015" >299</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" >300</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10064" >157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13015" >158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" >159</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11" >301</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20" >160</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11018" >302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13017" >303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14014" >304</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11018" >161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13017" >162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14014" >163</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14013" >306</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14013" >165</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41013" >307</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41013" >166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41017" >167</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14005" >308</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14007" >309</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15006" >310</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20059" >311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27003" >312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27012" >313</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14005" >168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14007" >169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15006" >170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20059" >171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27003" >172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27012" >173</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13009" >314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14004" >315</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13009" >174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14004" >175</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13011" >316</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13012" >317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15008" >318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20068" >319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27005" >320</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27009" >321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27014" >322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54005" >323</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13011" >176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13012" >177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15008" >178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20068" >179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27005" >180</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27009" >181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27014" >182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54005" >183</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glo2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10" >324</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19" >184</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">gls2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9" >325</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18" >185</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3009" >326</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3009" >186</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    flag  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3017" >327</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3017" >187</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    text  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >328</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >188</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47059" >329</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61001" ><span -class="cmti-10">330</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61003" >331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61004" >332</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61006" >333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61024" >334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61032" >335</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">189</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">flowfram </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72011" >336</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73011" >190</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fmtcount </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56035" >337</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56035" >191</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28126" >338</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61066" >339</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28139" >192</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79002" ><span -class="cmti-10">340</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80002" ><span +class="cmti-10">193</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79001" ><span -class="cmti-10">341</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80001" ><span +class="cmti-10">194</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79007" ><span -class="cmti-10">342</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80007" ><span +class="cmti-10">195</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79005" ><span -class="cmti-10">343</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">frame </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65012" >344</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80005" ><span +class="cmti-10">196</span></a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">G</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47060" ><span -class="cmti-10">345</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47065" ><span +class="cmti-10">197</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47054" ><span -class="cmti-10">346</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47065" >347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60008" >348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62015" >349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62019" >350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62048" >351</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47059" ><span +class="cmti-10">198</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62022" ><span -class="cmti-10">352</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62063" >353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62067" >354</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">199</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47061" ><span -class="cmti-10">355</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47066" ><span +class="cmti-10">200</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47056" ><span -class="cmti-10">356</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47066" >357</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47061" ><span +class="cmti-10">201</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6001" >358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8008" >359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38010" >360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44019" >361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44033" >362</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6001" >202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8008" >203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38010" >204</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44020" >205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44039" >206</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5107" >363</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28100" >364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28121" >365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83001" >366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83033" >367</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5107" >207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28104" >208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28128" >209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84001" >210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84033" >211</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17038" >368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17049" >369</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17038" >212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17049" >213</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17040" >370</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17040" >214</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5105" >371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28099" >372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28120" >373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82001" >374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82017" >375</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5105" >215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28103" >216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28127" >217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83001" >218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83017" >219</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary counters:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19004" ><span -class="cmti-10">376</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">220</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19021" ><span -class="cmti-10">377</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">221</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2" >378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4005" >379</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64001" >380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64002" >381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64005" >382</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11" >222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4005" >223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64001" >224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64002" >225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64005" >226</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61047" >383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61080" >384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62068" >385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69019" >386</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69024" >387</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61047" >227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61080" >228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62068" >229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69019" >230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69024" >231</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlistgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69023" >388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69026" >389</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69023" >232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69026" >233</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlisthypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69025" >390</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69025" >234</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68021" >391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70031" >392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70038" >393</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68021" >235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70032" >236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70039" >237</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72031" >238</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70042" >394</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70043" >239</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70044" >395</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70045" >240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72032" >241</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70046" >396</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70047" >242</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71029" >397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71034" >398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71036" >399</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71030" >243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71035" >244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71037" >245</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72037" >246</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71033" >400</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71034" >247</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71035" >401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71038" >402</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71036" >248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71039" >249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72038" >250</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71037" >403</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71038" >251</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68022" >404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72037" >405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72044" >406</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68022" >252</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73037" >253</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73044" >254</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72048" >407</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73048" >255</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72050" >408</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73050" >256</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72052" >409</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73052" >257</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73032" >410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73035" >411</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73037" >412</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74032" >258</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74035" >259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74037" >260</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73034" >413</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74034" >261</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73036" >414</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73039" >415</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74036" >262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74039" >263</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73038" >416</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74038" >264</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74018" >417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74031" >418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74035" >419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75033" >420</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75018" >265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75031" >266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75035" >267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76033" >268</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74034" >421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74037" >422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75035" >423</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75034" >269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75037" >270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76035" >271</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74036" >424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75037" >425</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75036" >272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76037" >273</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74006" >426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74009" >427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74014" >428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75006" >429</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75015" >430</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75006" >274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75009" >275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75014" >276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76006" >277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76015" >278</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">indexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74008" >431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74011" >432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75017" >433</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75008" >279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75011" >280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76017" >281</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">indexhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74010" >434</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75019" >435</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75010" >282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76019" >283</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">inline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5061" >436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76002" >437</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76007" >438</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5061" >284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77002" >285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77007" >286</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19041" >439</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69006" >440</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69013" >441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69020" >442</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69021" >443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69022" >444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77008" >445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77017" >446</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77034" >447</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77050" >448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77092" >449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77094" >450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82064" >451</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19041" >287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69006" >288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69013" >289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69020" >290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69021" >291</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69022" >292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78008" >293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78017" >294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78034" >295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78050" >296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78092" >297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78094" >298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83064" >299</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listdotted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68033" >452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69033" >453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69034" >454</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68033" >300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69033" >301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69034" >302</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20020" >455</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68004" >456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69012" >457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69015" >458</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20020" >303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68004" >304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69012" >305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69015" >306</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69014" >459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69027" >460</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74012" >461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74023" >462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74030" >463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74038" >464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77031" >465</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69014" >307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69027" >308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75012" >309</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75023" >310</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75030" >311</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75038" >312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78031" >313</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68029" >466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70006" >467</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70013" >468</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70015" >469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70019" >470</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68029" >314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70007" >315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70014" >316</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70016" >317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70020" >318</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">long-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72024" >319</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72028" >320</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68008" >471</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70018" >472</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70024" >473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70026" >474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70030" >475</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68008" >321</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70019" >322</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70025" >323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70027" >324</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70031" >325</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">long3col-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72026" >326</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68010" >476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70023" >477</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68010" >327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70024" >328</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68009" >478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70025" >479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70028" >480</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68009" >329</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70026" >330</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70029" >331</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72027" >332</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68011" >481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70027" >482</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68011" >333</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70028" >334</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68019" >483</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70029" >484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70033" >485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70035" >486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70039" >487</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68019" >335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70030" >336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70034" >337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70036" >338</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70040" >339</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">long4col-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72029" >340</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70032" >488</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70043" >489</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70033" >341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70044" >342</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70034" >490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70037" >491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70045" >492</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70035" >343</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70038" >344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70046" >345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72030" >346</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70036" >493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70047" >494</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70037" >347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70048" >348</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70012" >495</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70013" >349</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70014" >496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70017" >497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77019" >498</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70015" >350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70018" >351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72025" >352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78019" >353</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70016" >499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53066" >500</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70017" >354</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53067" >355</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71009" >501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71013" >502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71015" >503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71019" >504</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71010" >356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71014" >357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71016" >358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71020" >359</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">longragged-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72033" >360</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71018" >505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71024" >506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71026" >507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71030" >508</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71019" >361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71025" >362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71027" >363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71031" >364</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmtt-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72035" >365</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71023" >509</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71024" >366</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71025" >510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71028" >511</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71026" >367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71029" >368</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72036" >369</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71027" >512</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71028" >370</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71012" >513</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71013" >371</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71014" >514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71017" >515</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71015" >372</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71018" >373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72034" >374</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71016" >516</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71017" >375</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75032" >517</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76032" >376</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75034" >518</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76034" >377</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75036" >519</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76036" >378</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75005" >520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75014" >521</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76005" >379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76014" >380</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75016" >522</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76016" >381</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75018" >523</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76018" >382</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75020" >524</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76020" >383</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75022" >525</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76022" >384</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75024" >526</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76024" >385</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75026" >527</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76026" >386</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75028" >528</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76028" >387</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75030" >529</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76030" >388</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72012" >530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72019" >531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72021" >532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72025" >533</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73012" >389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73019" >390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73021" >391</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73025" >392</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72024" >534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72030" >535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72032" >536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72036" >537</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73024" >393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73030" >394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73032" >395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73036" >396</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72029" >538</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73029" >397</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72031" >539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72034" >540</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73031" >398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73034" >399</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72033" >541</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73033" >400</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68020" >542</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72035" >543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72039" >544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72041" >545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72045" >546</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68020" >401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73035" >402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73039" >403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73041" >404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73045" >405</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72038" >547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72049" >548</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73038" >406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73049" >407</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72040" >549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72043" >550</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72051" >551</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73040" >408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73043" >409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73051" >410</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72042" >552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72053" >553</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73042" >411</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73053" >412</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72018" >554</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73018" >413</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72020" >555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72023" >556</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73020" >414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73023" >415</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53064" >557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72022" >558</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53065" >416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73022" >417</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73009" >559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73016" >560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73018" >561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73022" >562</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74009" >418</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74016" >419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74018" >420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74022" >421</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73021" >563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73027" >564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73029" >565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73033" >566</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74021" >422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74027" >423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74029" >424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74033" >425</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73026" >567</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74026" >426</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73028" >568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73031" >569</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74028" >427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74031" >428</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73030" >570</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74030" >429</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73015" >571</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74015" >430</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73017" >572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73020" >573</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74017" >431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74020" >432</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73019" >574</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74019" >433</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">tree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62066" >575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74013" >576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74020" >577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74025" >578</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74032" >579</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75021" >580</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62066" >434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75013" >435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75020" >436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75025" >437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75032" >438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76021" >439</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74019" >581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74022" >582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75023" >583</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75019" >440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75022" >441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76023" >442</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74021" >584</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75025" >585</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75021" >443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76025" >444</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74024" >586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74027" >587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75027" >588</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75024" >445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75027" >446</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76027" >447</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenonamegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74026" >589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74029" >590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75029" >591</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75026" >448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75029" >449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76029" >450</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenonamehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74028" >592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75031" >593</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75028" >451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76031" >452</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76001" >594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76005" >595</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77001" >453</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77005" >454</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19026" >596</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19039" >597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19040" >598</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53070" >599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69001" >600</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19026" >455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19039" >456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19040" >457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53071" >458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69001" >459</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19027" >601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19031" >602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19033" >603</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53071" >604</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70001" >605</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71002" >606</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19027" >460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19031" >461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19033" >462</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53072" >463</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70001" >464</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71002" >465</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72005" >466</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72009" >467</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72001" >468</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72004" >469</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72007" >470</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71001" >607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71005" >608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71007" >609</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71001" >471</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71005" >472</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71007" >473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72006" >474</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19047" >610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75001" >611</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75009" >612</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75013" >613</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19047" >475</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76001" >476</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76009" >477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76013" >478</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72010" >479</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19028" >614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19035" >615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19037" >616</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53072" >617</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72001" >618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73002" >619</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19028" >480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19035" >481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19037" >482</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53073" >483</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73001" >484</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74002" >485</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73001" >620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73005" >621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73007" >622</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74001" >486</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74005" >487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74007" >488</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19029" >623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19044" >624</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19045" >625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53073" >626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74001" >627</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19029" >489</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19044" >490</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19045" >491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53074" >492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75001" >493</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry </span>(counter)  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19003" ><span -class="cmti-10">628</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19011" >629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19012" >630</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19016" >631</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77051" >632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77056" >633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77057" >634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77059" >635</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">494</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19011" >495</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19012" >496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19016" >497</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69018" >636</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77015" ><span -class="cmti-10">637</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77018" >638</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77078" >639</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8024" >640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17045" >641</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78015" ><span +class="cmti-10">498</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53061" ><span -class="cmti-10">642</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77007" >643</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53062" ><span +class="cmti-10">499</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19014" >644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53059" ><span -class="cmti-10">645</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77006" >646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77016" >647</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76004" >648</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53024" >649</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53060" ><span +class="cmti-10">500</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry </span>(counter)  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19020" ><span -class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">501</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77037" ><span -class="cmti-10">651</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77039" >652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77062" >653</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78037" ><span +class="cmti-10">502</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52029" ><span -class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">503</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52028" ><span -class="cmti-10">655</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77041" >656</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">504</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52013" ><span -class="cmti-10">657</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77085" >658</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">505</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52012" ><span -class="cmti-10">659</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77040" >660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77086" >661</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">506</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52036" ><span -class="cmti-10">662</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">507</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52035" ><span -class="cmti-10">663</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77042" >664</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">508</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3012" >665</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28049" >666</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45015" ><span -class="cmti-10">667</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82028" >668</a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">509</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3011" >669</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7010" >670</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28048" >671</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28123" >672</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45014" ><span -class="cmti-10">673</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59097" >674</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64009" >675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64011" >676</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64013" >677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82026" >678</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">510</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3010" >679</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3031" >680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17013" >681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17064" >682</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17073" >683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17083" >684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28023" >685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28026" >686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28032" >687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28034" >688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28047" >689</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45004" ><span -class="cmti-10">690</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47016" >691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47058" >692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47080" >693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50005" >694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56019" >695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59026" >696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59095" >697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62041" >698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62073" >699</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64008" >700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64010" >701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64012" >702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64020" >703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64022" >704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82018" >705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10048" >706</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17069" >707</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">511</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61028" ><span -class="cmti-10">708</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">512</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17093" >709</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49001" ><span -class="cmti-10">710</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">513</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5034" >711</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49003" ><span -class="cmti-10">712</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">514</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">types</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49004" >713</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49004" >515</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49008" ><span -class="cmti-10">714</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">516</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28097" >715</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29003" >716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30001" >717</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32001" ><span -class="cmti-10">718</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">517</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43005" ><span -class="cmti-10">719</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56025" >720</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43024" ><span +class="cmti-10">518</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28098" >721</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33001" ><span -class="cmti-10">722</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48028" >723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62071" >724</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">519</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44044" >725</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56014" ><span -class="cmti-10">726</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">520</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56009" ><span -class="cmti-10">727</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56040" >728</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">521</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56023" ><span -class="cmti-10">729</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56050" >730</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">522</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18041" ><span -class="cmti-10">731</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">523</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54012" ><span -class="cmti-10">732</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">524</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47021" ><span -class="cmti-10">733</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47034" >734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62006" >735</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">525</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18018" ><span -class="cmti-10">736</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">526</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54008" ><span -class="cmti-10">737</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47035" >738</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">527</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47015" ><span -class="cmti-10">739</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59033" >740</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17066" >741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23025" >742</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38005" >743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47008" >744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79006" >745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21010" >746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21012" >747</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38021" >748</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">528</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46042" ><span -class="cmti-10">749</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46053" ><span +class="cmti-10">529</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46041" ><span -class="cmti-10">750</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46052" ><span +class="cmti-10">530</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46038" ><span -class="cmti-10">751</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46049" ><span +class="cmti-10">531</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68013" ><span -class="cmti-10">752</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70011" >753</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70021" >754</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70040" >755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71011" >756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71021" >757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71031" >758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72017" >759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72027" >760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72046" >761</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73014" >762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73024" >763</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">532</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44031" >764</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47025" >765</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48005" ><span -class="cmti-10">766</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48020" >767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52057" >768</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">533</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3016" >769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3022" >770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17074" >771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28031" >772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45003" >773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45027" ><span -class="cmti-10">774</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28060" >775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47004" >776</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28061" >777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47003" >778</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45049" ><span +class="cmti-10">534</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4065" >779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17101" >780</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52061" ><span -class="cmti-10">781</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">535</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80005" ><span -class="cmti-10">782</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81005" ><span +class="cmti-10">536</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80008" ><span -class="cmti-10">783</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81008" ><span +class="cmti-10">537</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80007" ><span -class="cmti-10">784</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81007" ><span +class="cmti-10">538</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80006" ><span -class="cmti-10">785</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81006" ><span +class="cmti-10">539</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80009" ><span -class="cmti-10">786</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81009" ><span +class="cmti-10">540</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20029" ><span -class="cmti-10">787</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">541</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5110" >788</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66003" ><span -class="cmti-10">789</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">542</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48006" ><span -class="cmti-10">790</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">543</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77047" ><span -class="cmti-10">791</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78047" ><span +class="cmti-10">544</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66006" ><span -class="cmti-10">792</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">545</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52027" ><span -class="cmti-10">793</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">546</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52026" ><span -class="cmti-10">794</span></a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">547</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52031" ><span -class="cmti-10">795</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">548</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52030" ><span -class="cmti-10">796</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">549</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52021" ><span -class="cmti-10">797</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">550</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52020" ><span -class="cmti-10">798</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">551</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52024" ><span -class="cmti-10">799</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">552</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52023" ><span -class="cmti-10">800</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">553</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5102" >801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44026" >802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45001" >803</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46001" >804</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47006" ><span -class="cmti-10">805</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47073" >806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48014" >807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48021" >808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48025" >809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59017" >810</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">554</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59113" ><span -class="cmti-10">811</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59117" ><span +class="cmti-10">555</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59112" ><span -class="cmti-10">812</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61017" >813</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61055" >814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61068" >815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62017" >816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62053" >817</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59116" ><span +class="cmti-10">556</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59115" ><span -class="cmti-10">818</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59119" ><span +class="cmti-10">557</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59114" ><span -class="cmti-10">819</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59118" ><span +class="cmti-10">558</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77044" ><span -class="cmti-10">820</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77080" >821</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78044" ><span +class="cmti-10">559</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47063" >822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59105" ><span -class="cmti-10">823</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62049" >824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62060" >825</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59109" ><span +class="cmti-10">560</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59104" ><span -class="cmti-10">826</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62051" >827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62061" >828</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59108" ><span +class="cmti-10">561</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59107" ><span -class="cmti-10">829</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62050" >830</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59111" ><span +class="cmti-10">562</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59106" ><span -class="cmti-10">831</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62052" >832</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59110" ><span +class="cmti-10">563</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52008" ><span -class="cmti-10">833</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">564</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52007" ><span -class="cmti-10">834</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52054" >835</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">565</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17100" >836</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52060" ><span -class="cmti-10">837</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">566</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52018" ><span -class="cmti-10">838</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">567</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52017" ><span -class="cmti-10">839</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">568</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82057" ><span -class="cmti-10">840</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83057" ><span +class="cmti-10">569</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82048" ><span -class="cmti-10">841</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83048" ><span +class="cmti-10">570</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82058" ><span -class="cmti-10">842</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83058" ><span +class="cmti-10">571</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82050" ><span -class="cmti-10">843</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83050" ><span +class="cmti-10">572</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82060" ><span -class="cmti-10">844</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83060" ><span +class="cmti-10">573</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82054" ><span -class="cmti-10">845</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83054" ><span +class="cmti-10">574</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82059" ><span -class="cmti-10">846</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83059" ><span +class="cmti-10">575</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82052" ><span -class="cmti-10">847</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83052" ><span +class="cmti-10">576</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66007" ><span -class="cmti-10">848</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">577</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59109" ><span -class="cmti-10">849</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59113" ><span +class="cmti-10">578</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59108" ><span -class="cmti-10">850</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59112" ><span +class="cmti-10">579</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59111" ><span -class="cmti-10">851</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59115" ><span +class="cmti-10">580</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59110" ><span -class="cmti-10">852</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59114" ><span +class="cmti-10">581</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52033" ><span -class="cmti-10">853</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">582</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47074" >854</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52032" ><span -class="cmti-10">855</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">583</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52038" ><span -class="cmti-10">856</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">584</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52037" ><span -class="cmti-10">857</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">585</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32005" >858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44010" >859</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52015" ><span -class="cmti-10">860</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59103" >861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82061" >862</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">586</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32004" >863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44009" >864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51012" >865</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52014" ><span -class="cmti-10">866</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52052" >867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59102" >868</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">587</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52040" ><span -class="cmti-10">869</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">588</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52039" ><span -class="cmti-10">870</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77043" >871</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">589</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52042" ><span -class="cmti-10">872</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">590</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52041" ><span -class="cmti-10">873</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">591</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52044" ><span -class="cmti-10">874</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">592</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52043" ><span -class="cmti-10">875</span></a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">593</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52046" ><span -class="cmti-10">876</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">594</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52045" ><span -class="cmti-10">877</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">595</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52048" ><span -class="cmti-10">878</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">596</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52047" ><span -class="cmti-10">879</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">597</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52050" ><span -class="cmti-10">880</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">598</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52049" ><span -class="cmti-10">881</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">599</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34022" ><span -class="cmti-10">882</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">600</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81006" ><span -class="cmti-10">883</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82006" ><span +class="cmti-10">601</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81007" ><span -class="cmti-10">884</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82007" ><span +class="cmti-10">602</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81001" ><span -class="cmti-10">885</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82001" ><span +class="cmti-10">603</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81008" ><span -class="cmti-10">886</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82008" ><span +class="cmti-10">604</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48031" >887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81009" ><span -class="cmti-10">888</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82009" ><span +class="cmti-10">605</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46015" ><span -class="cmti-10">889</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46016" ><span +class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46014" ><span -class="cmti-10">890</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46015" ><span +class="cmti-10">607</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46011" ><span -class="cmti-10">891</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46012" ><span +class="cmti-10">608</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46025" ><span -class="cmti-10">892</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46036" ><span +class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46024" ><span -class="cmti-10">893</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46035" ><span +class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46021" ><span -class="cmti-10">894</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46032" ><span +class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47045" ><span -class="cmti-10">895</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47067" >896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60007" >897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62003" >898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62009" >899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62046" >900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62072" >901</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47050" ><span +class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47039" ><span -class="cmti-10">902</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62010" >903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62045" >904</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47044" ><span +class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77026" ><span -class="cmti-10">905</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78026" ><span +class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18013" ><span -class="cmti-10">906</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18023" >907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53056" ><span -class="cmti-10">908</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53057" >909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53058" >910</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">615</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53057" ><span +class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77020" ><span -class="cmti-10">911</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77076" >912</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78020" ><span +class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68027" >913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77033" ><span -class="cmti-10">914</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77077" >915</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78033" ><span +class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48022" >916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52002" >917</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52051" ><span -class="cmti-10">918</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">619</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69016" ><span -class="cmti-10">919</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47027" >920</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">620</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47022" ><span -class="cmti-10">921</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">621</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21025" ><span -class="cmti-10">922</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">622</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47020" ><span -class="cmti-10">923</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47033" >924</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62005" >925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62091" >926</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">623</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76012" ><span -class="cmti-10">927</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76013" >928</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77012" ><span +class="cmti-10">624</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76008" ><span -class="cmti-10">929</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76009" >930</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77008" ><span +class="cmti-10">625</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76010" ><span -class="cmti-10">931</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76011" >932</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77010" ><span +class="cmti-10">626</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47019" ><span -class="cmti-10">933</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47036" >934</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">627</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17084" >935</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47012" ><span -class="cmti-10">936</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47031" >937</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62076" >938</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62083" >939</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">628</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62024" ><span -class="cmti-10">940</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">629</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsletentryfield</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52034" ><span -class="cmti-10">941</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">630</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17075" >942</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46003" >943</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46004" ><span -class="cmti-10">944</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56007" >945</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62056" >946</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">631</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44066" >947</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56006" >948</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44069" >632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56006" >633</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44034" >949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44043" >950</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52068" >951</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56010" >952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56015" >953</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43008" >634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44040" >635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44049" >636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52068" >637</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56010" >638</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56015" >639</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17080" >954</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44028" >955</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44029" >956</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47023" >957</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47029" >958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48003" >959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49002" >960</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17080" >640</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44029" >641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44035" >642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47023" >643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47029" >644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48003" >645</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49002" >646</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">local</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44067" >961</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44070" >647</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17082" ><span -class="cmti-10">962</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">648</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17090" >963</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47038" >964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47068" ><span -class="cmti-10">965</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48029" >966</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62089" >967</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47073" ><span +class="cmti-10">649</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkvar</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47028" ><span -class="cmti-10">968</span></a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69032" ><span -class="cmti-10">969</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65004" ><span -class="cmti-10">970</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65008" ><span -class="cmti-10">971</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65006" ><span -class="cmti-10">972</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65010" ><span -class="cmti-10">973</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">655</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62025" ><span -class="cmti-10">974</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75011" ><span -class="cmti-10">975</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76011" ><span +class="cmti-10">657</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39001" ><span -class="cmti-10">976</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">658</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46032" ><span -class="cmti-10">977</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46043" ><span +class="cmti-10">659</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46031" ><span -class="cmti-10">978</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46042" ><span +class="cmti-10">660</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46026" ><span -class="cmti-10">979</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46037" ><span +class="cmti-10">661</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53069" ><span -class="cmti-10">980</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61009" >981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74005" >982</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53070" ><span +class="cmti-10">662</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77030" ><span -class="cmti-10">983</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78030" ><span +class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34023" ><span -class="cmti-10">984</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43032" ><span -class="cmti-10">985</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43012" >986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56043" >987</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43051" ><span +class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43029" ><span -class="cmti-10">988</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8032" >989</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77028" >990</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43048" ><span +class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52067" ><span -class="cmti-10">991</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52066" ><span -class="cmti-10">992</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54007" ><span -class="cmti-10">993</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68014" ><span -class="cmti-10">994</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70022" >995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70041" >996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71022" >997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71032" >998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72028" >999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72047" >1000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73025" >1001</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1002</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28019" ><span +class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3015" >1004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28030" >1005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28064" >1006</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1007</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82037" >1008</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45042" ><span +class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3014" >1009</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28029" >1010</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28063" >1011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28124" >1012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1013</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59101" >1014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82035" >1015</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45041" ><span +class="cmti-10">674</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3013" >1016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28028" >1017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28036" >1018</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28041" >1019</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28050" >1020</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28052" >1021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28062" >1022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1023</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47017" >1024</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59099" >1025</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45040" ><span +class="cmti-10">675</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1026</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46031" ><span +class="cmti-10">676</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1027</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46030" ><span +class="cmti-10">677</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1028</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46027" ><span +class="cmti-10">678</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28037" >1029</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28039" >1030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28044" >1031</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1032</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">679</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68034" ><span -class="cmti-10">1033</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">680</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1034</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76015" >1035</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77014" ><span +class="cmti-10">681</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47037" >1036</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47069" ><span -class="cmti-10">1037</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62079" >1038</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62087" >1039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62090" >1040</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47074" ><span +class="cmti-10">682</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1041</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28073" >1042</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">683</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsquote</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1043</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">684</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5055" >1044</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1045</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19023" >1046</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53032" >1047</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53037" >1048</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">685</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59027" >1049</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1050</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">686</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1051</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">687</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1052</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">688</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72023" ><span +class="cmti-10">689</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19059" >1053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44048" >1054</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1055</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50024" >1056</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4002" >1057</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">690</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1058</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51016" >1059</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">691</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1060</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">692</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1061</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51017" >1062</a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">693</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1063</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">694</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27019" ><span -class="cmti-10">1064</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">695</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1065</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">696</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1066</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">697</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1067</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">698</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1068</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43040" ><span +class="cmti-10">699</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43022" ><span -class="cmti-10">1069</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43041" ><span +class="cmti-10">700</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1070</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75033" ><span +class="cmti-10">701</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10068" >1071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20073" >1072</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1073</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">702</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1074</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">703</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10067" >1075</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20072" >1076</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24017" >1077</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1078</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">704</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1079</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">705</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43016" >1080</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1081</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">706</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1082</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">707</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1083</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">708</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1084</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78066" ><span +class="cmti-10">709</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1085</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77081" >1086</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78063" ><span +class="cmti-10">710</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46037" ><span -class="cmti-10">1087</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46048" ><span +class="cmti-10">711</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1088</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46047" ><span +class="cmti-10">712</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46033" ><span -class="cmti-10">1089</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47075" >1090</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8031" >1091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77027" >1092</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46044" ><span +class="cmti-10">713</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1093</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77065" >1094</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78048" ><span +class="cmti-10">714</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32008" >1095</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1096</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46011" ><span +class="cmti-10">715</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32007" >1097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1098</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46010" ><span +class="cmti-10">716</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17076" >1099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17089" >1100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32006" >1101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46006" ><span -class="cmti-10">1102</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46007" ><span +class="cmti-10">717</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1103</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47077" >1104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52001" >1105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59035" >1106</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" ><span +class="cmti-10">718</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62035" ><span -class="cmti-10">1107</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">719</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1108</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">720</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1109</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">721</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1110</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">722</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74017" ><span -class="cmti-10">1111</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75017" ><span +class="cmti-10">723</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1112</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75004" ><span +class="cmti-10">724</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17085" >1113</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1114</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47032" >1115</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">725</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1116</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">726</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48016" >1117</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65009" ><span -class="cmti-10">1118</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">727</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1119</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">728</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1120</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">729</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46047" ><span -class="cmti-10">1121</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46058" ><span +class="cmti-10">730</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1122</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46057" ><span +class="cmti-10">731</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46043" ><span -class="cmti-10">1123</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46054" ><span +class="cmti-10">732</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46052" ><span -class="cmti-10">1124</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46063" ><span +class="cmti-10">733</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46051" ><span -class="cmti-10">1125</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46062" ><span +class="cmti-10">734</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46048" ><span -class="cmti-10">1126</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46059" ><span +class="cmti-10">735</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46057" ><span -class="cmti-10">1127</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46068" ><span +class="cmti-10">736</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46056" ><span -class="cmti-10">1128</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46067" ><span +class="cmti-10">737</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46053" ><span -class="cmti-10">1129</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46064" ><span +class="cmti-10">738</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1130</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46073" ><span +class="cmti-10">739</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46061" ><span -class="cmti-10">1131</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46072" ><span +class="cmti-10">740</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46058" ><span -class="cmti-10">1132</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46069" ><span +class="cmti-10">741</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46067" ><span -class="cmti-10">1133</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46078" ><span +class="cmti-10">742</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46066" ><span -class="cmti-10">1134</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46077" ><span +class="cmti-10">743</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46063" ><span -class="cmti-10">1135</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46074" ><span +class="cmti-10">744</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46072" ><span -class="cmti-10">1136</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46083" ><span +class="cmti-10">745</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46071" ><span -class="cmti-10">1137</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46082" ><span +class="cmti-10">746</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46068" ><span -class="cmti-10">1138</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46079" ><span +class="cmti-10">747</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17095" ><span -class="cmti-10">1139</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +class="cmti-10">748</span></a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">H</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">html </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48002" >1140</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperbf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44055" >1141</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44063" >1142</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperemph</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44061" >1143</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperit</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44057" >1144</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44062" >1145</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48007" >1146</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypermd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44056" >1147</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44049" >1148</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48002" >749</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5" >1149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6" >1150</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13" >1151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43024" >1152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43030" >1153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44008" >1154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44011" >1155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44014" >1156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44016" >1157</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44032" >1158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44050" >1159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45026" >1160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47024" >1161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48001" >1162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48009" >1163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >1164</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52004" >1165</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52058" >1166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52069" >1167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52070" >1168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56031" >1169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56041" >1170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77049" >1171</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperrm</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44052" >1172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56012" >1173</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypersc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44060" >1174</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypersf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44053" >1175</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypersl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44058" >1176</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48008" >1177</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hypertt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44054" >1178</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44059" >1179</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14" >750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15" >751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22" >752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43043" >753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43049" >754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44009" >755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44012" >756</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44015" >757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44017" >758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44038" >759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44053" >760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45048" >761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47024" >762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48001" >763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48009" >764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52004" >766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52058" >767</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52069" >768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52070" >769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56031" >770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56041" >771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78049" >772</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">I</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81001" ><span +class="cmti-10">773</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81023" ><span +class="cmti-10">774</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81002" ><span +class="cmti-10">775</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80031" ><span -class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81031" ><span +class="cmti-10">776</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81029" ><span +class="cmti-10">777</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62084" >1185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80026" ><span -class="cmti-10">1186</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81026" ><span +class="cmti-10">778</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1187</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81011" ><span +class="cmti-10">779</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80021" ><span -class="cmti-10">1188</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81021" ><span +class="cmti-10">780</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17088" >1189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33009" >1190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33010" >1191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62013" >1192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1193</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81015" ><span +class="cmti-10">781</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1194</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81012" ><span +class="cmti-10">782</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82040" ><span -class="cmti-10">1195</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83040" ><span +class="cmti-10">783</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82044" ><span -class="cmti-10">1196</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83044" ><span +class="cmti-10">784</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82046" ><span -class="cmti-10">1197</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83046" ><span +class="cmti-10">785</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82042" ><span -class="cmti-10">1198</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83042" ><span +class="cmti-10">786</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62012" >1199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1200</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81018" ><span +class="cmti-10">787</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77087" >1201</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80013" ><span -class="cmti-10">1202</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81013" ><span +class="cmti-10">788</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18030" ><span -class="cmti-10">1203</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">789</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17086" >1204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47030" >1205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62004" >1206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62088" >1207</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65011" ><span -class="cmti-10">1208</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1209</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">790</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81010" ><span +class="cmti-10">791</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1210</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">792</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">imakeidx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23022" >1211</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\include</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38008" >1212</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\index</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23019" >1213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44036" >1214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44037" >1215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44038" >1216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44046" >1217</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23022" >793</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">index </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23021" >1218</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58025" >1219</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69011" >1220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74007" >1221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77035" >1222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77093" >1223</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\input</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6002" >1224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38007" >1225</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23021" >794</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5016" >1226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5068" >1227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7012" >1228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28077" >1229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28125" >1230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55008" >1231</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55009" >1232</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\item</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69009" >1233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69017" >1234</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">itemize </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77072" >1235</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span -class="cmbx-10">J</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27011" >1236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27013" >1237</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5016" >795</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5068" >796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7012" >797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28079" >798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28138" >799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55008" >800</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">L</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\label</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18040" >1238</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15" >1239</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44018" >1240</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24" >801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44019" >802</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10012" >1241</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10014" >803</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Latin alphabet  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3026" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1242</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4017" >1243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7005" >1244</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">804</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4017" >805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7005" >806</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3003" >1245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3006" >1246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3007" >1247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3027" >1248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3003" >807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3006" >808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3007" >809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3027" >810</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3028" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1249</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3045" >1250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58006" >1251</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">811</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3045" >812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58006" >813</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">link text  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3030" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1252</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44003" >1253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44013" >1254</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44015" >1255</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44021" >1256</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44022" >1257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" >1258</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45005" >1259</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45011" >1260</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46005" >1261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46008" >1262</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46013" >1263</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46018" >1264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46023" >1265</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46028" >1266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46035" >1267</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46040" >1268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46045" >1269</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46050" >1270</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46055" >1271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46060" >1272</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46065" >1273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46070" >1274</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47001" >1275</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47076" >1276</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59034" >1277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59037" >1278</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59049" >1279</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59059" >1280</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82019" >1281</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">814</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44003" >815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44014" >816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44016" >817</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44022" >818</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44023" >819</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44025" >820</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44071" >821</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44072" >822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45005" >823</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45011" >824</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45017" >825</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45018" >826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45020" >827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45021" >828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45025" >829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45026" >830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45028" >831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45029" >832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45030" >833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45031" >834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45032" >835</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45033" >836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45037" >837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45038" >838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46005" >839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46006" >840</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46009" >841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46014" >842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46021" >843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46026" >844</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46029" >845</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46034" >846</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46039" >847</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46046" >848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46051" >849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46056" >850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46061" >851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46066" >852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46071" >853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46076" >854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46081" >855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47001" >856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47081" >857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59038" >858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59041" >859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59053" >860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59063" >861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83019" >862</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6003" >1282</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1283</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59028" >1284</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">863</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">location list  <span class="cmti-10">see </span><a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43004" >number list</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1286</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32003" >1287</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38003" >1288</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41016" >1289</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">865</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1290</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">longtable </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70002" >1291</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70007" >1292</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71003" >1293</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72006" >1294</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77102" >1295</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53067" >1296</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">866</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">longtable </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19032" >1297</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70009" >1298</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19032" >867</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70010" >868</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62085" >1299</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62086" >1300</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45016" >1301</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47062" >1302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18028" >1303</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3032" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1304</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3036" >1305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4058" >1306</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5008" >1307</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5019" >1308</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5036" >1309</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5049" >1310</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5058" >1311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5069" >1312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5071" >1313</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5072" >1314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5075" >1315</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5078" >1316</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5085" >1317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5088" >1318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5091" >1319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7013" >1320</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >1321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10001" >1322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10014" >1323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10018" >1324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10019" >1325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10022" >1326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10025" >1327</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10031" >1328</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10033" >1329</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10036" >1330</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10041" >1331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10044" >1332</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10049" >1333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10052" >1334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10054" >1335</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11001" >1336</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11005" >1337</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11006" >1338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11007" >1339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11008" >1340</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11009" >1341</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11010" >1342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11011" >1343</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11014" >1344</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11015" >1345</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >1346</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11019" >1347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11024" >1348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11025" >1349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11027" >1350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12001" >1351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12003" >1352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12005" >1353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12006" >1354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13005" >1355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13020" >1356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13022" >1357</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13024" >1358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14017" >1359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14019" >1360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14021" >1361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17012" >1362</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19006" >1363</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20049" >1364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20054" >1365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20056" >1366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20063" >1367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20065" >1368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20087" >1369</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50006" >1370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52063" >1371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53005" >1372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55003" >1373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55005" >1374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55013" >1375</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55015" >1376</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58005" >1377</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">869</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3036" >870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4058" >871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5008" >872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5019" >873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5036" >874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5049" >875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5058" >876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5069" >877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5071" >878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5072" >879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5075" >880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5078" >881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5085" >882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5088" >883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5091" >884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7013" >885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10003" >887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10016" >888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10020" >889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10021" >890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10024" >891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10027" >892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10033" >893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10037" >894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10040" >895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10042" >896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10044" >897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10048" >898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10051" >899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10056" >900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10059" >901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10061" >902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11001" >903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11005" >904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11006" >905</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11007" >906</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11008" >907</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11009" >908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11010" >909</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11011" >910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11014" >911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11015" >912</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11019" >914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11024" >915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11028" >916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11031" >917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11032" >918</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11034" >919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12001" >920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12003" >921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12005" >922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12006" >923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13005" >924</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13020" >925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13022" >926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13024" >927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14017" >928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14019" >929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14021" >930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17012" >931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19006" >932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20049" >933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20054" >934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20056" >935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20063" >936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20065" >937</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20087" >938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43014" >939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43019" >940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43022" >941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50006" >942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52063" >943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53005" >944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55003" >945</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55005" >946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55013" >947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55015" >948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58005" >949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10035" >950</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43017" >951</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10017" >1378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17002" >1379</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1380</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28112" >1381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43017" >1382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43026" >1383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44007" >1384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50001" >1385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53004" >1386</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53014" >1387</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56008" >1388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56021" >1389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56022" >1390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56027" >1391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56028" >1392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56053" >1393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56054" >1394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56059" >1395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56060" >1396</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57004" >1397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57005" >1398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58022" >1399</a> <br /></span> - - +class="cmti-10">952</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3037" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1400</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10030" >1401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10032" >1402</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10037" >1403</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12002" >1404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12004" >1405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12007" >1406</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">953</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10039" >954</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10041" >955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10045" >956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12002" >957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12004" >958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12007" >959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53006" >960</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3035" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1407</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10035" >1408</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10038" >1409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13006" >1410</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">961</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13006" >962</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">makeidx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23020" >1411</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23020" >963</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3024" >1412</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3034" >1413</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3039" >1414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3024" >964</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3034" >965</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3039" >966</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3040" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1415</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4016" >1416</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4018" >1417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4019" >1418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4028" >1419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4029" >1420</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4030" >1421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4031" >1422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4056" >1423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4059" >1424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5009" >1425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >1426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5011" >1427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5018" >1428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5035" >1429</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5048" >1430</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5059" >1431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5067" >1432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5081" >1433</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5089" >1434</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7002" >1435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7004" >1436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8051" >1437</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10002" >1438</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10005" >1439</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10007" >1440</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10009" >1441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10015" >1442</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10020" >1443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10023" >1444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10026" >1445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10028" >1446</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10034" >1447</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10039" >1448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10042" >1449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10045" >1450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10050" >1451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10056" >1452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10061" >1453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10062" >1454</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11004" >1455</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11012" >1456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11020" >1457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11022" >1458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#x1-140001.4.4" >1459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14001" >1460</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14003" >1461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14006" >1462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >1463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14011" >1464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14018" >1465</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14020" >1466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15002" >1467</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15005" >1468</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15013" >1469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17025" >1470</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17028" >1471</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19007" >1472</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20027" >1473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20053" >1474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20055" >1475</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20057" >1476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20067" >1477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20076" >1478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20079" >1479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20082" >1480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27002" >1481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27007" >1482</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35003" >1483</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43006" >1484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43007" >1485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43010" >1486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43013" >1487</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43019" >1488</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44005" >1489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44035" >1490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44042" >1491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52064" >1492</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53006" >1493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53008" >1494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58003" >1495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68012" >1496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74015" >1497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77021" >1498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51004" >1499</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">967</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4016" >968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4018" >969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4019" >970</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4028" >971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4029" >972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4030" >973</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4031" >974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4056" >975</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4059" >976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5009" >977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5011" >979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5018" >980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5035" >981</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5048" >982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5059" >983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5067" >984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5081" >985</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5089" >986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7002" >987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7004" >988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8051" >989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10004" >990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10007" >991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10009" >992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10017" >994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10022" >995</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10025" >996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10028" >997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10030" >998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10032" >999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10038" >1000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10043" >1001</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10046" >1002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10049" >1003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10052" >1004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10057" >1005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10063" >1006</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10068" >1007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10069" >1008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11004" >1009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11012" >1010</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11020" >1011</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11022" >1012</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11025" >1013</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11026" >1014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11027" >1015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#x1-140001.4.4" >1016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14001" >1017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14003" >1018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14006" >1019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >1020</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14011" >1021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14018" >1022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14020" >1023</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15002" >1024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15005" >1025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15013" >1026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17025" >1027</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17028" >1028</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19007" >1029</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20027" >1030</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20053" >1031</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20055" >1032</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20057" >1033</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20067" >1034</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20076" >1035</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20079" >1036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20082" >1037</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27002" >1038</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27007" >1039</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35003" >1040</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43009" >1041</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43012" >1042</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43015" >1043</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43021" >1044</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43025" >1045</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43026" >1046</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43029" >1047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43032" >1048</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43038" >1049</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44005" >1050</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44041" >1051</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44048" >1052</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52064" >1053</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53007" >1054</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53009" >1055</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58003" >1056</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68012" >1057</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75015" >1058</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78021" >1059</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51004" >1060</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1500</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50002" >1501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53002" >1502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53012" >1503</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18024" >1504</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18016" >1505</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1061</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">memoir </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18021" >1506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18031" >1507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18033" >1508</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18015" >1509</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18034" >1510</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18021" >1062</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18031" >1063</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18033" >1064</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18015" >1065</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3" >1511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4" >1512</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >1513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28127" >1514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45017" >1515</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52006" >1516</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18026" >1517</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3" >1066</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12" >1067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13" >1068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >1069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28140" >1070</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45022" >1071</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45024" >1072</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45027" >1073</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45039" >1074</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52006" >1075</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">multicol </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75004" >1518</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">multicols </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75002" >1519</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75007" >1520</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76004" >1076</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mwe </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1521</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1077</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">N</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">nameref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18049" >1522</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18049" >1078</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5025" >1523</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21014" >1524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22003" >1525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22013" >1526</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22018" >1527</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22026" >1528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22035" >1529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28090" >1530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28115" >1531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33004" >1532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38016" >1533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40002" >1534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44002" >1535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45009" >1536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47044" >1537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50013" >1538</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59005" ><span -class="cmti-10">1539</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59024" >1540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59029" >1541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59040" >1542</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59047" >1543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59051" >1544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59058" >1545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61044" >1546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61062" >1547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61076" >1548</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62007" >1549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62023" >1550</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62082" >1551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64006" >1552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66002" >1553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80017" >1554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80020" >1555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83023" >1556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83026" >1557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83029" >1558</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83032" >1559</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1079</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1560</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62044" >1561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62047" >1562</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49012" >1563</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1080</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13019" >1564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14016" >1565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17011" >1566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56005" >1567</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56039" >1568</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1569</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1081</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1570</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1082</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3021" >1571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4066" >1572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5024" >1573</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19058" >1574</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20008" >1575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20033" >1576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23013" >1577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28001" >1578</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1579</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28113" >1580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32002" >1581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38002" >1582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38006" >1583</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38029" >1584</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40001" >1585</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44001" >1586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45008" >1587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45023" >1588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59006" >1589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59025" >1590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62008" >1591</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66001" >1592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82002" >1593</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1083</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">access</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83003" >1594</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84003" >1084</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6007" >1595</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28009" >1596</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28012" >1597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28015" >1598</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28021" >1599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33008" >1600</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34002" >1601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34012" >1602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46039" >1603</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59018" >1604</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61026" >1605</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61043" >1606</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61071" >1607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62029" >1608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80022" >1609</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80024" >1610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83018" >1611</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6007" >1085</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28009" >1086</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28012" >1087</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28017" >1088</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28023" >1089</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28134" >1090</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33009" >1091</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34002" >1092</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34012" >1093</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46050" >1094</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59018" >1095</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61026" >1096</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61043" >1097</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61071" >1098</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62029" >1099</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81022" >1100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81024" >1101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84018" >1102</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83017" >1612</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84017" >1103</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28020" >1613</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34003" >1614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34013" >1615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83020" >1616</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28022" >1104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34003" >1105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34013" >1106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84020" >1107</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83019" >1617</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84019" >1108</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53034" >1618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53036" >1619</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53035" >1109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53037" >1110</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3019" >1620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28025" >1621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28043" >1622</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28045" >1623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28046" >1624</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28054" >1625</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28057" >1626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45007" >1627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46012" >1628</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46030" >1629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47040" >1630</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47052" >1631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47055" >1632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52011" >1633</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52022" >1634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60002" >1635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65001" >1636</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81005" >1637</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82008" >1638</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83008" >1639</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3019" >1111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28027" >1112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28045" >1113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28047" >1114</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28048" >1115</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28056" >1116</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28059" >1117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28130" >1118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44031" >1119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45007" >1120</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46013" >1121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46017" >1122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46041" >1123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47040" >1124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47045" >1125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47057" >1126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47060" >1127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52011" >1128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52022" >1129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59033" >1130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60002" >1131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65001" >1132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82005" >1133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83008" >1134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84008" >1135</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83007" >1640</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84007" >1136</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28033" >1642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28040" >1643</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28051" >1644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28053" >1645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28056" >1646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29005" >1647</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34011" >1648</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45022" >1649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46022" >1650</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47043" >1651</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47053" >1652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47057" >1653</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52025" >1654</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82011" >1655</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83012" >1656</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28035" >1138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28042" >1139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28053" >1140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28055" >1141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28058" >1142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29005" >1143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34011" >1144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45044" >1145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46018" >1146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46033" >1147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47048" >1148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47058" >1149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47062" >1150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52025" >1151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83011" >1152</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84012" >1153</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83011" >1657</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84011" >1154</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44064" >1658</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44067" >1155</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17087" >1659</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28116" >1660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33005" >1661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45012" >1662</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47046" >1663</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59009" >1664</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59050" >1665</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60005" >1666</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80016" >1667</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83022" >1668</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17087" >1156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28123" >1157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28132" >1158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33006" >1159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44033" >1160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45012" >1161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47042" >1162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47051" >1163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59009" >1164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59054" >1165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60005" >1166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81016" >1167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84022" >1168</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83021" >1669</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84021" >1169</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28117" >1670</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34020" >1671</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45024" >1672</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47048" >1673</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59010" >1674</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59020" >1675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59021" >1676</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59057" >1677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83028" >1678</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28124" >1170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34020" >1171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45046" >1172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47053" >1173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59010" >1174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59020" >1175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59021" >1176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59061" >1177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84028" >1178</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83027" >1679</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84027" >1179</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >1680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20009" >1682</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20026" >1683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20044" >1684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28010" >1685</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28013" >1686</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28024" >1687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28067" >1688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28071" >1689</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28074" >1690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28080" >1691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28082" >1692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28086" >1693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34001" >1694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37001" >1695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46027" >1696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52009" >1697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60009" >1698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61057" >1699</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61060" >1700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61070" >1701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61077" >1702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61079" >1703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61084" >1704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62065" >1705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77023" >1706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81003" >1707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83004" >1708</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51014" >1709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52055" >1710</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >1180</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10002" >1182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20009" >1183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20026" >1184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20044" >1185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28010" >1186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28013" >1187</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28015" >1188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28026" >1189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28069" >1190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28073" >1191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28076" >1192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28082" >1193</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28084" >1194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28090" >1195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34001" >1196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37001" >1197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45035" >1198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45036" >1199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46038" >1200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52009" >1201</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60009" >1202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61057" >1203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61060" >1204</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61070" >1205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61077" >1206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61079" >1207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61084" >1208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62065" >1209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78023" >1210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82003" >1211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84004" >1212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51014" >1213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52055" >1214</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28101" >1711</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28105" >1215</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">parent</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28011" >1712</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28014" >1713</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28019" >1714</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36001" >1715</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28011" >1216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28014" >1217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28021" >1218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36001" >1219</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">plural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28035" >1716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28042" >1717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28055" >1718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29002" >1719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29004" >1720</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37008" >1721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45021" >1722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46017" >1723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47042" >1724</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47051" >1725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52019" >1726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81004" >1727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82006" >1728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83010" >1729</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28037" >1220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28044" >1221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28057" >1222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29002" >1223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29004" >1224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37008" >1225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45043" >1226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46025" >1227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46028" >1228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47047" >1229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47056" >1230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52019" >1231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82004" >1232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83006" >1233</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84010" >1234</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">pluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83009" >1730</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84009" >1235</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82003" >1731</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82009" >1732</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82021" >1733</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82024" >1734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82041" >1735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82049" >1736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82016" >1737</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83003" >1236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83009" >1237</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83021" >1238</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83024" >1239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83041" >1240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83049" >1241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83016" >1242</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82007" >1738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82022" >1739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82025" >1740</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82045" >1741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82051" >1742</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83007" >1243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83022" >1244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83025" >1245</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83045" >1246</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83051" >1247</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82010" >1743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82031" >1744</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82034" >1745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82047" >1746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82055" >1747</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83010" >1248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83031" >1249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83034" >1250</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83047" >1251</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83055" >1252</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82005" >1748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82012" >1749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82030" >1750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82033" >1751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82043" >1752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82053" >1753</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83005" >1253</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83012" >1254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83030" >1255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83033" >1256</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83043" >1257</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83053" >1258</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">see</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19057" >1754</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19061" >1755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28106" >1756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28107" >1757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28114" >1758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44047" >1759</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50009" >1760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50010" >1761</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50012" >1762</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50023" >1763</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51001" >1764</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51007" >1766</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19057" >1259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19061" >1260</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28110" >1261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28111" >1262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28118" >1263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28121" >1264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41016" >1265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50009" >1266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50010" >1267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50012" >1268</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50023" >1269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51001" >1270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51007" >1272</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28118" >1767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45013" >1768</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47047" >1769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59011" >1770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59039" >1771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60006" >1772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80019" >1773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83025" >1774</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28125" >1273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28131" >1274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44032" >1275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45013" >1276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47043" >1277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47052" >1278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59011" >1279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59043" >1280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60006" >1281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81019" >1282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84025" >1283</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83024" >1775</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84024" >1284</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28119" >1776</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34021" >1777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45025" >1778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47049" >1779</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59012" >1780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59019" >1781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59022" >1782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59046" >1783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83031" >1784</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28126" >1285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34021" >1286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45047" >1287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47054" >1288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59012" >1289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59019" >1290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59022" >1291</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59050" >1292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84031" >1293</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83030" >1785</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84030" >1294</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3049" >1786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20007" >1787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20010" >1788</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20012" >1789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20014" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20025" >1791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28066" >1792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28070" >1793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28072" >1794</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28075" >1795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28079" >1796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28085" >1797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28087" >1798</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28128" >1799</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34006" >1800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34010" >1801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37004" >1802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41010" >1803</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53049" >1804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60011" >1805</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61058" >1806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61061" >1807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61069" >1808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61078" >1809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61085" >1810</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77022" >1811</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77024" >1812</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3049" >1295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10001" >1296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20007" >1297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20010" >1298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20012" >1299</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20014" >1300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20025" >1301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28016" >1302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28068" >1303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28072" >1304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28074" >1305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28077" >1306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28081" >1307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28087" >1308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28089" >1309</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28091" >1310</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28141" >1311</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34006" >1312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34010" >1313</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37004" >1314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41010" >1315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45023" >1316</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53050" >1317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60011" >1318</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61058" >1319</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61061" >1320</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61069" >1321</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61078" >1322</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61085" >1323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78022" >1324</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78024" >1325</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53035" >1813</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53036" >1326</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28058" >1815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28065" >1816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34004" >1817</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46034" >1818</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47072" >1819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47081" >1820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62064" >1821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80014" >1822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83014" >1823</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28060" >1328</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28067" >1329</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28133" >1330</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34004" >1331</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44034" >1332</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46045" >1333</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47077" >1334</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47086" >1335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62064" >1336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81014" >1337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84014" >1338</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83013" >1824</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84013" >1339</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28059" >1825</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34005" >1826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83016" >1827</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28061" >1340</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34005" >1341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84016" >1342</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83015" >1828</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84015" >1343</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">text</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28022" >1829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28027" >1830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28038" >1831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45006" >1832</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46007" >1833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46029" >1834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47041" >1835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47050" >1836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" >1837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52016" >1838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60003" >1839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65002" >1840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81002" >1841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82004" >1842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83006" >1843</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28024" >1344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28029" >1345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28040" >1346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28129" >1347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44030" >1348</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45006" >1349</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45034" >1350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46008" >1351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46024" >1352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46040" >1353</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47041" >1354</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47046" >1355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47055" >1356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" >1357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52016" >1358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59032" >1359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60003" >1360</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65002" >1361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82002" >1362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83004" >1363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84006" >1364</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83005" >1844</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84005" >1365</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28089" >1845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38004" >1846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59008" >1847</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28093" >1366</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38004" >1367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59008" >1368</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user1</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6008" >1849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6011" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28091" >1852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34014" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46044" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77097" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77100" >1856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80028" >1857</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1369</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6008" >1370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6011" >1371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >1372</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28095" >1373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34014" >1374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46055" >1375</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78097" >1376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78100" >1377</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81028" >1378</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28093" >1858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34015" >1859</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46049" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77101" >1861</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28097" >1379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34015" >1380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46060" >1381</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78101" >1382</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user3</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28094" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34016" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46054" >1864</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28098" >1383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34016" >1384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46065" >1385</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user4</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28095" >1865</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34017" >1866</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46059" >1867</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28099" >1386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34017" >1387</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46070" >1388</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user5</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28096" >1868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34018" >1869</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46064" >1870</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28100" >1389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34018" >1390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46075" >1391</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user6</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28092" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34019" >1872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46069" >1873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77098" >1874</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28096" >1392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34019" >1393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46080" >1394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78098" >1395</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68030" >1875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1876</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77032" >1877</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77091" >1878</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1396</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17079" >1879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39003" >1880</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53017" >1881</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1882</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newline</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28018" >1883</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68023" >1884</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1397</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1885</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50014" >1886</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1398</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">ngerman </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8040" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54013" >1888</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43025" >1889</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8040" >1399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54013" >1400</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5073" >1890</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1891</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43018" >1892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43027" >1893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54017" >1894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55012" >1895</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56020" >1896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56026" >1897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56052" >1898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56058" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57003" >1900</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1401</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Non-Latin Alphabet  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3041" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1901</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">1402</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">non-Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3008" >1902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3042" >1903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3008" >1403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3042" >1404</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3043" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1904</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5083" >1905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7008" >1906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7009" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8053" >1908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9006" >1909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28122" >1911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28130" >1912</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">1405</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5083" >1406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7008" >1407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7009" >1408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8053" >1409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9006" >1410</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1411</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28135" >1412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28143" >1413</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23014" >1913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28016" ><span -class="cmti-10">1914</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36004" >1915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37002" >1916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68035" >1917</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80025" >1918</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28018" ><span +class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">number list  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3046" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1919</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5033" >1920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5045" >1921</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5098" >1922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10004" >1923</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10053" >1924</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17098" >1925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19053" >1926</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19055" >1927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19065" >1928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27016" >1929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27020" >1930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27021" >1931</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28102" >1932</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28104" >1933</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28108" >1934</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28109" >1935</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35002" >1936</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37003" >1937</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001" >1938</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43028" >1939</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43031" >1940</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44004" >1941</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49006" >1942</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50019" >1943</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50020" >1944</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50021" >1945</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50025" >1946</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52062" >1947</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53010" >1948</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56002" >1949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56045" >1950</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56055" >1951</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58002" >1952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69010" >1953</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69031" >1954</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70010" >1955</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70020" >1956</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71010" >1957</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71020" >1958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72016" >1959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72026" >1960</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73013" >1961</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73023" >1962</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76003" >1963</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77038" >1964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77079" >1965</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18006" >1966</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +class="cmbx-10">1415</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5033" >1416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5045" >1417</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5098" >1418</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10006" >1419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10060" >1420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17098" >1421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19053" >1422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19055" >1423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19065" >1424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27016" >1425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27020" >1426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27021" >1427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28106" >1428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28108" >1429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28112" >1430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28113" >1431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35002" >1432</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37003" >1433</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001" >1434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43005" >1435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43013" >1436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43047" >1437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43050" >1438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44004" >1439</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44008" >1440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49006" >1441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50019" >1442</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50020" >1443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50021" >1444</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50025" >1445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52062" >1446</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53011" >1447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56002" >1448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56045" >1449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56055" >1450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58002" >1451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69010" >1452</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69031" >1453</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70011" >1454</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70021" >1455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71011" >1456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71021" >1457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73016" >1458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73026" >1459</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74013" >1460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74023" >1461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77003" >1462</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78038" >1463</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78079" >1464</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">O</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1967</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64007" >1968</a> <br /></span> - - -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +class="cmti-10">1465</span></a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8026" >1969</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13014" >1970</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13018" >1971</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14010" >1972</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >1973</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16001" >1974</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16003" >1975</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17006" >1976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18043" >1977</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18044" >1978</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21001" >1979</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21006" >1980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21021" >1981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24015" >1982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38017" >1983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38018" >1984</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38023" >1985</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49011" >1986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58014" >1987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58015" >1988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58017" >1989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63005" >1990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21011" >1991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38022" >1992</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8026" >1466</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13014" >1467</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13018" >1468</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14010" >1469</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >1470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16001" >1471</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16003" >1472</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17006" >1473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18043" >1474</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18044" >1475</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21001" >1476</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21006" >1477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21021" >1478</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24015" >1479</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38017" >1480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38018" >1481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38023" >1482</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49011" >1483</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58014" >1484</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58015" >1485</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58017" >1486</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63005" >1487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21011" >1488</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38022" >1489</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16002" >1993</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21018" >1994</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16002" >1490</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21018" >1491</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21019" >1995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21020" >1996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21023" >1997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47010" >1998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58018" >1999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59013" >2000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79004" >2001</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21019" >1492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21020" >1493</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21023" >1494</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47010" >1495</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58018" >1496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59013" >1497</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80004" >1498</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17007" >2002</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21017" >2003</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17007" >1499</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21017" >1500</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10003" >2004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20075" >2005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20081" >2006</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10005" >1501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20075" >1502</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20081" >1503</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20088" >2007</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20088" >1504</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23027" >2008</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24012" >2009</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27010" >2010</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23027" >1505</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24012" >1506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27010" >1507</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21004" >2011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23028" >2012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47005" >2013</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21004" >1508</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23028" >1509</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47005" >1510</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19063" >2014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27017" >2015</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43003" >2016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >2017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56038" >2018</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19063" >1511</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27017" >1512</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43003" >1513</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >1514</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56038" >1515</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">page</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19064" >2019</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19064" >1516</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19009" >2020</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19013" >2021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68002" >2022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77046" >2023</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77083" >2024</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19009" >1517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19013" >1518</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68002" >1519</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78046" >1520</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78083" >1521</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22002" >2025</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22014" >2026</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22015" >2027</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22022" >2028</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22023" >2029</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22029" >2030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22031" >2031</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22033" >2032</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22036" >2033</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22002" >1522</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22014" >1523</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22015" >1524</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22022" >1525</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22023" >1526</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22029" >1527</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22031" >1528</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22033" >1529</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22036" >1530</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22011" >2034</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22034" >2035</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22011" >1531</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22034" >1532</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19001" >2036</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19022" >2037</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68001" >2038</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77045" >2039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77082" >2040</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19001" >1533</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19022" >1534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68001" >1535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78045" >1536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78082" >1537</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19002" >2041</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19002" >1538</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19010" >2042</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19010" >1539</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22006" >2043</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22007" >2044</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22009" >2045</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22016" >2046</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22024" >2047</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22025" >2048</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22006" >1540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22007" >1541</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22009" >1542</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22016" >1543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22024" >1544</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22025" >1545</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17067" >2049</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17077" >2050</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48015" >2051</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48017" >2052</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17067" >1546</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17077" >1547</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48015" >1548</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48017" >1549</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17081" >2053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44030" >2054</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48010" >2055</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48013" >2056</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61072" >2057</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17081" >1550</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44036" >1551</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48010" >1552</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48013" >1553</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61072" >1554</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17068" >2058</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17072" >2059</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17068" >1555</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17072" >1556</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17010" >2060</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23011" >2061</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23023" >2062</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23026" >2063</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58021" >2064</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17010" >1557</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23011" >1558</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23023" >1559</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23026" >1560</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58021" >1561</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17091" >2065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17096" >2066</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17091" >1562</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17096" >1563</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17092" >2067</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17092" >1564</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16004" >2068</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20052" >2069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24005" >2070</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16004" >1565</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20052" >1566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24005" >1567</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5020" >2071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19068" >2072</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68032" >2073</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77036" >2074</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77095" >2075</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5020" >1568</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19068" >1569</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68032" >1570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72020" >1571</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78036" >1572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78095" >1573</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19069" >2076</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19069" >1574</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17063" >2077</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17070" >2078</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17071" >2079</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17078" >2080</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44020" >2081</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44027" >2082</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47026" >2083</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48004" >2084</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58011" >2085</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17063" >1575</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17070" >1576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17071" >1577</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17078" >1578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44021" >1579</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44028" >1580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47026" >1581</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48004" >1582</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58011" >1583</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23024" >2086</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23024" >1584</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19038" >2087</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24008" >2088</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69004" >2089</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19038" >1585</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24008" >1586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69004" >1587</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19030" >2090</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24006" >2091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70004" >2092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68016" >2093</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19030" >1588</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24006" >1589</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70004" >1590</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68016" >1591</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17005" >2094</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21016" >2095</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23005" >2096</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23010" >2097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23018" >2098</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24011" >2099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58013" >2100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21013" >2101</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17005" >1592</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21016" >1593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23005" >1594</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23010" >1595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23018" >1596</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24011" >1597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58013" >1598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21013" >1599</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3047" >2102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19052" >2103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19056" >2104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28103" >2105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43002" >2106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49007" >2107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77058" >2108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77060" >2109</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3047" >1600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19052" >1601</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19056" >1602</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28107" >1603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43002" >1604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49007" >1605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78058" >1606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78060" >1607</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19066" >2110</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68036" >2111</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19066" >1608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68036" >1609</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19067" >2112</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19067" >1610</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17003" >2113</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17003" >1611</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19046" >2114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24010" >2115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69005" >2116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70005" >2117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72005" >2118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74003" >2119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68018" >2120</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19046" >1612</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24010" >1613</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69005" >1614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70005" >1615</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73005" >1616</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75003" >1617</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68018" >1618</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nosuper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19034" >2121</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24007" >2122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72004" >2123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68017" >2124</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19034" >1619</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24007" >1620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73004" >1621</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68017" >1622</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8010" >2125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17061" >2126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24014" >2127</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8010" >1623</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17061" >1624</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24014" >1625</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19043" >2128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24009" >2129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74002" >2130</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19043" >1626</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24009" >1627</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75002" >1628</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nowarn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17001" >2131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17004" >2132</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17001" >1629</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17004" >1630</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18035" >2133</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18036" >2134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53026" >2135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53027" >2136</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53055" >2137</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18035" >1631</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18036" >1632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53027" >1633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53028" >1634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53056" >1635</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">autolabel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18039" >2138</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18046" >2139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18039" >1636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18046" >1637</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18037" >2140</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18037" >1638</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18045" >2141</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18045" >1639</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nolabel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18038" >2142</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18038" >1640</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18004" >2143</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18010" >2144</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18004" >1641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18010" >1642</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17009" >2145</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23006" >2146</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58020" >2147</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17009" >1643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23006" >1644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58020" >1645</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">order</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20045" >2148</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20048" >2149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53039" >2150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20045" >1646</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20048" >1647</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53040" >1648</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">letter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4051" >2151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5057" >2152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10064" >2153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20047" >2154</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4051" >1649</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5057" >1650</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10071" >1651</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20047" >1652</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">word</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5056" >2155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10065" >2156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20046" >2157</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5056" >1653</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10072" >1654</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20046" >1655</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4067" >2158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17014" >2159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20031" >2160</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4067" >1656</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17014" >1657</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20031" >1658</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4006" >2161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4007" >2162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17016" >2163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17018" >2164</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20032" >2165</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28083" >2166</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4006" >1659</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4007" >1660</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17016" >1661</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17018" >1662</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20032" >1663</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28085" >1664</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4008" >2167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17017" >2168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28076" >2169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28078" >2170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28081" >2171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28088" >2172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28132" >2173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53048" >2174</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4008" >1665</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17017" >1666</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28078" >1667</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28080" >1668</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28083" >1669</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28092" >1670</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28145" >1671</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53049" >1672</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17097" >2175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52059" >2176</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17097" >1673</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52059" >1674</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17099" >2177</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17099" >1675</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17019" >2178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17021" >2179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17027" >2180</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17019" >1676</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17021" >1677</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17027" >1678</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17020" >2181</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17020" >1679</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">section</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18011" >2182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53053" >2183</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18011" >1680</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53054" >1681</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19054" >2184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19060" >2185</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28111" >2186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50026" >2187</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19054" >1682</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19060" >1683</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28115" >1684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50026" >1685</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21026" >2188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59068" >2189</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21026" >1686</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59072" >1687</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22004" >2190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22008" >2191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22012" >2192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22027" >2193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22030" >2194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24018" >2195</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22004" >1688</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22008" >1689</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22012" >1690</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22027" >1691</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22030" >1692</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24018" >1693</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22005" >2196</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22010" >2197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22017" >2198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22028" >2199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22032" >2200</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22005" >1694</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22010" >1695</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22017" >1696</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22028" >1697</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22032" >1698</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20001" >2201</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20001" >1699</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">def</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4009" >2202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20004" >2203</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20011" >2204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20015" >2205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20018" >2206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20022" >2207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20034" >2208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28068" >2209</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37006" >2210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68005" >2211</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4009" >1700</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20004" >1701</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20011" >1702</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20015" >1703</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20018" >1704</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20022" >1705</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20034" >1706</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28070" >1707</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37006" >1708</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68005" >1709</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">standard</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20006" >2212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20023" >2213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20040" >2214</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20006" >1710</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20023" >1711</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20040" >1712</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">use</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20005" >2215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20013" >2216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20016" >2217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20019" >2218</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20021" >2219</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20035" >2220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28069" >2221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37005" >2222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68006" >2223</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20005" >1713</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20013" >1714</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20016" >1715</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20019" >1716</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20021" >1717</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20035" >1718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28071" >1719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37005" >1720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68006" >1721</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19024" >2224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19042" >2225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19048" >2226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53023" >2227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67005" >2228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71008" >2229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73008" >2230</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19024" >1722</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19042" >1723</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19048" >1724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53024" >1725</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67005" >1726</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71008" >1727</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72008" >1728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74008" >1729</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19025" >2231</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19025" >1730</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19018" >2232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001" >2233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37007" >2234</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68003" >2235</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77064" >2236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77084" >2237</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19018" >1731</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001" >1732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37007" >1733</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68003" >1734</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78064" >1735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78084" >1736</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19019" >2238</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19019" >1737</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17008" >2239</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23001" >2240</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58019" >2241</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17008" >1738</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23001" >1739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58019" >1740</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18001" >2242</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18005" >2243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18008" >2244</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >2245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53020" >2246</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18001" >1741</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18005" >1742</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18008" >1743</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >1744</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53021" >1745</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">translate</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17030" >2247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17053" >2248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17055" >2249</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24013" >2250</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17030" >1746</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17053" >1747</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17055" >1748</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24013" >1749</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8012" >2251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8017" >2252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8042" >2253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8049" >2254</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17047" >2255</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17050" >2256</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8012" >1750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8017" >1751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8042" >1752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8049" >1753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17047" >1754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17050" >1755</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8011" >2257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17041" >2258</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17060" >2259</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17062" >2260</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8011" >1756</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17041" >1757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17060" >1758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17062" >1759</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17031" >2261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17052" >2262</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17054" >2263</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17056" >2264</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17031" >1760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17052" >1761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17054" >1762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17056" >1763</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18032" >2265</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18032" >1764</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">ucmark</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18017" >2266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18019" >2267</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18017" >1765</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18019" >1766</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18020" >2268</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18020" >1767</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >2269</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >1768</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4042" >2270</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5086" >2271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >2272</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10066" >2273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13003" >2274</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14002" >2275</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20060" >2276</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20061" >2277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20071" >2278</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24002" >2279</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24016" >2280</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54002" >2281</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56001" >2282</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57001" >2283</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4042" >1769</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5086" >1770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >1771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10073" >1772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13003" >1773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14002" >1774</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20060" >1775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20061" >1776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20071" >1777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24002" >1778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24016" >1779</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54002" >1780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56001" >1781</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57001" >1782</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20070" >2284</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24003" >2285</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20070" >1783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24003" >1784</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20074" >2286</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24004" >2287</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20074" >1785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24004" >1786</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56042" >2288</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8030" >2289</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56042" >1787</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14" >2290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44017" >2291</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23" >1788</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44018" >1789</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\PGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82027" ><span -class="cmti-10">2292</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83027" ><span +class="cmti-10">1790</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Pgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82023" ><span -class="cmti-10">2293</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83023" ><span +class="cmti-10">1791</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82020" ><span -class="cmti-10">2294</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83020" ><span +class="cmti-10">1792</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82036" ><span -class="cmti-10">2295</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83036" ><span +class="cmti-10">1793</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82032" ><span -class="cmti-10">2296</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83032" ><span +class="cmti-10">1794</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82029" ><span -class="cmti-10">2297</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83029" ><span +class="cmti-10">1795</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11026" >2298</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11033" >1796</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8002" >2299</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8004" >2300</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8006" >2301</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8039" >2302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17039" >2303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17043" >2304</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17058" >2305</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\printacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59004" >2306</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8002" >1797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8004" >1798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8006" >1799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8039" >1800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17039" >1801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17043" >1802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17058" >1803</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21002" ><span -class="cmti-10">2307</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63006" >2308</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1804</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39002" >2309</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53003" ><span -class="cmti-10">2310</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58009" >2311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63010" >2312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77068" >2313</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80004" >2314</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1805</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19051" >2315</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21003" >2316</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23003" >2317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23008" >2318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23016" >2319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53013" ><span -class="cmti-10">2320</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59003" >2321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63003" >2322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63007" >2323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67003" >2324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68026" >2325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77067" >2326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80003" >2327</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53014" ><span +class="cmti-10">1806</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53031" >2328</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53032" >1807</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53029" >2329</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53030" >1808</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53028" >2330</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53029" >1809</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53030" >2331</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53031" >1810</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53025" >2332</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53026" >1811</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19050" >2333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53022" >2334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67001" >2335</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68024" >2336</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19050" >1812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53023" >1813</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67001" >1814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68024" >1815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72019" >1816</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53033" >2337</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53034" >1817</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53018" >2338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53021" >2339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59002" >2340</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53019" >1818</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53022" >1819</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59002" >1820</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53019" >2341</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53020" >1821</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53015" >2342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53016" >2343</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53016" >1822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53017" >1823</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23015" ><span -class="cmti-10">2344</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1824</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2345</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63009" >2346</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1825</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20003" >2347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20039" >2348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20051" >2349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21005" >2350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23004" >2351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23009" >2352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23017" >2353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53011" ><span -class="cmti-10">2354</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63001" >2355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67002" >2356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68025" >2357</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1826</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20002" >2358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20038" >2359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20050" >2360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53038" >2361</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20002" >1827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20038" >1828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20050" >1829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53039" >1830</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23007" ><span -class="cmti-10">2362</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1831</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23002" ><span -class="cmti-10">2363</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1832</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28004" ><span -class="cmti-10">2364</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38028" >2365</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +class="cmti-10">1833</span></a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsize </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22019" >2366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61015" >2367</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56032" >2368</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22019" >1834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61015" >1835</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item">sanitize  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3048" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2369</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17015" >2370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20030" >2371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" >2372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52056" >2373</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">1836</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17015" >1837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20030" >1838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" >1839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52056" >1840</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">scrwfile </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >2374</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\section*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18048" >2375</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53051" >2376</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\seename</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50011" >2377</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50018" >2378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51006" >2379</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >1841</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21024" ><span -class="cmti-10">2380</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1842</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22001" >2381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45010" >2382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59023" >2383</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2384</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62016" >2385</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\setAlphaCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56049" >2386</a> <br /></span> - - -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\setCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56047" >2387</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77052" >2388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77055" >2389</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1843</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19017" >2390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53060" ><span -class="cmti-10">2391</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1844</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18012" ><span -class="cmti-10">2392</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53054" >2393</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1845</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19049" >2394</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67004" ><span -class="cmti-10">2395</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68028" >2396</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68031" >2397</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75010" >2398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76006" >2399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77090" >2400</a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1846</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13013" >2401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14008" >2402</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27015" ><span -class="cmti-10">2403</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1847</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24001" ><span -class="cmti-10">2404</span></a> <br /></span> +class="cmti-10">1848</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77061" ><span -class="cmti-10">2405</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">supertabular </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72002" >2406</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72008" >2407</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72013" >2408</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73003" >2409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73010" >2410</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78061" ><span +class="cmti-10">1849</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">supertabular </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19036" >2411</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72015" >2412</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73012" >2413</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8029" >2414</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19036" >1850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73015" >1851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74012" >1852</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">tabular </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65017" >2415</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65019" >2416</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44012" >2417</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44039" >2418</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18027" >2419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >2420</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textrm</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56011" >2421</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61008" >2422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61010" >2423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62036" >2424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62042" >2425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62043" >2426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62058" >2427</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22020" >2428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61012" >2429</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61013" >2430</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textulc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62037" >2431</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62038" >2432</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\the</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62027" >2433</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6" >1853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18027" >1854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >1855</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">theglossary </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77002" ><span -class="cmti-10">2434</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77004" >2435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77011" >2436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77074" >2437</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56036" >2438</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78002" ><span +class="cmti-10">1856</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9001" >2439</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9002" >2440</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2" >1857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9001" >1858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9002" >1859</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8009" >2441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8013" >2442</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8014" >2443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8015" >2444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8020" >2445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8021" >2446</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8033" >2447</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8035" >2448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8036" >2449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8038" >2450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8043" >2451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8044" >2452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8045" >2453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8048" >2454</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9003" >2455</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >2456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9005" >2457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >2458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17033" >2459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17034" >2460</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17035" >2461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17036" >2462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17048" >2463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17059" >2464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58024" >2465</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span -class="cmbx-10">W</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\write18</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17024" >2466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20078" >2467</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8009" >1860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8013" >1861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8014" >1862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8015" >1863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8020" >1864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8021" >1865</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8033" >1866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8035" >1867</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8036" >1868</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8038" >1869</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8043" >1870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8044" >1871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8045" >1872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8048" >1873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9003" >1874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >1875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9005" >1876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >1877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17033" >1878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17034" >1879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17035" >1880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17036" >1881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17048" >1882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17059" >1883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58024" >1884</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> + + +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7" >1885</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3025" >2468</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3033" >2469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3038" >2470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3025" >1886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3033" >1887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3038" >1888</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3052" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2471</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4034" >2472</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4035" >2473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4036" >2474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4037" >2475</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4038" >2476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4039" >2477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4049" >2478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4050" >2479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4052" >2480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4053" >2481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4057" >2482</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4060" >2483</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4061" >2484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4062" >2485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4063" >2486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4069" >2487</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4070" >2488</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5066" >2489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5070" >2490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5074" >2491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5077" >2492</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5080" >2493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5082" >2494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5084" >2495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7001" >2496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7003" >2497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7006" >2498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7014" >2499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7016" >2500</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8050" >2501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8052" >2502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10006" >2503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10008" >2504</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10010" >2505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >2506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10016" >2507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10021" >2508</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10024" >2509</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10027" >2510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10029" >2511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10040" >2512</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10043" >2513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10046" >2514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10051" >2515</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10055" >2516</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10060" >2517</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10063" >2518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11003" >2519</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11013" >2520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11021" >2521</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11023" >2522</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#x1-130001.4.3" >2523</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13001" >2524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13002" >2525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13004" >2526</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13007" >2527</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13008" >2528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13010" >2529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13021" >2530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13023" >2531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15001" >2532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15007" >2533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15010" >2534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17026" >2535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17029" >2536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >2537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20028" >2538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20058" >2539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20062" >2540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20064" >2541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20066" >2542</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20069" >2543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20077" >2544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20080" >2545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20083" >2546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20084" >2547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20085" >2548</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27004" >2549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27006" >2550</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28084" >2551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28129" >2552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43008" >2553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43009" >2554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43011" >2555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43014" >2556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43015" >2557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43020" >2558</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43023" >2559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44006" >2560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44041" >2561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44045" >2562</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44065" >2563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52065" >2564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53007" >2565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53009" >2566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54001" >2567</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54003" >2568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54004" >2569</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54006" >2570</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54011" >2571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54015" >2572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54016" >2573</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54018" >2574</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54019" >2575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54020" >2576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54021" >2577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55001" >2578</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55002" >2579</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55006" >2580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55011" >2581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55014" >2582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56003" >2583</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56013" >2584</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56018" >2585</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56024" >2586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56037" >2587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56044" >2588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56057" >2589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58004" >2590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74016" >2591</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77025" >2592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77029" >2593</a> <br /></span> +class="cmbx-10">1889</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4034" >1890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4035" >1891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4036" >1892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4037" >1893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4038" >1894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4039" >1895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4049" >1896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4050" >1897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4052" >1898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4053" >1899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4057" >1900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4060" >1901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4061" >1902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4062" >1903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4063" >1904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4069" >1905</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4070" >1906</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5066" >1907</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5070" >1908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5074" >1909</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5077" >1910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5080" >1911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5082" >1912</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5084" >1913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7001" >1914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7003" >1915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7006" >1916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7014" >1917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7016" >1918</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8050" >1919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8052" >1920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10008" >1921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10010" >1922</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10012" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10013" >1924</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10018" >1925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10023" >1926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10026" >1927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10029" >1928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10031" >1929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10036" >1930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10047" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10050" >1932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10053" >1933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10058" >1934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10062" >1935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10067" >1936</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10070" >1937</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11003" >1938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11013" >1939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11021" >1940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11023" >1941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11029" >1942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11030" >1943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#x1-130001.4.3" >1944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13001" >1945</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13002" >1946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13004" >1947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13007" >1948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13008" >1949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13010" >1950</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13021" >1951</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13023" >1952</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15001" >1953</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15007" >1954</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15010" >1955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17026" >1956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17029" >1957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >1958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20028" >1959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20058" >1960</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20062" >1961</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20064" >1962</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20066" >1963</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20069" >1964</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20077" >1965</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20080" >1966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20083" >1967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20084" >1968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20085" >1969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27004" >1970</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27006" >1971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28086" >1972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28088" >1973</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28142" >1974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43010" >1975</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43011" >1976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43018" >1977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43020" >1978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43023" >1979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43027" >1980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43028" >1981</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43030" >1982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43033" >1983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43034" >1984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43039" >1985</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43042" >1986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44006" >1987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44047" >1988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44051" >1989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44068" >1990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52065" >1991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53008" >1992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53010" >1993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54001" >1994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54003" >1995</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54004" >1996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54006" >1997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54011" >1998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54015" >1999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54016" >2000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54018" >2001</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54019" >2002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54020" >2003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54021" >2004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55001" >2005</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55002" >2006</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55006" >2007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55011" >2008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55014" >2009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56003" >2010</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56013" >2011</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56018" >2012</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56024" >2013</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56037" >2014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56044" >2015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56057" >2016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58004" >2017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75016" >2018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78025" >2019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78029" >2020</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5005" >2594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48030" >2595</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64018" >2596</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5" >2021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5005" >2022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48030" >2023</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xspace </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64014" >2597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64015" >2598</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64017" >2599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64019" >2600</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64021" >2601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64023" >2602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64024" >2603</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64014" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64015" >2025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64017" >2026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64019" >2027</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64021" >2028</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64023" >2029</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64024" >2030</a> <br /></span> </p></div> - - - <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 509--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span + <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 540--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the commands described in </span><a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmsy-8">§</span><span class="cmr-8">6 </span></a><a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmr-8">Links to</span> +class="cmr-8">Links to Glossary</span> <span -class="cmr-8">Glossary Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> <span +class="cmr-8">Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmsy-8">§</span><span @@ -26697,46 +26538,54 @@ href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmr-8">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> <span class="cmr-8">or via </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glssee</span><a - id="dx1-4002"></a> -<span + id="dx1-4002"></a> <span class="cmr-8">(or the </span><span class="cmss-8">see</span><a id="dx1-4003"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">key) or commands such as </span><span +class="cmr-8">key) or</span> +<span +class="cmr-8">commands such as </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-4004"></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 833--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x2-bk" id="fn2x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 864--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x1-bk" id="fn2x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Note that although I’ve written </span><span class="cmtt-8">latex </span><span class="cmr-8">in this section, it’s better to use </span><span class="cmtt-8">pdflatex</span><span -class="cmr-8">, where</span> +class="cmr-8">, where possible, for</span> <span -class="cmr-8">possible, for the reasons given </span><a +class="cmr-8">the reasons given </span><a href="#pdflatexnote"><span class="cmr-8">earlier</span></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 1931--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 1932--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x1-bk" id="fn3x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">Added to version </span><a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-10035"></a></a> <span +class="cmr-8">2.18.</span></p> +<!--l. 1968--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn4x1-bk" id="fn4x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-10048"></a> <span + id="dx1-10055"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p> -<!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">bug fix in v4.16 has corrected the code to ensure this.</span></p> -<!--l. 2647--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x3-bk" id="fn2x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x2-bk" id="fn2x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">unless </span><span class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a id="dx1-18015"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a id="dx1-18016"></a></p> -<!--l. 2677--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x3-bk" id="fn3x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a id="dx1-18026"></a> <span @@ -26745,22 +26594,21 @@ class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a id="dx1-18027"></a><span class="cmr-8">’s </span><span class="cmtt-8">\MakeTextUppercase </span><span -class="cmr-8">by the</span> +class="cmr-8">by the </span><span +class="cmss-8">glossaries</span> <span -class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-8">package. This makes it consistent with </span><span class="cmtt-8">\makefirstuc</span><a id="dx1-18028"></a><span class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a id="dx1-18029"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">package is</span> +class="cmr-8">package is automatically loaded by</span> <span -class="cmr-8">automatically loaded by </span><span class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span class="cmr-8">.)</span></p> -<!--l. 3231--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn4x3-bk" id="fn4x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 3297--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn4x2-bk" id="fn4x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-21009"></a> <span @@ -26770,9 +26618,8 @@ class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a class="cmr-8">if the </span><span class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a id="dx1-21011"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">package option is not</span> +class="cmr-8">package option is not used, but</span> <span -class="cmr-8">used, but </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-21012"></a> <span class="cmr-8">usually has the value </span><span @@ -26780,10 +26627,15 @@ class="cmtt-8">main </span><span class="cmr-8">unless the </span><span class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a id="dx1-21013"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">option has been</span> -<span -class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4683--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">option has been used.</span></p> +<!--l. 4286--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">The </span><a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a> <span +class="cmr-8">package provides a simpler way of achieving this.</span></p> +<!--l. 4786--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x4-bk" id="fn2x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-38020"></a> <span @@ -26795,35 +26647,50 @@ class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a id="dx1-38022"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package option is not</span> <span -class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x7-bk" id="fn1x7"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4985--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">This feature was introduced in </span><a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-43017"></a></a> <span +class="cmr-8">version 2.18.</span></p> +<!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">I’ve used </span><span +class="cmtt-8">\MakeUppercase </span><span +class="cmr-8">in all the examples for clarity, but it will actually use </span><span +class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p> +<!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-47003"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-47004"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility should be</span> +class="cmr-8">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility should be preserved</span> <span -class="cmr-8">preserved but you may need to use the </span><span +class="cmr-8">but you may need to use the </span><span class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a id="dx1-47005"></a> <span class="cmr-8">option</span></p> -<!--l. 6246--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a +<!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-51004"></a></a> <span class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs to be</span> <span -class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 6251--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">Ifyou redefine </span><span +class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 6594--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x8-bk" id="fn2x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">If you redefine </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span class="cmr-8">, keep the default value of the optional argument as </span><span class="cmtt-8">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-51006"></a> + id="dx1-51006"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">as</span> <span -class="cmr-8">as both </span><span +class="cmr-8">both </span><span class="cmss-8">see</span><a id="dx1-51007"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span @@ -26833,44 +26700,45 @@ class="cmtt-8">[\seename] </span><span class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is</span> <span class="cmr-8">given.</span></p> -<!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x9-bk" id="fn3x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 6619--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x8-bk" id="fn3x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span class="cmr-8">was used, but this could cause problems when the </span><span class="cmss-8">name</span><a - id="dx1-51014"></a> -<span -class="cmr-8">key was </span><a + id="dx1-51014"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">key was</span> +<a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-51015"></a></a><span -class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 6560--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a id="dx1-52054"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">as the default, but this could cause problems when</span> -<span +class="cmr-8">as the default, but this could cause problems when </span><span class="cmss-8">name</span><a id="dx1-52055"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">had been </span><a +class="cmr-8">had</span> +<span +class="cmr-8">been </span><a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-52056"></a></a><span -class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6787--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7142--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">you can’t use the </span><span class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-53066"></a> <span + id="dx1-53067"></a> <span class="cmr-8">style for this example as you can’t use the </span><span class="cmss-8">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-53067"></a><a - id="dx1-53068"></a> + id="dx1-53068"></a><a + id="dx1-53069"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">environment in</span> <span -class="cmr-8">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span class="cmtt-8">\setCompositor</span><a id="dx1-56047"></a> <span @@ -26880,8 +26748,8 @@ class="cmsy-8">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 7126--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x12-bk" id="fn2x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 7481--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x11-bk" id="fn2x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span class="cmtt-8">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a id="dx1-56049"></a> <span @@ -26891,54 +26759,52 @@ class="cmsy-8">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 8554--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x14-bk" id="fn1x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 8583--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x14-bk" id="fn2x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 8958--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 8987--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle’sexplanation in </span><a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-8">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p> -<!--l. 9080--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x16-bk" id="fn1x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a id="dx1-68016"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmss-8">nosuper</span><a id="dx1-68017"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">package</span> +class="cmr-8">package options or if you</span> <span -class="cmr-8">options or if you use the </span><span +class="cmr-8">use the </span><span class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-68018"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant</span> -<span -class="cmr-8">package.</span></p> -<!--l. 9193--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x16-bk" id="fn2x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant package.</span></p> +<!--l. 9599--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span class="cmr-8"> Menzel.</span></p> -<!--l. 9404--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x16-bk" id="fn3x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 9882--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x15-bk" id="fn3x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span class="cmr-8"> with the </span><span class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a - id="dx1-72011"></a> <span + id="dx1-73011"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package.</span></p> -<!--l. 10538--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x18-bk" id="fn1x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a line,</span> +<!--l. 11020--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the</span> <span -class="cmr-8">hence the non-breakable space after “a” in the </span><span +class="cmr-8">non-breakable space after “a” in the </span><span class="cmss-8">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-82016"></a> <span + id="dx1-83016"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x18-bk" id="fn2x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div> +<!--l. 11180--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div> </body></html> - + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf Binary files differindex 7cf448a4217..189514e236a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex index 37419b2fae6..18d96dbad06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -\documentclass[report,inlinetitle]{nlctdoc} +\documentclass[report,inlinetitle,widecs]{nlctdoc} \usepackage[inner=0.5in,includemp]{geometry} @@ -308,6 +308,16 @@ user2={sanitization\protect\iterm{sanitize}}% description={An alphabet consisting of \glspl{nonlatinchar}.} } +\newglossaryentry{glossaries-extra}{% + name={\styfmt{glossaries-extra}}, + sort={glossaries-extra}, + description={A separate package that extends the + \styfmt{glossaries} package, providing new features or improving + existing features. If you want to use \styfmt{glossaries-extra}, + you must have both the \styfmt{glossaries} package and the + \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package installed.} +} + \ifpdf \externaldocument{glossaries-code} \fi @@ -378,11 +388,11 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} \MakeShortVerb{"} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} - \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.20} + \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.21} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\% \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2015-11-30} + \date{2016-01-24} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -390,6 +400,12 @@ The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated \glslink{entrylocation}{locations} can be generated either using \TeX\ or using a supplementary \gls{indexingapp}. + +Additional features not provided here may be available through +the supplemental package \gls{glossaries-extra} which, if required, +needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to +\gls*{glossaries-extra}. Any new versions of the \styfmt{glossaries} +package after v4.21 will be just bug fixes. \end{abstract} If you require multilingual support you must also separately install @@ -401,6 +417,21 @@ the \styfmt{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn't found. See \sectionref{sec:languages} for further details. +The \styfmt{glossaries} package requires a number of other packages +including, but not limited to, \sty{tracklang}, \sty{mfirstuc}, +\sty{etoolbox}, +\sty{xkeyval} (at least version dated 2006/11/18), \sty{textcase}, +\sty{xfor}, \sty{datatool-base} (part of the \sty{datatool} bundle) and \sty{amsgen}. These +packages are all available in the latest \TeX\ Live and Mik\TeX\ +distributions. If any of them are missing, please update your +\TeX\ distribution using your update manager. +(For help on this see, for example, +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution}{How +do I update my \TeX\ distribution?} +or +\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux}{Updating +\TeX\ on Linux}.) + \begin{important} Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of terms or notation. People have their own preferences and @@ -444,7 +475,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}. \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}] Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read -\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.20}. +\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.21}. This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package. \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions. @@ -1830,7 +1861,9 @@ the appropriate UTF-8 characters. \begin{important} This section is only applicable if you have chosen \optsor23. You can -ignore this section if you have chosen \opt1. +ignore this section if you have chosen \opt1. If you want to +alphabetically sort your entries always remember to use the +\gloskey{sort} key if the \gloskey{name} contains any \LaTeX\ commands. \end{important} If this section seriously confuses you, and you can't work out how @@ -1894,6 +1927,12 @@ can't diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript file and see if you can work it out from the \gls*{makeindex} or \gls*{xindy} messages. +\item If \gls{makeindex} warns about multiple encap values, +\gls{makeglossaries} will detect this and attempt to correct the +problem.\footnote{Added to version \gls{makeglossaries} 2.18.} Since +\gls{xindy} doesn't warn about this, this correction is only +provided by \gls{makeglossaries} when \gls{makeindex} is used. + \end{itemize} As from version 4.16, the \styfmt{glossaries} package also comes @@ -1906,21 +1945,19 @@ a~Lua interpreter) you don't need to install anything else in order to use \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} so it's an alternative to \gls{makeglossaries} if you want to use \opt2 (\gls{makeindex}). -There is also a Java GUI alternative called \gls{makeglossariesgui}, -distributed separately, that has diagnostic tools. - -Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the -\gls{makeglossaries} Perl script or the \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} -script or the \gls{makeglossariesgui} Java application, it is +Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the \gls{makeglossaries} +Perl script or the \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} Lua script, it is possible to use the \styfmt{glossaries} package without using those applications. However, note that some commands and package options -have no effect if you explicitly run \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}. +have no effect if you explicitly run \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}. These are listed in \tableref{tab:makeglossariesCmds}. \begin{important} If you are choosing not to use \gls*{makeglossaries} because you don't want to install Perl, you will only be able to use -\gls*{makeindex} as \gls*{xindy} also requires Perl. +\gls*{makeindex} as \gls*{xindy} also requires Perl. (Other useful +Perl scripts include \appfmt{epstopdf} and \appfmt{latexmk}, so it's +well-worth the effort to install Perl.) \end{important} Note that if any of your entries use an entry @@ -1951,6 +1988,10 @@ latex myDoc makeglossaries myDoc latex myDoc \end{prompt} +(Note that if you use \gls{glossaries-extra}, this will be done +automatically for you if the \pkgoptfmt{indexcrossrefs} feature is +enabled. See the \gls*{glossaries-extra} user guide for further +details.) Likewise, an additional \gls{makeglossaries} and \LaTeX\ run may be required if the document pages shift with re-runs. For @@ -2074,6 +2115,31 @@ path. If this isn't the case, you can specify the full pathname using \texttt{-m} \meta{path/to/makeindex} for \gls*{makeindex} or \texttt{-x} \meta{path/to/xindy} for \gls*{xindy}. +As from \gls{makeglossaries} v2.18, if you are using +\gls{makeindex}, there's a check for \gls*{makeindex}['s] multiple +encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) are +used on the same location for the same entry. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{glossaries} +\makeglossaries + +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} + +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}, \gls[format=textbf]{sample}. +\printglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +If you explicitly use \gls{makeindex}, this will cause a warning and +the location list will be \qt{1, \textbf{1}}. That is, the page +number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18, +\gls{makeglossaries} will check for this warning and, if found, will +attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and +retrying. There's no similar check for \gls{xindy} as \gls*{xindy} +won't produce any warning and will simply discard duplicates. + The \gls{makeglossaries} script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you can create a man page for \gls*{makeglossaries} using \app{pod2man} and move the @@ -2084,7 +2150,7 @@ resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do \begin{important} When upgrading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, make sure you also upgrade your version of \gls{makeglossaries}. The current version is -??. +2.18. \end{important} \subsection{Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script} @@ -2658,7 +2724,7 @@ If you want \cs{glsglossarymark} to use \cs{MakeUppercase} in the header, use th \pkgopt{ucmark} option described below. Occasionally you may find that another package defines -\linebreak\cs{cleardoublepage} when it is not required. This may cause an +\cs{cleardoublepage} when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining \DescribeMacro\glsclearpage\cs{glsclearpage}: \begin{verbatim} @@ -3281,8 +3347,8 @@ of acronyms using: \item[\pkgopt{shortcuts}] This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details. Alternatively you can use: -\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\DefineAcronymShortcuts] -\cs{DefineAcronymShortcuts} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\DefineAcronymSynonyms] +\cs{DefineAcronymSynonyms} \end{definition} \end{description} @@ -3716,13 +3782,21 @@ information about this entry. There are two required fields: The description is set in the third argument of \cs{longnewglossaryentry} and \cs{longprovideglossaryentry}. With the other commands it's set via the \gloskey{description} key. -Available fields are listed below: +As is typical with \meta{key}=\meta{value} lists, values that contain +a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in +braces. Available fields are listed below: \begin{description} \item[{\gloskey{name}}] The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted and the \gloskey{parent} key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent's name. +\begin{important} +If the \gloskey{name} key contains any commands, you must also +use the \gloskey{sort} key (described below) if you intend sorting the entries +alphabetically, otherwise the entries can't be sorted correctly. +\end{important} + \item[{\gloskey{description}}] A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\nopostdesc}] @@ -3865,7 +3939,10 @@ will set it to the expansion of the \gloskey{name} key (if \begin{important} Take care with \gls{xindy} (\opt3): if you have entries with the same \gloskey{sort} value they will be treated as the -same entry. +same entry. If you use \gls{xindy} and aren't using the \texttt{def} +or \texttt{use} sort methods, \textbf{always} use the \gloskey{sort} +key for entries where the name just consists of a control sequence +(for example \texttt{name=\{\cs{alpha}\}}). Take care if you use \opt1 and the \gloskey{name} contains fragile commands. You will either need to explicitly set the \gloskey{sort} @@ -3909,11 +3986,21 @@ glossary entries using \gloskey{nonumberlist=false} (see above). Alternatively, you can use the \pkgopt{seeautonumberlist} package option. For further details, see \sectionref{sec:crossref}. +This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs +\begin{alltt} +\cs{glssee}\oarg{tag}\marg{label}\marg{xr-label list} +\end{alltt} +after the entry has been defined. + \begin{important} For \optsand23, \ics{makeglossaries} must be used before any occurrence of -\ics{newglossaryentry} that contains the \gloskey{see} key. +\ics{newglossaryentry} that contains the \gloskey{see} key. This key +has no effect for entries defined in the \env{document} environment. \end{important} +If you use the \gloskey{see} key, you may want to consider using the +supplementary \gls{glossaries-extra} package. + \end{description} The following keys are reserved for \ics{newacronym} (see @@ -3924,6 +4011,21 @@ and the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} (\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) packages. You can also define your own custom keys (see \sectionref{sec:addkey}). +\begin{important} +Avoid using any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands within +the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{short} or +\gloskey{long} keys (or their plural equivalent) or any +other key that you plan to access through those commands. +(For example, the \gloskey{symbol} key if you intend to use +\cs{glssymbol}.) Otherwise you end up with nested links, which +can cause complications and they won't work with the case-changing +commands. You can use them within the value of keys +that won't be accessed through those commands. For example, +the \gloskey{description} key if you don't use \cs{glsdesc}. +Additionally, they'll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as +\cs{glslabel}. +\end{important} + Note that if the name starts with \gls{nonlatinchar}, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like \ics{Gls} and \ics{Glspl}. @@ -4180,7 +4282,8 @@ Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other -forms of abbreviations. +forms of abbreviations.\footnote{The \gls{glossaries-extra} package +provides a simpler way of achieving this.} Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I'm @@ -4769,7 +4872,10 @@ used in the preamble. I reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining commands in the \env{document} environment instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed -for \cs{newglossaryentry} by the new \opt1. +for \cs{newglossaryentry} by the new \opt1. (The +\gls{glossaries-extra} automatically reimposes this restriction for +\optsand23 but provides a package option to allow document +definitions.) \subsection{Technical Issues} \label{sec:techissues} @@ -4814,13 +4920,9 @@ There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra \cs{newwrite}, which may exceed \TeX's maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could -occur; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected line -breaks have been written to the temporary file causing spurious -spaces (or, even worse, a~command name could get split across a line -causing an error message). - -The last reason is why \ics{longnewglossaryentry} has the -preamble-only restriction, which I don't intend to lift. +occur; the \gloskey{see} key isn't stored, which means it can't be +added to the \filetype{.glsdefs} file when it's created at the end of the +document (and therefore won't be present on subsequent runs). \subsection{Good Practice Issues} \label{sec:goodpractice} @@ -4859,6 +4961,35 @@ option, or an alternative counter can be set as the default using the \pkgopt{counter} package option. The number list is also referred to as the location list\index{location list|see{number list}}. +Each location in the \gls{numberlist} is encapsulated with a +command. (The \termdef{encap} value.) By default this is the +\ics{glsnumberformat} command, but may be overridden using the +\gloskey[glslink]{format} key in the optional argument to commands +like \cs{gls}. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink}.) For example, you may +want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of +a term or symbol. Complications can arise if you use different encap +values for the same location. For example, suppose on page~10 you +have both the default \cs{glsnumberformat} and \cs{textbf} encaps. +While it may seem apparent that \cs{textbf} should override +\cs{glsnumberformat} in this situation, neither \gls{makeindex} nor +\gls{xindy} know this. In the case of \gls{xindy}, it only accepts +one encap and discards the other for identical locations. The encap +it chooses to keep may not necessarily be the one you want. In the +case of \gls{makeindex}, it accepts different encaps for the same +location, but warns about it. This leads to a \gls{numberlist} with +the same location repeated in different fonts. + +This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the +\gls{makeglossaries} Perl script it will detect \gls{makeindex}'s +warning and attempt to fix the problem.\footnote{This feature was +introduced in \gls{makeglossaries} version 2.18.} Since \gls{xindy} +doesn't generate a warning, \gls{makeglossaries} won't do anything +about it if you are using \gls{xindy}. With \gls{makeindex}, +\gls{makeglossaries} will let the encaps override each other, +similar to \gls{xindy}, except that the \cs{glsnumberformat} encap +will always have the least precedence. Other conflicting encaps will +have the last one override earlier ones for the same location. + Due to the asynchronous nature of \TeX's output routine (see, for example, \href{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage}{Finding @@ -4959,7 +5090,6 @@ command.) Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} (\optsand23) concatenate a sequence of~3 or more consecutive pages into~a range. With \gls*{xindy} (\opt3) you can vary the minimum sequence length using -\linebreak \ics{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{n} where \meta{n} is either an integer or the keyword \texttt{none} which indicates that there should be no range formation. @@ -5081,6 +5211,14 @@ post-processed by \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} unless you have chosen \opt1. If you don't use \ics{makeglossaries} these external files won't be created. +Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can +cause the \gls{numberlist} to become quite long, which may not be +particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the +non-indexing commands described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink} or +you can use the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package, which +provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed +in this chapter. + \begin{important} I strongly recommend that you don't use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of sectioning or caption @@ -5106,6 +5244,11 @@ command or use \sty{hyperref}'s \ics{texorpdfstring}. Examples: \chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}} \chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}} \end{verbatim} +If you want to retain the formatting that's available through +commands like \cs{acrshort} (for example, if you are using one of +the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the +\gls{glossaries-extra} package which provides commands +for this purpose. If you want the \gls{linktext} to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the glossary, you should load the @@ -5160,29 +5303,43 @@ are the \glslike\ commands and are described in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}. The commands that don't reference or change the \firstuseflag\ are \glstextlike\ commands and are described in \sectionref{sec:glstext-like}. See \sectionref{sec:glsunset} for -commands that unset or reset the \firstuseflag\ without referencing +commands that unset (mark the entry as having been used) or reset +(mark the entry as not used) the \firstuseflag\ without referencing the entries. The \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands all take a first optional argument that is a comma-separated list of -\meta{key}=\meta{value} -options, described below. They also have a star-variant, which -inserts \texttt{hyper=false} at the start of the list of options -and a plus-variant, which inserts \texttt{hyper=true} at the start -of the list of options. For example \verb|\gls*{sample}| is the same -as \verb|\gls[hyper=false]{sample}| and \verb|\gls+{sample}| is the -same as \verb|\gls[hyper=true]{sample}|, whereas just -\verb|\gls{sample}| will use the default hyperlink setting which -depends on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a -glossary that has been identified in the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} list). -You can override the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key in the variant's -optional argument, for example, \verb|\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}| but -this creates redundancy and is best avoided. +\meta{key}=\meta{value} options, described below. They also have a +star-variant, which inserts \texttt{hyper=false} at the start of the +list of options and a plus-variant, which inserts +\texttt{hyper=true} at the start of the list of options. For example +\verb|\gls*{sample}| is the same as \verb|\gls[hyper=false]{sample}| +and \verb|\gls+{sample}| is the same as +\verb|\gls[hyper=true]{sample}|, whereas just \verb|\gls{sample}| +will use the default hyperlink setting which depends on a number of +factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that has been +identified in the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} list). You can override the +\gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key in the variant's optional argument, for +example, \verb|\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}| but this creates +redundancy and is best avoided. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package +provides the option to add a third custom variant. + +\begin{important} +Avoid nesting these commands. For example don't do +\cs{glslink}\marg{label}\texttt{\{\cs{gls}\marg{label2}\}} +as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, these +means that you should avoid using any of these commands within +the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{short} or +\gloskey{long} keys (or their plural equivalent) or any +other key that you plan to access through these commands. +(For example, the \gloskey{symbol} key if you intend to use +\cs{glssymbol}.) +\end{important} The following keys are available for the optional argument: \begin{description} \item[{\gloskey[glslink]{hyper}}] This is a boolean key which can -be used to enable/disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry +be used to enable\slash disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry in the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by current settings, as indicated above. For example, when used with a \glslike\ command, if this is the first use and the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} package option has been used, @@ -5227,13 +5384,6 @@ with the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key using See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details. \end{important} -Note that unlike \ics{index}, you can't have anything following the -command name, such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to -cross-reference another entry, either use the \gloskey{see} key when -you define the entry or use \ics{glssee} (described in -\sectionref{sec:crossref}). - - If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don't use \ics{hyperpage} (provided by the \sty{hyperref} package) as the locations may not refer to a page @@ -5291,11 +5441,19 @@ the \gls*{firstuseflag} will be localised to the current scope. The default is \texttt{local=false}. \end{description} +The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides an additional key. +Please see the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further +details. + +\begin{important} +The \gls{linktext} isn't scoped by default. Any unscoped +declarations in the \gls{linktext} may affect subsequent text. +\end{important} \section{The \cs{gls}-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)} \label{sec:gls-like} -This section describes the commands that unset the \firstuseflag\ on +This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the \firstuseflag\ on completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (\texttt{hyper=false}) and @@ -5345,10 +5503,169 @@ and \end{definition} which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the -first letter is performed by \ics{makefirstuc}. For further -details, including its limitations, see the \sty{mfirstuc} user manual. +first letter is performed by \ics{makefirstuc}. + +\begin{important} +The first letter uppercasing command \cs{makefirstuc} has +limitations which must be taken into account if you use \cs{Gls} or +any of the other commands that convert the first letter to +uppercase. +\end{important} +The upper casing is performed as follows: +\begin{itemize} +\item If the first thing in the \gls{linktext} is a command follow +by a group, the upper casing is performed on the first object of the +group. For example, if an entry has been defined as +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + name={\emph{sample} phrase}, + sort={sample phrase}, + description={an example}} +\end{verbatim} +Then \cs{Gls}\verb|{sample}| will set the \gls{linktext} +to\footnote{I've used \cs{MakeUppercase} in all the examples for clarity, but it +will actually use \cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}.} +\begin{verbatim} +\emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase +\end{verbatim} +which will appear as \emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase. + +\item If the first thing in the \gls{linktext} isn't a command or is +a command but isn't followed by a group, then the upper casing will +be performed on that first thing. For example, if an entry has been +defined as: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + name={\oe-ligature}, + sort={oe-ligature}, + description={an example} +} +\end{verbatim} +Then \cs{Gls}\verb|{sample}| will set the \gls{linktext} to +\begin{verbatim} +\MakeUppercase \oe-ligature +\end{verbatim} +which will appear as \MakeUppercase \oe-ligature. + +\item If you have \sty{mfirstuc} v2.01 or above, an extra case is +added. If the first thing is \cs{protect} it will be discarded and +the above rules will then be tried. -There are also analogous plural forms: +\end{itemize} +(Note the use of the \gloskey{sort} key in the above examples.) + +There are hundreds of \LaTeX\ packages that altogether define +thousands of commands with various syntax and it's impossible for +\sty{mfirstuc} to take them all into account. The above rules are quite +simplistic and are designed for \gls{linktext} that starts with +a~text-block command (such as \cs{emph}) or a command that produces +a character (such as \cs{oe}). This means that if your \gls{linktext} +starts with something that doesn't adhere to \sty{mfirstuc}'s assumptions +then things are likely to go wrong. + +For example, starting with a math-shift symbol: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + name={$a$}, + sort={a}, + description={an example} +} +\end{verbatim} +This falls into case~2 above, so the \gls{linktext} will be set to +\begin{verbatim} +\MakeUppercase $a$ +\end{verbatim} +This attempts to uppercase the math-shift \verb|$|, which will go +wrong. In this case it's not appropriate to perform any +case-changing, but it may be that you want to use \cs{Gls} +programmatically without checking if the text contains any maths. +In this case, the simplest solution is to insert an empty brace at +the start: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + name={{}$a$}, + sort={a}, + description={an example} +} +\end{verbatim} +Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to +\begin{verbatim} +\MakeUppercase{}$a$ +\end{verbatim} +and the \cs{uppercase} becomes harmless. + +Another issue occurs when the \gls{linktext} starts with a command +followed by an argument (case~1) but the argument is a label, +identifier or something else that shouldn't have a case-change. +A common example is when the \gls{linktext} starts with one of the +commands described in this chapter. (But you haven't done that, have +you? What with the warning not to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) +Or when the \gls{linktext} starts with one of the non-linking +commands described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} +\newglossaryentry{sample2}{ + name={\glsentrytext{sample} two}, + sort={sample two}, + description={another example} + } +\end{verbatim} +Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to: +\begin{verbatim} +\glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase sample} two +\end{verbatim} +This will generate an error because there's no entry with the label +given by \verb|\MakeUppercase sample|. The best solution here is to +write the term out in the \gloskey{text} field and use the command +in the \gloskey{name} field. If you don't use \cs{glsname} anywhere +in your document, you can use \cs{gls} in the \gloskey{name} field: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}} +\newglossaryentry{sample2}{ + name={\gls{sample} two}, + sort={sample two}, + text={sample two}, + description={another example} + } +\end{verbatim} + +If the \gls{linktext} starts with a command that has an optional +argument or with multiple arguments where the actual text isn't in +the first argument, then \cs{makefirstuc} will also fail. For +example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ + name={\textcolor{blue}{sample} phrase}, + sort={sample phrase}, + description={an example}} +\end{verbatim} +Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to: +\begin{verbatim} +\textcolor{\MakeUppercase blue}{sample} phrase +\end{verbatim} +This won't work because \verb|\MakeUppercase blue| isn't a recognised +colour name. In this case you will have to define a helper command where +the first argument is the text. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ +\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} + name={\blue{sample} phrase}, + sort={sample phrase}, + description={an example}} +\end{verbatim} +In fact, since the whole design ethos of \LaTeX\ is the separation +of content and style, it's better to use a semantic command. For +example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{ +\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} + name={\keyword{sample} phrase}, + sort={sample phrase}, + description={an example}} +\end{verbatim} +For further details see the \sty{mfirstuc} user manual. + +There are plural forms that are analogous to \cs{gls}: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspl}] \cs{glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} \end{definition} @@ -5360,8 +5677,8 @@ There are also analogous plural forms: \end{definition} These typically determine the link text from the \gloskey{plural} or \gloskey{firstplural} keys supplied when the entry was -defined using \ics{newglossaryentry} or, if the entry is an acronym -and \cs{setacronymstyle} was used, from the \gloskey{longplural} or +defined using \ics{newglossaryentry} or, if the entry is an +abbreviation and \cs{setacronymstyle} was used, from the \gloskey{longplural} or \gloskey{shortplural} keys. \begin{important} @@ -5422,7 +5739,9 @@ final argument. \begin{important} Don't use any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands in the -argument of \cs{glslink}. +argument of \cs{glslink}. By extension, this means that you can't +use them in the value of fields that are used to form +\gls{linktext}. \end{important} \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstext}] @@ -5439,7 +5758,8 @@ There are also analogous commands: \cs{GLStext}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert} \end{definition} These convert the first character or all the characters to -uppercase, respectively. +uppercase, respectively. See the note on \cs{Gls} above for details +on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper case. \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsfirst}] \cs{glsfirst}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} @@ -5455,6 +5775,16 @@ There are also analogous uppercasing commands: \cs{GLSfirst}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert} \end{definition} +\begin{important} +The value of the \gloskey{first} key (and \gloskey{firstplural} key) +doesn't necessarily match the text produced by \ics{gls} (or \ics{glspl}) on +\firstuse\ as the \gls{linktext} used by \ics{gls} may be modified +through commands like \ics{defglsentry}. (Similarly, the value of the +\gloskey{text} and \gloskey{plural} keys don't necessarily match +the \gls*{linktext} used by \cs{gls} or \cs{glspl} on subsequent +use.) +\end{important} + \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsplural}] \cs{glsplural}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert} \end{definition} @@ -5721,11 +6051,23 @@ Note that you can also use commands such as \ics{ifglsused} within the definition of \cs{glsentryfmt} (see \sectionref{sec:glsunset}). The commands \ics{glslabel}, \ics{glstype}, \ics{glsifplural}, -\ics{glscapscase}, \ics{glscustomtex} and \ics{glsinsert} are +\ics{glscapscase}, \ics{glscustomtext} and \ics{glsinsert} are typically updated at the start of the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands so they can usually be accessed in the hook user commands, such as \ics{glspostlinkhook} and \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}. +\begin{important} +This means that using commands like \ics{gls} within the fields +that are accessed using the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands +(such as the \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{long} +or \gloskey{short} keys) will cause a problem. The entry formatting +performed by \cs{glsentryfmt} and related commands isn't scoped +(otherwise if would cause problems for \cs{glspostlinkhook} which +may need to look ahead as well as look behind). +This means that any nested commands will, at the very least, change +the label stored in \cs{glslabel}. +\end{important} + If you only want to make minor modifications to \cs{glsentryfmt}, you can use \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgenentryfmt}] @@ -5735,7 +6077,7 @@ This uses the above commands to display just the \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{plural} or \gloskey{firstplural} keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended. -Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms +Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via \ics{newacronym}) you can use: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgenacfmt}] \cs{glsgenacfmt} @@ -5779,7 +6121,8 @@ only need to redefine \ics{genacrfullformat} and on changing the style of acronyms. \begin{important} -Note that \cs{glsentryfmt} is not used by the \glstextlike\ commands. +Note that \cs{glsentryfmt} (or the formatting given by \cs{defglsentryfmt}) +is not used by the \glstextlike\ commands. \end{important} As from version 4.16, both the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands @@ -6319,7 +6662,10 @@ package, but make sure you use one of the expandable commands within \begin{verbatim} \ecaptialisewords{\glsentrytext{somelabel}} \end{verbatim} -Note that \cs{ecapitalisewords} is not expandable. +Note that \cs{ecapitalisewords} is not expandable. Note that +this command has the same limitations as \cs{makefirstuc} which is +used by commands like \cs{Gls} and \cs{Glsentryname} to upper-case +the first letter (see the notes about \cs{Gls} in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}). \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryname}] \cs{glsentryname}\marg{label} @@ -6585,7 +6931,7 @@ followed by one or two runs of \LaTeX\ is required. The first command, \cs{glsentrynumberlist}, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, -\linebreak\cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}, formats the list using: +\cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}, formats the list using: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsnumlistsep}] \cs{glsnumlistsep} \end{definition} @@ -6627,15 +6973,21 @@ glossary} in the documented code (\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}). (Must be used with \ics{makeglossaries} in the preamble.) \end{description} -These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were -defined. Note that, in the case of \optsand23, no glossaries will appear until you have either -used the Perl script \gls{makeglossaries} or have directly used -\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} (as described in -\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). If the glossary -still does not appear after you re-\LaTeX\ your document, check the -\gls*{makeindex}\slash\gls*{xindy} log files to see if there is a problem. -With \opt1, you just need two \LaTeX\ runs to make the glossaries appear, -but you may need further runs to make the \glspl{numberlist} up-to-date. +These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which +they were defined. Note that, in the case of \optsand23, no +glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script +\gls{makeglossaries} or Lua script \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} or +have directly used \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} (as described in +\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). (While the external files are +missing, these commands will just do \cs{null} for each missing +glossary to assist dictionary style documents that just use +\cs{glsaddall} without inserting any text.) + +If the glossary still does not appear after you re-\LaTeX\ your +document, check the \gls*{makeindex}\slash\gls*{xindy} log files to +see if there is a problem. With \opt1, you just need two \LaTeX\ +runs to make the glossaries appear, but you may need further runs to +make the \glspl{numberlist} up-to-date. An individual glossary can be displayed using: \begin{description} @@ -6652,6 +7004,9 @@ An individual glossary can be displayed using: (Must be used with \ics{makeglossaries} in the preamble.) \end{description} where \meta{options} is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} list of options. +(Again, when the associated external file is missing, \cs{null} is +inserted into the document.) + The following keys are available: \begin{description} \item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{type}}] The value of this key @@ -6687,7 +7042,7 @@ option, described in \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sec}. \item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{nonumberlist}}] This is a boolean key. If true (\verb|nonumberlist=true|) the numberlist is suppressed -for this glossary. If false \linebreak(\verb|nonumberlist=false|) the +for this glossary. If false (\verb|nonumberlist=false|) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary. \item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{nogroupskip}}] This is a boolean @@ -6737,7 +7092,7 @@ entries have fragile commands in their \gloskey{sort} field. By default, the glossary is started either by \ics{chapter*} or by \ics{section*}, depending on whether or not \ics{chapter} is defined. This can be overridden by the \pkgopt{section} package option or the -\linebreak\ics{setglossarysection} command. Numbered sectional units can be +\ics{setglossarysection} command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using the \pkgopt{numberedsection} package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the command \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsglossarymark] @@ -7007,7 +7362,7 @@ you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using \end{definition} where \meta{name} is the name of the format and \meta{definition} is the \gls{xindy} definition. The optional argument \meta{prefix-location} -is needed if \linebreak\cs{theH}\meta{counter} either isn't defined or is +is needed if \cs{theH}\meta{counter} either isn't defined or is different from \cs{the}\meta{counter}. (See also \ics{glsaddprotectedpagefmt} described in \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.) @@ -7214,7 +7569,7 @@ Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} has no effect if A new glossary can be defined using: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newglossary}] -\cs{newglossary}\oarg{log-ext}\marg{name}\marg{in-ext}\marg{out-ext}\marg{title}\linebreak\oarg{counter} +\cs{newglossary}\oarg{log-ext}\marg{name}\marg{in-ext}\marg{out-ext}\linebreak\marg{title}\oarg{counter} \end{definition} where \meta{name} is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments \meta{in-ext} and \meta{out-ext} specify the extensions to @@ -7253,7 +7608,7 @@ which is equivalent to \cs{newglossary}[\meta{tag}-glg]\marg{name}\{\meta{tag}-gls\}\{\meta{tag}-glo\}\marg{title}\oarg{counter} \end{alltt} -It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common +It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don't need to be listed. In this case, you can define a~special type of glossary that doesn't create any associated files. This is referred to as an \qt{ignored glossary} and it's ignored by @@ -7329,20 +7684,23 @@ change LaTeX’s \qt{fixed names}}. \begin{important} Note that although this chapter uses the term \qt{acronym}, you can also -use the commands described here for abbreviations or contractions +use the commands described here for initialisms or contractions (as in the case of some of the examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it should be \qt{Abbreviations} rather than \qt{Acronyms}) then you can change the title either by redefining \ics{acronymname} (see \sectionref{sec:languages}) or by using the \gloskey[printglossary]{title} in the optional argument of \ics{printglossary} (or -\ics{printacronym}). +\ics{printacronym}). You may prefer to use the +\gls{glossaries-extra} package which defines \cs{newabbreviation} +and treats acronyms (e.g.\ \qt{laser}) differently from other forms +of abbreviations (e.g.\ \qt{html}). \end{important} You may have noticed in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry} that when you specify a new entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the term is \glsd{firstuse} in the document. This provides a -useful means to define acronyms. For convenience, the +useful means to define abbreviations. For convenience, the \styfmt{glossaries} package defines the command: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newacronym}] \cs{newacronym}\oarg{key-val list}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long} @@ -7417,12 +7775,50 @@ Now \verb|\gls{idn}| will produce \qt{identification number uses. \end{example} +Recall from the warning in +\sectionref{sec:newglosentry} that you should avoid using +the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands within the value of +keys like \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{first} due to complications +arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations +defined using \cs{newacronym}. + +For example, suppose you have defined: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes} +\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language} +\end{verbatim} +you may be tempted to do: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} +\end{verbatim} +\textbf{Don't!} This will break the case-changing commands, such +as \ics{Gls}, it will cause inconsistencies on \firstuse, and, +if hyperlinks are enabled, will cause nested hyperlinks. It will +also confuse the commands used by the entry formatting (such as +\ics{glslabel}). + +Instead, consider doing: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym + [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}] + {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} +\end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym + [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}] + {shtml}{SHTML} + {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language} +\end{verbatim} +Similarly for the \glstextlike\ commands. + \begin{important} The commands described below are similar to the \glstextlike\ commands in that they don't modify the \firstuseflag. However, their display is governed by \ics{defentryfmt} with \ics{glscustomtext} set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to the \glstextlike\ commands also apply to the following commands. +(Including the warning immediately above this box.) \end{important} The optional arguments are the same as those for the \glstextlike\ @@ -7622,7 +8018,7 @@ And the full form can be obtained using: These again use \ics{acrfullformat} by default, but the format may be redefined by the acronym style. -\section{Changing the Acronym Style} +\section{Changing the Abbreviation Style} \label{sec:setacronymstyle} It may be that the default style doesn't suit your requirements in @@ -7639,6 +8035,12 @@ representing lists of acronyms, you must use \cs{setacronymstyle} \emph{after} using \cs{DeclareAcronymList}. \end{important} +The \styfmt{glossaries} package has the restriction that only one +style may be in use that applies to all entries defined with +\cs{newacronym}. If you need multiple abbreviation styles, then try +using the \gls{glossaries-extra} package, which has better +abbreviation management. + Note that unlike the default behaviour of \cs{newacronym}, the styles used via \cs{setacronymstyle} don't use the \gloskey{first} or \gloskey{text} keys, but instead they use \ics{defglsentryfmt} to @@ -8412,6 +8814,8 @@ adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting \cs{@} before the full stop. The next example shows one way of achieving this. +(Note that the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a much +simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to use.) \begin{example}{Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods)}{ex:dotabbr} As from version 4.16, there's now a hook (\ics{glspostlinkhook}) @@ -8768,7 +9172,9 @@ Flag Unset)} As from version 4.14, it's now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That is, how many times the \firstuseflag\ -is unset. +is unset. Note that the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package improves +this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn't +available with the \styfmt{glossaries} package. \begin{important} This function is disabled by default as it adds extra @@ -9218,7 +9624,8 @@ unless you use the \pkgopt{nolong} or \pkgopt{nostyles} package options. These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in \sectionref{sec:longraggedstyles}. - +If you want to incorporate rules from the \sty{booktabs} package, +try the styles described in \sectionref{sec:longbooktabsstyles}. \begin{description} \item[long] The \glostyle{long} style uses the \env{longtable} @@ -9285,7 +9692,7 @@ around it. \glostyle{long4col} but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The width of the description column is governed by the length \ics{glsdescwidth} and the width of the page list column is -governed by the length \linebreak\ics{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the +governed by the length \ics{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column. @@ -9298,7 +9705,7 @@ page lists. page lists. \item[altlong4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{altlong4colheaderborder} -style is like \linebreak\glostyle{long4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line +style is like \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. \end{description} @@ -9322,6 +9729,8 @@ these styles will only be available if you explicitly load Note that you can't set these styles using the \pkgopt{style} package option since the styles aren't defined until after the \styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded. +If you want to incorporate rules from the \sty{booktabs} package, +try the styles described in \sectionref{sec:longbooktabsstyles}. \begin{description} \item[longragged] The \glostyle{longragged} style has two @@ -9389,6 +9798,75 @@ lines around it. \end{description} +\subsection{Longtable Styles (\styfmt{booktabs})} +\label{sec:longbooktabsstyles} + +The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +\sty{glossary-longbooktabs}. + +Since these styles all use the +\env{longtable} environment, they are governed by the same +parameters as that environment. The \sty{glossary-longbooktabs} +package automatically loads the \sty{glossary-long} +(\sectionref{sec:longstyles}) +and \sty{glossary-longragged} (\sectionref{sec:longraggedstyles}) packages. Note that +these styles will only be available if you explicitly load +\sty{glossary-longbooktabs}: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{glossaries} +\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs} +\end{verbatim} +Note that you can't set these styles using the \pkgopt{style} +package option since the styles aren't defined until after +the \styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded. + +These styles are similar to the +\qt{header} styles in the \sty{glossary-long} and +\sty{glossary-ragged} packages, but they add the rules +provided by the \sty{booktabs} package, \ics{toprule}, \ics{midrule} and +\ics{bottomrule}. Additionally these styles patch the +\env{longtable} environment to check for instances of the group +skip occurring at a page break. If you don't want this patch to +affect any other use of \env{longtable} in your document, you can +scope the effect by only setting the style through the +\gloskey[printglossary]{style} key in the optional argument of +\cs{printglossary}. (The \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option +is checked by these styles.) + +Alternatively, you can restore the original \env{longtable} +behaviour with: +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsrestoreLToutput] +\cs{glsrestoreLToutput} +\end{definition} +For more information about the patch, see the documented code +(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}). + +\begin{description} +\item[\glostyle{long-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{longheader} style but adds rules above and below the +header (\cs{toprule} and \cs{midrule}) and inserts a rule at the +bottom of the table (\cs{bottomrule}). + +\item[\glostyle{long3col-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{long3colheader} style but adds rules as per +\glostyle{long-booktabs}. + +\item[\glostyle{long4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{long4colheader} style but adds rules as above. + +\item[\glostyle{altlong4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style but adds rules as above. + +\item[\glostyle{longragged-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{longraggedheader} style but adds rules as above. + +\item[\glostyle{longragged3col-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style but adds rules as above. + +\item[\glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to +the \glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} style but adds rules as above. + +\end{description} \subsection{Supertabular Styles} \label{sec:superstyles} @@ -9445,7 +9923,7 @@ lines around it. \glostyle{super3col} but has a header row. \item[super3colheaderborder] The \glostyle{super3colheaderborder} style -is like the \linebreak\glostyle{super3colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical +is like the \glostyle{super3colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. \item[super4col] The \glostyle{super4col} style is like @@ -9463,7 +9941,7 @@ lines around it. \glostyle{super4col} but has a header row. \item[super4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{super4colheaderborder} style -is like the \linebreak\glostyle{super4colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical +is like the \glostyle{super4colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. \item[altsuper4col] The \glostyle{altsuper4col} style is like @@ -9930,7 +10408,7 @@ may contain \ics{delimN} (to delimit individual numbers) and/or multiple occurrences of \ics{setentrycounter}\oarg{Hprefix}\marg{counter name}\meta{format cmd}\marg{number(s)}, but note that the entire number list is enclosed within the argument -of \linebreak\ics{glossaryentrynumbers}. The user can redefine this to change +of \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}. The user can redefine this to change the way the entire number list is formatted, regardless of the glossary style. However the most common use of \ics{glossaryentrynumbers} is to provide a means of suppressing the @@ -10128,6 +10606,9 @@ can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with \LaTeX's \cs{@for} command, make sure your list doesn't have any unwanted spaces in it as they don't get stripped. +(Discussed in more detail in +\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists}{\S2.7.2 of \qt{\LaTeX\ for Administrative +Work}}.) \end{important} \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\forallglossaries}] @@ -10499,7 +10980,8 @@ commands contained in the \meta{definition} must be protected. \chapter{Prefixes or Determiners}\label{sec:prefix} -The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package provides +The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package that comes with the +\styfmt{glossaries} package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as \qt{a}, \qt{an} or \qt{the}). The \styfmt{glossaries-prefix} @@ -10795,7 +11277,7 @@ The sample file \samplefile{accsupp} illustrates the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package. See \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:accsupp} in \fi the documented code -(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}) for further details. It is recommended +(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}) for further details. I~recommend that you also read the \sty{accsupp} documentation. \chapter{Troubleshooting} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html index 4df38cac1c2..647cd7542a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>The glossaries package v4.20: a guide for beginners</title> +<head><title></title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-11-30 12:19:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2016-01-24 16:29:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ /* start css.sty */ .cmr-17{font-size:170%;} .cmr-12{font-size:120%;} +.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} .cmr-9{font-size:90%;} .cmbx-9{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-9{ font-weight: bold;} @@ -26,12 +30,14 @@ .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmti-10{ font-style: italic;} .cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;} .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} @@ -188,21 +194,35 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle </style> </head><body > - <div class="maketitle"><a +<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> - +</p><!--l. 44--><p class="indent" > + - - + +</p><!--l. 44--><p class="indent" > + - - -<h2 class="titleHead">The glossaries package v4.20: a guide for beginners</h2> - <div class="author" ><span -class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> -<div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-11-30</span></div> - </div> + +</p> +<div class="center" +> +<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.21: a guide for</span> +<span +class="cmr-17">beginners</span> +</p> +<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col +id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td></tr></table> +</div> +<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2016-01-24</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > @@ -223,24 +243,24 @@ class="cmr-9">the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big. T <span class="cmr-9">be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief introduction</span> <span -class="cmr-9">just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, “Yeah, but how can</span> +class="cmr-9">just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, “Yeah, but how</span> <span -class="cmr-9">I do</span><span +class="cmr-9">can I do</span><span class="cmr-9">…?” then it’s time to move on to the </span><a href="glossaries-user.html" ><span class="cmr-9">main user manual</span></a><span class="cmr-9">.</span> </p><!--l. 56--><p class="indent" > <span -class="cmr-9">I’ve made some statements in this document that don’t actually tell you</span> +class="cmr-9">I’ve made some statements in this document that don’t actually tell</span> <span -class="cmr-9">the full truth, but it would clutter the document and cause confusion if I</span> +class="cmr-9">you the full truth, but it would clutter the document and cause confusion</span> <span -class="cmr-9">keep writing “except when </span><span -class="cmr-9">…” or “but you can also do this, that or the other”</span> +class="cmr-9">if I keep writing “except when </span><span +class="cmr-9">…” or “but you can also do this, that or</span> <span -class="cmr-9">or “you can do it this way but you can also do it that way, but that way</span> +class="cmr-9">the other” or “you can do it this way but you can also do it that way, but</span> <span -class="cmr-9">may cause complications under certain circumstances”.</span> +class="cmr-9">that way may cause complications under certain circumstances”.</span> </p> </div> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a @@ -248,6 +268,9 @@ class="cmr-9">may cause complications under certain circumstances”.</span> <div class="tableofcontents"> <span class="sectionToc" >1 <a href="#sec:start" id="QQ2-1-2">Getting Started</a></span> + + + <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >2 <a href="#sec:defterm" id="QQ2-1-3">Defining Terms</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >3 <a @@ -256,9 +279,6 @@ href="#sec:useterm" id="QQ2-1-4">Using Entries</a></span> href="#sec:printglossaries" id="QQ2-1-5">Displaying a List of Entries</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >5 <a href="#sec:glosstyle" id="QQ2-1-7">Customising the Glossary</a></span> - - - <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >6 <a href="#sec:multigloss" id="QQ2-1-8">Multiple Glossaries</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >7 <a @@ -275,13 +295,13 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla id="sec:start"></a>Getting Started</h3> <!--l. 69--><p class="noindent" >As with all packages, you need to load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with <span -class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span>, but there are -certain packages that must be loaded before <span +class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span>, but +there are certain packages that must be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, <span -class="cmti-10">if </span>they are required: <span +class="cmti-10">if </span>they are +required: <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-2001"></a>, -<span + id="dx1-2001"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a id="dx1-2002"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a @@ -289,27 +309,30 @@ class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-2004"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a - id="dx1-2005"></a>. (You don’t have to load these packages, but if -you want them, you must load them before <span + id="dx1-2005"></a>. (You don’t have +to load these packages, but if you want them, you must load them before +<span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.) -</p><!--l. 76--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant language -module. Each language module is called <span +</p><!--l. 76--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant +language module. Each language module is called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the -root language name. For example, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a -language module is required, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will automatically try to load it and -will give a warning if the module isn’t found. </div> +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language name. For example, <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or +<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will +automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. +</div> </p><!--l. 84--><p class="noindent" > </p><!--l. 86--><p class="indent" > Once you have loaded <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you need to define your terms in the preamble and -then you can use them throughout the document. Here’s a simple example: - +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you need to define your terms in the +preamble and then you can use them throughout the document. Here’s a simple +example: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> \documentclass{article} @@ -323,9 +346,9 @@ then you can use them throughout the document. Here’s a simple example: <br />Here’s my sample term. <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Here’s another example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> \documentclass{article} @@ -353,29 +376,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">.log </span>file and search for the line that starts with <span class="cmtt-10">Package: glossaries </span>followed by a date and version.) -</p><!--l. 133--><p class="indent" > If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example, <span -class="cmtt-10">defns.tex</span>) -and load that file in the preamble using <span -class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>with the filename as the -argument. For example: - - - +</p><!--l. 133--><p class="indent" > If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example, +<span +class="cmtt-10">defns.tex</span>) and load that file in the preamble using <span +class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>with the +filename as the argument. For example: + + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> \loadglsentries{defns} </div> <!--l. 138--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 140--><p class="indent" > Don’t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can interfere -with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should be done by the style. -For example, suppose I want to replace <span -class="cmtt-10">SVM </span>in the above to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textsc{svm}</span></span></span>, then I need -to select a style that uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>, like this: - - - +</p><!--l. 140--><p class="indent" > Don’t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can +interfere with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should +be done by the style. For example, suppose I want to replace <span +class="cmtt-10">SVM </span>in the +above to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\textsc{svm}</span></span></span>, then I need to select a style that uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>, like +this: + + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> \documentclass{article} @@ -394,48 +418,51 @@ class="cmtt-10">ex </span>and in the second case the label was <span class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. The label is just a way of identifying the term (like the standard <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>mechanism). It’s best to -just use the following alphanumerics in the labels: <span +class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>mechanism). It’s best to just use +the following alphanumerics in the labels: <span class="cmtt-10">a</span>, …, <span class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">A</span>, …, <span class="cmtt-10">Z</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">0</span>, …, <span -class="cmtt-10">9</span>. -Sometimes you can also use punctuation characters but not if another package (such -as <span +class="cmtt-10">9</span>. Sometimes you can +also use punctuation characters but not if another package (such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-2006"></a>) meddles with them. Don’t try using any characters outside of the -basic Latin set (for example, é or ß) or things will go horribly wrong. This -warning only applies to the label. It doesn’t apply to the text that appears in the + id="dx1-2006"></a>) +meddles with them. Don’t try using any characters outside of the basic Latin +set (for example, é or ß) or things will go horribly wrong. This warning +only applies to the label. It doesn’t apply to the text that appears in the document. </p><!--l. 173--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section headings as it can have some unpleasant -side-effects. Instead use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>for regular entries and one of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span>, -<span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section headings as it can have some +unpleasant side-effects. Instead use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>for regular entries and +one of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull </span>for acronyms. </div> +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull </span>for acronyms. +</div> </p><!--l. 178--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 180--><p class="indent" > The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes if you -want to display a sorted list of all the entries you have used in the document. The -<span +</p><!--l. 180--><p class="indent" > The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes +if you want to display a sorted list of all the entries you have used in the +document. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides three options: use <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> to perform the sorting; use -<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to perform the +sorting; use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>to perform the sorting; use <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to perform the sorting. +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to perform the +sorting. </p><!--l. 187--><p class="indent" > The first option (using <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>) is the simplest and easiest method, but it’s inefficient -and the sorting is done according to the English alphabet. To use this method, add +class="E">E</span>X</span>) is the simplest and easiest method, but +it’s inefficient and the sorting is done according to the English alphabet. +To use this method, add <span +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to the preamble and put <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to the preamble and put <span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span>at the place -where you want your glossary. For example: - +class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span>at the place where you want your glossary. For +example: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> \documentclass{article} @@ -455,28 +482,30 @@ where you want your glossary. For example: <!--l. 213--><p class="nopar" > Try this out and run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) <span -class="cmti-10">twice</span>. The first run won’t show the -glossary. It will only appear on the second run. The glossary has a vertical gap between -the “carrot” term and the “potato” term. This is because the entries in the glossaries -are grouped according to their first letter. If you don’t want this gap, just add -<span -class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip </span>to the package options: - - - +class="cmti-10">twice</span>. The first run won’t +show the glossary. It will only appear on the second run. The glossary has +a vertical gap between the “carrot” term and the “potato” term. This is +because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their first +letter. If you don’t want this gap, just add <span +class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip </span>to the package +options: + + + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 222--><p class="nopar" > If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed by a -full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the document where the -entry was used, so you can lookup the term in the glossary and be directed to the -relevant pages. It may be that you don’t want this back-reference, in which case you can -suppress it using the <span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package option: - +<!--l. 222--><p class="nopar" > If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed +by a full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the +document where the entry was used, so you can lookup the term in the glossary +and be directed to the relevant pages. It may be that you don’t want this +back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the <span +class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package +option: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} @@ -484,9 +513,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package option: <!--l. 231--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that with the <span class="cmtt-10">nopostdot</span> package option: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} @@ -494,9 +523,9 @@ package option: <!--l. 236--><p class="nopar" > </p><!--l. 238--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed that I’ve used another command in the above example: <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with the -letter “s” appended, but in the case of “potato” I had to specify the correct plural using -the <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with +the letter “s” appended, but in the case of “potato” I had to specify the correct +plural using the <span class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key. </p><!--l. 244--><p class="indent" > As I mentioned earlier, using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> to sort the entries is the simplest but least @@ -506,8 +535,8 @@ extended Latin characters, then you will have a much faster build time if you us class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. If you are using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is the recommended method. These two methods are described in more detail in -<a +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is the recommended method. These two methods are described in more detail +in <a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>. @@ -524,8 +553,8 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-3001"></a> package, you need to define glossary entries in the document preamble. These entries could be a word, phrase, acronym or symbol. They’re usually accompanied by a description, which could be a short sentence or an -in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of defining -an entry is to use: +in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of +defining an entry is to use: </p><!--l. 266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -555,13 +584,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div><hr> <!--l. 274--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is a unique label that identifies this entry. (Don’t include the angle brackets ⟨ -⟩. They just indicate the parts of the code you need to change when you use +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is a unique label that identifies this entry. (Don’t include the angle +brackets ⟨ ⟩. They just indicate the parts of the code you need to change when you use this command in your document.) The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the word, phrase or symbol - + - + you are defining, and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ is the description to be displayed in the glossary. @@ -601,9 +630,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-3003x1">Define the term “set” with the label <span class="cmtt-10">set</span>: - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \newglossaryentry{set}  <br />{ @@ -617,9 +646,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">set</span>: class="enumerate" id="x1-3005x2">Define the symbol <span class="cmsy-10">∅ </span>with the label <span class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>: - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> \newglossaryentry{emptyset}  <br />{ @@ -632,9 +661,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>: <li class="enumerate" id="x1-3007x3">Define the phrase “Fish Age” with the label <span class="cmtt-10">fishage</span>: - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \longnewglossaryentry{fishage}  <br />{name={Fish Age}} @@ -657,9 +686,9 @@ class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-3010"></a> package such as <span class="cmtt-10">é</span>). This first letter must be placed in a group: - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> \newglossaryentry{elite}  <br />{ @@ -713,26 +742,26 @@ commands), ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ is the short form and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ is the long form. For example, the following defines an abbreviation: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} </div> <!--l. 370--><p class="nopar" > This defines a glossary entry with the label <span class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. By default, the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is -set to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is set +to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (“svm” in the above example) and the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ is set to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (“support vector machine” in the above example). If, instead, you want to be able to specify your own description you can do this using the optional argument: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \newacronym @@ -765,14 +794,14 @@ acronym or that use a footnote on first use. See the main user guide for further details. </p><!--l. 399--><p class="indent" > There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For example, the <span class="cmtt-10">name</span> -key used above indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (glossary). If -the term should appear differently when you reference it in the document, you need to -use the <span +key used above indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (glossary). +If the term should appear differently when you reference it in the document, you need +to use the <span class="cmtt-10">text </span>key as well. </p><!--l. 405--><p class="indent" > For example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> \newglossaryentry{latinalph} @@ -788,12 +817,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">text </span>key as well. </p><!--l. 418--><p class="indent" > Another commonly used key is <span class="cmtt-10">plural </span>for specifying the plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the <span -class="cmtt-10">text </span>key with an “s” appended, but if this is incorrect, just -use the <span +class="cmtt-10">text </span>key with an “s” appended, but if this is incorrect, +just use the <span class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key to override it: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> \newglossaryentry{oesophagus} @@ -809,9 +838,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\oe </span>needs to be grouped.) class="cmtt-10">longplural </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">shortplural </span>keys. For example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \newacronym @@ -820,13 +849,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">shortplural </span>keys. For example: </div> <!--l. 439--><p class="nopar" > If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an “s” to the singular versions. -</p><!--l. 443--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to have both a name and a corresponding symbol. Just use the -<span +</p><!--l. 443--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to have both a name and a corresponding symbol. +Just use the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key for the name and the <span -class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key for the symbol. For example: - +class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key for the symbol. For +example: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \newglossaryentry{emptyset} @@ -842,9 +872,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key for the symbol. For example: <!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a id="sec:useterm"></a>Using Entries</h3> -<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in your -document. There are a number of commands to do this, but the most common one -is: +<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in +your document. There are a number of commands to do this, but the most common +one is: </p><!--l. 462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -867,15 +897,16 @@ example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*{fishage}</span></span></span>. The other commands described in this section all have a similar starred form. </p><!--l. 475--><p class="indent" > If the entry was defined as an acronym (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>described above), then +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>described above), +then <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will display the full form the first time it’s used and just the +short form on subsequent use. For example, if the acronym style is set to <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will display the full form the first time it’s used and just the short form on -subsequent use. For example, if the acronym style is set to <span -class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>, then -<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will display “support vector machine (svm)” the first time it’s used, but the -next occurrence of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will just display “svm”. +class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will display “support vector machine (svm)” the +first time it’s used, but the next occurrence of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will just display +“svm”. </p><!--l. 483--><p class="indent" > If you want the plural form, you can use: </p><!--l. 485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{</span>⟨<span @@ -895,25 +926,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 494--><p class="noindent" > for the singular form or + + + </p><!--l. 497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - - - </p><!--l. 498--><p class="noindent" > for the plural form. For example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \Glspl{set} are collections. </div> <!--l. 502--><p class="nopar" > produces “Sets are collections”. </p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > If you’ve specified a symbol using the <span -class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key, you can display it using: +class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key, you can display it +using: </p><!--l. 508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -927,8 +959,8 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla <!--l. 514--><p class="noindent" >In <a href="#sec:start"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1 </a><a -href="#sec:start">Getting Started<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:start --></a> I mentioned that there are three options you can choose from to -create your glossary. Here they are again in a little more detail: +href="#sec:start">Getting Started<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:start --></a> I mentioned that there are three options you can choose from +to create your glossary. Here they are again in a little more detail: </p><!--l. 518--><p class="indent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> </dt><dd @@ -958,30 +990,30 @@ class="cmitt-10">other options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ may be one of: - <span +class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ may be one + of: <span class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word ordering), <span class="cmtt-10">letter </span>(letter ordering), <span -class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive letter - ordering), <span +class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive + letter ordering), <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>(in order of definition) or <span -class="cmtt-10">use </span>(in order of use). Alternatively, - use +class="cmtt-10">use </span>(in order of use). + Alternatively, use </p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" > to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn’t have any arguments. + + + </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5006x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of - contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or - “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table + of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” + or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button in your editor.</li></ol> - - - </dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a @@ -989,23 +1021,24 @@ class="description"><a class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 2</span>: <!--l. 551--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>to sort the entries. This - application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s hard-coded for the - non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the - glossary information to a temporary file which <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>to sort the entries. + This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s + hard-coded for the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves + making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary file which + <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>reads. Then <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> - writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads - this file on the next run. +class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>writes a new file containing the + code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next + run. </p><!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5008x1">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your - entries). +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining + your entries). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5010x2">Put @@ -1015,42 +1048,43 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 566--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key isn’t - available in ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key + isn’t available in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.) Alternatively, use </p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" > - which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This command - doesn’t have any arguments. + which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This + command doesn’t have any arguments. </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5012x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span> - and <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions + <span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then - you’ll have two extra files called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at - your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been - created yet. +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called + <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and + <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the + glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5014x4">Run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the - style so that it creates an output file with the extension <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have - access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS - command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) - then you need to run the command: - - - +class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file + as the style so that it creates an output file with the extension + <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for + example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or + the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the + command: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> @@ -1063,12 +1097,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s manual. - </p><!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want - letter ordering you need to add the <span + </p><!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you + want letter ordering you need to add the <span class="cmtt-10">-l </span>switch: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo @@ -1086,24 +1120,24 @@ class="description"><a class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span>: <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to sort the entries. This application - is more flexible than <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort extended Latin or non-Latin - alphabets. It comes with <span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to sort the entries. This + application is more flexible than <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort extended Latin + or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>. Since <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is a Perl - script, if you are using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> you will not only need to install <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>, you - will also need to install Perl. In a similar way to <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>, this option - involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary - file which <span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. Since + <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is a Perl script, if you are using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> you will not only need to + install <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>, you will also need to install Perl. In a similar way to <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>, + this option involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to + a temporary file which <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>reads. Then <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>writes a new file containing the - code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>writes a new file containing + the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next run. </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" > @@ -1113,9 +1147,9 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>option to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-5019"></a> package option list: - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> @@ -1134,8 +1168,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 638--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key isn’t - available in ⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key + isn’t available in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.) Alternatively, use </p><!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> @@ -1143,17 +1177,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5025x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span> - and <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions + <span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then - you’ll have two extra files called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at - your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been - created yet. +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called + <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and + <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the + glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5027x5">Run <span @@ -1161,15 +1195,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a module so that it creates an output file with the extension <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. - You also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you - have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You + also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you have + access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one line): - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc  <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo @@ -1178,21 +1212,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span -class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of - your language and <span -class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding.) If you don’t know how to - use the command prompt, then you can probably access <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>via your text - editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t - give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s +class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name + of your language and <span +class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding.) If you don’t know + how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>via + your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so + I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s manual. </p><!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <span class="cmtt-10">order=letter </span>package option: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} @@ -1207,25 +1241,25 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again. </dd></dl> <!--l. 689--><p class="indent" > For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required for -<span +href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required +for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>, so the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5030"></a> package provides a script called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span> -that reads the <span -class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used and will then run + id="dx1-5030"></a> package provides a script called <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>that reads the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used +and will then run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. Again, this is a command line application and can be run in -a terminal or command prompt. For example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in the file -<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. Again, this is a command line application +and can be run in a terminal or command prompt. For example, if your +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in the file <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then run: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> makeglossaries myDoc @@ -1239,9 +1273,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>via your text editor. Check your editor’s manual for advice. If you are using <span class="cmtt-10">arara </span>then you can just use the directives: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">  arara: pdflatex @@ -1253,25 +1287,25 @@ directives: class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script is written in Perl, so you need a Perl interpreter installed. If you are using a Unix-like operating system then you most likely have one installed. If you are using Windows with the <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution, then you can use -the Perl interpreter that comes with <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution, then you can +use the Perl interpreter that comes with <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. If you are using Windows and MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> then you need to install a Perl distribution for Windows. If you are -using <a +class="E">E</span>X</span> then you need to install a Perl distribution for Windows. If you are using +<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>, then you need to do this anyway as <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is also written in -Perl. If you are using <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a> and can’t work out how to install Perl (or -for some reason don’t want to install it) then just use <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is also written in Perl. +If you are using <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> and can’t work out how to install Perl (or for +some reason don’t want to install it) then just use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>directly, as described above, or you can use a Lua alternative to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>called <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc @@ -1279,9 +1313,9 @@ makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc <!--l. 726--><p class="nopar" > </p><!--l. 728--><p class="indent" > As a last resort you can try the package option <span class="cmtt-10">automake</span>: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \usepackage[automake]{glossaries} @@ -1295,20 +1329,20 @@ probably won’t work for <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and won’t work at all if the shell escape has been disabled in your <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution. Most <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions will allow a restricted shell -escape, which will only allow trusted applications to be run. If the <span -class="cmtt-10">automake </span>option is -successful, you will still need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions will allow a restricted +shell escape, which will only allow trusted applications to be run. If the <span +class="cmtt-10">automake</span> +option is successful, you will still need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice for the glossaries to be displayed. -</p><!--l. 741--><p class="indent" > When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each entry’s -<span +</p><!--l. 741--><p class="indent" > When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each +entry’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. If this is omitted, the <span -class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is used. For example, recall the earlier -definition: - +class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is used. For example, recall the +earlier definition: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> \newglossaryentry{elite} @@ -1320,25 +1354,25 @@ definition: <!--l. 751--><p class="nopar" > No <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key was used, so it’s set to the same as the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span>. How this is -interpreted depends on which option you have used: +class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span>. How this +is interpreted depends on which option you have used: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd -class="description">By default, the accent command will be stripped so the sort value will - be <span -class="cmtt-10">elite</span>. This will put the entry in the “E” letter group. However if you - use the <span +class="description">By default, the accent command will be stripped so the sort value + will be <span +class="cmtt-10">elite</span>. This will put the entry in the “E” letter group. However + if you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-5031"></a> package option, the sort value will be interpreted - as the sequence of characters: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-5031"></a> package option, the sort value will be + interpreted as the sequence of characters: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> <span class="cmtt-10">’ e l i t </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">e</span>. This will place this entry - before the “A” letter group since it starts with a symbol. +class="cmtt-10">e</span>. This will place + this entry before the “A” letter group since it starts with a symbol. </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="#option2"><span @@ -1349,10 +1383,10 @@ class="description">The sort key will be interpreted the sequence of characters: class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">’</span></span></span> <span -class="cmtt-10">e </span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span> - <span -class="cmtt-10">l i t </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">e</span> + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">lit </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">e</span>. The first character is an opening curly brace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> so <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> @@ -1366,8 +1400,8 @@ class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>disregards <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands so it sorts on <span -class="cmtt-10">elite</span>, which puts - this entry in the “E” group.</dd></dl> +class="cmtt-10">elite</span>, which + puts this entry in the “E” group.</dd></dl> <!--l. 776--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-5032"></a> package is used and the entry is defined as: </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -1400,18 +1434,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description">By default the sort value will be interpreted as <span -class="cmtt-10">elite </span>so the entry will - be put in the “E” letter group. If you use the <span +class="cmtt-10">elite </span>so the entry + will be put in the “E” letter group. If you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-5033"></a> package option, - the sort value will be interpreted as <span + id="dx1-5033"></a> package + option, the sort value will be interpreted as <span class="cmtt-10">é</span><span -class="cmtt-10">lite </span>where é has been sanitized (so - it’s no longer an active character) which will put this entry before the “A” - letter group. - +class="cmtt-10">lite </span>where é has been + sanitized (so it’s no longer an active character) which will put this entry + before the “A” letter group. + - + </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="#option2"><span @@ -1431,22 +1465,22 @@ class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>will correctly recognise the sort value <span class="cmtt-10">é</span><span -class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place it - in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given language setting. (In - English, this would just be the “E” letter group.)</dd></dl> -<!--l. 802--><p class="indent" > Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is to -use <span +class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place + it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given language setting. + (In English, this would just be the “E” letter group.)</dd></dl> +<!--l. 802--><p class="indent" > Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is +to use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) with the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-5034"></a> package. If you use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>(<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>) you -need to specify the <span +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) +you need to specify the <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like this: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> \newglossaryentry{elite} @@ -1458,25 +1492,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like this: </div> <!--l. 813--><p class="nopar" > If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you may or may not need to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key, but you will need -to be careful about fragile commands in the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key, but you will +need to be careful about fragile commands in the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key if you don’t set the <span class="cmtt-10">sort</span> key. -</p><!--l. 818--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 818--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a> and the <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>only contains a command (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\P</span>) you +must add the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. This is also advisable for the other options, but is essential +for <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> +\newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, + <br /> description={paragraph symbol}} +</div> +<!--l. 825--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 827--><p class="indent" > <a href="#x1-50351">Table 1</a> summarises the main pros and cons of three options described above. </p> <div class="table"> - + - -<!--l. 821--><p class="indent" > <a + +<!--l. 830--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-50351"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - + - + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1: </span><span class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50351 --> @@ -1488,7 +1539,7 @@ id="TBL-2-2" /><col id="TBL-2-3" /><col id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 827--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" class="td11"> <a href="#option1"><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span @@ -1503,10 +1554,10 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >Requires +class="td11"> <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Requires an external - application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" + application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1515,8 +1566,8 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" >Requires - Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Requires + Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1525,13 +1576,13 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Can sort extended Latin or non-Latin - alphabets? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" + alphabets? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" @@ -1541,9 +1592,9 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Efficient +class="td11"> <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Efficient sort - algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" + algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1552,13 +1603,13 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 846--><p class="noindent" >Can form ranges in the location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" + lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1567,10 +1618,10 @@ class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Can +class="td11"> <!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" >Can have non-standard - locations? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" + locations? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" class="td11"> <span @@ -1578,21 +1629,21 @@ class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text- class="td11"> <span class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> </tr></table></div> -<!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +<!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents so, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\AA</span></span></span> is treated the same as A. - + - + </p> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a id="sec:glosstyle"></a>Customising the Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 850--><p class="noindent" >The default glossary style uses the <span +<!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >The default glossary style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-6001"></a><a id="dx1-6002"></a> environment to display the entry list. @@ -1601,162 +1652,163 @@ class="cmtt-10">\item </span>which means that it will typically be displayed in bold. You can switch to medium weight by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span>: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 857--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 859--><p class="indent" > By default, a full stop is appended to the description. To prevent this from +<!--l. 866--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 868--><p class="indent" > By default, a full stop is appended to the description. To prevent this from happening use the <span class="cmtt-10">nopostdot </span>package option: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 863--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 865--><p class="indent" > By default, a location list is displayed for each entry. This refers to the document -locations (for example, the page number) where the entry has been referenced. If you -use Options <a +<!--l. 872--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 874--><p class="indent" > By default, a location list is displayed for each entry. This refers to the +document locations (for example, the page number) where the entry has been +referenced. If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> described in <a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a> location ranges will be -compressed. For example, if an entry was used on pages 1, 2 and 3, with Options <a -href="#option2">2</a> -or <a -href="#option3">3</a> the location list will appear as 1–3, but with <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If -you don’t want the locations displayed you can hide them using the <span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span> -package option: - +href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of +Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a> location ranges will be compressed. For example, if an entry was +used on pages 1, 2 and 3, with Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a> the location list will appear +as 1–3, but with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don’t want the +locations displayed you can hide them using the <span +class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package +option: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 875--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 877--><p class="indent" > Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry’s <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. By default -a vertical gap is placed between letter groups. You can suppress this with the +<!--l. 884--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 886--><p class="indent" > Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry’s <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. By +default a vertical gap is placed between letter groups. You can suppress this with the <span class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip </span>package option: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 883--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" > If the default style doesn’t suit your document, you can change the style +<!--l. 892--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 894--><p class="indent" > If the default style doesn’t suit your document, you can change the style using: -</p><!--l. 888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" > There are a number of predefined styles. Glossaries can vary from a list of symbols with a terse description to a list of words or phrases with descriptions that span multiple paragraphs, so there’s no “one style fits all” solution. You need to choose a style that suits your document. -</p><!--l. 896--><p class="indent" > Examples: +</p><!--l. 905--><p class="indent" > Examples: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-6004x1">You have entries where the name is a symbol and the description is a brief phrase - or short sentence. Try one of the “mcol” styles defined in the <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-6004x1">You have entries where the name is a symbol and the description is a brief + phrase or short sentence. Try one of the “mcol” styles defined in the + <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-6005"></a> - package. For example: - + id="dx1-6005"></a> package. For example: + - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \usepackage[nogroupskip,nopostdot]{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> - <!--l. 905--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 914--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-6007x2">You have entries where the name is a word or phrase and the description spans multiple paragraphs. Try one of the “altlist” styles. For example: - + - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> - <!--l. 913--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 922--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-6009x3">You have entries where the name is a single word, the description is brief, and an associated symbol has been set. Use one of the styles that display the symbol (not all of them do). For example, one of the tabular styles: - + - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long4col} </div> - <!--l. 922--><p class="nopar" > or one of the “tree” styles: - + <!--l. 931--><p class="nopar" > or one of the “tree” styles: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{tree} </div> - <!--l. 927--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 930--><p class="indent" > If your glossary consists of a list of acronyms and you also want to specify + <!--l. 936--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 939--><p class="indent" > If your glossary consists of a list of acronyms and you also want to specify a description as well as the long form, then you need to use an acronym style that will suit the glossary style. For example, use the <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc </span>acronym style: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} </div> -<!--l. 936--><p class="nopar" > Define the acronyms with a description: - +<!--l. 945--><p class="nopar" > Define the acronyms with a description: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}]  <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 942--><p class="nopar" > Choose a glossary style that suits wide entry names: - +<!--l. 951--><p class="nopar" > Choose a glossary style that suits wide entry names: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> \setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> -<!--l. 946--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 955--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a id="sec:multigloss"></a>Multiple Glossaries</h3> -<!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-7001"></a> package predefines a default <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. When you define an entry @@ -1768,7 +1820,7 @@ automatically assigned to the default glossary, unless you indicate otherwise us <span class="cmtt-10">type </span>key. However you first need to make sure the desired glossary has been defined. This is done using: -</p><!--l. 958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glg</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -1780,7 +1832,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">glo</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is a label that uniquely identifies this new glossary. As with other types of identifying labels, be careful not to use active characters in ⟨<span @@ -1803,54 +1855,54 @@ class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ arguments are ignored, in which case you may prefer to use the starred version where you don’t specify the extensions: -</p><!--l. 972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 975--><p class="indent" > In the case of Options <a +</p><!--l. 982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 984--><p class="indent" > In the case of Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, all glossary definitions must come before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 978--><p class="indent" > Since it’s quite common for documents to have both a list of terms and a list of +</p><!--l. 987--><p class="indent" > Since it’s quite common for documents to have both a list of terms and a list of acronyms, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-7002"></a> package provides the package option <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>), which is a convenient shortcut for - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 984--><p class="nopar" > The option also changes the behaviour of <span +<!--l. 993--><p class="nopar" > The option also changes the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>so that acronyms are automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main glossary. -</p><!--l. 989--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a main glossary for terms, a list of acronyms and +</p><!--l. 998--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a main glossary for terms, a list of acronyms and a list of notation: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 994--><p class="nopar" > After <span +<!--l. 1003--><p class="nopar" > After <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) you can define the entries in the -preamble. For example: - +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) you can define the entries in +the preamble. For example: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> \newglossaryentry{gls:set}  <br />{% This entry goes in the ‘main’ glossary  <br />  name=set, @@ -1865,13 +1917,13 @@ preamble. For example:  <br />  description={A set},  <br />  sort={S}} </div> -<!--l. 1013--><p class="nopar" > or if you don’t like using <span +<!--l. 1022--><p class="nopar" > or if you don’t like using <span class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span>: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> \newglossaryentry{not:set}  <br />{% This entry goes in the ‘notation’ glossary:  <br />  type=notation, @@ -1880,109 +1932,109 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span>:  <br />  description={A set},  <br />  sort={S}} </div> -<!--l. 1023--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1025--><p class="indent" > Each glossary is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 1027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 1032--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" > Each glossary is displayed using: +</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" > (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or -</p><!--l. 1031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" > (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>). Where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary label. If the type is omitted the default -<span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary label. If the type is omitted the +default <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary is assumed. -</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > There’s a convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries: -</p><!--l. 1039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > There’s a convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries: +</p><!--l. 1048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent" > (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or -</p><!--l. 1043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1044--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" > (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>). -</p><!--l. 1047--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 1056--><p class="indent" > If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you don’t need to do anything else. If you use Options <a -href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a> -with the <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script, you similarly don’t need to do anything else. If -you use Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> +or <a +href="#option3">3</a> with the <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script, you similarly don’t need to do anything +else. If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> without the <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script then you need to make -sure you run <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script then you +need to make sure you run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span class="cmti-10">for each defined glossary</span>. The ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ arguments of -<span +class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary </span>specify the file extensions to use instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>. The optional -argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glg</span>⟩ is the file extension for the transcript file. This should be different for each -glossary in case you need to check for <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>. The optional argument ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">glg</span>⟩ is the file extension for the transcript file. This +should be different for each glossary in case you need to check for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>errors or warnings if things go -wrong. -</p><!--l. 1060--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> +errors or warnings if things go wrong. +</p><!--l. 1069--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<span class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>), specified using: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 1066--><p class="nopar" > Then (assuming your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 1075--><p class="nopar" > Then (assuming your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in a file called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): -</p><!--l. 1070--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 1079--><p class="indent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a href="#option2">Option 2</a>: - <!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span + <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>three times: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> makeindex -t myDoc.glg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo  <br />makeindex -t myDoc.alg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn  <br />makeindex -t myDoc.nlg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn </div> - <!--l. 1078--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1087--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a href="#option3">Option 3</a>: - <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>three times (be careful not to insert line breaks where the - line has wrapped.) - + <!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>three times (be careful not to insert line breaks where + the line has wrapped.) + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg  <br />-o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo  <br />xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg @@ -1990,15 +2042,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>three times (be careful not to insert line breaks w  <br />xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg  <br />-o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn </div> - <!--l. 1091--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1100--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a id="sec:hyperref"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span></h3> -<!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use the <span +<!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8001"></a> package with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a @@ -2012,66 +2064,66 @@ class="cmti-10">after</span> <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-8005"></a>: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1104--><p class="nopar" > If you use <span +<!--l. 1113--><p class="nopar" > If you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-8006"></a> make sure you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> rather than the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to DVI -engine. The DVI format can’t break hyperlinks across a line so long glossary -entries (such as the full form of acronyms) won’t line wrap with the DVI engine. +engine. The DVI format can’t break hyperlinks across a line so long glossary entries +(such as the full form of acronyms) won’t line wrap with the DVI engine. Also, hyperlinks in sub- or superscripts aren’t correctly sized with the DVI format. -</p><!--l. 1111--><p class="indent" > By default, if the <span +</p><!--l. 1120--><p class="indent" > By default, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-8007"></a> package has been loaded, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will form a hyperlink to the relevant entry in the glossary. If you to disable this for <span class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries, then use -</p><!--l. 1116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1126--><p class="noindent" > If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific glossaries, then use the <span -class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes </span>package option. For example, if you don’t want hyperlinks for entries in -the <span +class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes </span>package option. For example, if you don’t want hyperlinks for entries +in the <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossaries but you do want them for entries in the <span class="cmtt-10">main</span> glossary, then do: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 1127--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1129--><p class="indent" > If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you want -hyperlinks for subsequence references then use the <span +<!--l. 1136--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1138--><p class="indent" > If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you +want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use the <span class="cmtt-10">hyperfirst=false </span>package option: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1135--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="indent" > Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This -isn’t specific to the <span +<!--l. 1144--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1146--><p class="indent" > Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This isn’t +specific to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8008"></a> package but is a limitation of PDF bookmarks. Non-expandable commands include commands like <span @@ -2084,49 +2136,49 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-8009"></a> package provides a way of specifying alternative text for the PDF bookmarks via <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span>. For example: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \section{The \texorpdfstring{\gls{fishage}}{Fish Age}} </div> -<!--l. 1145--><p class="nopar" > However, it’s not a good idea to use commands like <span +<!--l. 1154--><p class="nopar" > However, it’s not a good idea to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in a section heading as you’ll end up with the table of contents in your location list. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 1150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" > This is expandable provided that the <span class="cmtt-10">text </span>key doesn’t contain non-expandable code. For example, the following works: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> \section{The \glsentrytext{fishage}} </div> -<!--l. 1156--><p class="nopar" > and it doesn’t put the table of contents in the location list. -</p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1165--><p class="nopar" > and it doesn’t put the table of contents in the location list. +</p><!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a id="sec:xr"></a>Cross-References</h3> -<!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" >You can add a reference to another entry in a location list using the <span +<!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" >You can add a reference to another entry in a location list using the <span class="cmtt-10">see={</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>key when you define an entry. The referenced entry must also be defined. -</p><!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > For example: - +</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" > For example: + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \longnewglossaryentry{devonian}{name={Devonian}}%  <br />{%  <br />  The geologic period spanning from the end of the @@ -2141,18 +2193,18 @@ when you define an entry. The referenced entry must also be defined.  <br />  see={devonian}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1183--><p class="nopar" > The cross-reference will appear as “<span -class="cmti-10">see </span>Devonian”. You can change the “see” tag using -the format <span +<!--l. 1192--><p class="nopar" > The cross-reference will appear as “<span +class="cmti-10">see </span>Devonian”. You can change the “see” tag +using the format <span class="cmtt-10">see=[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. For example: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \newglossaryentry{latinalph}  <br />{  <br />  name={Latin alphabet}, @@ -2167,47 +2219,47 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. For example:  <br />   other letters such as ligatures or diacritics.}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1201--><p class="nopar" > If you use the <span +<!--l. 1210--><p class="nopar" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">see </span>key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, make sure you enclose the value in braces. For example: - + - + </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \newacronym{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}  <br />\newacronym  <br /> [see={[see also]{ksvm}}]  <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 1210--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="indent" > Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the location list -using the <span +<!--l. 1219--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" > Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the location +list using the <span class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a id="sec:moreinfo"></a>Further Information</h3> -<!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >Further information can be found in the main <span +<!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >Further information can be found in the main <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-10001"></a> <a -href="glossaries-user.html" >user manual</a> or in the <a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >glossaries -FAQ</a>. There is also an <a -href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >article on the glossaries package</a> on the <a +href="glossaries-user.html" >user manual</a> or in the +<a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >glossaries FAQ</a>. There is also an <a +href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >article on the glossaries package</a> on the +<a href="http://www.latex-community.org/" ><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> -Know How section and a chapter on the <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> Know How section and a chapter on the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a> package in <a + id="dx1-10002"></a> package in +<a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a -PhD Thesis</a>. </p> +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis</a>. </p> </body></html> - + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf Binary files differindex 0e96cdfd20a..9d50b0b2f7a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex index f9b646cb507..3be8291d82d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ \newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}} \newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}} -\title{The glossaries package v4.20: +\title{The glossaries package v4.21: a guide for beginners} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2015-11-30} +\date{2016-01-24} \ifpdf \externaldocument{glossaries-user} @@ -815,6 +815,15 @@ If you use \opt1, you may or may not need to use the \texttt{sort} key, but you will need to be careful about fragile commands in the \texttt{name} key if you don't set the \texttt{sort} key. +If you use \opt3 and the \texttt{name} only contains a command +(such as \cs{P}) you must add the \texttt{sort} key. This +is also advisable for the other options, but is essential for +\opt3. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, + description={paragraph symbol}} +\end{verbatim} + \Tableref{tab:optionsp+c} summarises the main pros and cons of three options described above. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html index 411bff47ee2..d2de8c4f63f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package</title> +<head><title></title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2015-11-30 12:19:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2016-01-24 16:29:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -19,6 +19,11 @@ .cmr-17{font-size:170%;} .cmr-12{font-size:120%;} .cmr-8{font-size:80%;} +.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} .cmr-9{font-size:90%;} .cmbx-9{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-9{ font-weight: bold;} @@ -29,6 +34,7 @@ .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmti-10{ font-style: italic;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} @@ -37,6 +43,7 @@ .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} @@ -47,6 +54,7 @@ .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} +.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;} p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; } @@ -165,22 +173,35 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle </style> </head><body > - <div class="maketitle"><a +<!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> - +</p><!--l. 51--><p class="indent" > + - - + +</p><!--l. 51--><p class="indent" > + - - -<h2 class="titleHead">Upgrading from the glossary package to the -glossaries package</h2> -<div class="author" ><span -class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> -<div class="date" ><span -class="cmr-12">2015-11-30</span></div> - </div> + +</p> +<div class="center" +> +<!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">Upgrading from the glossary package to the</span> +<span +class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span> +</p> +<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col +id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1" +class="td11"><span +class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></td></tr></table> +</div> +<!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2016-01-24</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > @@ -190,7 +211,7 @@ class="abstract" </p><!--l. 53--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-9">Abstract</span></p></div> <!--l. 54--><p class="indent" > <span -class="cmr-9">The purpose of this document is to provide advice if you want to</span> +class="cmr-9">The purpose of this document is to provide advice if you want to</span> <span class="cmr-9">convert a </span><span class="LATEX"><span class="cmr-9">L</span><span class="A"><span @@ -201,9 +222,9 @@ class="cmr-9">E</span></span><span class="cmr-9">X</span></span></span><span class="cmr-9"> document from using the obsolete </span><span class="cmss-9">glossary </span><span -class="cmr-9">package to the</span> +class="cmr-9">package to</span> <span -class="cmr-9">replacement </span><span +class="cmr-9">the replacement </span><span class="cmss-9">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-9">package.</span> </p> @@ -231,15 +252,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span></a></span> <br />  <span class="subsectionToc" >6.2 <a href="#x1-90006.2" id="QQ2-1-10"><span class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span></a></span> + + + <br />  <span class="subsectionToc" >6.3 <a href="#x1-100006.3" id="QQ2-1-11"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></a></span> <br />  <span class="subsectionToc" >6.4 <a href="#x1-110006.4" id="QQ2-1-12"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span></a></span> - - - <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >7 <a href="#acronyms" id="QQ2-1-13">Acronyms</a></span> <br />  <span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a @@ -259,8 +280,6 @@ href="#displayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-17">Displaying the glossary</a></span> href="#processingyourdocument" id="QQ2-1-18">Processing Your Document</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >10 <a href="#troubleshooting" id="QQ2-1-19">Troubleshooting</a></span> -<br /> <span class="sectionToc" ><a -href="#index">Index</a></span> </div> <!--l. 61--><p class="noindent" > </p> @@ -268,13 +287,13 @@ href="#index">Index</a></span> href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a id="whyglossaries"></a>Why the Need for a New Package?</h3> <!--l. 64--><p class="noindent" >The <span -class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package started out as an example in a tutorial, but I decided that I may -as well package it up and upload it to CTAN. Unfortunately it was fairly rigid and -unable to adapt well to the wide variation in glossary styles. Users began making +class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package started out as an example in a tutorial, but I decided that I +may as well package it up and upload it to CTAN. Unfortunately it was fairly rigid +and unable to adapt well to the wide variation in glossary styles. Users began making requests for enhancements, but with each enhancement the code became more -complicated and bugs crept in. Each fix in one place seemed to cause another problem -elsewhere. In the end, it was taking up too much of my time to maintain, so I decided -to replace it with a much better designed package. With the new <span +complicated and bugs crept in. Each fix in one place seemed to cause another +problem elsewhere. In the end, it was taking up too much of my time to maintain, so +I decided to replace it with a much better designed package. With the new <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package: </p> @@ -286,8 +305,8 @@ package: </li> <li class="itemize">new glossary styles are much easier to design; </li> - <li class="itemize">you can add dictionaries to supply translations for the fixed names used in - headings and by some of the glossary styles; + <li class="itemize">you can add dictionaries to supply translations for the fixed names used + in headings and by some of the glossary styles; </li> <li class="itemize">you can choose<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a @@ -300,12 +319,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a id="dx1-2005"></a> means that: - + - + <ul class="itemize2"> - <li class="itemize">there is much better support for terms containing accented or non-Latin - characters; + <li class="itemize">there is much better support for terms containing accented or + non-Latin characters; </li> <li class="itemize">there is support for non-standard location numbers;</li></ul> </li> @@ -333,27 +352,27 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla <!--l. 114--><p class="noindent" >When converting a document that currently uses the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package to the replacement <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, it should be fairly obvious that the first thing you need -to do is replace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, it should be fairly obvious that the first thing you +need to do is replace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossary}</span></span></span> with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span></span></span>, however -some of the package options are different, so you may need to change those as -well. Table <a +class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span></span></span>, +however some of the package options are different, so you may need to change those +as well. Table <a href="#tab:pkgopt">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:pkgopt --></a> shows the mappings from the <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. </p> <div class="table"> - + - + <!--l. 123--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:pkgopt"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > - + - + <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1: </span><span class="content">Mappings from <span @@ -489,9 +508,9 @@ class="td11">global </td><t class="td11"><span class="cmti-10">no corresponding option </span></td></tr></table> </div></div> - + - + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> <!--l. 161--><p class="noindent" ><a @@ -548,8 +567,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /></div><hr> <br /></span> -in the preamble, and, if the new glossary requires a different style to the main (default) -glossary, you will also need to put +in the preamble, and, if the new glossary requires a different style to the main +(default) glossary, you will also need to put </p><!--l. 175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> <span @@ -570,26 +589,26 @@ class="cmti-10">new style</span>⟩ using the same mapping given in Table <a href="#tab:pkgopt">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:pkgopt --></a>. </p><!--l. 186--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document contains the following: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> \newglossarytype[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}[style=long,header]  <br />\newcommand{\notationname}{Index of Notation} </div> <!--l. 190--><p class="nopar" > You will need to replace the above two lines with: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> \newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Index of Notation} </div> <!--l. 194--><p class="nopar" > in the preamble and - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> \glossarystyle{longheader} @@ -601,9 +620,9 @@ class="cmss-10">style</span><a class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-4006"></a>. For example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> \printglossary[type=notation,style=longheader] @@ -618,8 +637,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a id="dx1-4007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a id="dx1-4008"></a>) but is instead specified in the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ argument of -<span +class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ argument +of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-4009"></a>. The short title which is specified in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package by the @@ -645,23 +664,23 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary name</span>⟩ (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary</span><a id="dx1-5001"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\makeacronym</span><a - id="dx1-5002"></a>) should -be replaced by the single command <span + id="dx1-5002"></a>) +should be replaced by the single command <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5003"></a>. For example, if your document -contained the following: - + id="dx1-5003"></a>. For example, if your +document contained the following: + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> \makeglossary  <br />\makeacronym </div> <!--l. 225--><p class="nopar" > then you should replace both lines with the single line: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> \makeglossaries @@ -721,12 +740,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">gls-entry</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /></div><hr> <br /></span> -This should be fairly easy to do using the search and replace facility in your editor (but -see notes below). +This should be fairly easy to do using the search and replace facility in your editor +(but see notes below). </p><!--l. 255--><p class="indent" > If you have used the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a - id="dx1-6009"></a> (i.e. you have multiple -glossaries) then you will need to substitute + id="dx1-6009"></a> (i.e. you have +multiple glossaries) then you will need to substitute </p><!--l. 258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> <span @@ -756,9 +775,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">,type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">gls-type</span>⟩<span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> <br /></div><hr> - + - + <br /></span> </p><!--l. 266--><p class="indent" > The glossary entry information ⟨<span class="cmti-10">gls-entry</span>⟩ may also need changing. If ⟨<span @@ -773,18 +792,18 @@ longer be escaped with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> since the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package deals with these characters internally. For example, if your document contains the following: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> \storeglosentry{card}{name={$"|\mathcal{S}"|$},  <br />description={The cardinality of the set $\mathcal{S}$}} </div> <!--l. 275--><p class="nopar" > then you will need to replace it with: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> \newglossaryentry{card}{name={$|\mathcal{S}|$}, @@ -810,19 +829,19 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package provided two basic means to add information to the glossary: firstly, the term was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a - id="dx1-7001"></a> and the entries for that term were -added using <span + id="dx1-7001"></a> and the entries for that term +were added using <span class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span><a id="dx1-7002"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span><a id="dx1-7003"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-7004"></a>. Secondly, the term was added -to the glossary using <span + id="dx1-7004"></a>. Secondly, the term was +added to the glossary using <span class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a - id="dx1-7005"></a>. This second approach is unavailable with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -package. + id="dx1-7005"></a>. This second approach is unavailable with the +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. </p><!--l. 297--><p class="noindent" > </p> <!--l. 297--><p class="noindent" ><a @@ -871,12 +890,13 @@ class="cmti-10">old options</span>⟩ should be replaced with <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a id="dx1-8005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">=</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter name</span>⟩ -in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span> +<span +class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">new options</span>⟩. - + - + </p><!--l. 318--><p class="noindent" > </p> <!--l. 318--><p class="noindent" ><a @@ -986,12 +1006,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a your <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-11018"></a> commands, you may prefer to create a new file, in which to -store all these commands, and then input that file in your document’s preamble. Most - +store all these commands, and then input that file in your document’s preamble. + - -text editors and front-ends allow you to have multiple files open, and you can tab back -and forth between them. + +Most text editors and front-ends allow you to have multiple files open, and you can +tab back and forth between them. </p><!--l. 374--><p class="noindent" > </p> <!--l. 374--><p class="noindent" ><a @@ -1078,22 +1098,22 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package which set the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a id="dx1-12003"></a> key to ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span -class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩) and -allowed you to set a description using the <span +class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩) +and allowed you to set a description using the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-12004"></a> key. If you still want to do this, -you can use the <span + id="dx1-12004"></a> key. If you still want to do +this, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-12005"></a> package option, and use the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-12006"></a> key in the optional -argument of <span + id="dx1-12006"></a> key in the +optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-12007"></a>. </p><!--l. 404--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document originally had the following: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \newacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical @@ -1104,24 +1124,24 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-12008"></a> package option, for example: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> \usepackage[description]{glossaries} </div> <!--l. 413--><p class="nopar" > and change the acronym definition to: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \newacronym[description=Statistical pattern recognition  <br />technique]{svm}{SVM}{Support Vector Machine} </div> -<!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > You can then reference the acronym using any of the new referencing commands, such -as <span +<!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > You can then reference the acronym using any of the new referencing commands, +such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-12009"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a @@ -1134,8 +1154,8 @@ class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩ which could be used to display the acron So the above SVM example would create the command <span class="cmtt-10">\SVM </span>with the old package. In the new <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the acronyms are just another type -of glossary entry, so they are displayed using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the acronyms are just another type of +glossary entry, so they are displayed using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a id="dx1-12011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span @@ -1149,8 +1169,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span>. class="cmtt-10">\useacronym</span><a id="dx1-12012"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩, then you will need to replace -all occurrences of +class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩, then you will need to +replace all occurrences of </p><!--l. 434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> <span @@ -1194,15 +1214,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a which uses the same syntax as the old <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package’s <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-12018"></a> and also defines -<span + id="dx1-12018"></a> and +also defines <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩. For example, if your document originally had the following: +class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩. For example, if your document originally had the +following: </p><!--l. 450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> <!--l. 454--><p class="noindent" >\newacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical </p><!--l. 454--><p class="noindent" >pattern recognition technique} @@ -1214,9 +1235,9 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> then you can change this to: </p><!--l. 457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> - + - + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> <!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" >\oldacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical </p><!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" >pattern recognition technique} @@ -1227,16 +1248,16 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> </p><!--l. 462--><p class="noindent" ></p></span> You can then continue to use <span class="cmtt-10">\SVM</span>. However, remember that <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> generally ignores -spaces after command names that consist of alphabetical characters. You will therefore -need to force a space after <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> generally +ignores spaces after command names that consist of alphabetical characters. You will +therefore need to force a space after <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩, unless you also load the <span -class="cmss-10">xspace </span>package. -(See <a +class="cmss-10">xspace</span> +package. (See <a href="glossaries-user.html#sec:acronyms" >Acronyms</a> of the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation for further details.) Note that -<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation for further details.) Note +that <span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a id="dx1-12019"></a> uses its first argument to define the acronym’s label (as used by commands like <span @@ -1262,12 +1283,12 @@ acronym without adding an entry to the glossary using <span class="cmtt-10">\acrln</span><a id="dx1-13001"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span><a - id="dx1-13002"></a>. With -the <span + id="dx1-13002"></a>. With the +<span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package (provided you defined the acronym using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-13003"></a> -or <span + id="dx1-13003"></a> or +<span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a id="dx1-13004"></a> and provided you haven’t redefined <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a @@ -1304,9 +1325,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /></div><hr> - + - + <br /></span> with </p><!--l. 498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -1325,16 +1346,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><a id="dx1-13010"></a> (plural short form) and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-13011"></a> (plural long form) as well as upper case variations. If you use the -<span + id="dx1-13011"></a> (plural long form) as well as upper case variations. If you use +the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>“shortcuts” package option, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a id="dx1-13012"></a> in place of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-13013"></a> and <span + id="dx1-13013"></a> +and <span class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a - id="dx1-13014"></a> -in place of <span + id="dx1-13014"></a> in place of <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a id="dx1-13015"></a>. </p><!--l. 508--><p class="indent" > See <a @@ -1395,9 +1416,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unsetacronym</span></h4> <!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to reset and unset the acronym flag which is used to determine whether the acronym has been used in the document. The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package -also provides a means to do this on either a local or a global level. To reset an acronym, -you will need to replace: +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +package also provides a means to do this on either a local or a global level. To reset +an acronym, you will need to replace: </p><!--l. 537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> <span @@ -1407,9 +1428,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /></div><hr> - + - + <br /></span> with either </p><!--l. 541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -1485,9 +1506,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">[\acronymtype</span><a class="cmtt-10">]</span> <br /></div><hr> <br /></span> - + - + or </p><!--l. 571--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -1539,51 +1560,51 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package provides the command <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-16001"></a> (or <span class="cmtt-10">\print</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ for other -glossary types) which can be used to print individual glossaries. The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package -provides the command <span +class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ for +other glossary types) which can be used to print individual glossaries. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +package provides the command <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-16002"></a> which will print all the glossaries which have -been defined, or <span + id="dx1-16002"></a> which will print all the glossaries +which have been defined, or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-16003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">] </span>to print individual glossaries. So if you -just have <span +class="cmtt-10">] </span>to print individual glossaries. +So if you just have <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-16004"></a>, then you can leave it as it is, but if you have, say: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \printglossary  <br />\printglossary[acronym] </div> <!--l. 600--><p class="nopar" > or - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> \printglossary  <br />\printacronym </div> <!--l. 605--><p class="nopar" > then you will need to replace this with either - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> \printglossaries </div> <!--l. 609--><p class="nopar" > or - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \printglossary @@ -1591,8 +1612,8 @@ say: </div> <!--l. 614--><p class="nopar" > </p><!--l. 616--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to specify a short title (for the table of contents and -page header) by defining a command of the form <span +class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to specify a short title (for the table of contents +and page header) by defining a command of the form <span class="cmtt-10">\short</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">name</span>. The @@ -1602,12 +1623,12 @@ class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a id="dx1-16005"></a> key which can be used in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-16006"></a>. For example, if you have created a -new glossary type called <span + id="dx1-16006"></a>. For example, if you have created +a new glossary type called <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and you had defined - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \newcommand{\shortnotationname}{Notation} @@ -1615,9 +1636,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and you had defined <!--l. 626--><p class="nopar" > then you would need to use the <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a id="dx1-16007"></a> key: - + - + </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \printglossary[type=notation,toctitle=Notation] @@ -1634,11 +1655,11 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla id="processingyourdocument"></a>Processing Your Document</h3> <!--l. 637--><p class="noindent" >If you convert your document from using the <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package to the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, -you will need to delete any of the additional files, such as the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +package, you will need to delete any of the additional files, such as the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a - id="dx1-17001"></a> file, that were -created by the <span + id="dx1-17001"></a> file, that +were created by the <span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package, as the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package uses a different format. Remember also, that if you used the <span @@ -1647,8 +1668,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglos</span><a <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-17003"></a> Perl script instead. As from v1.17, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package -can be used with either <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can +be used with either <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-17004"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a @@ -1677,325 +1698,118 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla <!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >Please check the <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >FAQ</a> for the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you have any problems. - - - -</p><!--l. 662--><p class="indent" > <a - id="likesection.1"></a><a - id="index"></a> +</p><!--l. 2--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a id="x1-1900010"></a>Index</h3> -<!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span -class="cmbx-10">A</span> -</p> - <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13014" ><span class="underline">1</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrln</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13001" ><span class="underline">2</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13008" ><span class="underline">3</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13009" ><span class="underline">4</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13015" ><span class="underline">5</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13011" ><span class="underline">6</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4008" ><span class="underline">7</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15009" ><span class="underline">8</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15011" ><span class="underline">9</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15014" ><span class="underline">10</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15016" ><span class="underline">11</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13002" ><span class="underline">12</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13006" ><span class="underline">13</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13007" ><span class="underline">14</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13013" ><span class="underline">15</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13010" ><span class="underline">16</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\acs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13012" ><span class="underline">17</span></a> <br /></span> -<p class="theindex"> <span +<!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span class="cmbx-10">F</span> -<span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> +</p> + <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17001" >18</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17001" >1</a> <br /></span> +<p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">G</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6001" ><span class="underline">19</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6006" ><span class="underline">20</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-7005" ><span class="underline">21</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11001" ><span class="underline">22</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11008" ><span class="underline">23</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11013" ><span class="underline">24</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6003" ><span class="underline">25</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11003" ><span class="underline">26</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11011" ><span class="underline">27</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4007" ><span class="underline">28</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4003" ><span class="underline">29</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12016" ><span class="underline">30</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-7004" ><span class="underline">31</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10001" ><span class="underline">32</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10004" ><span class="underline">33</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11017" ><span class="underline">34</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12009" ><span class="underline">35</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12011" ><span class="underline">36</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12014" ><span class="underline">37</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12020" ><span class="underline">38</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>options<br /></span> + + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10003" >39</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10003" >2</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10002" >40</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8002" ><span class="underline">41</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11015" ><span class="underline">42</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12010" ><span class="underline">43</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10002" >3</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8005" >44</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-9002" ><span class="underline">45</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11016" ><span class="underline">46</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15003" ><span class="underline">47</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15010" ><span class="underline">48</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15006" ><span class="underline">49</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15015" ><span class="underline">50</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15002" ><span class="underline">51</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15008" ><span class="underline">52</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15005" ><span class="underline">53</span></a> <br /></span> - - - -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15013" ><span class="underline">54</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span -class="cmbx-10">I</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ifacronymfirstuse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-14001" ><span class="underline">55</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-14004" ><span class="underline">56</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-14002" ><span class="underline">57</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-14003" ><span class="underline">58</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8005" >4</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-5002" ><span class="underline">59</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglos</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17002" >60</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17002" >5</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17003" >61</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17007" >62</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-5003" ><span class="underline">63</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-5001" ><span class="underline">64</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17003" >6</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17007" >7</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2003" >65</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2006" >66</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6012" >67</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17004" >68</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17008" >69</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2002" >70</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11004" >71</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11006" >72</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11012" >73</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2003" >8</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2006" >9</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6012" >10</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17004" >11</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17008" >12</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2002" >13</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11004" >14</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11006" >15</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11012" >16</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">N</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12001" ><span class="underline">74</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12007" ><span class="underline">75</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12018" ><span class="underline">76</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13003" ><span class="underline">77</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13005" ><span class="underline">78</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4002" ><span class="underline">79</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4009" ><span class="underline">80</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6005" ><span class="underline">81</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6008" ><span class="underline">82</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6011" ><span class="underline">83</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6016" ><span class="underline">84</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11014" ><span class="underline">85</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11018" ><span class="underline">86</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12002" ><span class="underline">87</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12004" >88</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12006" >89</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12004" >17</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12006" >18</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">name</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12003" >90</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossarytype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4001" ><span class="underline">91</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span -class="cmbx-10">O</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12017" ><span class="underline">92</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12019" ><span class="underline">93</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-13004" ><span class="underline">94</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12003" >19</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12005" ><span class="underline">95</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12008" ><span class="underline">96</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16002" ><span class="underline">97</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4004" ><span class="underline">98</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4006" ><span class="underline">99</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4011" ><span class="underline">100</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16001" ><span class="underline">101</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16003" ><span class="underline">102</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16004" ><span class="underline">103</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16006" ><span class="underline">104</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12005" ><span class="underline">20</span></a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12008" ><span class="underline">21</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4005" >105</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4005" >22</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4010" >106</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16005" >107</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16007" >108</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span -class="cmbx-10">R</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\resetacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15001" ><span class="underline">109</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\resetallacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15007" ><span class="underline">110</span></a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4010" >23</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16005" >24</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16007" >25</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> - - - -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\shortnotationname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16008" ><span class="underline">111</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6004" ><span class="underline">112</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6007" ><span class="underline">113</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6009" ><span class="underline">114</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6010" ><span class="underline">115</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6015" ><span class="underline">116</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-7001" ><span class="underline">117</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11009" ><span class="underline">118</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6013" >119</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6013" >26</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6014" >120</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6014" >27</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">U</span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\unsetacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15004" ><span class="underline">121</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\unsetallacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-15012" ><span class="underline">122</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\useacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12012" ><span class="underline">123</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12013" ><span class="underline">124</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12015" ><span class="underline">125</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-7003" ><span class="underline">126</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-9001" ><span class="underline">127</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-7002" ><span class="underline">128</span></a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8001" ><span class="underline">129</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8003" >130</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8003" >28</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8004" >131</a> <br /></span> -</p><p class="theindex"> <span +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8004" >29</a> <br /></span> +</p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2004" >132</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2005" >133</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17005" >134</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17006" >135</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17009" >136</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11005" >137</a>, <a -href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11007" >138</a> <br /></span> +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2004" >30</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2005" >31</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17005" >32</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17006" >33</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17009" >34</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11005" >35</a>, <a +href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11007" >36</a> <br /></span> </p></div> + + + <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 86--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">as from v1.17. Previous versions were designed to be used with </span><span @@ -2017,22 +1831,23 @@ href="#fn4x0-bk" id="fn4x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glossary</span><a id="dx1-11003"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">requires the argument to be in a specific format and doesn’t use the</span> -⟨<span +class="cmr-8">requires the argument to be in a specific format and doesn’t use</span> +<span +class="cmr-8">the </span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">key</span>⟩<span class="cmr-8">=</span>⟨<span class="cmti-8">value</span>⟩ <span -class="cmr-8">format that the old glossary package used. The new package’s internal commands set this</span> +class="cmr-8">format that the old glossary package used. The new package’s internal commands set</span> <span -class="cmr-8">format, as well as escaping any of </span><span +class="cmr-8">this format, as well as escaping any of </span><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11004"></a><span class="cmr-8">’s or </span><span class="cmtt-8">xindy</span><a id="dx1-11005"></a><span -class="cmr-8">’s special characters. What’s more, the format</span> +class="cmr-8">’s special characters. What’s more, the</span> <span -class="cmr-8">has changed as from v1.17 to allow the new package to be used with either </span><span +class="cmr-8">format has changed as from v1.17 to allow the new package to be used with either </span><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11006"></a> <span class="cmr-8">or</span> @@ -2052,12 +1867,12 @@ class="cmr-8">and if you use it more than once for the same term, there’s class="cmr-8">will cause </span><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-11012"></a> <span -class="cmr-8">to treat the two entries as different terms, even though they look the same in the</span> +class="cmr-8">to treat the two entries as different terms, even though they look the same in</span> <span -class="cmr-8">document.</span></p> </div> +class="cmr-8">the document.</span></p> </div> </body></html> - + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf Binary files differindex 15890359932..e12dcd93bbf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex index e7947360fc5..d4c563c4e9a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2015-11-30} +\date{2016-01-24} \newenvironment{oldway}{% \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf Binary files differindex c45c178c47b..7f1ad584a79 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf Binary files differindex 29257e69f8e..791f7ff3356 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex index ed4b47edb27..31cb82781b6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ \listfiles \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} - %\usepackage{glossaries} % acronym will go in main glossary + %\usepackage{glossaries} % abbreviation will go in main glossary \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} % make a separate list of acronyms \makeglossaries @@ -57,9 +57,13 @@ description={a sample entry}} % This contrived acronym has non-standard plural forms. % These are specified in the optional argument. + % Remove the optional argument to revert to the default + % plurals. \newacronym[\glsshortpluralkey=cas,\glslongpluralkey=contrived acronyms]{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} + % Keep all definitions in the preamble! + \begin{document} A \gls{sample} entry and \gls{aca}. Second use: \gls{aca}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf Binary files differindex 7eb117e7d27..6efa729c41d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf Binary files differindex fea5d8a5a8d..c4c54c68393 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf Binary files differindex 0c83db56027..6de9cc825bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 589893246d7..b335374a545 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf Binary files differindex 49351f64a70..d4b42200c56 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex d51de5243e0..c42cdf033a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex 6ece67a0d60..d5d8d33ce7a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex 2cf1c2a2cd6..bb8db927774 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf Binary files differindex 92e3616d817..62a8df4aac8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex ebc251b4f30..44fc65b3a94 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf Binary files differindex 7467f184f57..f06526bd9b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex 1cb8a1004fe..449cf1d7a04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf Binary files differindex be66009a29f..12de6377391 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf Binary files differindex fa56ebb803f..d77e43ba7ca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf Binary files differindex 398569da8d0..1b9726203a0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf Binary files differindex 6e6f4d8bbab..c018b8b611b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf Binary files differindex c9d1dcf5155..538fa68cbd9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex eb19f82070a..3f145c1f7e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf Binary files differindex 374f3a40fa5..37f138a6049 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf Binary files differindex 74fae88f9da..bc498cdbe0b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf Binary files differindex 9152f76ba94..a62e300a4bb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 4cfca18b13d..23545ba1d3d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf Binary files differindex 4c096b20509..63ab4d65b51 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf Binary files differindex 1864b9232e0..02b4f999a92 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex 2e7dde0d635..4c9aa145397 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex 772e1ef6354..00c8a23dbc2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf Binary files differindex f6a15b26797..41b011791ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 020e14e650e..ab1d9443955 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 8941693ec54..b8cec0fa741 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 3fc207b4a71..924b8cc8585 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf Binary files differindex 34bf42c7d62..835cb5d5bff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf Binary files differindex ef1c1974a88..94695c1f6b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf Binary files differindex a7b6041fc69..1e55b290585 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf Binary files differindex eba6215e3e3..6ed3311a87d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 023c192edf4..cd667581143 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf Binary files differindex fe0e5912639..171241d6aa8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf Binary files differindex 34f57214d4d..c7876abb85c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf Binary files differindex 28bc855bc03..6386571c4a6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf Binary files differindex 884c4fb2eb2..1b041af79c5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf Binary files differindex d4a55d40fac..9255d32f1a7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf Binary files differindex 26759c78663..063ad22f1b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf Binary files differindex a56ae83ef98..43ac436bb15 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf Binary files differindex 15389c6bfc1..1549b5d6e70 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf Binary files differindex 28e1fddf71f..0913ab620ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf Binary files differindex d874be08475..e63701ba4f3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries index f92d1b990cc..b0f1bf0d084 100755 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ # File : makeglossaries # Author : Nicola Talbot +# Version : 2.18 # Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy. # Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember # all the various switches) @@ -26,9 +27,13 @@ # glossary-super.sty, glossaries.perl. # Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries. -my $version="2.17 (2015-11-30)"; +my $version="2.18 (2016-01-24)"; # History: +# v2.18 (2016/01/24) +# * Added &parse_for_xindy_nosort to help diagnose xindy's empty +# index key warning/error. +# * Added check for makeindex's multiple encap warning. # v2.17 (2015/11/30) # * Escaped { in regular expressions. # http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=101 @@ -490,7 +495,7 @@ if ($ext) else { &makeindex("$name.$ext",$outfile,$transcript,$istfile, - $mkidxopts,$opt_q, $opt_n, $makeindexapp); + $mkidxopts,$opt_q, $opt_n, $makeindexapp, 1); } @@ -615,7 +620,7 @@ else else { &makeindex($inputfile,$outfile,$transcript, - $istfile,$mkidxopts,$opt_q,$opt_n, $makeindexapp); + $istfile,$mkidxopts,$opt_q,$opt_n, $makeindexapp, 1); } } } @@ -851,7 +856,8 @@ sub run_app{ } } - if ($log=~/\(0 entries accepted,/) + if ($log=~/\(0 entries accepted,/ + or ( ($log=~/(\d+) warnings?/ and $1 gt 0))) { # Attempt to diagnose what's gone wrong @@ -862,14 +868,14 @@ sub run_app{ if (/Index style file .* not found/) { $errno = $istnotfound; - last; } - - if (/Unknown specifier ;/) + elsif (/Unknown specifier ;/) { $errno = $xdynotist; - - last; + } + elsif (/## Warning \(.*\):\s*$/) + { + $warnings .= $_ . <TRANS>; } } @@ -883,7 +889,7 @@ sub run_app{ # v2.08 added $app parameter sub makeindex{ - my($in,$out,$trans,$ist,$rest,$quiet,$dontexec,$app) = @_; + my($in,$out,$trans,$ist,$rest,$quiet,$dontexec,$app,$repairencaps) = @_; my $args = "$rest -s \"$ist\" -t \"$trans\" -o \"$out\" \"$in\""; @@ -914,6 +920,113 @@ sub makeindex{ ), "Check '$trans' for details\n"; } + + # 2.18: added check and repair for multiple encaps + if ($warnings) + { + warn $warnings unless $quiet; + + if ($repairencaps and $warnings=~/multiple encaps/) + { + unless ($quiet) + { + print "Multiple encaps detected. Attempting to remedy.\n"; + print "Reading $in...\n"; + } + + # if $in can't be opened at this point something wrong + # has occurred (otherwise how did makeindex manage to open + # it?) + + open INFD, $in or die "Can't open '$in' $!\n"; + + my @entries = (); + + while (<INFD>) + { + if (/\\glossaryentry\{(.*)\|([^\|]*)\}\{(.*?)\}/) + { + my %entry = + ( + 'entry' => $1, + 'encap' => $2, + 'location' => $3 + ); + + my $add = 1; + + for (my $idx = 0; $idx <= $#entries; $idx++) + { + my $existing = $entries[$idx]; + + if ($entry{'entry'} eq $existing->{'entry'} + and $entry{'location'} eq $existing->{'location'} + and $entry{'encap'} ne $existing->{'encap'}) + { + if (&encap_overrides($entry{'encap'}, + $existing->{'encap'})) + { + $entries[$idx] = \%entry; + } + + $add = 0; + } + } + + push @entries, \%entry if $add; + } + else + { + warn "Abandoning attempt. Can't parse: $_" unless $quiet; + + close INFD; + return; + } + } + + close INFD; + + if (open OUTFD, ">$in") + { + print "Writing $in...\n" unless $quiet; + + foreach my $entry (@entries) + { + print OUTFD '\\glossaryentry{', + $entry->{'entry'}, '|', + $entry->{'encap'}, '}{', + $entry->{'location'}, '}', "\n"; + } + + close OUTFD; + + print "Retrying\n" unless $quiet; + + &makeindex($in,$out,$trans,$ist,$rest,$quiet,$dontexec,$app,0); + } + else + { + warn "Can't open '$in' $!\n" unless $quiet; + } + } + } +} + +# 2.18 new +# This is a subroutine in case of possible extension. +# For example, what happens in the event of 'textbf' and 'emph'? +# Should one override the other or be combined? Combining is harder +# as it would need a corresponding LaTeX command. +# Range encaps should take precedence. + +sub encap_overrides{ + my ($newencap, $existing) = @_; + + return 0 if ($existing=~/^[\(\)]/); + + return 1 if ($newencap=~/^[\(\)]/); + + ($existing=~/\\glsnumberformat\s*$/ or $newencap!~/\\glsnumberformat\s*$/ ) } # v2.08 added $app parameter @@ -1067,6 +1180,8 @@ sub xindy{ if ($status=~/index 0 should be less than the length of the string/m) { $diagnostic = $xindy_error_text{nosort}; + + $diagnostic .= &parse_for_xindy_nosort($in); } elsif ($status=~/variable % has no value/m) { @@ -1119,6 +1234,12 @@ sub xindy{ $diagwarn .= $xindy_error_text{comp207}; } + if ($status=~/Would replace complete index key by empty string, ignoring/m) + { + $diagwarn .= $xindy_error_text{nosort}; + $diagwarn .= &parse_for_xindy_nosort($in); + } + if ($diagwarn) { warn "\n**Warning:**\n\n", $diagwarn, "\n"; @@ -1148,6 +1269,63 @@ sub xindy{ } } +# v2.18 added: +sub parse_for_xindy_nosort{ + my ($in) = @_; + + my $msg = join("\n", "", + "Attempting to determine which entries have problem sort keys", + "Parsing '$in'"); + + my %entries = (); + + if (open FD, $in) + { + while (<FD>) + { + if (/:tkey \(\("(\\\\[a-zA-Z@]+ *)" "\\\\glossentry\{(.*)\}"\) \)/) + { + unless ($entries{$2}) + { + $entries{$2} = $1; + } + } + } + + close FD; + + my @labels = keys %entries; + + my $n = $#labels+1; + + if ($n == 0) + { + $msg .= "\nCouldn't find anything! Sorry, I'm stumped."; + } + else + { + $msg .= ($n == 1 ? "\n1 problematic entry found:\n" + : "\n$n problematic entries found:\n"); + + foreach my $label (@labels) + { + my $sort = $entries{$label}; + + $sort=~s/^\\\\([a-zA-Z@]+) *$/$1/; + + $msg .= "\nLabel: '$label'. Sort value : '$entries{$label}'"; + $msg .= "\n(Try adding sort={$sort} to the definition.)"; + } + } + } + else + { + $msg .= "\nFailed to open '$in' $!\n"; + } + + $msg; +} + sub HELP_MESSAGE{ print "\nSyntax : makeglossaries [options] <filename>\n\n"; print "For use with the glossaries package to pass relevant\n"; diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx index 710d73d2b69..bd11571370f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ %\iffalse % glossaries.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.1 (c) Nicola Talbot % Command line args: -% -comment ".*\.perl" -% -comment ".*\.tex" -% -comment ".*\.xdy" -% -macrocode ".*\.perl" -% -macrocode ".*\.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" % -codetitle "Main Package Code" -% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex" -% -src "glossaries.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty" +% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -author "Nicola Talbot" +% -src "glossaries\.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty" % -src "glossaries-prefix.sty\Z=>glossaries-prefix.sty" % -src "(glossary-.+)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" -% -src "(glossaries-compatible-.+)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" +% -src "(glossaries-compatible-207)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" +% -src "(glossaries-compatible-307)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" % -src "(glossaries-accsupp)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" % -src "(glossaries-babel)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" % -src "(glossaries-polyglossia)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" @@ -24,12 +22,16 @@ % -src "(samplexdy-mc.*\.xdy)\Z=>\1" % -src "(database.*\.tex)\Z=>\1" % -src "(.*\.perl)\Z=>\1" -% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -author "Nicola Talbot" +% -macrocode ".*\.perl" +% -macrocode ".*\.tex" +% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" +% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex" +% -section "chapter" +% -comment ".*\.perl" +% -comment ".*\.tex" +% -comment ".*\.xdy" % glossaries -% Created on 2015/11/30 12:18 +% Created on 2016/1/24 16:29 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -52,11 +54,11 @@ %\fi % \iffalse % Doc-Source file to use with LaTeX2e -% Copyright (C) 2015 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved. +% Copyright (C) 2016 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved. % \fi % \iffalse %<*driver> -\documentclass{nlctdoc} +\documentclass[report]{nlctdoc} \iffalse glossaries-manual.tex is a stub file used by makedtx to create @@ -76,10 +78,12 @@ glossaries.dtx \usepackage[toc]{glossaries} \RecordChanges +\setlength\IndexMin{100pt} \makeglossaries -\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\hyperpage{#1}} +\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\underline{\hyperpage{#1}}} +\renewcommand*{\usage}[1]{\textit{\hyperpage{#1}}} \newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}} \newcommand*{\itermdef}[1]{\index{#1|htextbf}} @@ -139,7 +143,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{18104} +\CheckSum{18368} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -167,12 +171,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\MakeShortVerb{"} %\DeleteShortVerb{\|} % -% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.20} +% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.21} % \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] %Dickimaw Books\\ %\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} % -% \date{2015-11-30} +% \date{2016-01-24} % \maketitle % %This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package. @@ -188,7 +192,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %glossaries package}. % %\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}] -%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.20: +%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.21: %\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}. % %\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}] @@ -222,32 +226,28 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\styfmt{glossaries}, it's better to request a new user level command %than to hack these internals. % -%\clearpage %\tableofcontents % %\StopEventually{% % \printglossaries -% \phantomsection -% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}% -% \raggedright % \PrintChanges % \PrintIndex %} % % % -%\section{Main Package Code} +%\chapter{Main Package Code} %\iffalse % \begin{macrocode} %<*glossaries.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi %\label{sec:code} -% \subsection{Package Definition} +% \section{Package Definition} % This package requires \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\changes{4.18}{2015-09-09}{split mfirstuc into separate bundle} % Required packages: @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{datatool-base} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{amsgen now loaded (\cs{new@ifnextchar} needed)} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{amsgen now loaded (\cs{new@ifnextchar} needed)} % Need to use \cs{new@ifnextchar} instead of \cs{@ifnextchar} in % commands that have a final optional argument (such as \ics{gls}) % so require \isty{amsgen}. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{amsgen} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{etoolbox now loaded} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{etoolbox now loaded} % As from v3.0, now loading \sty{etoolbox}: % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{etoolbox} @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \fi % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{Package Options}\label{sec:pkgopt} +% \section{Package Options}\label{sec:pkgopt} %\begin{option}{toc} % The \pkgopt{toc} package option will add the glossaries % to the table of contents. This is a boolean key, if the @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} %\begin{option}{numberline} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{numberline option added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numberline option added} % The \pkgopt{numberline} package option adds \cs{numberline} to % \cs{addcontentsline}. Note that this option only has an effect % if used in with \pkgopt[true]{toc}. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % \cs{@@glossarysec}. If chapters are defined, this % is initialised to \texttt{chapter}, otherwise it is % initialised to \texttt{section}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{chapter}% @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ subsection,subsubsection,paragraph,subparagraph}[section]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsautoprefix} % Prefix to add before label if automatically generated: -%\changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{new} +%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{numberedsection} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{numberedsection package option added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numberedsection package option added} %\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{added nameref option} % \begin{macrocode} \define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{numberedsection}[\val\nr]{% @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{option}{savenumberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Provide means to store the number list for entries. % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savenumberlist}[true]{} @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{option}{seeautonumberlist} % Automatically activates number list for entries containing the % \gloskey{see} key. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{% \renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{% @@ -524,13 +524,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadlong} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{nolong} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % This option prevents \isty{glossary-long} from being loaded. % This means that the glossary styles that use the % \env{longtable} environment will not be available. This option @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadsuper} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % The \isty{glossary-super} package isn't loaded if % \isty{supertabular} isn't installed. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{nosuper} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % This option prevents \isty{glossary-super} from being loaded. % This means that the glossary styles that use the % \env{supertabular} environment will not be available. This option @@ -564,13 +564,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadlist} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{nolist} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % This option prevents \isty{glossary-list} from being loaded % (to reduce overheads if required). Naturally, the styles defined % in \isty{glossary-list} will not be available if this option @@ -581,13 +581,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadtree} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{notree} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % This option prevents \isty{glossary-tree} from being loaded % (to reduce overheads if required). Naturally, the styles defined % in \isty{glossary-tree} will not be available if this option @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{option}{nostyles} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % Provide an option to suppress all the predefined styles (in the % event that the user has custom styles that are not dependent % on the predefined styles). @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{option}{ucmark} % Boolean option to determine whether or not to use % use upper case in definition of \ics{glsglossarymark} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{ucmark}[true]{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Defines a counter that can be used in the standard glossary styles % to number each (main) entry. If true, this will define a counter called % \ctr{glossaryentry}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{entrycounter}[true]{} \glsentrycounterfalse @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % This option can be used to set a parent counter for % \ctr{glossaryentry}. This option automatically sets % \pkgopt[true]{entrycounter}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossaries.sty}{counterwithin}{% \renewcommand*{\@gls@counterwithin}{#1}% @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@counterwithin} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % The default value is no parent counter: % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@counterwithin}{} @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Define a counter that can be used in the standard glossary styles % to number each level~1 entry. If true, this will define a counter called % \ctr{glossarysubentry}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{subentrycounter}[true]{} \glssubentrycounterfalse @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{option}{sort} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Define the sort method: \pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default), % \pkgopt[def]{sort} (order of definition) or % \pkgopt[use]{sort} (order of use). @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@setupsort@standard} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Set up the macros for default sorting. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@standard}{% @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glssortnumberfmt} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Format the number used as the sort key by \pkgopt[def]{sort} and % \pkgopt[use]{sort}. Defaults to six digit numbering. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@setupsort@def} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Set up the macros for order of definition sorting. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@def}{% @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@setupsort@use} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Set up the macros for order of use sorting. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@use}{% @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} %\begin{macro}{\@glsacronymlists} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % Comma-separated list of glossary labels indicating which % glossaries contain acronyms. Note that \ics{SetAcronymStyle} % must be used after adding labels to this macro. @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\DeclareAcronymList} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new}% +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}% % Identifies the named glossary as a list of acronyms and adds % to the list. (Doesn't check if the glossary exists, but checks % if label already in list. Use \ics{SetAcronymStyle} after @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\SetAcronymLists} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new}% +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}% % Sets the ``list of acronyms'' list. Argument must be a % comma-separated list of glossary labels. (Doesn't check at this % point if the glossaries exists.) @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{option}{acronymlists} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new}% +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}% %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{replaced \cs{@addtoacronymlists} with %\cs{DeclareAcronymList}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{option}{translate} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{translate option added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{translate option added} % Define \pkgopt{translate} option. If false don't set up % multi-lingual support. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{option}{indexonlyfirst} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Set whether to only index on first use. % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{indexonlyfirst}[true]{} @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{option}{hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{new} +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{new} % Set whether or not terms should have a hyperlink on first use. % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{hyperfirst}[true]{} @@ -1784,16 +1784,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{option}{order} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{order package option added} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{order package option added} % \begin{macrocode} \define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{order}{word,letter}{% \def\glsorder{#1}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added xindy support} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added xindy support} %\begin{macro}{\ifglsxindy} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Provide boolean to determine whether \gls{xindy} or % \gls{makeindex} will be used to sort the glossaries. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\gls@codepage} % Define the code page. If \ics{inputencodingname} is defined % use that, otherwise have initialise with no codepage. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{inputencodingname}{% @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{option}{savewrites} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % The \pkgopt{savewrites} package option is provided to save on % the number of write registers. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{option} % %\begin{option}{compatible-2.07} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{compatible-2.07 option added} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{compatible-2.07 option added} % \begin{macrocode} \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-2.07}[true]{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % will have to specify a different counter for the entries % that give rise to a \texttt{name}"{"\meta{section-level}"."\meta{n}".0}" % non-existent warning (e.g. "\gls[counter=chapter]{label}"). -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifthenelse{\equal{\glscounter}{section}}% @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Predefined Text}\label{sec:predefinednames} +%\section{Predefined Text}\label{sec:predefinednames} % Set up default textual tags that are used by this % package. Some of the names may already be defined (e.g.\ by % \isty{babel}) so \cs{providecommand} is used. @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glssettoctitle} % Sets the TOC title for the given glossary. -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{new} +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glssettoctitle}[1]{% \def\glossarytoctitle{\csname @glotype@#1@title\endcsname}} @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \providecommand*{\andname}{\&} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -% Add multi-lingual support\changes{1.08}{2007 Oct 13}{Added +% Add multi-lingual support\changes{1.08}{2007-10-13}{Added % babel support}. Thanks to everyone who contributed to the % translations from both comp.text.tex and via email. %\begin{macro}{\RequireGlossariesLang} @@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % redefine \cs{glossaryname} whenever the language is set, so % override it. (Don't use \ics{addto} as \isty{polyglossia} doesn't % define it.) -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \@ifpackageloaded{translator} @@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Provide a means to suppress description terminator for a given % entry. (Useful for entries with no description.) Has no % effect outside the glossaries. -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} %\changes{3.05}{2013-04-21}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\nopostdesc}{} @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % done \emph{before} \cs{makeglossaries}. As from v1.17, use % \ics{setStyleFile} instead of directly redefining \cs{istfilename}. %\begin{macro}{\istfilename} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added xindy support} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added xindy support} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsxindy \def\istfilename{\gls@istfilebase.xdy} @@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\gls@suffixF} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Suffix to use for a two page list. This overrides the separator % and the closing page number if set to something other than % an empty macro. @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsSetSuffixF} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Sets the suffix to use for a two page list. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsSetSuffixF}[1]{% @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\gls@suffixFF} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Suffix to use for a three page list. This overrides the separator % and the closing page number if set to something other than % an empty macro. @@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsSetSuffixFF} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Sets the suffix to use for a three page list. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsSetSuffixFF}[1]{% @@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % associated number list.) If hyperlinks are defined, it will use % \ics{glshypernumber}, otherwise it will simply display its % argument ``as is''. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{hyperlink}% @@ -2716,11 +2716,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % style.) If \ics{phantomsection} % is defined, it uses \cs{\@p@glossarysection}, otherwise it % uses \cs{@glossarysection}. -%\changes{1.05}{2007 Aug 10}{added \cs{@mkboth} to +%\changes{1.05}{2007-08-10}{added \cs{@mkboth} to %\cs{glossarysection}} -%\changes{2.02}{2009 July 13}{changed \cs{@mkboth} to +%\changes{2.02}{2009-07-13}{changed \cs{@mkboth} to %\cs{glossarymark}} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][\@gls@title]{% @@ -2740,10 +2740,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsglossarymark} -%\changes{2.02}{2009 July 13}{New} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check to see if it's already +%\changes{2.02}{2009-07-13}{New} +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check to see if it's already %defined} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{replaced \cs{MakeUppercase} with %\cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}} @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % The sectional unit can be changed, if different sectional units % are required. %\begin{macro}{\setglossarysection} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{new} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\setglossarysection}[1]{% \setkeys{glossaries.sty}{section=#1}} @@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %The command \cs{@glossarysection} indicates how to start % the glossary section if \ics{phantomsection} is not defined. %\begin{macro}{\@glossarysection} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{numbered sections and auto label added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numbered sections and auto label added} %\changes{4.07}{2014-04-04}{added optional argument when using unstarred %version} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % the hyper link from the table of contents leads to the line above % the heading, rather than the line below it. %\begin{macro}{\@p@glossarysection} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{numbered sections and auto label added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numbered sections and auto label added} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@p@glossarysection}[2]{% \glsclearpage @@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{clearpage} (or \cs{cleardoublepage}) depending % on whether the glossary sectional unit is a chapter. If the % sectional unit is something else, do nothing. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{3.07}{2013-07-05}{added check for openright} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\glsclearpage} % This just calls \cs{gls@doclearpage}, but it makes it easier to % have a user command so that the user can override it. -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{new} +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\gls@doclearpage} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % (The first argument to \cs{@gls@toc} is the title for the % table of contents, the second argument is the sectioning type.) %\begin{macro}{\@gls@toc} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{numberline added} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numberline added} %\changes{4.12}{2014-11-22}{added \cs{protect} to \cs{numberline}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@toc}[2]{% @@ -2921,7 +2921,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Xindy} +%\section{Xindy} % This section defines commands that only have an effect if % \app{xindy} is used to sort the glossaries. %\begin{macro}{\glsnoxindywarning} @@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@xdyattributelist} % Comma-separated list of attributes. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsxindy \edef\@xdyattributelist{}% @@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@ifinlist} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@ifinlist}[4]{% \def\@do@ifinlist##1,#1,##2\end@doifinlist{% @@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyCounters} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Need to know all the counters that will be used in location % numbers for Xindy. Argument may be a single counter name or a % comma-separated list of counter names. @@ -3164,7 +3164,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@xdy@locationlist} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % List of predefined location names. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@xdy@locationlist}{% @@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Loops and conditionals} +%\section{Loops and conditionals} %\begin{macro}{\forallglossaries} % To iterate through all glossaries (or comma-separated list of % glossary names given in optional argument) use:\\[10pt] @@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % To check to see if a glossary exists use:\\[10pt] %\cs{ifglossaryexists}\marg{type}\marg{true-text}\marg{false-text}\\[10pt] %where \meta{type} is the glossary's label. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\ifglossaryexists}[3]{% @@ -3631,7 +3631,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{ifglsentryexists}\marg{label}\marg{true text}\marg{false text} %\end{definition} %where \meta{label} is the entry's label. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3748,7 +3748,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\ifglshaschildren} % \cs{ifglshaschildren}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\ifglshaschildren}[3]{% @@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{definition} % \cs{ifglshasparent}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part} %\end{definition} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\ifglshasparent}[3]{% @@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Defining new glossaries}\label{sec:newglos} +%\section{Defining new glossaries}\label{sec:newglos} % A comma-separated list of glossary names is stored % in \cs{@glo@types}. When a new glossary type % is created, its identifying name is added to this list. @@ -4120,10 +4120,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % (see \ics{defglsentry}). This % may already have been defined if this has been specified as % a list of acronyms. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{added check to determine if +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{added check to determine if % \cs{gls@\meta{type}@display} and \cs{gls@\meta{type}@displayfirst} % have been defined.} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{replaced \cs{glsdisplay} and %\cs{glsdisplayfirst} with \cs{glsentryfmt}} @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% {}% % \end{macrocode} % Define sort counter if required: -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@gls@defsortcount}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@gls@defsortcount}} % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@defsortcount{#2}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\altnewglossary} -%\changes{2.06}{2010 June 14}{new} +%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\altnewglossary}[3]{% \newglossary[#2-glg]{#1}{#2-gls}{#2-glo}{#3}% @@ -4275,7 +4275,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Defining new entries}\label{sec:newentry} +%\section{Defining new entries}\label{sec:newentry} % New glossary entries are defined using \cs{newglossaryentry}. % This command requires a label and a key-value list that defines % the relevant information for that entry. The definition for these @@ -4313,7 +4313,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{key} %\begin{key}{descriptionplural} -% \changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{new} +% \changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{descriptionplural}{% \def\@glo@descplural{#1}% @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % not for use in the document). The \gloskey{sort} key is optional % when defining a new glossary entry. If omitted, the value % is given by \meta{name} \meta{description}. -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{moved sanitization to +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{moved sanitization to %\cs{newglossaryentry}} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{sort}{% @@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{key} %\begin{key}{symbolplural} -% \changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{new} +% \changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{symbolplural}{% \def\@glo@symbolplural{#1}% @@ -4424,7 +4424,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{key}{counter} % The \gloskey{counter} key specifies the name of the counter % associated with this glossary entry: -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{counter}{% @@ -4446,8 +4446,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{key}{see} % The \gloskey{see} key specifies a list of cross-references -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} -% \changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@glo@seeautonumberlist}} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} +% \changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@glo@seeautonumberlist}} %\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{added \cs{gls@checkseeallowed}} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{see}{% @@ -4472,10 +4472,23 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly} +%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly}{% + \GlossariesWarning{glossaries}% + {`see' key doesn't have any effect when used in the document + environment. Move the definition to the preamble + after \string\makeglossaries\space + or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{key}{parent} % The \gloskey{parent} key specifies the parent entry, if % required. -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{parent}{% \def\@glo@parent{#1}} @@ -4485,8 +4498,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{key}{nonumberlist} % The \gloskey{nonumberlist} key suppresses or activates the number list % for the given entry. -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{now boolean} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{now boolean} % \begin{macrocode} \define@choicekey{glossentry}{nonumberlist}[\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% \ifcase\nr\relax @@ -4549,7 +4562,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{key} % %\begin{key}{short} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}. It's not % designed for general purpose use, so isn't described in the user % manual. @@ -4561,7 +4574,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{key} % %\begin{key}{shortplural} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}. % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{shortplural}{% @@ -4571,7 +4584,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{key} % %\begin{key}{long} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}. % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{long}{% @@ -4581,7 +4594,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{key} % %\begin{key}{longplural} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}. % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossentry}{longplural}{% @@ -4591,7 +4604,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{key} % %\begin{macro}{\@glsnoname} -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Define command to generate error if \gloskey{name} key is missing. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@glsnoname}{% @@ -4618,7 +4631,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@glsdefaultplural} -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} %\changes{3.10a}{2013-10-13}{Obsolete} % Now obsolete. Don't use. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -4627,7 +4640,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@missingnumberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Define a command to generate warning when numberlist not set. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@missingnumberlist}[1]{% @@ -4649,7 +4662,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\@glsdefaultsort} % Define command to set default sort. -% \changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@glsdefaultsort}{\@glo@name} % \end{macrocode} @@ -4793,7 +4806,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % There are two required fields in \meta{key-val list}: % \gloskey{name} (or \gloskey{parent}) and % \gloskey{description}. (See above.) -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} with %\cs{newrobustcmd}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd{\newglossaryentry}[2]{% @@ -4811,9 +4824,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry} %\changes{4.14}{2015-02-28}{new} % The definition of \cs{newglossaryentry} is changed at the start of -% the \env{document} environment. +% the \env{document} environment. The \gloskey{see} key doesn't work +% for entries that have been defined in the document environment. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{% + \let\gls@checkseeallowed\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly \let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry } % \end{macrocode} @@ -5444,7 +5459,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \let\@glo@name\@glsnoname \let\@glo@desc\@glsnodesc % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{descriptionplural support added} +% \changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{descriptionplural support added} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@descplural\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} @@ -5452,7 +5467,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \let\@glo@type\@gls@default@value \let\@glo@symbol\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{symbolplural support added} +% \changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{symbolplural support added} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@symbolplural\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} @@ -5462,26 +5477,26 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@plural\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{Changed default first value} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{Changed default first value} % Using \cs{let} instead of \cs{def} to make later comparison % avoid expansion issues. (Thanks to Ulrich~Diez for suggesting % this.) -% \changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Changed def to let} +% \changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Changed def to let} %\changes{3.10a}{2013-10-13}{Changed to using \cs{@gls@default@value}} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@first\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{Changed default first plural to be first +% \changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{Changed default first plural to be first % key with s appended (was text key with s appended)} -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{Changed default firstplural value} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{Changed default firstplural value} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@firstplural\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} % Set the default sort: %\changes{3.10a}{2013-10-13}{Changed to using \cs{@gls@default@value}} -%\changes{1.05}{2007 Aug 10}{Changed the default value of the sort +%\changes{1.05}{2007-08-10}{Changed the default value of the sort % key to just the value of the name key}% -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{Changed default value of sort +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{Changed default value of sort % to \cs{@glsdefaultsort}} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@sort\@gls@default@value @@ -5490,19 +5505,19 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \let\@glo@counter\@gls@default@value % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added see key} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added see key} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@see{}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added parent key} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added parent key} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@parent{}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added nonumberlist key} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added nonumberlist key} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@prefix{}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{added user1-6 keys} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{added user1-6 keys} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@useri{}% \def\@glo@userii{}% @@ -5511,7 +5526,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@glo@userv{}% \def\@glo@uservi{}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added short and long keys} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added short and long keys} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@short{}% \def\@glo@shortpl{}% @@ -5546,7 +5561,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % Check to see if this glossary type has been defined, if it has, % add this label to the relevant list, otherwise generate an error. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{glolist@\@glo@type}% @@ -5711,7 +5726,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \fi \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{name}{\@glo@name}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{added numberlist element} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{added numberlist element} % Set default numberlist if not defined: % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{glo@\@glo@label @numberlist}% @@ -5724,7 +5739,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % The smaller and smallcaps options set the description to % \cs{@glo@first}. Need to check for this, otherwise it won't get % expanded if the description gets sanitized. -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{check for \cs{@glo@first} in description}% +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{check for \cs{@glo@first} in description}% % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@@desc{\@glo@first}% \ifx\@glo@desc\@glo@@desc @@ -5736,14 +5751,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \fi \gls@assign@desc{\@glo@label}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{moved sort sanitization to +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{moved sort sanitization to % \cs{newglossaryentry}} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@gls@defsort}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@gls@defsort}} % Set the sort key for this entry: % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@defsort{\@glo@type}{\@glo@label}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{check for \cs{@glo@text} in symbol}% +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{check for \cs{@glo@text} in symbol}% % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@@symbol{\@glo@text}% \ifx\@glo@symbol\@glo@@symbol @@ -5784,7 +5799,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% }% % \end{macrocode} % Determine and store main part of the entry's index format. -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{Stored main part of entry +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{Stored main part of entry % format when entry % is defined}% % \begin{macrocode} @@ -5805,20 +5820,20 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \@newglossaryentryposthook } % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{Removed restriction on only using +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{Removed restriction on only using % \cs{newglossaryentry} in the preamble} %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@newglossaryentryprehook} % Allow extra information to be added to glossary entries: -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@newglossaryentryprehook}{} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@newglossaryentryposthook} % Allow extra information to be added to glossary entries: -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@newglossaryentryposthook}{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -5832,7 +5847,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsmoveentry} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Moves entry whose label is given by first argument to the glossary % named in the second argument. %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -5860,7 +5875,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Indicate what command should be used to display each entry in % the glossary. (This enables the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package % to use \cs{accsuppglossaryentryfield} instead.) -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{switched to \cs{glossentry}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsxindy @@ -5875,7 +5890,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Indicate what command should be used to display each subentry in % the glossary. (This enables the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package % to use \cs{accsuppglossarysubentryfield} instead.) -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{switched to \cs{subglossentry}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsxindy @@ -5892,7 +5907,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{definition} %\cs{@glo@storeentry}\marg{label} %\end{definition} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Determine the format to write the entry in the glossary % output (\filetype{.glo}) file. % The argument is the entry's label (should already have been @@ -5982,7 +5997,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Resetting and unsetting entry flags} +%\section{Resetting and unsetting entry flags} % Each glossary entry is assigned a conditional of the form %\cs{ifglo@}\meta{label}\texttt{@flag} which determines % whether or not the entry has been used (see also @@ -6205,7 +6220,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Keeping Track of How Many Times an Entry Has Been Unset} +%\section{Keeping Track of How Many Times an Entry Has Been Unset} %Version 4.14 introduced \cs{glsenableentrycount} that keeps track %of how many times an entry is marked as used. The counter is reset %back to zero when the first use flag is reset. Note that although @@ -6576,7 +6591,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -% \subsection{Loading files containing glossary entries} +% \section{Loading files containing glossary entries} %\label{sec:load} % Glossary entries can be defined in an external file. % These external files can contain \ics{newglossaryentry} @@ -6606,7 +6621,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \@onlypreamble{\loadglsentries} % \end{macrocode} % -%\subsection{Using glossary entries in the text} +%\section{Using glossary entries in the text} %\label{sec:code:glslink} % % Any term that has been defined using \ics{newglossaryentry} @@ -6619,7 +6634,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % subsequent use). Any formatting commands (such as \cs{textbf} % is governed by \ics{glstextformat}. By default this just % displays the \term{link text} ``as is''. -%\changes{1.04}{2007 Aug 3}{Added \cs{glstextformat}}% +%\changes{1.04}{2007-08-03}{Added \cs{glstextformat}}% %\begin{macro}{\glstextformat} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{#1} @@ -7282,7 +7297,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % The following keys can be used in the first optional % argument. The \gloskey[glslink]{counter} key checks that the % value is the name of a valid counter. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glslink}{counter}{% @@ -7409,7 +7424,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % First determine which version is being used: %\begin{macro}{\glslink} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glslink}{% @@ -7419,7 +7434,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sgls@link}} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@@link} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{new} +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{new} % The main part of the business is in \cs{@gls@link} % which shouldn't check if the term is defined as it's called by % \cs{gls} etc which also perform that check. @@ -7519,17 +7534,25 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts} +% Hook to set default options for \cs{@glslink}. +%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\@gls@link} -%\changes{1.07}{2007 Sep 13}{fixed bug caused by \cs{theglsentrycounter} setting the page number too soon} -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{added \cs{glslabel}} +%\changes{1.07}{2007-09-13}{fixed bug caused by \cs{theglsentrycounter} setting the page number too soon} +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{added \cs{glslabel}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@gls@link[#1]#2#3{% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Moved entry existence check to +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Moved entry existence check to % avoid duplicate code} % Inserting \cs{leavevmode} suggested by Donald~Arseneau (avoids % problem with tabularx). -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{added \cs{leavevmode}} +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{added \cs{leavevmode}} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} % \begin{macrocode} \leavevmode @@ -7559,6 +7582,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper % \end{macrocode} +% Set defaults: +%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{added \cs{@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts +% \end{macrocode} % Switch off hyper setting if the glossary type has been identified % in nohyperlist. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -7580,11 +7608,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{moved definition of \cs{glsifhyperon} %outside of this macro} % Store the entry's counter in \cs{theglsentrycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@gls@saveentrycounter}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@gls@saveentrycounter}} % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@saveentrycounter % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@gls@setsort}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@gls@setsort}} % Define sort key if necessary: % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@setsort{\glslabel}% @@ -7599,8 +7627,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \else % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{removed \cs{relax}} +%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{added \cs{glsdonohyperlink} when hyperlink is +%suppressed} % \begin{macrocode} - \glstextformat{#3}% + \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}% \fi % \end{macrocode} % Restore original setting @@ -7618,14 +7648,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\glsentrycounter} % Set default value of entry counter -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{set default value} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{set default value} % \begin{macrocode} \def\glsentrycounter{\glscounter}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@saveentrycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Need to check if using \ctr{equation} counter in \env{align} % environment: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -7693,7 +7723,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\changes{1.01}{2007 May 17}{Added range facility in format key}% +%\changes{1.01}{2007-05-17}{Added range facility in format key}% %\begin{macro}{\@set@glo@numformat} % Set the formatting information in the format required by % \app{makeindex}. The first argument is the format specified @@ -7822,7 +7852,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@gls@tmpb} -%\changes{1.1}{2008 Feb 22}{changed \cs{toksdef} to \cs{newtoks}} +%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{changed \cs{toksdef} to \cs{newtoks}} % Define temporary token % \begin{macrocode} \newtoks\@gls@tmpb @@ -8151,31 +8181,37 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\glsdonohyperlink} +%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@glslink} % If \ics{hyperlink} is not defined \cs{@glslink} % ignores its first argument and just does the second argument, % otherwise it is equivalent to \ics{hyperlink}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{hyperlink}% {% - \let\@glslink\@secondoftwo + \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink }% {% \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{added check for \cs{hypertarget} separate +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{added check for \cs{hypertarget} separate % to \cs{hyperlink} (memoir defines \cs{hyperlink} but not % \cs{hypertarget})} %\begin{macro}{\@glstarget} % If \ics{hypertarget} is not defined, \cs{@glstarget} % ignores its first argument and just does the second argument, % otherwise it is equivalent to \ics{hypertarget}. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{raised the hypertarget so the target text doesn't +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{raised the hypertarget so the target text doesn't % scroll off the top of the page} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{hypertarget}% @@ -8196,7 +8232,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\glsdisablehyper}{% \KV@glslink@hyperfalse - \let\@glslink\@secondoftwo + \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo } % \end{macrocode} @@ -8293,11 +8329,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{moved check for first use to %\cs{@gls@link}} @@ -8326,7 +8362,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % be grouped when you define the entry). It is mainly intended % for terms that start a sentence: %\begin{macro}{\Gls} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Gls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Gls} @@ -8375,11 +8411,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{removed \cs{makefirstuc} (now dealt %with in \cs{glsentryfmt})} @@ -8404,7 +8440,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % \cs{GLS} behaves like \ics{gls}, but the link % text is converted to uppercase: -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\begin{macro}{\GLS} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -8454,11 +8490,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{removed \cs{MakeUppercase} (now moved %to \cs{glsentryfmt})} @@ -8484,7 +8520,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{glspl} behaves in the same way as \ics{gls} except % it uses the plural form. %\begin{macro}{\glspl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glspl} @@ -8522,7 +8558,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\cs{@gls@link}} % Determine what the link text should be (this is stored in % \cs{@glo@text}) -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and % \cs{glsentrysymbolplural} instead of \cs{glsentrydesc} and % \cs{glsentrysymbol}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{change to using \cs{glsentryfmt} style @@ -8536,11 +8572,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}% @@ -8566,7 +8602,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % (as with \ics{Gls}, if the first letter has an accent, it % will need to be grouped). %\begin{macro}{\Glspl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glspl} @@ -8605,7 +8641,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Determine what the link text should be (this is stored in % \cs{@glo@text}). This needs to be expanded so that the % \cs{@glo@text} can be passed to \cs{xmakefirstuc}. -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and % \cs{glsentrysymbolplural} instead of \cs{glsentrydesc} and % \cs{glsentrysymbol}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{change to using \cs{glsentryfmt} style @@ -8619,11 +8655,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{removed \cs{makefirstuc} (now dealt %with in \cs{glsentryfmt})} @@ -8649,7 +8685,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSpl} behaves like \ics{glspl} except that all the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSpl} @@ -8687,7 +8723,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\cs{@gls@link}} % Determine what the link text should be (this is stored in % \cs{@glo@text}) -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{now uses \cs{glsentrydescplural} and % \cs{glsentrysymbolplural} instead of \cs{glsentrydesc} and % \cs{glsentrysymbol}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{change to using \cs{glsentryfmt} style @@ -8701,11 +8737,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{removed \cs{MakeUppercase} as now dealt %with in \cs{glsentryfmt}} @@ -8729,7 +8765,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsdisp} -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{new} +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{new} %\cs{glsdisp}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{text} % This is like \cs{gls} except that the link text is provided. % This differs from \cs{glslink} in that it uses @@ -8749,7 +8785,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \newcommand*{\@glsdisp}[3][]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}{% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{2.05}{2010 Feb 6}{Added closing brace. Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco} +%\changes{2.05}{2010-02-06}{Added closing brace. Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco} % \begin{macrocode} \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} @@ -8780,17 +8816,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % type is \cs{acronymtype}, suppress % hyperlink for first use. Likewise if the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} % package option is used. -%\changes{1.16}{2008 August 27}{Test glossary type is +%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{Test glossary type is %\cs{acronymtype} in addition to %checking if footnote option has been used} -%\changes{2.03}{2009 Sep 23}{Added check for hyperfirst} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{Changed test to check if glossary type +%\changes{2.03}{2009-09-23}{Added check for hyperfirst} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{Changed test to check if glossary type %has been identified as a list of acronyms} % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}% % \end{macrocode} % Indicate that this entry has now been used -%\changes{2.05}{2010 Feb 6}{Removed spurious brace. Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco} +%\changes{2.05}{2010-02-06}{Removed spurious brace. Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco} % \begin{macrocode} \ifKV@glslink@local \glslocalunset{#2}% @@ -8839,7 +8875,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{text} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glstext} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glstext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glstext} @@ -8853,7 +8889,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrytext}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -8877,7 +8913,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{% \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}% @@ -8887,7 +8923,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glstext} behaves like \cs{glstext} except that the first letter % of the text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glstext} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glstext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glstext} @@ -8901,7 +8937,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{Changed to just use \cs{Glsentrytext}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -8913,7 +8949,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{first} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glsfirst} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsfirst} @@ -8927,7 +8963,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryfirst}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -8951,7 +8987,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{Glsentryfirst}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -8975,7 +9011,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryfirst}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9000,7 +9036,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryplural}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9024,7 +9060,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{Glsentryplural}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glsplural@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9035,7 +9071,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSplural} behaves like \ics{glsplural} except that the % text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSplural} @@ -9049,7 +9085,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryplural}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9061,7 +9097,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{firstplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glsfirstplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsfirstplural} @@ -9075,7 +9111,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentryfirstplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9087,7 +9123,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsfirstplural} behaves like \ics{glsfirstplural} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsfirstplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsfirstplural} @@ -9101,7 +9137,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{Glsentryfirstplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9113,7 +9149,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSfirstplural} behaves like \ics{glsfirstplural} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSfirstplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSfirstplural} @@ -9127,7 +9163,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentryfirstplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9140,7 +9176,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{name} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glsname} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsname} @@ -9154,7 +9190,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsname@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsname@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryname}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9165,7 +9201,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsname} behaves like \ics{glsname} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsname} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsname} @@ -9179,7 +9215,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsname@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsname@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{Glsentryname}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9190,7 +9226,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSname} behaves like \ics{glsname} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSname} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSname} @@ -9204,7 +9240,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSname@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSname@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryname}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9216,7 +9252,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{description} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsdesc} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsdesc} @@ -9230,7 +9266,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrydesc}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9241,7 +9277,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsdesc} behaves like \ics{glsdesc} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsdesc} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdesc} @@ -9255,7 +9291,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{Glsentrydesc}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9266,7 +9302,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSdesc} behaves like \ics{glsdesc} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSdesc} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdesc} @@ -9280,7 +9316,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrydesc}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9292,7 +9328,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{descriptionplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsdescplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsdescplural} @@ -9306,7 +9342,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentrydescplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9318,7 +9354,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsdescplural} behaves like \ics{glsdescplural} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsdescplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdescplural} @@ -9332,7 +9368,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{Glsentrydescplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9344,7 +9380,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSdescplural} behaves like \ics{glsdescplural} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSdescplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdescplural} @@ -9358,7 +9394,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -% \changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentrydescplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9371,7 +9407,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{symbol} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glssymbol} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glssymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glssymbol} @@ -9385,7 +9421,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrysymbol}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9396,7 +9432,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glssymbol} behaves like \ics{glssymbol} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glssymbol} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbol} @@ -9410,7 +9446,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glssymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{Glsentrysymbol}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9421,7 +9457,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSsymbol} behaves like \ics{glssymbol} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSsymbol} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbol} @@ -9435,7 +9471,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSsymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSsymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrysymbol}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{% @@ -9447,7 +9483,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{symbolplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry as % used. %\begin{macro}{\glssymbolplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glssymbolplural} @@ -9461,7 +9497,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentrysymbolplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9473,7 +9509,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glssymbolplural} behaves like \ics{glssymbolplural} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glssymbolplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbolplural} @@ -9487,7 +9523,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{Glsentrysymbolplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9499,7 +9535,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSsymbolplural} behaves like \ics{glssymbolplural} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSsymbolplural} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbolplural} @@ -9513,7 +9549,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSsymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSsymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}} % \end{macrocode} % Read in the final optional argument: -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use %\cs{glsentrysymbolplural}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -9526,7 +9562,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user1} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuseri} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseri} @@ -9550,7 +9586,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuseri} behaves like \ics{glsuseri} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuseri} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseri} @@ -9574,7 +9610,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuseri} behaves like \ics{glsuseri} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuseri} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseri} @@ -9599,7 +9635,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user2} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuserii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuserii} @@ -9623,7 +9659,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuserii} behaves like \ics{glsuserii} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuserii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserii} @@ -9647,7 +9683,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuserii} behaves like \ics{glsuserii} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuserii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserii} @@ -9672,7 +9708,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user3} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuseriii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseriii} @@ -9696,7 +9732,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuseriii} behaves like \ics{glsuseriii} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuseriii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriii} @@ -9720,7 +9756,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuseriii} behaves like \ics{glsuseriii} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuseriii} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriii} @@ -9745,7 +9781,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user4} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuseriv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseriv} @@ -9769,7 +9805,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuseriv} behaves like \ics{glsuseriv} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuseriv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriv} @@ -9793,7 +9829,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuseriv} behaves like \ics{glsuseriv} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuseriv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriv} @@ -9818,7 +9854,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user5} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuserv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuserv} @@ -9842,7 +9878,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuserv} behaves like \ics{glsuserv} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuserv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserv} @@ -9866,7 +9902,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuserv} behaves like \ics{glsuserv} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuserv} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserv} @@ -9891,7 +9927,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % given by the \gloskey{user6} key and it doesn't mark the entry % as used. %\begin{macro}{\glsuservi} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuservi} @@ -9915,7 +9951,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{Glsuservi} behaves like \ics{glsuservi} except that the % first letter is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\Glsuservi} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuservi} @@ -9939,7 +9975,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{GLSuservi} behaves like \ics{glsuservi} except that the % link text is converted to uppercase. %\begin{macro}{\GLSuservi} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\GLSuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuservi} @@ -9962,7 +9998,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % Now deal with acronym related keys. First the short form: %\begin{macro}{\acrshort} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrshort} @@ -9981,7 +10017,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10010,7 +10049,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\Acrshort} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshort} @@ -10029,7 +10068,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10057,7 +10099,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\ACRshort} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshort} @@ -10076,7 +10118,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10105,7 +10150,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % Short plural: %\begin{macro}{\acrshortpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrshortpl} @@ -10124,7 +10169,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10152,7 +10200,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\Acrshortpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshortpl} @@ -10171,7 +10219,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10199,7 +10250,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\ACRshortpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshortpl} @@ -10218,7 +10269,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10246,7 +10300,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\acrlong} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrlong} @@ -10265,7 +10319,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10298,7 +10355,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\Acrlong} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlong} @@ -10317,7 +10374,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10350,7 +10410,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\ACRlong} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlong} @@ -10369,7 +10429,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10403,7 +10466,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % Short plural: %\begin{macro}{\acrlongpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrlongpl} @@ -10422,7 +10485,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10455,7 +10521,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\Acrlongpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlongpl} @@ -10474,7 +10540,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10508,7 +10577,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\ACRlongpl} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlongpl} @@ -10527,7 +10596,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{changed checkfirsthyper assignment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper % \end{macrocode} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural}, % \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}} @@ -10714,7 +10786,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % Plural form: %\begin{macro}{\glsentrydescplural} -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{New} +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentrydescplural}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descplural}% @@ -10722,7 +10794,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentrydescplural} -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{New} +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrydescplural}[1]{% @@ -10784,7 +10856,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % Plural form: %\begin{macro}{\glsentrysymbolplural} -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{New} +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolplural}% @@ -10792,7 +10864,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentrysymbolplural} -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{New} +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{% @@ -10863,7 +10935,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the first user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user1} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuseri}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useri}% @@ -10871,7 +10943,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseri} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseri}[1]{% @@ -10884,7 +10956,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the second user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user2} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuserii}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userii}% @@ -10892,7 +10964,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuserii} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserii}[1]{% @@ -10905,7 +10977,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the third user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user3} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuseriii}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriii}% @@ -10913,7 +10985,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseriii} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriii}[1]{% @@ -10926,7 +10998,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the fourth user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user4} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuseriv}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriv}% @@ -10934,7 +11006,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseriv} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriv}[1]{% @@ -10947,7 +11019,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the fifth user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user5} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuserv}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userv}% @@ -10955,7 +11027,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuserv} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserv}[1]{% @@ -10968,7 +11040,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the sixth user key (as specified by the % \gloskey{user6} when the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryuservi}[1]{% \@gls@entry@field{#1}{uservi}% @@ -10976,7 +11048,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuservi} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuservi}[1]{% @@ -10989,13 +11061,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the short key (as specified by the % \gloskey{short} the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryshort}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{short}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryshort} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshort}[1]{% @@ -11008,13 +11080,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the short plural key (as specified by the % \gloskey{shortplural} the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentryshortpl}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpl}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryshortpl} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshortpl}[1]{% @@ -11027,13 +11099,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the long key (as specified by the % \gloskey{long} the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentrylong}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{long}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentrylong} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylong}[1]{% @@ -11046,13 +11118,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Get the long plural key (as specified by the % \gloskey{longplural} the entry was defined). The argument % is the label associated with the entry. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentrylongpl}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{longpl}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentrylongpl} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylongpl}[1]{% @@ -11073,7 +11145,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\Glsentryfull} %\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{fixed bug (replaced \cs{glsentryshortpl} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed bug (replaced \cs{glsentryshortpl} %with \cs{glsentryshort})} %\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}} %\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}} @@ -11084,7 +11156,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsentryfullpl} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{fixed bug (replaced \cs{glsentryshort} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed bug (replaced \cs{glsentryshort} %with \cs{glsentryshortpl})} %\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}} %\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}} @@ -11106,7 +11178,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsentrynumberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} %Displays the number list as is. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{% @@ -11119,7 +11191,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsdisplaynumberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Formats the number list for the given entry label. % Doesn't work with hyperref. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -11176,13 +11248,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsnumlistsep} -%\changes{3.02}{21012/05/19}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-19}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsnumlistsep}{, } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsnumlistlastsep} -%\changes{3.02}{21012/05/19}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-19}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsnumlistlastsep}{ \& } % \end{macrocode} @@ -11195,8 +11267,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % the target is defined. The first (optional) argument specifies % the link text. The entry name is used by default. The second % argument is the entry label. -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{changed default from \cs{glsentryname} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{changed default from \cs{glsentryname} %to \cs{glsentrytext}} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -11206,14 +11278,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Adding an entry to the glossary without generating +%\section{Adding an entry to the glossary without generating % text} % The following keys are provided for \cs{glsadd} and % \cs{glsaddall}: % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossadd}{counter}{\def\@gls@counter{#1}} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{2.07}{2010 Jul 10}{glssadd format key stored in \cs{@glsnumberformat} +%\changes{2.07}{2010-07-10}{glssadd format key stored in \cs{@glsnumberformat} %(was mistakenly stored in \cs{@glo@format})} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{glossadd}{format}{\def\@glsnumberformat{#1}} @@ -11232,9 +11304,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % the second argument is the entry label. Note that \meta{options} % only has two keys: \gloskey[glsadd]{counter} and \gloskey[glsadd]{format} (the \gloskey[glsaddall]{types} key will be ignored). %\begin{macro}{\glsadd} -%\changes{1.07}{2007 Sep 13}{fixed bug caused by \cs{theglsentrycounter} setting the page number too soon} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{fixed bug that ignored counter} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{1.07}{2007-09-13}{fixed bug caused by \cs{theglsentrycounter} setting the page number too soon} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{fixed bug that ignored counter} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} %\changes{4.12}{2014-11-22}{added check for vertical mode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -11251,7 +11323,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \setkeys{glossadd}{#1}% % \end{macrocode} % Store the entry's counter in \cs{theglsentrycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{@gls@saveentrycounter}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{@gls@saveentrycounter}} %\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{changed \cs{@do@wrglossary} to %\cs{@@do@wrglossary}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -11282,7 +11354,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % any text). If \gloskey[glsaddall]{types} key is omitted, apply to all % glossary types. %\begin{macro}{\glsaddall} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\glsaddall}[1][]{% \edef\@glo@type{\@glo@types}% @@ -11321,7 +11393,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Creating associated files} +%\section{Creating associated files} % The \cs{writeist} command creates the associated % customized \filetype{.ist} \app{makeindex} style file. % While defining this command, some characters have their @@ -11443,10 +11515,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\writeist} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added xindy support} -%\changes{1.01}{2007 May 17}{Added spaces after \cs{delimN} and +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added xindy support} +%\changes{1.01}{2007-05-17}{Added spaces after \cs{delimN} and %\cs{delimR} in ist file}% -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{modified to support new format} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{modified to support new format} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsxindy % \end{macrocode} @@ -11578,7 +11650,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \write\glswrite{^^J; define the glossary markup^^J}% % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added xindy-only macro definitions to +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added xindy-only macro definitions to %glossary open tag} % \begin{macrocode} \write\glswrite{(markup-index^^J\space\space\space @@ -11746,7 +11818,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n \string"} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{2.05}{2010 Feb 6}{Added \cs{string} before opening +%\changes{2.05}{2010-02-06}{Added \cs{string} before opening % and closing braces. Patch provided by Segiu Dotenco} % \begin{macrocode} \write\glswrite{delim_0 \string"\string\{\string @@ -11822,7 +11894,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % Only create a new write if \pkgopt[false]{savewrites} otherwise % create a token to collect the information. -%\changes{3.0}{2010 Jul 12}{Added check for \pkgopt{savewrites}} +%\changes{3.0}{2010-07-12}{Added check for \pkgopt{savewrites}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglssavewrites \expandafter\newtoks\csname glo@#1@filetok\endcsname @@ -12002,7 +12074,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% }% % \end{macrocode} % Declare list parser for \cs{glsdisplaynumberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{added list parser} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{added list parser} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglssavenumberlist \edef\@gls@dodeflistparser{\noexpand\DeclareListParser @@ -12303,11 +12375,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Writing information to associated files} +%\section{Writing information to associated files} % % %\begin{macro}{\istfile} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{deprecated} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{deprecated} % Deprecated. % \begin{macrocode} \def\istfile{\glswrite} @@ -12330,8 +12402,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \newcommand*{\@glswritefiles}{% % \end{macrocode} % Iterate through all the glossaries -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{added check for empty glossaries} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{added check for existence of token +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{added check for empty glossaries} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{added check for existence of token % in case \cs{makeglossaries has been omitted}} % \begin{macrocode} \forallglossaries{\@glo@type}{% @@ -12409,7 +12481,7 @@ you % This gets redefined in \cs{@makeglossary}. This is % defined to just \cs{index} as \cls{memoir} changes the definition of % \cs{@index}. (Thanks to Dan Luecking for pointing this out.) -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{changed definition to use +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{changed definition to use %\cs{index} instead of \cs{@index}} %\changes{4.10}{2014-08-27}{Renamed \cs{@glossary} to \cs{@gls@glossary}} % The argument \verb|#1| is the glossary type. @@ -12433,8 +12505,8 @@ you % the second argument is the glossary entry % (the format of which is set in \cs{glslink}). %\begin{macro}{\gls@wrglossary} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{modified to allow for xindy support} -%\changes{3.0}{2010 Jul 12}{modified to take into account +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{modified to allow for xindy support} +%\changes{3.0}{2010-07-12}{modified to take into account %\pkgopt{savewrites}} %\changes{4.11}{2014-09-01}{renamed from \cs{@wrglossary} to %\cs{gls@wrglossary}} @@ -12446,7 +12518,7 @@ you \expandafter{\@gls@tmp^^J}% \else % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{added check for glossary file defined}% +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{added check for glossary file defined}% % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsdef{glo@#1@file}% {% @@ -12466,7 +12538,7 @@ you %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@do@wrglossary} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{changed \cs{@do@wr@glossary} to test for +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{changed \cs{@do@wr@glossary} to test for %\pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} option; put old \cs{@do@wr@glossary} code %into \cs{@@do@wrglossary}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -12586,11 +12658,11 @@ you %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\@@do@wrglossary} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Write the glossary entry in the appropriate format. % (Need to set \cs{@glsnumberformat} and \cs{@gls@counter} prior to use.) % The argument is the entry's label. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{modified to use new format} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{modified to use new format} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{% \begingroup @@ -12643,7 +12715,7 @@ you % \end{macrocode} % Check if the hyper-location is the same as the location and set % the hyper prefix. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added check for hyper location prefix} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added check for hyper location prefix} % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx\theHglsentrycounter\theglsentrycounter\relax \def\@glo@counterprefix{}% @@ -12695,7 +12767,7 @@ you \gls@glossary{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}{% (indexentry :tkey (\csname glo@\@gls@label @index\endcsname) % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{changed \cs{@glslocref} to \cs{theglsentrycounter}} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{changed \cs{@glslocref} to \cs{theglsentrycounter}} %\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{changed \cs{theglsentrycounter} back to \cs{@glslocref}} % \begin{macrocode} :locref \string"{\@glo@counterprefix}{\@glslocref}\string" % @@ -12746,7 +12818,7 @@ you \@gls@get@counterprefix#2.#1\end@getprefix % \end{macrocode} % Warn if no prefix can be formed. -%\changes{4.04}{2014-0304}{added warning if no prefix can be formed} +%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-04}{added warning if no prefix can be formed} % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@glo@counterprefix\@empty \GlossariesWarning{Hyper target `#2' can't be formed by @@ -12760,14 +12832,14 @@ you % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Glossary Entry Cross-References} +%\section{Glossary Entry Cross-References} %\begin{macro}{\@do@seeglossary} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Write the glossary entry with a cross reference. % The first argument is the entry's label, the second must be in % the form \oarg{tag}\marg{list}, where \meta{tag} is a tag % such as ``see'' and \meta{list} is a list of labels. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{Sanitize and escape cross-referencing +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{Sanitize and escape cross-referencing %information} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{% @@ -12814,7 +12886,7 @@ you % %\begin{macro}{\glssee} %\cs{glssee}\marg{label}\marg{cross-ref list} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\glssee}[3][\seename]{% @@ -12825,7 +12897,7 @@ you %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsseeformat} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{made robust} % The first argument specifies what tag to use (e.g.\ ``see''), % the second argument is a comma-separated list of labels. @@ -12894,7 +12966,7 @@ you %\begin{macro}{\glsseeitem} %\cs{glsseeitem}\marg{label} formats individual entry in a % cross-referencing list. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{hyperlink uses \cs{glsseeitemformat} instead +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{hyperlink uses \cs{glsseeitemformat} instead %of \cs{glsentryname}} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{made robust} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -12902,7 +12974,7 @@ you % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glsseeitemformat} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % As from v3.0, default is to use \ics{glsentrytext} instead of % \ics{glsentryname}. (To avoid problems with the \gloskey{name} key being % sanitized.) @@ -12911,7 +12983,7 @@ you % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -% \subsection{Displaying the glossary}\label{sec:code:printglos} +% \section{Displaying the glossary}\label{sec:code:printglos} % An individual glossary is displayed in the text using % \cs{printglossary}\oarg{key-val list}. If the % \gloskey[printglossary]{type} key is omitted, the default glossary is displayed. @@ -12920,7 +12992,7 @@ you % entry in the table of contents. Available keys are defined below. % %\begin{macro}{\gls@save@numberlist} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Provide command to store number list. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\gls@save@numberlist}[1]{% @@ -12949,15 +13021,15 @@ you %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\printglossary} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added print language to aux file} -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{changed the way the TOC title is set} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{added check to determine if +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added print language to aux file} +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{changed the way the TOC title is set} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added check to determine if %\cs{printglossary} is already % defined} % The TOC title needs to be processed in a different manner % to the main title in case the \sty{translator} and \sty{hyperref} packages % are both being used. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{printglossary}{}% @@ -13055,7 +13127,19 @@ you % \begin{macrocode} \def\glossarytoctitle{\glossarytitle}% \let\org@glossarytitle\glossarytitle - \def\@glossarystyle{}% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{warn if no style has been set} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@glossarystyle{% + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \GlossariesWarning{No default glossary style provided \MessageBreak + for the glossary `\@glo@type'. \MessageBreak + Using deprecated fallback. \MessageBreak + To fix this set the style with \MessageBreak + \string\setglossarystyle\space or use the \MessageBreak + style key=value option}% + \fi + }% \def\gls@dotoctitle{\glssettoctitle{\@glo@type}}% % \end{macrocode} % Store current value of \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}. (This may @@ -13078,7 +13162,7 @@ you % If title has been set, but toctitle hasn't, make toctitle the same % as given title (rather than the title used when the glossary was % defined) -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{make toctitle default to title} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{make toctitle default to title} % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle \else @@ -13087,7 +13171,7 @@ you \fi % \end{macrocode} % Allow a high-level user command to indicate the current glossary -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{currentglossary}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{currentglossary}} % \begin{macrocode} \let\currentglossary\@glo@type % \end{macrocode} @@ -13097,7 +13181,7 @@ you \let\glsnonextpages\@glsnonextpages % \end{macrocode} % Enable individual number list to be activated: -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added \cs{glsnextpages}} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{glsnextpages}} % \begin{macrocode} \let\glsnextpages\@glsnextpages % \end{macrocode} @@ -13113,7 +13197,7 @@ you % \begin{macrocode} \@glossarystyle % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{add a way to fetch current entry label} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{add a way to fetch current entry label} % Added a way to fetch the current entry label (v3.08 updated for % new \cs{glossentry} and \cs{subglossentry}, but this is now only % needed for backward compatibility): @@ -13147,7 +13231,7 @@ you \global\let\glossaryentrynumbers\@org@glossaryentrynumbers % \end{macrocode} % Suppress warning about no \ics{printglossary} -%\changes{2.02}{2007 July 13}{suppressed warning globally rather than locally} +%\changes{2.02}{2007-07-13}{suppressed warning globally rather than locally} % \begin{macrocode} \global\let\warn@noprintglossary\relax } @@ -13183,7 +13267,7 @@ you % If \app{xindy} is being used, need to write the language % dependent information to the \filetype{.aux} file for % \app{makeglossaries}. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{Moved aux write to end of document to %prevent unwanted whatsit occurring here.} @@ -13885,7 +13969,7 @@ you % \end{macrocode} % The \gloskey[printglossary]{style} key sets the glossary style (but only for % the given glossary). -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \define@key{printgloss}{style}{% @@ -13900,7 +13984,7 @@ you }% } % \end{macrocode} -% \changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{added numberedsection key to +% \changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{added numberedsection key to % \cs{printglossary}} % The \gloskey[printglossary]{numberedsection} key determines if this % glossary should be in a numbered section. @@ -14019,7 +14103,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% } % \end{macrocode} % -% \changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{added nonumberlist key to +% \changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{added nonumberlist key to % \cs{printglossary}} % The \gloskey[printglossary]{nonumberlist} key determines if this % glossary should have a number list. @@ -14061,7 +14145,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % %\begin{macro}{\@glsnonextpages} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new}% +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new}% % Suppresses the next number list only. Global assignments required % as it may not occur in the same level of grouping as the % next numberlist. (For example, if \cs{glsnonextpages} is place @@ -14078,7 +14162,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\@glsnextpages} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new}% +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}% % Activate the next number list only. Global assignments required % as it may not occur in the same level of grouping as the % next numberlist. (For example, if \cs{glsnextpages} is place @@ -14116,7 +14200,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{counter}{glossaryentry} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % If the \pkgopt{entrycounter} package option has been used, define % a counter to number each level~0 entry. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -14132,7 +14216,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{counter} % %\begin{counter}{glossarysubentry} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % If the \pkgopt{subentrycounter} package option has been used, define % a counter to number each level~1 entry. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -14148,7 +14232,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{counter} % %\begin{macro}{\glsresetsubentrycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Resets the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter. % \begin{macrocode} \ifglssubentrycounter @@ -14162,7 +14246,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsresetsubentrycounter} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} % Resets the \ctr{glossarentry} counter. % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsentrycounter @@ -14176,7 +14260,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsstepentry} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Advance the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter if in use. The argument is % the label associated with the entry. %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -14193,7 +14277,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsstepsubentry} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Advance the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter if in use. The argument is % the label associated with the subentry. %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -14211,7 +14295,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsrefentry} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Reference the entry or sub-entry counter if in use, otherwise just do % \ics{gls}. %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -14229,7 +14313,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glsentrycounterlabel} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Defines how to display the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter. % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsentrycounter @@ -14241,7 +14325,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glssubentrycounterlabel} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Defines how to display the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter. % \begin{macrocode} \ifglssubentrycounter @@ -14254,7 +14338,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\glsentryitem} % Step and display \ctr{glossaryentry} counter, if appropriate. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglsentrycounter \newcommand*{\glsentryitem}[1]{% @@ -14268,7 +14352,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\glssubentryitem} % Step and display \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter, if appropriate. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglssubentrycounter \newcommand*{\glssubentryitem}[1]{% @@ -14284,7 +14368,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % If the \env{theglossary} environment has % already been defined, a warning will be issued. % This environment should be redefined by glossary styles. -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{theglossary}% @@ -14312,7 +14396,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\glstarget} -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} %\cs{glstarget}\marg{label}\marg{name}\\[10pt] % Provide user interface to \cs{@glstarget} to make it easier to % modify the glossary style in the document. @@ -14551,7 +14635,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % non-expandable, so we need to check for that otherwise it will % create a \qt{missing \cs{endcsname} inserted} error. %\begin{macro}{\glsgetgrouptitle} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{Added check in case non-Latin alphabet %in use} @@ -14626,7 +14710,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \ics{glossary} argument so that the relevant counter is % set prior to the formatting command. %\begin{macro}{\setentrycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added optional argument} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added optional argument} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\setentrycounter}[2][]{% \def\@glo@counterprefix{#1}% @@ -14653,11 +14737,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% {% \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname }% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{set default style if not already set} +% Set the default style if it's not already set. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}% + \fi } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\glossarystyle} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glossarystyle}[1]{% @@ -14680,6 +14771,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% {\setglossentrycompatibility\csuse{@glscompstyle@#1}}% {}% }% +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{set default style if not already set} +% Set the default style if it isn't already set so that +% \cs{printglossary} can warn if the fallback style is in use. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}% + \fi } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -14696,8 +14795,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \ics{glossarypostamble}, as % the user should be able to switch between styles without affecting % the pre- and postambles. -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{made \cs{newglossarystyle} long} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{made \cs{newglossarystyle} long} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\newglossarystyle}[2]{% @@ -14713,7 +14812,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\renewglossarystyle} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new} %Code for this macro supplied by Marco Daniel. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\renewglossarystyle}[2]{% @@ -14762,9 +14861,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % to be more general. So I have adapted the code used in the % \isty{hyperref} package. %\begin{macro}{\glshypernumber} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{modified to allow material +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{modified to allow material % to be attached to location} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsundef{hyperlink}% @@ -14780,7 +14879,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\@glshypernumber} % This code was provided by Heiko~Oberdiek to allow material % to be attached to the location. -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{new} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage#2#3\@nil{% \ifx\\#1\\% @@ -14845,7 +14944,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \ifx\x\empty \else % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added prefix to hyperlink} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added prefix to hyperlink} % \begin{macrocode} \hyperlink{\glsentrycounter\@glo@counterprefix\the\toks@}% {\the\toks@}% @@ -14914,7 +15013,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Acronyms}\label{sec:code:acronym} +%\section{Acronyms}\label{sec:code:acronym} %\begin{macro}{\oldacronym} %\begin{definition} %\cs{oldacronym}\oarg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}\marg{key-val list} @@ -14941,8 +15040,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % the desired result. In this case, you will need to use % \cs{gls} explicitly, e.g.\ "\gls{svm}['s]". Note that it is % up to the user to load \isty{xspace} if desired. -%\changes{1.18}{2009 January 14}{new} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with +%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with %\cs{ifcsundef}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\oldacronym}[4][\gls@label]{% @@ -14986,7 +15085,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{Removed restriction on only using +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{Removed restriction on only using % \cs{newacronym} in the preamble} %\end{macro} % Set up some convenient short cuts. These need to be changed if @@ -14994,7 +15093,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % is changed). % %\begin{macro}{\acrpluralsuffix} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{New} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{New} % Plural suffix used by \cs{newacronym}. This just defaults to % \cs{glspluralsuffix} but is changed to include \cs{textup} % if the smallcaps option is used, so that the suffix doesn't appear @@ -15041,13 +15140,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\acrfull} % Full form of the acronym. -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfull} % \end{macrocode} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sacrfull}} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@acrfull[2][]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrfull{#1}{#2}}% @@ -15096,7 +15195,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\acrfullformat} % Default full form is \meta{long} \parg{short}. -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{removed \cs{acronymfont} as it should +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{removed \cs{acronymfont} as it should %already be set in the second argument.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#1\glsspace(#2)} @@ -15113,12 +15212,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % Default format for full acronym %\begin{macro}{\Acrfull} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfull} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrfull}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@Acrfull[2][]{% @@ -15148,12 +15247,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\ACRfull} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRfull} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{s@ACRfull}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@ACRfull[2][]{% @@ -15185,13 +15284,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % Plural: %\begin{macro}{\acrfullpl} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{new} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\acrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfullpl} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{s@acrfullpl}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@acrfullpl[2][]{% @@ -15221,14 +15320,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\Acrfullpl} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{new} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\Acrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfullpl} % \end{macrocode} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{s@Acrfullpl}} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@Acrfullpl[2][]{% \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrfullpl{#1}{#2}}% @@ -15259,13 +15358,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % %\begin{macro}{\ACRfullpl} -%\changes{1.13}{2008 May 10}{new} -%\changes{3.01}{2011/04/12}{made robust} +%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new} +%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newrobustcmd*{\ACRfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRfullpl} % \end{macrocode} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{added starred version} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version} %\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{s@ACRfullpl}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\ns@ACRfullpl[2][]{% @@ -15294,7 +15393,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Predefined acronym styles} +%\section{Predefined acronym styles} %\begin{macro}{\acronymfont} %This is only used with the additional acronym styles: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -15303,7 +15402,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\firstacronymfont} %This is only used with the additional acronym styles: -%\changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{new} +%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{#1}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -16167,7 +16266,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % % %\begin{macro}{\DefineAcronymSynonyms} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\DefineAcronymSynonyms}{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -16283,7 +16382,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % %\begin{macro}{\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle} % Sets the default acronym display style for given glossary. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -16340,7 +16439,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle} -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} % Set up the default acronym style: % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle}{% @@ -16378,14 +16477,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\acrfootnote} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % Used by the footnote acronym styles. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\acrfootnote}[3]{\acrlinkfootnote{#1}{#2}{#3}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\acrlinkfootnote} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\acrlinkfootnote}[3]{% \footnote{\glslink[#1]{#2}{#3}}% @@ -16393,7 +16492,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\acrnolinkfootnote} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\acrnolinkfootnote}[3]{% \footnote{#3}% @@ -16404,8 +16503,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary for the % description and footnote combination. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{expanded options link options} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{expanded options link options} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -16507,7 +16606,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % If \pkgopt{footnote} package option is specified, set the first % use to append the long form (stored in \gloskey{symbol}) as a % footnote. -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote} +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote} % and \cs{glslink}} % \begin{macrocode} \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{% @@ -16517,7 +16616,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix % is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case, % otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym. -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use %\cs{textsmaller} instead %of \cs{smaller}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -16545,7 +16644,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary with % description and dua combination. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -16637,7 +16736,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary using % the description setting (but not \pkgopt{footnote} or \pkgopt{dua}). -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.07}{2013-07-05}{now using \cs{glsdoparenifnotempty}} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -16758,7 +16857,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix % is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case, % otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym. -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use %\cs{textsmaller} instead %of \cs{smaller}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -16777,7 +16876,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary with % footnote setting (but not \pkgopt{description} or \pkgopt{dua}). -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -16884,7 +16983,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% }% % \end{macrocode} % Set display -%\changes{1.12}{2008 Mar 8}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote} and +%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote} and % \cs{glslink}} % \begin{macrocode} \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{% @@ -16894,7 +16993,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix % is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case, % otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym. -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use %\cs{textsmaller} instead %of \cs{smaller}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -16940,7 +17039,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary where neither % footnote nor description is required, but smallcaps or smaller % specified. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -16986,7 +17085,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\SmallNewAcronymDef} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{fixed broken short and long plural} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed broken short and long plural} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SmallNewAcronymDef}{% \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{% @@ -17074,7 +17173,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix % is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case, % otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym. -%\changes{1.19}{2009 Mar 2}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use +%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use %\cs{textsmaller} instead %of \cs{smaller}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -17103,7 +17202,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{macro}{\SetDUADisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style for given glossary with dua % setting. -%\changes{2.04}{2009 November 10}{new} +%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetDUADisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -17232,7 +17331,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % displaying only the acronym with the long form as the description. %\begin{macro}{\SetCustomDisplayStyle} % Sets the acronym display style. -%\changes{2.06}{2010 June 14}{new} +%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new} %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetCustomDisplayStyle}[1]{% @@ -17241,7 +17340,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\CustomAcronymFields} -%\changes{2.06}{2010 June 14}{new} +%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\CustomAcronymFields}{% name={\the\glsshorttok},% @@ -17259,7 +17358,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\CustomNewAcronymDef} -%\changes{2.06}{2010 June 14}{new} +%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\CustomNewAcronymDef}{% \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{% @@ -17283,7 +17382,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\SetCustomStyle} -%\changes{2.06}{2010 June 14}{new} +%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SetCustomStyle}{% \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{% @@ -17311,7 +17410,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % % -% \subsection{Predefined Glossary Styles}\label{sec:code:styles} +% \section{Predefined Glossary Styles}\label{sec:code:styles} % The \sty{glossaries} bundle comes with some predefined glossary % styles. These need to be loaded now for the \pkgopt{style} option % to use them. @@ -17351,10 +17450,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \fi % \end{macrocode} % -%\subsection{Debugging Commands} +%\section{Debugging Commands} % %\begin{macro}{\showgloparent} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showgloparent}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17367,7 +17466,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglolevel} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglolevel}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17380,7 +17479,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglotext} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglotext}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17393,7 +17492,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showgloplural} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showgloplural}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17406,7 +17505,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglofirst} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglofirst}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17419,7 +17518,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglofirstpl} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglofirstpl}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17432,7 +17531,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglotype} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglotype}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17445,7 +17544,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglocounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglocounter}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17458,7 +17557,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouseri} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouseri}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17471,7 +17570,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouserii} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouserii}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17484,7 +17583,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouseriii} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouseriii}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17497,7 +17596,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouseriv} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouseriv}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17510,7 +17609,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouserv} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouserv}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17523,7 +17622,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglouservi} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglouservi}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17536,7 +17635,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showgloname} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showgloname}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17549,7 +17648,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglodesc} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglodesc}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17562,7 +17661,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglodescplural} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglodescplural}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17575,7 +17674,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglosort} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglosort}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17588,7 +17687,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglosymbol} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglosymbol}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17601,7 +17700,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglosymbolplural} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglosymbolplural}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17640,7 +17739,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showgloindex} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showgloindex}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17653,7 +17752,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showgloflag} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showgloflag}\marg{label} %\end{definition} @@ -17690,7 +17789,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showacronymlists} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showacronymlists} %\end{definition} @@ -17703,7 +17802,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\showglossaries} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossaries} %\end{definition} @@ -17716,7 +17815,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglossaryin} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossaryin}\marg{glossary-label} %\end{definition} @@ -17729,7 +17828,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglossaryout} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossaryout}\marg{glossary-label} %\end{definition} @@ -17742,7 +17841,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglossarytitle} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossarytitle}\marg{glossary-label} %\end{definition} @@ -17755,7 +17854,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglossarycounter} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossarycounter}\marg{glossary-label} %\end{definition} @@ -17768,8 +17867,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\showglossaryentries} -%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} -%\changes{3.02}{2012/05/21}{fixed misspelt command} +%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new} +%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed misspelt command} %\begin{definition} %\cs{showglossaryentries}\marg{glossary-label} %\end{definition} @@ -17781,7 +17880,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Compatibility with version 2.07 and below} +%\section{Compatibility with version 2.07 and below} % % In order to fix some bugs in v3.0, it was necessary to change the % way information is written to the \filetype{glo} file, which also meant @@ -17814,16 +17913,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-prefix.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\section{Prefix Support (glossaries-prefix Code)} +%\chapter{Prefix Support (glossaries-prefix Code)} %\label{sec:code:prefix} %\changes{3.14a}{2013-11-12}{new} % This package provides a means of adding prefixes to your glossary -% entries. For example, you may want to use ``a -% \cs{gls}\marg{label}'' on first use but use ``an -% \cs{gls}\marg{label}'' on subsequent use. +% entries. For example, you may want to use \qt{a +% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on first use but use \qt{an +% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on subsequent use. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -18233,12 +18332,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-hypernav.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\section{Glossary Styles} -% \subsection{Glossary hyper-navigation definitions (glossary-hypernav package)} +%\chapter{Glossary Styles} +% \section{Glossary hyper-navigation definitions (glossary-hypernav package)} %\label{sec:code:hypernav} % Package Definition: % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % % The commands defined in this package are provided to @@ -18254,8 +18353,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % whose label is given by \meta{label} for the glossary given % by \meta{type}. %\begin{macro}{\glsnavhyperlink} -%\changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{changed 'edef to 'protected@edef} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{replaced 'hyperlink to '@glslink} +%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{replaced \cs{hyperlink} to +%\cs{@glslink}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{% \edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}% @@ -18270,9 +18370,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % used which is set by \ics{printglossary} to the current % glossary label. %\begin{macro}{\glsnavhypertarget} -%\changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{added write to aux file} -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{added check if rerun required} -%\changes{1.17}{2008 December 26}{replaced 'hypertarget to '@glstarget} +%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{added write to aux file} +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{added check if rerun required} +%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{replaced \cs{hypertarget} to +%\cs{@glstarget}} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18312,7 +18413,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\gls@hypergrouprerun} % Give a warning at the end if re-run required -%\changes{1.15}{2008 August 15}{new} +%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \let\gls@hypergrouprerun\relax \AtEndDocument{\gls@hypergrouprerun} @@ -18325,7 +18426,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % the navigation bar only contains those groups that are present. % However it requires at least 2 runs to ensure the information is % up-to-date. -%\changes{1.14}{2008 June 17}{new} +%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@gls@hypergroup}[2]{% \@ifundefined{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{% @@ -18349,7 +18450,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % terms, in which case you will get an undefined hyperlink warning. % Now for the whole navigation bit: %\begin{macro}{\glsnavigation} -% \changes{1.14}{2008 June 2008}{changed to only use labels for +% \changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{changed to only use labels for % groups that are present} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\glsnavigation}{% @@ -18402,11 +18503,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-inline.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{In-line Style (glossary-inline.sty)} +% \section{In-line Style (glossary-inline.sty)} % This defines an in-line style where the entries are % comma-separated with just the name and description displayed. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{style}{inline} @@ -18590,14 +18691,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-list.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{List Style (glossary-list.sty)} +% \section{List Style (glossary-list.sty)} % The \isty{glossary-list} style file defines glossary styles % that use the \env{description} environment. Note that since % the entry name is placed in the optional argument to the % \ics{item} command, it will appear in a bold font by % default. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\indexspace} %\changes{4.13}{2015-02-03}{new} @@ -18661,7 +18762,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{style}{listgroup} % The \glostyle{listgroup} style is like the \glostyle{list} % style, but the glossary groups have headings. -%\changes{1.08}{2007 Oct 13}{changed listgroup style to use \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}} +%\changes{1.08}{2007-10-13}{changed listgroup style to use \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}} % \begin{macrocode} \newglossarystyle{listgroup}{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18739,7 +18840,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\begin{style}{altlistgroup} % The \glostyle{altlistgroup} glossary style is like the % \glostyle{altlist} style, but the glossary groups have headings. -%\changes{1.08}{2007 Oct 13}{changed altlistgroup style to use \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}} +%\changes{1.08}{2007-10-13}{changed altlistgroup style to use \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}} % \begin{macrocode} \newglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -18846,12 +18947,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-long.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-long +% \section{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-long % package)} % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package % used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{longtable} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -19317,16 +19418,339 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\fi %\iffalse % \begin{macrocode} +%<*glossary-longbooktabs.sty> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\section{Glossary Styles using longtable and booktabs (the +%glossary-longbooktabs) package} +% The styles here are based on David Carlisle's patch at +% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/56890} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] +% \end{macrocode} +% Requires \sty{booktabs} package: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{booktabs} +% \end{macrocode} +% and the base packages for long styles: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{glossary-long} +\RequirePackage{glossary-longragged} +% \end{macrocode} +%(\sty{longtable} and \sty{array} loaded by those packages). +% +%\begin{style}{long-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{long-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{longheader} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{long-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% As with the \glostyle{longheader} style, use the +% \glostyle{long} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Add a header with rules. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries + \descriptionname\tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check for the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option. If there should +% be a gap between groups, insert the penalty and the vertical +% space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{style}{long3col-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{long3col-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{long3colheader} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the \glostyle{long3col} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long3col}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Add a header with rules. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & + \bfseries \descriptionname & + \bfseries \pagelistname + \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check for the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option. If there should +% be a gap between groups, insert the penalty and the vertical +% space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{style}{long4col-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{long4col-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{long4colheader} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the \glostyle{long4col} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long4col}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Add a header with rules. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & + \bfseries \descriptionname & + \bfseries \symbolname & + \bfseries \pagelistname + \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check for the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option. If there should +% be a gap between groups, insert the penalty and the vertical +% space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{style}{altlong4col-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{altlong4col-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{altlong4colheader} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the +% \glostyle{long4col-booktabs} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Change the column specifications: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +% Ragged styles. +%\begin{style}{longragged-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{longragged-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{longragged} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{longragged-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the \glostyle{long-booktabs} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long-booktabs}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Adjust the column specification. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{style}{longragged3col-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{longragged3col-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{longragged3col} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{longragged3col-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the \glostyle{long3col-booktabs} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Adjust the column specification. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}% + >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{style}{altlongragged4col-booktabs} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% The \glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs} style is similar to the +% \glostyle{altlongragged4col} +% style but uses the \sty{booktabs} rules and patches +% \env{longtable} to check for group skip occurring at a page break. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the style change is scoped, the patch will only have a local +% effect, which may be useful if it conflicts with other tables in +% the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \glspatchLToutput +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the \glostyle{altlong4col-booktabs} style as a base. +% \begin{macrocode} + \setglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Adjust the column specification. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l% + >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{style} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsLTpenaltycheck} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glsLTpenaltycheck}{% + \ifnum\outputpenalty=-50\vskip-\normalbaselineskip\relax\fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glspenaltygroupskip} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\glspenaltygroupskip}{% + \noalign{\penalty-50\vskip\normalbaselineskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\glsrestoreLToutput} +% Provide a way of restoring \cs{LT@output} for the user. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@gls@org@LT@output\LT@output +\newcommand*{\glsrestoreLToutput}{\let\LT@output\@gls@org@LT@output} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% This is David's patch, but I've replaced the hard-coded values +% with \cs{glsLTpenaltycheck} to make it easier to adjust. +%\begin{macro}{\glspatchLToutput} +%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\glspatchLToutput}{% + \renewcommand*{\LT@output}{% + \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi + \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen + \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc + \else + \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}% + \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot + \dimen@\pagegoal + \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot + \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@ + \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}% + \@makecol + \@outputpage + \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head\glsLTpenaltycheck}% + \fi + \fi + \global\@colroom\@colht + \global\vsize\@colht + {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}% + \fi + \else + \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}% + \@makecol + \@outputpage + \global\vsize\@colroom + \copy\LT@head + \glsLTpenaltycheck + \nobreak + \fi + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} +%</glossary-longbooktabs.sty> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} %<*glossary-longragged.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-longragged +% \section{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-longragged % package)} % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-longragged} package % used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary and use % ragged right formatting for the multiline columns. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{array} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -19731,13 +20155,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-mcols.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\subsection{Glossary Styles using \styfmt{multicol} +%\section{Glossary Styles using \styfmt{multicol} %(glossary-mcols.sty)} %The \isty{glossary-mcols} style file defines glossary styles that %use the \sty{multicol} package. These use the tree-like glossary %styles in a multicol environment. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Required packages: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20040,11 +20464,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-super.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-super package)} +% \section{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-super package)} % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-super} package % use the \env{supertabular} environment. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{supertabular} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20110,7 +20534,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % Sub entries put in a row (no name, description and page list % in second column): -%\changes{??}{??}{fixed typo in \cs{subglossentry} (\cs{glossentrydesc})} +%\changes{4.0}{2013-11-14}{fixed typo in \cs{subglossentry} (\cs{glossentrydesc})} % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{% & @@ -20548,13 +20972,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-superragged.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% \subsection{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-superragged package)} +% \section{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-superragged package)} % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-superragged} % package use the \env{supertabular} environment. These styles % are like those provided by the \isty{glossary-super} package, % except that the multiline columns have ragged right justification. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{array} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20965,12 +21389,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossary-tree.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\subsection{Tree Styles (glossary-tree.sty)} +%\section{Tree Styles (glossary-tree.sty)} % The \isty{glossary-tree} style file defines glossary styles % that have a tree-like structure. These are designed for % hierarchical glossaries. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\indexspace} @@ -21573,6 +21997,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-compatible-207.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi +%\chapter{Backwards Compatibility} %\section{glossaries-compatible-207} % Provides compatibility with version 2.07 and below. This uses % original \sty{glossaries} xindy and makeindex formatting, so can @@ -21580,7 +22005,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % hyperlinks may not work properly. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyAttribute} % Adds an attribute in old format. @@ -21938,10 +22363,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-compatible-307.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -% Compatibility macros. +%\section{glossaries-compatible-307} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % % Compatibility macros for predefined glossary styles: @@ -22738,7 +23163,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-accsupp.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\section{Accessibility Support (glossaries-accsupp Code)} +%\chapter{Accessibility Support (glossaries-accsupp Code)} %\label{sec:code:accsupp} % The \isty{glossaries-accsupp} package is experimental. It is % intended to provide a means of using the PDF accessibilty support @@ -22749,7 +23174,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % Package version number now in line with main glossaries package number. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT) +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT) Experimental glossaries accessibility] % \end{macrocode} % Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}: @@ -22760,6 +23185,21 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \ProcessOptions % \end{macrocode} +% This package should be loaded before \sty{glossaries-extra}, so +% complain if that has already been loaded. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra} +{% + \PackageWarning{glossaries-accsupp}{The `glossaries-accsupp' + package has been loaded after the `glossaries-extra' + package. This can cause a failure to integrate both + packages. Either use the `accsupp' option when you + load `glossaries-extra' or load `glossaries-accsupp' + before loading `glossaries-extra'}% +} +{} +% \end{macrocode} +% %\begin{macro}{\compatibleglossentry} % Override style compatibility macros: %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -22807,7 +23247,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \RequirePackage{accsupp} % \end{macrocode} % -%\subsection{Defining Replacement Text} +%\section{Defining Replacement Text} % The version 0.1 stored the replacement text in the % \gloskey{symbol} key. This has been changed to use the % new keys defined here. Example of use: @@ -23024,7 +23464,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% } % \end{macrocode} % -%\subsection{Accessing Replacement Text} +%\section{Accessing Replacement Text} %\begin{macro}{\glsentryaccess} % Get the value of the \gloskey{access} key for the entry with % the given label: @@ -24109,7 +24549,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Displaying the Glossary} +%\section{Displaying the Glossary} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{removed definition of \cs{@glossaryentryfield}} %\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{removed definition of \cs{@glossarysubentryfield}} % @@ -24198,7 +24638,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\subsection{Acronyms} +%\section{Acronyms} % Redefine acronym styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries}: % %\begin{acrstyle}{long-short} @@ -25042,7 +25482,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \newcommand*{\glslongpluralaccesskey}{\glslongpluralkey access}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\subsection{Debugging Commands} +%\section{Debugging Commands} % %\begin{macro}{\showglonameaccess} %\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} @@ -25158,14 +25598,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-babel.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\section{Multi-Lingual Support} +%\chapter{Multi-Lingual Support} % Many thanks to everyone who contributed to the translations both % via email and on comp.text.tex. % Language support has now been split off into independent language % modules. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -25204,12 +25644,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %<*glossaries-polyglossia.sty> % \end{macrocode} %\fi -%\subsection{Polyglossia Captions} +%\section{Polyglossia Captions} % Language support has now been split off into independent language % modules. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -25289,7 +25729,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \listfiles \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} - %\usepackage{glossaries} % acronym will go in main glossary + %\usepackage{glossaries} % abbreviation will go in main glossary \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} % make a separate list of acronyms \makeglossaries @@ -25309,9 +25749,13 @@ description={a sample entry}} % This contrived acronym has non-standard plural forms. % These are specified in the optional argument. + % Remove the optional argument to revert to the default + % plurals. \newacronym[\glsshortpluralkey=cas,\glslongpluralkey=contrived acronyms]{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} + % Keep all definitions in the preamble! + \begin{document} A \gls{sample} entry and \gls{aca}. Second use: \gls{aca}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins index 4c02cfd11df..8985ea23874 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2015/11/30 12:18 +% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2016/1/24 16:29 \input docstrip \preamble glossaries.dtx - Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot + Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. - This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. + This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. \endpreamble @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-list.sty,package}} \file{glossary-long.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-long.sty,package}} +\file{glossary-longbooktabs.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble +\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longbooktabs.sty,package}} \file{glossary-longragged.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longragged.sty,package}} \file{glossary-mcols.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty index b039bf5af41..7a8175cd327 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-babel.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{tracklang} \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo \AnyTrackedLanguages diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty index ca219a20991..d208ed1b5d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-compatible-207.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \ifglsxindy \renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{% \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty index 69dc51bbb8f..fb494303622 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-compatible-307.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{% \ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty index d5ba6a3e4e9..3f6cd46282c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-polyglossia.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{tracklang} \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo \AnyTrackedLanguages diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty index 864e44cefe4..2bd58032f6e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-prefix.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}} \ProcessOptions \RequirePackage{glossaries} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty index 630715293b8..71e5ff4bd5d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{ifthen} \RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18] \RequirePackage{mfirstuc} @@ -1685,6 +1685,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space before defining any entries that have a `see' key}% } +\newcommand*{\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly}{% + \GlossariesWarning{glossaries}% + {`see' key doesn't have any effect when used in the document + environment. Move the definition to the preamble + after \string\makeglossaries\space + or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% +} \define@key{glossentry}{parent}{% \def\@glo@parent{#1}} \define@choicekey{glossentry}{nonumberlist}[\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% @@ -1834,6 +1841,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% } \newcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{% + \let\gls@checkseeallowed\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly \let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry } \newrobustcmd{\provideglossaryentry}[2]{% @@ -3100,6 +3108,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\glstype}{\@gls@nohyperlist}% {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}% } +\newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{} \def\@gls@link[#1]#2#3{% \leavevmode \edef\glslabel{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}% @@ -3109,6 +3118,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glslabel @counter\endcsname}% \edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}% \let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper + \@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts \do@glsdisablehyperinlist \do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper \setkeys{glslink}{#1}% @@ -3119,7 +3129,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \ifKV@glslink@hyper \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}% \else - \glstextformat{#3}% + \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}% \fi \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper } @@ -3503,9 +3513,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \raisebox{\gls@tmplen}{\hypertarget{#1}{}}#2% } \newcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{#2} \ifcsundef{hyperlink}% {% - \let\@glslink\@secondoftwo + \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink }% {% \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink @@ -3519,7 +3530,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% } \newcommand{\glsdisablehyper}{% \KV@glslink@hyperfalse - \let\@glslink\@secondoftwo + \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo } \newcommand{\glsenablehyper}{% @@ -3965,7 +3976,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree \let\glsinsert\@empty @@ -3983,7 +3994,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree @@ -4002,7 +4013,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree @@ -4021,7 +4032,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree @@ -4040,7 +4051,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree @@ -4059,7 +4070,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree @@ -4078,7 +4089,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree @@ -4097,7 +4108,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree @@ -4116,7 +4127,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree @@ -4135,7 +4146,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree @@ -4154,7 +4165,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree @@ -4173,7 +4184,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{% \glsdoifexists{#2}% {% - \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax + \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper \def\glslabel{#2}% \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree @@ -5224,7 +5235,16 @@ you \def\glossarytitle{\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname}% \def\glossarytoctitle{\glossarytitle}% \let\org@glossarytitle\glossarytitle - \def\@glossarystyle{}% + \def\@glossarystyle{% + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \GlossariesWarning{No default glossary style provided \MessageBreak + for the glossary `\@glo@type'. \MessageBreak + Using deprecated fallback. \MessageBreak + To fix this set the style with \MessageBreak + \string\setglossarystyle\space or use the \MessageBreak + style key=value option}% + \fi + }% \def\gls@dotoctitle{\glssettoctitle{\@glo@type}}% \let\@org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers \bgroup @@ -5976,6 +5996,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% {% \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname }% + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}% + \fi } \newcommand*{\glossarystyle}[1]{% \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}% @@ -5993,6 +6016,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% {\setglossentrycompatibility\csuse{@glscompstyle@#1}}% {}% }% + \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax + \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}% + \fi } \newcommand{\newglossarystyle}[2]{% \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty index d032254bf88..82acf36324e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossaries-accsupp.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,10 +39,20 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT) +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT) Experimental glossaries accessibility] \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}} \ProcessOptions +\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra} +{% + \PackageWarning{glossaries-accsupp}{The `glossaries-accsupp' + package has been loaded after the `glossaries-extra' + package. This can cause a failure to integrate both + packages. Either use the `accsupp' option when you + load `glossaries-extra' or load `glossaries-accsupp' + before loading `glossaries-extra'}% +} +{} \def\compatibleglossentry#1#2{% \toks@{#2}% \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty index 9572d1c7005..2eeac6ba3f0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-hypernav.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{% \edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}% \@glslink{glsn:#1@#2}{#3}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty index 9f67015c610..434729eceb7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-inline.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \newglossarystyle{inline}{% \renewenvironment{theglossary}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty index 9c0c6e51342..c5a6e5d5ab0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-list.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \providecommand{\indexspace}{% \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty index 4120bee26d4..019f68139fb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-long.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{longtable} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% \newlength\glsdescwidth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2cd1bd6f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +%% +%% This is file `glossary-longbooktabs.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-longbooktabs.sty,package') +%% +%% glossaries.dtx +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license of (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2005/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +%% +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. +%% +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] +\RequirePackage{booktabs} +\RequirePackage{glossary-long} +\RequirePackage{glossary-longragged} +\newglossarystyle{long-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long}% + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries + \descriptionname\tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +\newglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long3col}% + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & + \bfseries \descriptionname & + \bfseries \pagelistname + \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +\newglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long4col}% + \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{% + \toprule \bfseries \entryname & + \bfseries \descriptionname & + \bfseries \symbolname & + \bfseries \pagelistname + \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead + \bottomrule\endfoot}% + \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{% + \ifglsnogroupskip \else \glspenaltygroupskip\fi}% +} +\newglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}% + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +\newglossarystyle{longragged-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long-booktabs}% + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +\newglossarystyle{longragged3col-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}% + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}% + >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}{% + \glspatchLToutput + \setglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}% + \renewenvironment{theglossary}% + {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l% + >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}% + {\end{longtable}}% +} +\newcommand*{\glsLTpenaltycheck}{% + \ifnum\outputpenalty=-50\vskip-\normalbaselineskip\relax\fi +} +\newcommand{\glspenaltygroupskip}{% + \noalign{\penalty-50\vskip\normalbaselineskip}} +\let\@gls@org@LT@output\LT@output +\newcommand*{\glsrestoreLToutput}{\let\LT@output\@gls@org@LT@output} +\newcommand*{\glspatchLToutput}{% + \renewcommand*{\LT@output}{% + \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi + \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen + \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc + \else + \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}% + \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot + \dimen@\pagegoal + \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot + \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@ + \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}% + \@makecol + \@outputpage + \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head\glsLTpenaltycheck}% + \fi + \fi + \global\@colroom\@colht + \global\vsize\@colht + {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}% + \fi + \else + \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}% + \@makecol + \@outputpage + \global\vsize\@colroom + \copy\LT@head + \glsLTpenaltycheck + \nobreak + \fi + }% +} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `glossary-longbooktabs.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty index 81001c99d50..4d69054ad35 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-longragged.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{array} \RequirePackage{longtable} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty index e610f4c163d..5940e498694 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-mcols.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{glossary-tree} \providecommand{\indexspace}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty index 1140568de83..323de27aa5f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-super.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{supertabular} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% \newlength\glsdescwidth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty index 23359a6b507..945aa1e7cc7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-superragged.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{array} \RequirePackage{supertabular} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty index 8666b5a278d..e16d4130568 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% glossaries.dtx (with options: `glossary-tree.sty,package') %% %% glossaries.dtx -%% Copyright 2015 Nicola Talbot +%% Copyright 2016 Nicola Talbot %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2015/11/30 v4.20 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/01/24 v4.21 (NLCT)] \providecommand{\indexspace}{% \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax } |